Search results

(41 - 60 of 116)

Pages

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1987-1988
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: About Augsburg College History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23 acre campus is i...
Show more About Augsburg College History Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963 when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 9 of the 14 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library and Music building. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of the nine major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The American Lutheran Church. About 51% of the students are Lutheran, 15%other Protestant and 15%Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Purpose Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Adult as Student The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, selfdisciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon. Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional chapel services and lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. I About Augsburg College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introduction to Augsburg Wcckend College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lnfor~nationSessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1987-88 Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Degrees and Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Business Adminisrralion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ........................................... ................................................. Education English Managemenl Information Sj8tem.r (MIS) Nursing I1 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17 ........................................ . 18 Social Work Minors Characteristics of the Educational Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Admissions Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Fees and Payment Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Paymentoptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Refund Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Special Grading Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Withdrawal From Collegc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Deans List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Student Support Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Veterans of Military Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 Assessment of Previous Learning Program (APL) .................... 26 1987-88 Class Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Campus Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 CampusMap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Application Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55 . . This bullc~ini, a supplcmcnL Lo thc Augsburg Collcge Calelog and is publiahcd lor thc convcniencc u l Augsburg Wcckend Collcgc sludcnL\ Wcckcnd Collcge IS a program ol Augsburg Collcge and is aubjccl lo llic politic\ and prt~visiunsas al;llcd in lhc Augsburg College Cavalug. Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately 2 hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Ofice (330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1987 - - - Saturday, May 16 ~ a t u r d aJune ~, 6 Saturday, June 20 - -- - - - - - Saturday, July 1 1 ~ u e s d a ~i ~ 1 ~ 3 8 - Saturday, August 8 For Winter Trimester, 1988 Saturday, October 10 - - - - - 900 AM 9:00 AM - - - Saturday, November 7 Saturday, ~ o v G b e 21 r - - - - For SpringTrimester, 1988 Saturday, January 16 ~ a t u r d a~~e, b r u ; ~13 - Tuesday, ~ a r c h 8 - - For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612 / 330-1782 - 9:00 AM - 1987-1988 Weekend College Calendar Application Deadline Fall Trimester Aug 17, '87 Winter Trimester Nov 30, '87 spring Trimester Mar 7, '88 Orientation Aug 29, '87 Jan 7, '88 Apr 7, '88 Registration Aug 29, '87 Jan 9, '88 Apr 9, '88 - Classes begin . -Sep 11-13, '87 Jan 8-10, '88 Apr 8-10, '88 - Sep 13, '87 Jan 10, '88 Apr 10, '88 Oct 25, '87 Feb 14, '88 May 15, '88 Last day to withdraw from class Nov 22, '87 Mar 6, '88 Jun 5, '88 Classes end Dec 6, '87 Mar 20, '88 Jun 19, '88 F i a l exams Dec 11-13, '87 Mar 25-27, '88 Jun 24-26, '88 Final grades due ~ e z '87c Apr 4, '88 Jul5, '88 Sep 11-13 25-27 Oct 9-1 1 23-25 Nov 6- 8 20-22 Dec 4- 6 11-13 Jan 8-10 15-17 29-31 Feb 12-14 25-27 Mar 4- 6 18-20 25-27 8-10 15-17 29- 1 May 13-15 20-22 Jun 3- 5 17-19 24-26 Last day to register and/or drop class without record notation Last day to designate grade option - - - - Classes meet Apr Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. It is expected that studenb attend every class. If a student needs to miss one class period, the instructor should be contacted and Majors ram Augsburg Weekend College alloIWS adults to begin or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) - - Bachelor's Degree The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through transfer of previous work, assessment of previous learning experience, or Weekend College coursework. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): One approved course from each of seven areas: Music Art - Philosophy History Economics - Political Science - Speech, Communication and Theater Arts English (devoted to the study of literature) Psychology - Sociology Chemistry - Biology Mathematics - Physics - A course in writing (English I 11) or demonstrated proficiency Two courses or demonstrated competence in a foreign language Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies Demonstrated proficiency in two lifetime sports Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 7 separate majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas. I? ushess Administration This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 33 1 Financial Management BUS 391 Business Law ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 3 11 Public Finance or 3 12 Intermediate Macroeconomics or 315 Money and Banking ECO 3 13 Intermediate Microeconomics Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 326 Tax Accounting or 423 Auditing or 425 Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence. Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice BUS 438 Investment Theory ECO 3 18 Management Science or 4 15 Managerial Economics or 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 326 Tax Accounting BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 310 Management Science PSY 373 Organizational Psychology or SOC 301 Complex Organizations Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 111 Beginning Speech SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 450 Marketing Management EGO 4 15 Managerial Economics SPC 353 Advertising Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics SPC 351 Argumentation SPC 352 Persuasion Business Minor BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 33 1 Financial Management ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with department chairperson. C ommumecation Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as . psychology, . -. sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. -~ - Required Communications Core ENG 223/ 225/226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 399 Internship Required supporting courses: PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 113 Public Speaking Communication Electives With the help of an academic advisor, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: Public Relations and Advertising Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are required to take ENG 227 (Journalism) in addition to the advanced writing course required in the Communications core. BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ENG 226 Creative Writing ENG 227 Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPC/ ART 132 Photography SPC/ ART 225/230 Visual Communications I, I1 SPC 345 Organizational Communication SPC 353 Advertising SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications Marketing Communications BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 450 Marketing Management SPC 353 Advertising SPC 480 Public Relations/Promotional Communications Human Relations PSY 373 Organizational Psychology PSY 485 Counseling Psychology SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SPC 345 Organizational Communication SPC 355 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications Supervisory Management BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 242 Fundamentals of Management BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 440 Operations Management ECO 3 18 Management Science PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPC 345 Organizational Communication SPC 353 Advertising SPC 355 Small Group Communication SPC 480 Public Relations Promotional Communications Communication Minor Five courses approved by the department. I!?/ ducation Licensure in Education Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary and selected Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized programs are worked out with an advisor in either Elementary or Secondary education. All professional courses with the exception of Clinical Experience and Student Teaching are available in the weekend schedule. In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary, Augsburg Weekend College grants secondary licenses in English-LanguageArts and Social Studies. Students may also work individually on the following majors offered in conjunction with day school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-12), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Contact an Education Department advisor for information in your field of study. Elementary Education EDE 253 Orientation to Education* (Ih course) EDE 341 Media Technology (%I course) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments* (%I course) (continued on next page) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (% course) EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (% course) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (% course) EDE 377 K-El Science (% course) EDE 379 K-El Art (% course) EDE 380 K-El Music (% course) EDE 382 K-El Math (% course) EDE 386 Children's Literature (% course) EDE 387 Language Arts (% course) EDE 388 K-El Health (1/4 course) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (% course) EDE 48 1- 484 Student Teaching EDS 388 Human Relations (% course) HPE 114 Safety Education (% course) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (% course) SWK 260 Humans Developing College Level Math Course Academic Minor or Second Major *Field Experience Separate Secondary Education EDS 264 Orientation to Education* (M course) EDS 341 Media Technology (% course) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (% course) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (% course) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments* (% course) EDS 388 Human Relations (% course) EDS 477 School and Society Seminar (% course) EDS 48 1- 484 Student Teaching EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar (% course) HPE 114 Safety Education (% course) HPE 1 15 Chemical Dependency (% course) PSY 105 General Psychology Special Methods in Licensure Field *Field Work Separate Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in English-Language Arts Students preparing to teach English-Language Arts on the secondary level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, the courses for the English major including: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and 3 courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental advisor regularly. In addition to the above courses in the English Major, students preparing for licensure in English-Language Arts must complete a course in the English language; 2 Speech courses, one from 111, 351,352,354 or 355 and either 360 or 366. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare and film are recommended. In addition to field experience and student teaching required by the Department of Education, majors will be required to gain practical experience in teaching writing, to be arranged through the department chairperson. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, enroll in Orientation to Education in the sophomore year and apply for teacher education not later than the fall of their junior year. In addition to planning their courses with the English department chairperson, students should consult an advisor in the Department of Education. New licensure rules become effective July 1, 1989. Students who seek licensure after that time will be subject to the new licensure rules. Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in one of five fields-Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology (The History Major is described below) plus 7 courses (ECO 112 or 113, Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. History Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modem Europe; US.; and non-Western. nglish Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which-we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation oE works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336, 337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an advisor in the department. anagement Momation Systems (IWS) This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS Major BUS 175 BUS 22 1 BUS 222 BUS 242 BUS 252 BUS 279 Computers for Business and Economics Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (continued on next page) BUS ECO ECO ECO CSC/ CSC/ BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO 33 1 112 113 3 13 MAT MAT 370 375 475 476 479 3 18 Financial Management Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics 174 Math for Computing I 175 Math for Computing I1 Advanced Computing for Economics and Business Information Systems in the Organization Information Systems Analysis and Design Information Systems Projects Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Management Science Students in this major should seriously consider one or both of the following courses: BUS 399 Internship CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics MIS Minor BUS 221 BUS 242 or 252 BUS 375 BUS 475 ECO 113 CSC/ MAT Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Information Systems in the Organization Information Systems Analysis and Design Principles of Microeconomics 174 Mathematics for Computing I Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division nursing major as a second step toward the completion of the Bachelor of Science degree. Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this major is a professional program that is accessible on weekends to nurses who are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Admissions - Procedures Admission to the BSN program includes first being accepted into Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 20. As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, further progress in the major is contingent upon: 1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite courses (Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology and Introductory Psychology). 2. A cumulative gradepoint average of at least 2.5 3. Successful completion of validation testing for transfer of credit for basic nursing courses. Required Courses in the Nursing Major NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication* NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I* NUR 31 1 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum** NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing* NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research* NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management* NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management*" *These courses may require extra class or lab sessions. **These courses require extra time and cost for clinical work. Required Supporting Courses PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care or REL 483 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course PSY 353 Brain and Behavior Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education in its day school program and a candidate for accreditation in its Weekend College program, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes nine courses from the departments of psychology, biology, and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. - - - Social Work Courses* SWK 257 Exploring Human Services SWK 260 Humans Developing SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work SWK 364 Field Work I SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work SWK 462 Field Work I1 SWK 463 Community Development and Organization SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development SWK 466 Field Work I11 (M course) SWK 467 The Social Worker as Professional SWK 469 Field Work IV Required supporting courses: BIO 101 Human Biology PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SOC 23 1 Sociology of the Family SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SOC 365 Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation SOC 375 Social Psychology *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. Social Work Minor 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361,463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 265; and Political Science 121 or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. Minors In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, MIS and Social Work (listed under each respective major), Weekend College students are able to complete minors in the following areas: English Minor 5 courses above 111 including one course in British literature and one expository writing course (223,225, 226 or 227). Psychology Minor 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Religion Minor 5 courses approved by the department. Sociology Miior 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above). ofthe Educational Program Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). Faculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisors to students who are in the pre-major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 138,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Internships Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. Admissions Procedure Who May Apply Men or women who have: 1) Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2) Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. Admissions Process 1) Complete the attached application form and return it along with $15.00 to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2) Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3) The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student have a personal interview with a Weekend College faculty/staff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. 4) Students who are transferring previous college work to their Augsburg Weekend College degree program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree. 5) Students who wish to apply for financial aid please refer to that section of this bulletin. Application Deadlines Fall Trimester 1987 - August 17, 1987 Winter Trimester 1988- November 30, 1987 Spring Trimester 1988 - March 7, 1988 Financial Aid There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults in assessing financial need and constructing an aid/payment program from the following alternatives: Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degree-oriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Pell Grant This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from $150-2100 per year. Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take one course at Augsburg. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on financial need. Awards range from $100 to $3055 for 1986-87. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need. Guaranteed Student Loan/Minnesota State Student Loan Program Students must carry at least one-half the normal â¬ull-timeload. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest at 8%. The maximum loan is $2625 per year for the first two years of undergraduate study and $4000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate undergraduate maximum is $17,250. Loan applications are available at Augsburg, some banks, and the Minnesota State Loan Ofice. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall). 3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. Fees and Payment Schedule .- - - - Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) - - - Tuition (per trimester course) (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) -- - Tuition (per summer course) (tuition charge for 1987 summer terms) - - - - - Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for Assessmenl of Previous Learning -- -- - - Nursing Clinical Fee - - - -- -- - Education Clinical & Field Experience Fee - - - - - - - Late Fee $ C,Y?urytr/fo ~ I ~.v!wt~?n~ I I ~ r(j(~iv!l~rin~f t ~ f i t [!I$! ~ r , \ ~ ~ h t ~ l ~n!xi,~/rufion d/~rl hfe. L,I~!L' ~ ( : ~ L I O W I I ~it~r~l!tr/#*\* II ~II(~<)III/J/PIPt J ( y : i , ~ f ~ t f it1.y o t ~d v j i t ~ t ~ t : n,.) ~'/ILI'EJ:II~,(/ K r : l : t , v ~ r t ~ v ~I'~)I.III l ~ t ~ or 1). 1 I/IIIIJYI~OTW/ /'III~IIT(JII~ Plan - - - - - Registration change after first class meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or combination at one time) - - - - - - - $ 5.00 $ 2.00 - Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) - 25.00 -- - - - Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. - - Payment Options Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each Trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release Academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National Direct Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules. Augsburg Offers the Following Payment Options: 1) Trimester payments in full on day of Registration. 2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a 3 month plan is available each trimester. 3) Company Reimbursement - Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days from the end of the term. Refund Schedule A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% (less a $75 Administrative Fee) Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. The refund schedule is eflecfive whefheror nof a student has allended classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined. Special Grading Procedures Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which "P" means a grade of 2.0 or better and "N" means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. A student may not take more than 8 courses on a PIN grading system, with only 2 courses in the major. Students are cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following trimester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Withdrawal From College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. A student who has been on probation two or more consecutive semesters is subject to dismissal at the end of the term. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. Student Support Services Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center. Counseling/Support Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics and/or interests. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Program Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a bachelor's degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact the Admissions Oftice (330-1001). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Ofice (330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). Fall Trimester, 1987 Class Schedule Friday Evening 6:OO930 - Saturday Morning 8:3012:OO BUS ECO EDE EDE EDE ENG PHY SOC SPC SWK - 242 112 253/ 379 382 245 101 265 353 260 BIO 185 BUS 175 BUS 221 BUS 242 BUS 324 CHM 109 CSC/ MAT ECO 113 ECO 313 EDE 263 EDE 350/ EDE 376 EDE 389 ENG 111 NUR 403 PHI 130 POL 342 SPA 111 SOC 121 SPC 113 SPC 345 SWK 257 ART Afternoon BUS BUS 1:15BUS 4:45 BUS BUS ECO ECO EDE EDE ENG ENG HIS HPE MAT NUR NUR PHI PSY REL SPA SPC SWK . - 240 221 252 322 391 440 113 312 363/ 386 111 225 162 114 104 305 306 120 105 111 111 354 463 ART Afternoon BUS BUS 1:15BUS 4:45 BUS EDE EDE EDE EDS EDS REL- 132 279 331 375 423 351 364 388 364 366 356 - Saturday - Sunday Principles of Management Principles of Macroeconomics EDS 264 Orientation to Education (E/S) (9/11-11/6) K-El Art (9/11-10/9) K-El Math (10/23-12/11) Introduction to Literature Astronomy* Racial and Minority Group Relations Advertising Humans Developing -- - Biology of Aging Computers for Business and Economics* Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Managerial Cost Accounting General Chemistry* 174 Math for Computer Science* Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Microeconomics Clinical Experience Seminar (l2/5) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments (E/S) (9/12-1117) K-El Social Studies (10/24-11/21) K-El Physical Education (9/12-10/10) Effective Writing* Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* Logic Mass Communications in Society Beginning Spanish I* Principles of Sociology Public Speaking Organizational Communication Exploring Human Services - Art History Survey Principles of Accounting I Principles of Marketing Accounting Theory and Practice I Business Law Operations Management Principles of Microeconomics Intermediate Macroeconomics EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (12/5) Children's Literature (9/12-11/7) Effective Writing* Advanced Writing* 20th Century South Asia Safety Education (E/S) (9/12-1117) Intermediate Algebra Cont. Nursing I: Commun. & Process* Cont. Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* Ethics General Psychology Introduction to Theology Beginning Spanish I* Interpersonal Communication Community Development ---Photography Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Financial Management Information Systems in the Organization Auditing Techniques for Teaching Reading (9/ 13-6113) Interdisciplinary Studies (l0/25-11/22) K-El Health (9/13-10/11) English Methods (9/13-12/13)* Foreign Language Methods (9/ 13-6/ 13) History of Religions - ---- *Extra class or lab sessions required. - - Winter Trimester, 1988 Class Schedule Friday Evening 6009:30 Saturday Morning 8:3012:00 BUS EDE EDS PHY PSY REL SOC SPC SPC 242 387 350 111 373 353 265 222 354 Principles of Management K-El Language Arts (1/8-2/25) Reading in the Content Areas (S) (1/8-2/25) Physics, Computers & Society* Organizational Psychology Denominations and Sects in America Racial and Minority Group Relations Introduction to Theater Interpersonal Communication BIO BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS CHM CSC/ ECO EDE/ EDE ENG MUS NUR NUR POL PSY SOC SPC SWK 101 221 222 279 340 433 110 MAT 112 EDS 363/ 111 130 310 423 342 485 375 113 465 Human Biology Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Human Resource Management Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Organic and Biological Chemistry* 175 Math for Computer Science II* Principles of Macroeconomics 341 Media Technology (E/S) (1/9-2/26) EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (E/S) (1/30-3/5-19) Effective Writing* Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Community Health I* Nursing Practicum I* ** Mass Communications Counseling Psychology Social Psychology* Public Speaking Social Policy -- - - Saturday BUS Afternoon BUS BUS 1:15BUS 445 BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO EDE EDS ENG ENG HIS MAT PHI REL SOC SPA SPC SWK - 175 Computers for Business and Economics 222 Principles of Accounting I1 252 Principles of Marketing 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 326 Tax Accounting 33 1 Financial Management 352 Marketing Research and Analysis 479 Int. Quantitative Methods 113 Microeconomics 415 Managerial Economics 377 K-El Science (1/9-2/13) 477 School and Society (1/9-2/26) 223 Writing for Business and the Professions* 438 Shakespeare 222 U.S. History since 1877 114 Elementary Functions* 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care 360 Religion and Society 121 Principles of Sociology 112 Beginning Spanish II* 352 Persuasion 468 Field Work 111 ART 118 Painting I Sunday Afternoon BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design ECO 315 Money and Banking 1:15EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (2/14-3/6) 4:45 EDE 380 K-El Music (l/lO-31) FRE 111 Beginning French* GER 111 Beginning German* HPE 115 Chemical Dependency Education (E/S) (1/13-3/20) . *Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additional lab fee charged. - - Spring Trimester, 1988 Class Schedule Friday Evening 6:OO9:30 Saturday Morning 8:301200 BUS BUS HPE INS PHY SOC SPC BIO BUS BUS BUS CHM CSC CSC ECO ECO EDE ENG ENG HIS NUR NUR POL/ PSY SOC SPC SWK -- BUS Afternoon BUS BUS BUS 1:15BUS 4:45 BUS ECO ECO EDE EDE EDE ENG ENG NUR NUR PHI POL PSY REL SOC SPC SWK Saturday p Principles of Marketing Human Resource Management Safety Education (E/S) (4/10-5/20) Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective Physics for the Life Sciences* Introduction to Cultural Anthropology -Public - Relations/PromotionaI Communications 108 222 391 279 100 145 240 113 3 18 351 111 351 341 31 1 404 SPC 355 375 351 467 Microbiology* Principles of Accounting I1 Business Law Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Chemistry for Changing Times Computing for the Liberal Arts Survey of Computer Science* Principles of Microeconomics Management Science Techniques of Teaching Reading (4/9-6/25) Effective Writing* American Literature Since 1920 Topics: European History - Europe in the Era of WWII Community Health Nursing 11* ** Contem. Nursing IV: Leadership & Mgmt.* 421 Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics Brain and Behavior* Social Psychology* Argumentation The Social Worker as Professional 242 Principles of Management 331 Financial Management 370 Advanced Personal Computing 425 Advanced Accounting 438 Investments 450 Marketing Management 112 Principles of Macroeconomics 31 1 Public Finance 350/ EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments (E/S) (5/14-6/25) 363/ EDE 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (E/S) (5/14-6/4) 388 K-El Health (4/9-30) 227 Journalism* 272 European Literature 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing* 350 Introduction to Nursing Research* 130 Logic 160 World Politics 105 General Psychology 240/ 440 Christian Spirituality and Ethics 301 Complex Organizations 355 Small Group Communication 462-Field Work I1 - - p ART Afternoon BUS ECO 1:15EDE 4:45 EDE EDE EDS FRE GER REL Sunday 252 340 114 233 103 336 480 - 250 476 313 253/ 379 388 366 112 112 221 Ceramics Structured Systems Analysis and Design Intermediate Microeconomics EDS 264 Orientation to Education (E/S) (4/10-5/22) K-El Art (6/5-26) K-El Health (4/10-30) Foreign Language Methods (4/10-5/22) Beginning French 11* Beginning German II* Biblical Studies *Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additional lab fee charged. C ourse Descriptions ART 102 Environmental Aesthetics of Fine experience arts in thein urban the environment and world setting. leading Concern toward appreciation for the visualand content criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Distribution: Urban Concerns ART 106 Calligraphy Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. Distribution: Art/Music ART 107 Drawing Drawing in pencil, charcoal, ink, and pastels. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Distribution: Art/Music ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and oil. Distribution: Art/Music ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm camera. Distribution: Art/Music Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising Major ART 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, texture, and pictoral images. Distribution: Art Major: Elective in Public Relations/Advertising Major ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: Art ART 250 Ceramics An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Distribution: Art ART 352 Women's Art History A study of women's image in the visual arts in relationship to women's place within the cultural, economic, and sociological environment of each period. Distribution: Art, Urban Concerns/Minority Studies, (upper division) BIO 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor). Distribution: Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Work BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Chemistry/Biology Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major BIO 105 Biology and Society What are sonic of llrc P~ic~lrrpi~llg-l~a'icd pr'c>t)lcrns.wilhwhich our I l ~ pl'n'ipwt r of society tnwl rlti~l'!Wllnl Lllrt::\la ow pcrstd hy ~~ollulion, war, and hy stlorkgm of f o d , warcr and nrm-rcncw;rhlcn o r ~ r ~ d ! What arc Illc imp1ii:alionb oi penclic rrw:~rul!.scicntilic mcisn'~,scriot I I I ~ t tlcliurry t ~ 41i' Ilc;~lihairc'! ( l l r w no1 :L]II?!Y biology, ~ i f i c inctjl~itit~ to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns BIO 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the field or tnecticinc :lnd srhni&\irm. For s~udcntnurses, health (Prt'rci~:C'hrm If19 allil concurrent majors or consent of [he ilt'itr11~1or. registration in Chem I Ili clr conscnr al'Inslrklctr~r.T)rlcr; 1101apply to major or minor). Distribution: Biology Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major BIO 185 The Biology of Aging At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology BIO 231 The Biology of Women The objective of this ~u)urw:is IU providc a I~asicunderstanding of the structure and functionina tiF tlic Icniiilc hurnnn organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions nhnr~twclmcri IIlol Iiitve arisen in the history of biology. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology or Women & Minority Studies BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics An i n t r o ~ h t v ~ 10 i o ~ulmpulcl'tztd ~ d:lln ~ ~ O C L Y S ~Lcarn I ~ ~ : n hi~hcr-lcvcl \l>rcari~hecl~ IL(ITLlS) I:~rtgoir~:c (I3ASIC'). I f i ~ rn :11n>uta~~iip~lterl./ctl antt r l : hrlsc~ ~ ~ 11311ASll). I.c:1r11 ntmut wnrrl prom\tlil: tlrld cornp~llcrr/ctlbur~nt>c\gcallhlcs. (l'rcrrrl.: Mnth I'l:~certlcn~Group ll or high school algebra) Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS major; elective in Supervisory Management major BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS major BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decisionmaking and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: 221). Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of manapement, n ~ l . : ~ n i ~ ~ tstarling, !un, planning and control. The nature of :cuthor~ty,tcctiuntabilily and responsibility, analysis of the role of lli? pmlm?ionr~lR I : I I I A ~ C ~ . Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Supervisory Management majors in Communication BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic pihlIicy nnd strntcgy issucs in rnnrkcting. k p l , ethical, r~tldZcr:hnobgic:~ILlc!ors as they affect competitive, behavir)r.nI.~YolIon~ic product, promotinn, mnrkeling channel :1nt1 pl,icing dccisinris. Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public Relations/Advertising and Marketing Communications major BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq: Math Placement 111 or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104) Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice I An analysis of a~rxlr~ntiog theory pertaining to financial statements, income conccl~ts,cupiral stock 2nd surplus account, current and longterm assets. (Prer~vl:722. I:CO !13) Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors (upper division) BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 An analysis of accounting theory p n a i n ~ n g!u invcstmenls, U~n~ihlt and intangible fixed assets, liabilities nr~rlmorved, acfurrrial iopirs. Additional emphasis on income determination ollnsirlcring price levcl ch;~ngfi. (Prereq: 322) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: 222,242, 252,279 or consent of instructors) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: 221, 331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 331 Financial Management Tllcory ooT auquisition, allocation and management of funds within the lirm; snurcm HIKI uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, n~pitelI?udge~ing, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: 122, LC0 1 13) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources, desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: 242) Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Iicse~lrclrp n m s as an :kid to decision-rn:tking in marketing managemen(; rceurcti rnelhodolom nmrkcling rcscnrch resulh; evaluation of the effcctivcncss cjf rficarrh III nrarkctir~g.(I'rrrcq: 252, 279, ECO 113, or crmscnt (1r insrrtlctnr) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 370 Advanced Computing for Business and Economics C~~rrerir topics involv~ngprogr~mn~ahlc sprcudsheets (LOTUS), progrnmmablc dafa bnsa (DBASE,),grnphics, information retrieval using tclccr)mnl!~n~ff~lion~, an11 ulher g!lckagc<(~Utisticalanalysis, project management, expert systems, etc.) Solve common problems in economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145, 170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.) BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization Use of systems approach in analyzing t11cuse of inlormntion syslcms i n the organization. Analyze business n~uxls~ n t infnrrnnlion l requircnient~, identify relevant solutions and commr~niuntc:recomrnc~idnlioria.F.tnph:jsis on management consulting skills includi~lg5vri11cnand vcrhnl comrnunrcations. (Prereq: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) BUS 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and control for accounting systems. (Prereq: 323) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: 323) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Advanced financial theory; a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: 331) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risk/retum rela~ionshipsof various types of securities from the viewpoint of both inclivitfunl and inslitu~ianitlinvestors. Extensive coverage of capital markc~salld panfolio manngcment. (Prereq: all core courses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 440 Operations Management C:onccpa and principles rclntcrl to the maniigccment of operating Funciions. E~smplcsfrom service industr~c.\,non-profit organizations and mamibcluri~tg.'I'aupht rrnm IImnnagr~alpoin~of view. Topics include: Hn overview of irpcmllons, plannin~c~pcwrionprocesses, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq: 242) Major: Required in the Business Management major and an elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other businm functions; murlteting management and decision making, planning marketing prgrnm, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: 352) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design Analyze informarion ~crtuirmient~ $\nddesign systems specifications. Utilize relational rlrlra b;tsc srrClworr to quickly implement several system designs. Utilize pnlrrcl n1nn:rlremenr software to manage the life cycle process including documentation and implementation. (Prereq: all lower level core courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 479) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete information analysis and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both case studies and actual businesses. (Prereq: BUS 375, 475. Recommended: BUS 479) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS/ 479 ECO Intermediate Quantitative Methods For Economics and Business Utilizing colnputcr p~c:k;rac'; rclcvt~ntIrk slnli::~i~~l analysis. Programming ~ ~ S W S lid nther statistical packages. tools includr s y ~ r c , r t l ~ l i cmie ~nit:^!), Areas of inlt:n:~t~ncllldcs t n ~ l r ~ idcqcriplirms, c~l snalysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq: 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114, 121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370) Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) CHM 100 Chemistry For Changing T i e s This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. Distribution: Chemistry/Biology CHM 109 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other students. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CHM 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CSC 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers and computer applications. Programming in a general higher level language. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward the computer science major or minor. Mathematics for Computing I, I1 A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning a higher level programming language. (Prereq: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174; 174 for 175) CSC 240 Survey of Computer Sciences An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq: CSC/MAT 175; or both 170 and MAT 124; or equivalent of MAT 121, 124 and Pascal Programming Course.) CSC 340 Digital Communication and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: 240) Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq: 240 is recommended before 352 is taken.) Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division) ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: Economics Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: Economics Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq: 112, 113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: 112) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: 113) Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: 112, 113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313) Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses for the Finance major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: 313, BUS 279) Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) ECO 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business.) EDE 253 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (M course) Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession. EDE 341 Media Technology ($5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education major. EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementary ('h course) The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuroscientific theories. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (1 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading problems. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 363 Kindergarten-ElementaryClinical Experiences ( M course) Includes 160 hours in-class experiences. Register for 2 seminar sessions in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Elementary Education major EDE 364 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies ($4 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integrating specific skill developments through various subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 376 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies (lh course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 377 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Science (Ih course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 379 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Art (% course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 380 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Music (Ih course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 382 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Mathematics ( M course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 386 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Children's Literature ( M course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 387 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Language Arts ( M course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 388 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Health (I%course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 389 Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Physical Education (I% course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDE 481 482 483 484 Student Teaching K-6 Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: Admission to student teaching and program approval.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major. EDS 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting ( M course) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Secondary Education major. EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas ( M course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 352 Clinical Experience ( M course) Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary ('h course) The mastery of theories and their application for teaching in learning settings. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 364 English Methods ( M course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDS 264 and 353 or consent of instructor.) Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language Arts major (upper division). EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods ( M course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) EDS 388 Human Relations (M course) Emphasis on the study of values of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 477 School and Society ( M course) The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society with particular attention to urban education. Introduced by a study of educational philosophy and the development of American education, current major issues in education will be studied. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 481484 Student Teaching Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. (Prereq: admission to student teaching and program approval) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar ('h course) Companion course to student teaching. In-depth analysis of teaching effectiveness and problem solving. A video tape of classroom teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division). ENG 111 Effective Writing The study of composition with emphasis on expository writing. Attention to correct usage, logical organization, and the research paper. The grading system for this course is either P/N or 2.0 - 4.O/N. Distribution: Required for graduation ENG 209 Grow Old Along With Me This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older people to discover how they feel society regards the aging. Distribution: English/Speech ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed with emphasis on expository writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq: 111 or equivalent) Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration major. One of four required choices in the Communications core. ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: 111) Major: Required for English major, one of four required choices in the Communications core. ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to encourage and guide, by means of appropriate models, theories, and criticism, writing in narrative and poetic modes of expression. Short stories, personal narratives, and poems may be selected by students for experimentation and development, according to the students' preference. Major: An elective for Public Relations/Advertising major, one of four required choices in the Communications core. ENG 227 Journalism An introduction to newswriting, with secondary emphasis on the feature and the news feature. The student is first introduced to the principles of writing the news story, what constitutes news, copy preparation, and editing practices, then goes on to write real and imagined obituaries, press releases, speech stories, and community news stories. A unit on the feature and the news feature concludes the course. Throughout the trimester, attention is paid to ethics, comparisons and contrasts with the electronic media, and stylistic trends inside and outside the journalism establishment. Major: Required for Public Relations major, one of four required choices in the Communication core ENG 240/ 340 The Short Story The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology, so it would be an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: English/Speech ENG 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Distribution: English/Speech Major: Required for English major ENG 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English majors ENG 261 Modem Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for English majors ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of two required choices for English majors ENG 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period A study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of two required choices for the English major. ENG 282 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, and Women in Fiction. Distribution: English/Speech ENG 296/ 396 Highlights of British Literature Works by major British authors including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Swift, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens, and Woolf. Distribution: English/Speech Major: A British Literature elective ENG 331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval Milieu will be studied as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of three required choices for the English major (upper division) ENG 332 Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of three required choices for the English major (upper division) ENG 336 British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of three required choices for the English major (upper division) ENG 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. Distribution: English/Speech Major: One of three required choices for the English major (upper division) ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modem American literature. Distribution: English/Speech, Urban Concerns Major: An elective for the English major (upper division) ENG 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching, writing and various off-campus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. ENG 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. Distribution: English/Speech Major: An elective for the English major (upper division) FRE 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Distribution: Foreign Language FRE 112 Beginning French Continuation of FRE 111. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 111 Beginning German Course 111 is for students with no previous background. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals; ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. Distrib~rtion:Foreign Language GER 112 Beginning German Continuation of GER 111 Distribution: Foreign Language HIS 103 The Modem World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 162 20th Century South Asia This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 219/ 419 Myths and Myth Making A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 341 Topics: European History - Europe in the Era of World War I1 Beginning with the rise of facism in the 1930's, this course will emphasize the unsuccessful attempts at appeasement, the course of the war, and conclude with the development of the cold war to 1950. Distribution: History/Philosophy HIS 440 20th Century Topics in World History This course emphasizes such topics as Hitler's facism, the collapse of colonial empires and the rise of the third world. The emphasis will be on Western Asia, Europe, and Africa in the last fifty years. Distribution: History/Philosophy (upper division) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education ( M course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. HPE 115 Health and Chemical Dependency Education ( M course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historic origins of women's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in (continued on next page) different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Distribution: Urban Concerns/Women's Studies MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra A review of basic arithmetic concepts and a study of algebraic expressions including exponents, radicals, and rational expressions; algebraic processes including factoring; solving equations and inequalities in one variable, including linear and quadratic; and graphs of linear and quadratic equations and linear inequalities in two variables. Does not satisfy the general education requirement in mathematics. (Prereq: Placement Group 11, P/N grading only) MAT 114 Elementary Functions Fundamental operations, Factoring, fractions, functions, and graphs, linear equations, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, ratios and variation, progression, binomial theorem, logarithms and trigonometric functions. (Math placement test required. Student must achieve a Level 3 ranking in order to enroll in this class.) Distribution: Math/Physics Major: Strongly recommended for Business Administration major prior to taking BUS 279 MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the F i e Arb Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: Art/Music NOR 111 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language NOR 112 Beginning Norwegian Continuation of NOR 111. Distribution: Foreign Language NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A transitional course that introduces the components of the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. The communication process is emphasized as one means by which the nurseclient relationship is negotiated. Interactive and group communication theories are explored for the applicability to changing roles and professional practice. (Taken prior to or concurrently with 310) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing Ik Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking of theory in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on community health delivery systems and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health related assessment and exploring a community health issue. Ethical issues related to community health decision making with aggregate groups are explored. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum This course provides a Practicum basis for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq: 305,306 or concurrent enrollment, 310,330) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) **This course involves an additional clinical fee. NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq: 305, 310, 330) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing IIk Families This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Senior standing to be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism.(Prereq: 403.) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq: 403) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) **This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq: 404) Major: Required for BSN major (upper division) **This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 432 Topics in Nursing A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instructor. On demand.) NUR 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. PHI 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration major PHI 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: Required supporting course for Communication major PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Distribution: History/Philosophy Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major (upper division) Astronomy A descriptive course requiring elementary algebra. Our solar system's stars and galaxies. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, an 8-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 101 PHY 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: elementary algebra) Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation),understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. (Prereq: elementary algebra) Distribution: Math/Physics Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modem society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. Distribution: Math/Physics PHY 111 POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law, law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Distribution: Economics/Political Science POL 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections. (Prereq: 1 course in Political Science or consent of instructor) Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division) POL/ 342 SPC Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Distribution: Urban Concerns or Economics/Political Science Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division) POL/ 421 SPC Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics This course offers advanced study in mass communications. Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems," "The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken 342, Mass Communications. If not, talk with instructor before registration.) POL 461 Topics in International Politics: Challenges for American Foreign Policy Examines foreign policy strategies, analyzes how foreign policy decisions are made, and looks at major issues being debated by American leaders in a changing world economy. Distribution: Economics/Political Science (upper division) PSY 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. Distribution: Psychology/Sociology Major: Required supporting course for the Communication majors and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in psychology. PSY 355 Brain and Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq: 105 and one course in biology) Major: Required prerequisite course for BSN major (upper division) PSY 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. Major: Urban Concerns (upper division) PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. An organizational field experience. (Prereq: 105) Major: Required course for Business Management major and elective for three Communications majors (upper division) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. Major: Elective in the Human Relations major (upper division) REL 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion REL 215 Archaeology and the Bible Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Distribution: Religion REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the Biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion REL 263 World Justice and Hunger: Developing a New World View The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the interconnectedness of other issues, the biblical mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for social justice. Distribution: Religion REL 353 Denominations and Sects in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and sects. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 360 Religion and Society An examination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 483 Christian Ethics The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Major: REL 483 or PHI 380 required for Nursing major REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the held by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Distribution: Religion (upper division) SOC 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its application to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. Distribution: Sociology Major: Required supporting course for Communication major and Social Work major SOC 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustment and divorce. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context. Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and an elective in the Human Relations major SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) Distribution: Minority Studies Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Management major (upper division) SOC 301 Complex Organizations There is little in contemporary American life that is not somehow effected by organizations. This course sociologically examines (both theoretically and empirically) how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for people within those organizations. Through lecture, discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender issues, and organizational change. Major: Recommended elective in Public Relations/Advertising; Human Relations; and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis oâ¬basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. Major: An alternative in the core of the Communication major, recommended elective in Business Management major (upper division) SOC 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group", its relationship to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction", an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: 121 or PSY 105) Major: Required supporting course for Communication majors and Social Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division) SPA 111 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish, lntroduction to culture of Spanishspeaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 112 Beginning Spanish Continuation of SPA 111. SPC 113 313 Public Speaking Basic problems of effective speaking and listening. May be taken for lower and upper division credit upon consultation with instructor. Major: Required supporting course for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art including dramatic structure, principles, and values with a focus on major historical periods, plays, and artists. This class will discuss the basic concepts of the play production process. Major: English/Speech SPC 329 Intercultural Communication This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and nonverbal symbols will be examined in this course. Major: Recommended supporting course in Human Relations major (upper division) SPC/ 342 POL Mass Communications in Society (See course description under POL/SPC 342) SPC 345 Organizational Communication This course will examine the communication aspects of human organizations, focusing on the following three dimensions: sociological (cultures), biological (systems), and psychosociological communication (structures, networks, roles). This course is designed to help students investigate various forms of communication within the boundaries of an organization with an emphasis on communication problems. Major: Elective for 3 of the Communication majors (upper division) SPC 351 Argumentation Application of logic in public speaking, discussion and debates. Major: This course or SPC 352 is required for the Communications core (upper division) SPC 352 Persuasion Theory of persuasion and propaganda, practical work in speech and promotional projects. Major: This course or SPC 351 is required for the Communications core, elective supporting course in Marketing major (upper division) SPC 353 Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as important elements in modern marketing and communication. Major: Required supporting course in Marketing major, elective in Public Relations/Advertising, Supervisory Management and Marketing Communications majors (upper division) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and nonverbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communications barriers. Major: Required for Communication core, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors involved in effective functioning within small groups and organizations. Major: Recommended for supporting course in the Business Management, Human Relations and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SPC 361 Theater History and Criticism Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. Distribution: English/Speech (upper division) SPC/ 421 POL Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics (See course description under POL/SPC 421) SPC 480 Public Relations/PromotionaI Communications Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division) SWK 257 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration: open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevent to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. Open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary Education Licensure SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. Course taken as a half course in each of two consecutive Weekend College terms. (Prereq: 361, Junior) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: 361, Junior, concurrent with 363) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills Enlargement and refinement of practice skills through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic approaches. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq: 2.0 in 363 and 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462.) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 462 Field Work I1 Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq: candidacy status; concurrent with 461) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: I) survey of historical forms of social change, 2) understanding the basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. Open to all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor) Distribution: Urban Concerns Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with an elected public policy maker. Readings, analytical paper integration of class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: 361, 463 and senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 466 Field Work I11 Continuation of 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 461, 462, 463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 469 Field Work IV Continuation of 466. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) Campus Location From Minneapolis: Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul: Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking: All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Notes Notes Profile # Student ID Major Class APP. Augsburg Weekend College for ofjce use onb Application for Admission personal Last name, please print first/middle initial other surname under which you were registered at college/university Present address city/state/zip county Telephone, home work social security number Birthdate birthplace, city/state marital status Age: sex: m/f citizen of US.: yes/no If not a U.S. citizen: student visa? yes/no permanent resident? yes/no Current occupation employer address Religious affiliation denomination congregation Predominant ethnic background - Caucasion - American Indian - other Spanish surname - other - Black/Afro American - Chicano (Mexican-American) - Asian American optional previous education Please list in chronologicalorder all schools attended starting with high school (if you have attended 2 years of college, we do not need high school transcripts). Indicate the approximate number of credits earned (quarter or semester) at all post-secondary institutions. Please request that officialcopies of your transcripts be sent directly to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. school location dates attended degrees or credit earned I Have you previously applied to: Augsburg Day School Augsburg Weekend College dates dates Have you ever been dropped or dismissed from a post-secondary institution? Ifyes, please explain the circumstances on a separate sheet ofpaper and include it with your applicafion. When do you plan to enter Augsburg Weekend College? - fall trimester 19- - winter trimester 19- - - second major - spring trimester 19- Anticipated educational goal: - baccalaureate degree (baccalaureate level) classes for work competency (non-degree) - classes for personal interest (non-degree) Do you wish to apply for financial aid? -yes -no planned major or area of academic interest anticipated number of courses per term Do you need assistance in locating lodging for the weekends that classes are held? - yes - no Do you need assistance in arranging daycare for the time periods that classes are held? - yes - no Will you be using the company tuition reimbursement plan? - yes - no Please summarize your reasons for wanting to attend Augsburg Weekend College. How did Augsburg Weekend College gain your attention and why have you come to seriously consider it? In this summary please include a description of your tentative educational objectives and previous work, school, military, or community activities which may be of interest to us. date signature When completed, return this application to the Augsburg Weekend College Office, Augsburg College, 731-21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Include with it an application fee of $15.00. This is a one-time fee for processing your application and will not be refundable or applied to your bill. If you have questions about the application process or about the programs of Augsburg Weekend College, please call 330-1782.
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1989
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1989 ......................2 Calendar ............................3 About this Catalog ..........3 Introduction ..............................3 Visiting Students .............4 Courses ..............................5 Options Introduction to Interim Interim is an integral part of the school year at Augsburg College. The College followsa 4-1-4 calendar,with Fall and Spring semestersof approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week January Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen at 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, at 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1989 ................................................Interim Registration .............................................................Late Interim Registration ...........................................................................First Day of Interim October 31-November 4 December 5 January 3 Class I 9 a.m. Class I1 1p.m. January 4 January 16 ................................................. Last Day for CanceYAdd ..............................................Last Day for Determining Grading System with Registrar January 20 ....................................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 27 ..................................................................................... I n t e r Ends January 31 .....................................Validation of Spring Class Registration ................................................................ Spring Semester Begins February 1 The time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning time will be arranged the first day of class. The daily schedule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time 1: 8 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9 a.m.) Time 11: 1p.m. to 5 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 16, at one o-clock. About this Catalog The catalog lids courses by departments. Dcpartrnmts arc listcd in alphahctical order. At Ihc end of the book are listings ;sf other courscs not offered by Aupburg hut recognized by the collugc for Interim credit. Furthcr descriptions and informat inn about these courses are availablc in tlw Intcrim Office, Mcmorial230. Studcnts may also register for one of the Lifetime Sports listed at the end of the Catalog. Options International Interim - Students are invited to be part of one of the 24 international interims offered by the Upper Midwest Association for International Education (UMAIE). These course opportunities are listed near the end of this catalog. Internships - Studcnts electing an internship n~ustprescnt a cnrnplctcd internship learning contract to t hr In tcrnsliip Officc (Mcrnorial230) no btcr than Tuesday, Novembcr 22. Cnnlmcl forms ary availablc in thc same office. Independent or Directed Study - Students may elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lowerdivision 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibility for more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 5. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools - Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-14 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogsof these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applyingfor registrationat other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities collegeswill be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most coursestaught during the Interim at other 4-14 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institutionagrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $595 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the interim office at their own school. There is an application processing fee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art Calligraphy ART 106-490011306-49002 drawing skills with emgiven to the historical deements of design through and assignments center pecial attention given to cia1 styles. Three original projon quality of work plus r division students are historical writing styles : er and mat board Room: Old Main 4 Biology Ecology of the Southwestern U.S. Deserts BIO 113-490051313-49006 I 4 , I .; Instructor: Neal Thorpe Thiscourse willbegin with a considerationof the general characteristics of the four desertson the North Arnerian continent. Emphasis will be placed on the Sonoran Desert of southern Arizona and California and northern Sonora, Mexico. Topics discussed will include the p l ~siu raphy of dcwrL andsca s, desert climates, nd animal life, and mils, the survival mec ra a a. Studies will be conducted in southern Arizona and California, including the Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum, Saguaro National Monument, Organ Pipe CactusNational Monument,Joshua TreeNational Monument, Death Valley, the Grand Canyon, Ihe Boyce Thompson Arboretum of the University of Arizona, and the Santa Catalina Mountains. H diskrk&sknied ' . Grades will be based on examinationsand written work. Students taking the course to fulfill distribution requirements will be expected to acquire a general knowledge of the subjects studied and to write a paper on a selected topic. Students taking the course for upper division credit will be expected to probe the subjects in greater depth and will be required to write a research paper that will be presented orally to the class. Enrollment preference will be given to biology majors. I There will be some class days on campus both before and after the trip. . I The cost will range from $600 to $750, depending upon enrollment, and will cover airfare, ground transportation, lodging(camping), admission fees, and meals. Initial deposit is due by November 4. Prerequisities: Permission of Instructor; BIO 112 for 313 level Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 214 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-49003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. genes surrounded by a n and multiply only as eeming simplicity, some mans are caused by vie forms of cancer. This major discoveries on of viruses, and their c will also look at the viral invasion, at the drugs, and at some g AIDS. Grades will during the course. Room: Science 213 , Botany, Birds and Blight BIO 117-49004 Instructor: Gloria Warner Thiscourseoffersanopportunity for hands-on experiences in areas of biology which may not be available to students in their regular be as exciting and arn various ways to plant structure and tification and Como 2. Studentswil of Natural Hist for a week at the Bell Museum tification and a t Grades will be based on class participation and exams. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 214 . Business Management Simulation Games BUS 278-49007/37&49008 Instructor: Amin Kader During this course, students will be grouped into teams to play a computerized business management exercise. Each team will control a company which manufactures and sells similarproducts. Each team will attempt to outperform other teams by selecting what appears to be the optimal operating strategy. This strategy will involve setting production volume, marketing expenditures, and selling prices and determining plant and securities investments as well as stockholders dividends. Studcnts registering for upper division credit will be expected to have had at Icasi one business course and to be able to apply 1 I I business concepts learncd. The lower division credit is designed for students who are interested in business but who have had no academic business training. This level will require students to rely on systematicand deductive analysis which will allow students to discover for themselves the relationship between the various component parts of the business decision. The lower version of the computerized game will be used for this group. Prerequisite: For 378 -BUS 242 or 252,BUS 221 or 331 andECO 112 or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Murpy Square 3 Entrepreneurship BUS 295.49009 Instructor: John Cerrito who are not majoring for starting and running a small business. The student will management aspcts of small busincss a business plan for ia studies. Business major&ay not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 3 . I Chemistry Chemistry for Changing Times CHE 100-49010 Chemistry has beeniinlin~atclya part of liberal education for centuries. The early sikntists were considcrd to be philosophers and their societies wcrPp11ilowplzicr I societies. In recent decades the human seeking of pcxsonal indcpcnduncc has led to chemistry becoming a part of evcrychy 1i fc fo the point of actual dependence on chemistry. We live in a korld of pesticides, fertilizers, plastics, "the pill", food additives aiqdprocessed foods, vitamin supplements, the energy crisis, chcmical dependency, biocides, pollutants, drugs, searching for lifc cm other planets, genetic manipulation, and it goes on and on. Etnoiions and mental disorders can often be traced to chemical irnbalancc. The common dragged out, grumpy feeling after an afternoon nap is a result of a chemical imbalance. The na turc of a hangover is the result of a complex system of altered body chemistry. Even lcarhi ng appears to be the result of chemical reaction to form a "rncrnoly molecule". Most of the problems we &ce are molecular in na tnrc. What thenbut chemistry can better help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we b k c a molecular look at the human ct~ndition. d This c ' urw will be offered in a lecture/discussion format. Films will sdpplcrncni the lecture/discussion periods. Daily quizzes will be u d for evaluation. This course meets a distribution need but +' does not satisfy prerequisites for Chemistry 106 or 116. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: II Room: Science 315 History of Chemistry CHE 125-49011 Instructor: Jean C. Kunz This course seeks chemistryfrom ancien science of today. The on the discovused a few ele11 examine the I the powerful modem sed primarily upon a Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 315 Computer Science Fortran CSC 270-49012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students with some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledgeof programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniquesfor using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g. CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 212 I I Economics Welfare Economics ECO 414-49013 Instructor: Ed Sabella The course will include basic concepts and propositions, Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; socia1welfare functions; and normative concepts of economic theory. Grades will be based on examinations and homework projects. Prerequisites: ECO 313 (or consent of instructor) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 11 I I Education C( International Education EDS 245-49014 Instructor: Richard Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents an examination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possiblecareersininternationaleducation. Specialattention will be directed toward Scandinavian,Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-49015 Instructor: JohnBollis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Students will survey current software materials for educational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 w Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 37549016 Instructor: Mary Endorf Thisclassprepares students for the unique experiencesand responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Focus on a sequence of learning for the kindergarten child. B. Stresscurriculumdevelopment and instructional systemswhich are supported by current research and practices in education settings. C. Stress key adult/child relationships. D. Stress process - "how to learn". E. Share researched based findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Recognize continuities and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objectives of the Class: At the completion of this class the student will be able to identify: 1. Developmental needs of the kindergarten. 2. Discuss the different approaches to kindergarten education and the theories behind these approaches. 3. Organizea classroom environment to meet the learning needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussionand examination. is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays and Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Human Relations EDS 388-49017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides a valuable insight into the values, cornrnunication techniques, cultural mores and other unique characteristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. This class is taught from a perspective of minority group members with interaction from class members. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? These and many more questions will be addressed in this course. Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teaching and other profesiional vocations. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 481-49018; EDE 481-49022 EDS 482-49019; EDE 482-49023 EDS 483-49020; EDE 483-49024 EDS 484-49021; EDE 484-49025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing learning under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. English The Short Sto y -Elements of Fiction ENG 240-490271340-49020 Instructor: Kathryn Swanson fiction? What elements of fiction What is fiction? What is should be considered in making an evaluation? In this course, students will find answers to these questions by reading a variety of fictional works and by writing their own fiction. Although the Students are expected to riad the s t h s and novel, participate in class discussions, write iw analysis a selected short story, write an original d~c>rl,itn ry, and take scvqal quizzes and a final exam. I Students taking th? course for upper division will read an additional novel end@rcyarc a substantial paper/class presentation based on it. Prerequisites: Effective Writing Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Music 22 Re-Visions: Contemporay British and American Drama (1965- ) ENG 249-49026 Instructor: Douglas E. Green Who are the new Shakespeares and O'Neills, Shaws and Millers? Are there any grand new sights and sounds on English and American stages? This course will encourage students to assess the current state of British and American theater: the relation to national (and transAtlantic) trends and traditioning; the variety of issues, concerns, and themes; the diversity among playwrights themselves; the various modes of production. Readings will be drawn from the works of playwrightslikeOrton,Stopperd,Shepard,Mamet, Wilson, Churchill, Norman, Fornes, and others. There will also be some pairing of current works with "classic" pieces. Depending on January offerings in the Twin Cities, the class will also attend one or possibly two productions by contemporary playwrights, for which there will be a fee. Evaluation will be based on a number of short papers, class participation, and a comprehensive exam. Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) or consent of instructor Distribution: English-Speech Time: 11 Room: Music 22 Rock 'N' Roll: Lyric, Metaphor, Lore ENG 355-49029 Instructor: John Mitchell Feature films, ranging from Wall, will also be examined Students will be rebased upon Prerequisites: ENG 111(Effective Writing) Time: II Room: Science 123 I 'I ' I French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-49030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov Study of representative shorter French works in English translation. By reading and analysisof a common core of varied works we will strengthen communicationand critical skills, develop cultural sensitivity,and become acquainted with significant French writers. Mini-lectures and study guides will help focus attention on the works. Much class time daily will be devoted to small group discussion and exchange of ideas. Evaluation based on group work, progress, quizzes, writing assignments, and a short independent study. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing Distribution: English-Speech Time: II Room: Old Main 25 German Introduction to Yiddish GER 220-49076 Instructor: Don Steinmek What do the works of Sholem Aleichem (which inspired "Fiddler on the Roof ), Isaac Singer (Nobel Prize for Literature), and several other great writers have in common? They were wri tten in Yiddish. How did expressions like "chuspe," shnook," "klutz," "kitch," "schmaltz" and "shitik" get into English? Again, the answer is Yiddish. Yiddish is closely related to German and in this Interim you can learn to read Yiddish as well as you can read German. Grades will be based on performance and at least two tests. Prerequisites: One year of college German or permission of instructor Time: I Room: Old Main 12 Health and Physical Education IITheonj, Technique and Administrative Aspects of Coaching Football 7 .L -1 1 x 1 L ' HPE 224-49035 I- Instructor: Bill Huns tock Students will learn the history of the game of football and of the people who made major advances in the game. Attention will be given to the organization and administration of a footballprogram including staffing, player personnel, practice organization and game day organization. There will be stress on the methods of teaching individual, group and team skills and on strategies of offense and defense. Students will practice teaching methods in actual football practices. There will also be attention given to the ethics of coaching football. This course will be taught in conjunction with a 16 day trip to Australia by the college football varsity for exhibition games and workshops. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Time: I Room: Murphy Square 4 IIRecreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 232-49032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. The majority of the course grade is based on participation in class activities, a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Monday and Wednesday and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 k d m i n i s t r a t i o n and Supervision of the School Health Program HPE 41G49033 Instructor: Richard Borstad Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. Periodic exams coveringlecture and textbook assignments; written summaries of professional journal articles; in-class activities, including a presentation on a teaching method. Prerequisites: HPE 320 Time: I Room: Murphy Square 2 Sailing in the Virgin Islands " h i HPE 45S-49034 / - Instructor: Joyce Pfaff Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42' fixed keel sailboat with five or six other people and will function as an active crew member. - Actual on-the-water instruction will be the major part of the course. This will be supplemented by sessions dealing with safety, boat handling, boat systems, provisioning, trip planning, piloting and navigation. Sailingwill include cruises to various islandsand cays in the British and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept 6y all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/Ngrading only. The course will last January5-24. The fee of $2300 includes roundtrip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports II Coaching of Basketball HPE 477-49036 Instructor: Brian Ammann Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. Exams, on-the-floor coaching techniques, and a scouting report will be the methods of evaluation. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 II Coaching of Hockey HPE 478-49037 Instructor: Ed Saugestad The theory, techniques and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. Evaluation will be on the basis of exams, on-the-ice coaching techniques and scouting reports. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I Monday through Wednesday and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 111 Officiating of Basketball HPE 481-49038 Instructor: Al Kloppen This course will focus on learning the rules and mechanics of the game of basketball. There will be practical experienceon the floor. Students completing the course should be ready for certification by the Minnesota High School Association. Grade evaluation will be based upon tests, papers prepared and performance on the floor. While there are no prerequisites, it is highly advisable that students have some basketball playing experience. This is a 1/2 credit course. Time: I1 Tuesdays and Thursdays and alternate Fridays. Room: Melby 202 His tory Eastward to A m e h : Limited Hospitality HIS 220-49039 Instructor: Khin Khin Jensen Course will focus on Asian immi ation to the United States in the &&18th m N r y and tLun of 2Olh century. The Chinese, la-, K~xemandFill e x p i a m will receive specialattenti011 ~ ~ o n c l u d wthacompmmt r on the changesin the U.S. Immigration laws in the post-world war I1 period. Students will study the pattern of Asian immigration, the areas they settled in, the contributions made by these ethnic groups to the American economic scene and the role of "new Asian immigrants" since the end of the Vietnam war. The course will highlight the politics of the Immigration laws and the gradual opening of the United States to some Asian immigration. Content and teaching style: Lectures, class discussions, audiovisuals and reports on the A-Vs. There will be a mid-term and a final project (a paper-topic to be selected the first week of the term in consultation with the instructor) due the last day of the term. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I Room: Old Main 13 p 8L Gandhi and Martin Luther King: The Images and the Reality HIS 440-49040 Instructor: Don Gustafson ies of our century, in- Grading will be l m d on papers, class participation and a final exam. Prerequisites: Sophomore status or above and at least one college history or political science course. Time: I1 Room: Foss Seminar In terdisciplinavy -FXE The capstone of the Augsburg First Year Experience (FYE)is a special Interim course designed for first year students that will grow out of The Augsburg Anthology. For the 1989 Interim there will be a single course with four sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Urban distribution requirement. One part of this course will be a series of lectures for the entire college community. Measuring the Elusive Ideal: Realized and Unrealized Dreams INS 189-49041 Instructors: Larry Crockett, Joan Griffin, Ron Palosaari, Bruce Reichenbach What went wrong in Vietnam? Why do serious racial problems persist in America? Why do so many families have such different expectations about males and females? Why do so many foreign countries dislike America? In this course we will consider these and other issues by a comparison between ancient Athens and modern America, looking for similarities and differences. Using both ancient and modern texts we will examine how each nation created an image of itself as a people dedicated to certain ideals. We will see some ways in which the ideals were compromised, reinterpreted, or abandoned. Students will participate in the course through assigned readings, analysis of films, several short papers or daily journals, and participation in a group project. In addition, a final examination will help students integrate various aspects of the learning experience. Prerequisites: Freshman status Distribution: Minority-Urban Time: I Room: Science 123 The Redemocratization Process in South America INS 219-49074 Instructor: Maria de la Luz Silva Profesor Maria de la Luz Silva is a Fulbright scholar from Chile who is spending part of the 1988-89 school year at Augsburg. In the first part of this course she will focus on the origin and characteristicsof the authoritarian regimes of Argentina, Uruguay and Chile. In the second part of the course students will examine the evolution and transformation within these states and particularly consider the emergence and development of democratic alternatives. Finally, Professor Silva will analyze Chile as a special case study of retarded transformation. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 22 Externship: Linking Education and the World of Work INS 299-49042 Instructors: Gany Hesser and Lois Olson Learn from your experience. Discover new ways to learn by observing, collaborating, and reflecting on your experiences. The externship is a modified internship consisting of a half-time placement and active participation in a seminar that meets twice a week. Each student will be assisted in the process of securing an unpaid placement where s/he can obtain valuable first hand experience in the world of work. The course is designed to achieve two major objectives: 1)to enable students to observe and experience the relationships between the worlds of work and the classroom; and 2) to expand the students' abilities to learn from first hand experience. Each participant will observe and work approximately20 hours per week in a placement which matches his/her major or career interests. The seminar will meet twice a week for approximately two hours. Evaluation will be based upon the overall quality of participation, supervisor assessment, critical incident analysis, journal/ log and seminarparticipation. The course is offered on a P/Nbasis. Participants will complete a resume by November 23 and secure a placement before the end of Fall classes (December 9). Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and placement secured by December 9. Time: 11 Room: Murphy Square 2 ~ ~ c o n o m i cthe s , Environment and Appropriate Technology INS 218-49043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to help students develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources continue to play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment,technologicalchange and economic development. We will then develop some basic economic tools which we will use to analyze decisions regarding our use of the environment in technological and economic develop ment. Finally we will consider alternative (appropriate) technological applicationsbeingexperimentedwith as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of their research into specific environmental/technologicalissue. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Mathematics r( Finite Mathematics MAT 121-49044 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group 111 Time: I Room: Science 112 Math of Interest MAT 173-49045 Instructor: Ken Kaminsky Have you ever wondered why women have been charged more than men for annuities and received lower pension benefits than men? Or why women have paid less than men for life insurance? Or how life insurance premiums are calculated? Or how installment loan payments are figured out? Or how much money to invest in order to accumulate a certain lump sum or annual payment at a certain date in the future? Then this course may be meant for you. These and other interesting and useful topics in the mathematics of financial transactions will be covered. Evaluation will be based on classroom participation and quizzes. This course should be useful for students in business and economics or for any students interested in careersin finance-related fields. Prerequisites: Group I11 on math placement test or equivalent. Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Music willi Improvisation in Music MUS 129-49048 Instructor: Steph Gabrielsen every day for three hours, and each Improvisation i usic m meetings, using a variety of imstudent provisational t W es and styles. Prerequisite: M m ability on a musical instrument or instructor's p Distribution: Music Time: I Room: Music 4 '1 n Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS179-49047 Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Mebler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich served to inspire the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our own ensembles. The original scores of Handelfs "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounte concert p d o and visits to marksare planned. For tho= with a Bpedal interestin music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-RobbinsCentrein England and hospitals .researching musk and medicine b~ Herdeclce and Ludmwhefd, West Gemany. The compmhmsive feeof $226 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/NP basis only. The History of Jazz MUS 241-49049 Instructor: David Hawley The United States Congress has declared jazz a national treasure. America's improvisational art form has not only influenced the nature of our but has also been the throughout the world. This course will cxarninb\lt! cyajoti~nof jazz from itsblack secular roots to the current electr ,dallyinfluenced contemporary idiom. The characteristicsof sig$can t performers from each period will be analyzed as well as<-,tileiwlucncc of this art form on artists of reading assignments will and selected filmsand video two written and listening exams. Distribution: Art-Music Time: I1 Room: Music 2 NOR 111-49050 background in Nonvesin speaking, listening, Classroom practice d structures and the . Room: Old Main 29 Philosophy On Dreams PHI 200-49051 Instructor: Mark Fue some an- assignments. Evaluation will be traditional. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Phusics J Introduction to Weather PHY 106-49052 Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the scienceof meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weather changes and understanding the world's climate. Related topics to be included are: hydrology (study of the earth's water cycle), pollution, economic effects of the weather, and weather's impact on world events. This course is designed to be an elective or satisfy the Mathematics-Physics distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi;Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a journal of weather and site visits. Daily weather maps will be created using portable weather satellite reception systems carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of operational weather facilities, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the US from north to south. Daily quizzes and lectures will be given during the travel. Grades will be based upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual project completed during the trip. The cost will be approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 28. Prerequisites: High School Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Library I Introduction t o Space Science PHY 320-49053 Instructor: Ken Erickson This course is designed for students in scienceand engineering who are interested in acquiring a basic knowledge of the major topics required for further study in the field of space science. The course will provide a survey of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation, and aurora. Evaluation will be based on assignments, two exams and a paper. Prerequisites: PHY 245 or consent of instructor. Time: I Room: Science 205 Pol it Science n numerous other ete conclusions You will be required to read presidency, write analytical the more you should try to read. Distribution: Economics-Political Science Time: I Room: Music 24 E Politics,~ollywoodstyle POL 328-49075 Instructor: William Morris This course will examine the impact of American films on U.S. citizens' perceptions of politics. Films will be selected whose principal themes deal with particular political practices and/or institutions. The class will evaluate the accuracyof these images by considering the films in light of the scholarly literature and other information availableon each subject. Close attention will be given to an exploration of the ethical situation and dilemmas of decisionmaking in politics. As part of the course, students will submit written a n a l p and evaluations of the political content or ''image" of politics in the films shownin class. These, plus additionalarticlesandportronaof books from the social sciencesand other literatureparalleling some of the films' themes, will serveas the basis for class discussion. The papers, a test on assigned readings establishing the framework for the class, and class participation will determine final grades. There will be a film fee of approximately $10 to cover costs. Prerequisites: Political Science 121 or 158 Time: I1 Room: Music 23 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-49055 Instructor: Phillip F. Fishman The course is designed for political science and social work students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and actual case-studieswill be employed to examine the role of the federaljudiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the 90s. Course objectives are to assist the student: 1)to understand the judicial process and how jrrdg~slnakc policy; 22) tu Ivarn how linbilily i s ~st~ib1ishc.d i~rid app~.opriatcrcmtaclics arc' f;ishionrd lor rrdicf; 3 ) b cxplorc tlic rlynarrtic. r-onfliihtIwIwccn 1l1c f ~ i l ~ r tx-nch al nnr.-1 j>ol~tic'rlland adrninistrdtivc i n s t ~ l itions. l 'I'l~cinstructor uscs Icct~~re i111rl hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolifan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 3, 6-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Ro-om: Old Maih 16 Psychology The Psychology of Law PSY 335-49056 Instructor: Nancy Steblay Evaluation will participation, student research Re1igion The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-49057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examinethe LutheranChurch as it is at the present time, but also study its origin in the 16th century and its develop0years of history. The text by ment and cultural Lcct LI r c and class discussion ss to the Gospel in art, will deal with cx music, missions, theology. Requireper. One text costing ments will inclu ascd in class on the second erim course may be used to meet religion r e q ~ c r n e n t s ) , Time: I Room: Old Main 18 Christianity in Modern Africa REL 366-49058 onal African culture will be studied, as well as atgy!' A major section ses of churches in South Africa to t will be lectures luated on several toward graduation religion requirements) Time: 11 Room: Old Main 18 The Bible, Language and Interpretation REL 445-49059 anguage in the Bible. The character of language for es will be based on class an examination. course may be used Social Work C( Exploring Human Services SWK 257-49060 Instructor: Mary Lou Williams This course offers students the opportunity to explore career aspects of the human services vocations, a valuable tool in selecting a career goal and a college major. Knowledge is gained by working in a professional human service organization or agency; working and talking with human service professionals and others who participate in an organized approach to respond to human needs. This course offers a "hands on" experiential approach to learning. Studentswill volunteer 20 hours per week under the direction of an agency representative. In addition, students will attend a specific small group seminar 3 hours per week during which agency experienceswill be shared and readings discussed. Evaluation will be based on performance in the agency, written subjective summary, brief journal summary, and final exam. Time: I Room: Murphy Square 1 Family Violence: Recurring Issue, New Perspectives sWK330-4906<1 Instructor: Maria rown Is violence really "as American as apple pie" (StokelyCarmichael)? Is family violence just a reflection of societfs violent attitudes? Why DOES familyviolenceoccur,and when, and to whom? Today, identified violence in families has reached what many professionals consider "epidemic proportions". This course is intended to be an overview of the phenomenon of family violence, including contributingfactorsandconsequencesfor the familyand the broader society. Students will research various forms of family violence. Classroom speakerswill include professionalswho are involved in current policy-making and program delivery in family violence. One-half credit ovtion: classroom discussion, readings and the development of an annotated bibliography on area of interest in family violence. Full credit ovtion: requires writing and presenting of research on area of interest in family violence. Prerequisites: Inko to Psychology, Sociology or Social Work Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Social Work and Community Services in Great Britain SWK 346-49061 7y!-!L / - I Instructor: Rosemary Link Great Britain is an exciting mixture of ancient and modern -ancient in its culture and modern in its social policies. The course explores social work services with this dual focus. We will visit a variety of community agencies: formal public, private, and natural helping networks in a range of urban and rural settings. In order to experience the nation's culture, we will be invited to English family homes, meet with social work students, attend theatre performances, and visit historic treasures. London is the nerve center for the country's resources and we will begin by visiting some of its foremost community institutions such as Great Ormond Street Childrensl Hospital and Toynbee Hall Settlement. With the help of English social work students, we will unravel the post Second World War commitment to universal socialpolicies. These policies have established servicesavailable to all citizensin health, education, income maintenance, housing, and personal social servics. They also provide the major working turf of the social work profession. As a contrast to the inner city of London, we will visit Exeter and explore the rural and beautiful coastal West Country. In addition to the formal 'public' social work agencies such as Probation and Corrections, we will make contact with informal services and the small, more extended family oriented fishing and farming communities. Throughout the course, there will be an emphasis on understanding current national policies and attitudes through cultural and literary connections. Therefore, visits to the National Theatre, The Houscs of Parliament, cathedrals, and ancient community sites such asOxford are an integral part of rmgnizingand appreciating the wholc community. CuIturc and history come to lifc duringday excurtions through the gcntle English countryside ta Oxford and Stratford, Warwick and Coventry, Bath and Canterbury. Students will complement their direct experience by reading the British press and current social policy pamphlets, journals, and books. Suggested Readings: A. Kahn and S. Kammerman, Not the Poor Alone; M . Bruce, The Rise of Fhe Welfare Stake; P.Barclay, Social Workers: T h i r Role and Tmks; Charlcs Dickens, Oliver Twisf; any play by G.B.Shaw, and the 'quality prcsd - The Gtdardinn, The Times, The Telegraph. Student evaluation will be based on a summary of a reflective journal, an agency study, a critique of a current socialpolicy (which includes a comparison with their American experience), and participation in visits and discussions. The course is offered on a P/ NP basis. The comprehensivefee of $1,995 includes air and surfacetravel, accommodations, six dinners, four theater tickets and a one week London travel pass. Registration for this interim must be made before October 26 at the Office of International Programs. 7 Field Work III SWK 466-49064 (full course) 466-49065 (112 course) Instructor: Francine Chakolis The objectives of the class are to use supervisory relationship to increase interpretive as well as social work performance competence; to promote gradual entry into direct social work practice; to increase competence in the client contact phase of the problem solving process; to increase student self-awareness in regard to professional practice interests, areas of strength, and areas for personal/professional development; to promote competence in the full process of problem solving, with special emphasis on analysis and resolution stages. Course content will be continuation of Field Work I1 -educationally focused field placement in a social service agency. Students will spend 15 (or 30) hours per week in field placement, plus one hour per week in faculty facilitated supportive seminar help on campus. Evaluations will be made in writing by the Field Instructor using previously developed contract and social work evaluation forms. Note: Course is offered for half (466-49065) (15 hours per week) or full (466-49064)(30 hours per week) credit. If for full credit, half of the credit will be based on non-client contact tasks. Prerequisite: SWK 462 (Field Work 11) Time: to be arranged Sociology Principles o f Sociology (with emphasis on thd ~ e a l t h Care ~ i i t e m ) SOC 121-49071 Instructor: Barbara Johnson Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality and social structure. It is an essential tool for discoveringthe world and one's place in it. The emphasis for illustrations and exerciseswill be directed to the health care system. Cross cultural comparisonswill be drawn. As such, the course will be useful for future health care providers and related professionals and for consumers as well. This coursecovers the same concepts and meets the same objectives as the regular term course. Therefore students can expect daily written and/or reading assignments. Three exams will be given. Time: II Room: Music 24 Racial and Minority Group Relations om of racial and minority group ejudice, racism, and format will include for off-campus parexpect evaluation to n, a research project, nly on a P/N basis. Time: I Room: Music 23 ! Spanish Evaluating Continental Literature SPA 250-49067 The objective of th tal literature Student evaluation will pation in class discuss continenIt will involve reports, partici- Distribution: English-Speech Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Speech-Communication Movement for the Theater SPC 226-49068 etc. Students wil nd styles of movewill be to increase the gh movement, by examintiming, concentra11 be introduced as aspects of movement a1 expression, gesture, walking, rent styles of movement, from c. Movement exercises will be Some principles of Studentswill be given required readings concerning the principles of movement on which they will be asked to write brief essays. Grading will be based on commitment to and effectivenessof class work and essays, and on 3-4 movement presentations. The class will be designed for those who desire to increase their skills as actors, and also for those preparing for such fields as teaching, law, the ministry, etc. Time: II Room: Tjomhom-Nelson Theatre Other Courses These courses are offered by institutions or groups not connected with Augsburg College but have been approved for credit by the college. Most carry a tuition cost plus other expenseswhich are the responsibility of the student. They are offered only on a P/N basis. Fuller descriptions and details for registering are available in the Interim Office. Outward Bound HPE 212-49069 Check for information in the Interim Office for material on dog sledding and snowshoeing on the Minnesota-Canadianborder or for white water canoeing and desert camping on the Rio Grande in the December 27 through January 27 period. There is a cost of approximately $1,275 (the Outward Bound organization has some scholarships available). Washington D.C. Interims Leaders on Leadership: The National Agenda POL 398-49072 Law and Society: An Examination of Issues and Principles POL 398-49073 These interims begin January 2 and continue until January 21. Information on either of the above programs, housing and financial assistanceis available from Dr. Milda Hedblom in Memorial 117A. UMAIE Augsburg is part of a consortium called UMAIE, Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education, which offers overseas learning experiencesduring the Interim. Further information about the following courses can be obtained from Kathleen Lutfi at International Programs Office, 2018 Eighth Street (3301655)or from the Interim Office. Registration for these Interims ends October 26,1988. These courses are offered on a P/N basis only and generally carry a lower division number. ANCIENT GREECE 1THE ANCIENT AND MODERN MAYA OF YUCATAN BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS 1THE BIOLOGY AND NATURAL HISTORY OF NEW ZEALAND CHINA AND CHANGE: IMPLICATIONS FOR THE WEST IICONTEMPORARY EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC SYSTEMS DEUTSCH IN DEUTSCHLAND I ENGLISH CASTLES AND CATHEDRALS, COUNTRYSIDE AND CITIES 1THE ENGLISH SCHOOL AND FAMILY EUROPE AND THE RISE OF MODERN SCIENCE EXPLORING HUMAN SERVICES AND SOCIAL WORK IN GREAT BRITAIN 1GREAT WESTERN PHILOSOPHERS: USSR & ENGLAND HAWAII: A CULTURAL AND LITERARY HISTORY INSIDE IRELAND 1JANUARY IN AND AROUND PARIS MODERN EUROPEAN BUSINESS AND WORKLIFE MUSEUMS, MUSIC AND MONUMENTS IN THE GREAT CITIES OF EUROPE THE PANORAMA OF ENGLISH THEATRE LI THE ROMAN EMPIRE: CITIES, BATHS AND VILLAS IN BRITAIN AND ITALY 1SOUNDS AND SIGHTS OF EUROPE SOUTH SEA ADVENTURE: TROPICAL ECOLOGY CI SPECIAL EDUCATION OVERSEAS: AMSTERDAM, ENGLAND, SCOTLAND SPAIN: A COUNTRY IN TRANSITION Augsburg Lifetime Sports The following activity is available to students during Interim and students may register for this class as well as for a regular course. This activitv does not carry official credit, but does meet the lifetime sports requi&ment for graiua tion. Students may participate in this class without registering for the course, but will be cxpcctd to pay any fees whether or not the student registers for the course. American Karate HPE 002-49070 Instructor: Mike Teitelbaum The form, basic techniques and practical usage of American Karate, taught by a certified Third Degree MKA Black Belt instructor. Fee of $25.00. Distribution: Lifetime Sports Time: 1200-1:00 MWF Room: Melby
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Undergraduate Catalog, 1988-1990
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg college Catalog Augsburg College Catalog Official Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1988 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current...
Show more Augsburg college Catalog Augsburg College Catalog Official Publication of Augsburg College Fall 1988 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, M N 55454 6121330-1000 This Catalog should answer most questions students have about Augsburg College and its curriculum. Although information was current at the time of publication, it is subject to of each student to know the requirements and change without notice. Jt is the ~espORd?ibiIi$~ academic policies in thk publicafian.If yau. have questions about anything in this Catalog, consult a faculty ad~iser,the Derm of fhe College, or the Registrar. Key offices are listed at the back of the Catalogfor correspondence or telephone inquiries. 0 ---7 f.-sl. a . -. -- I*--' Tableof Contents ,, --. - >. ' e-?>.~r .qL .dC fl- - , . I .:, . 2;-, , - ,L 8 ................................. ,., ....... ................................ - W Course Descriptions w Majors and Minors College Information: ........................................200 .......201 W Regents W ELCA, Education Division w Directory...................................... ........................... w Faculty Emeriti ........................... w Academic Calendar ................... 4 ..........................................209 .............................................223 7 Faculty w Maps Index ..........................................219 ... ,' ....... - ... .> --- ---.? ->>. -- ' , d .: 1 :k. , 4. i,$,-B, !&bL "., ......................... Administration --. -- ' : ! U.-T~~*;!~: , ., -- b--\!::.,; -. . . . I I ".~ ./f: , Facts and Figures 4 Introducing Augsburg Admissions 15 Financing Your Education 21 Student Life 39 Academic Information..............47 Departments and Programs .....71 4 -,,\ -5 . + '1 , -9 , -, .-, - I ! Augsburg College Facts aszd Figures Location - Augsburg College moved to Minneapolis, Minnesota in1872. Foundedh1869hMarshall1 Wisconsin. Financial Aid - Approximately 85% of the students receive some form of financial aid from the c01lege and many other sources. Religious Affiliation -The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. 51% of students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant, 15% Roman Catholic. Library - Over 160,000 items, access to over 5,000,000 through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Accreditation -North Central A s sociation of Colleges and Schools, National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. Approved by American Chemical Society, Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., National Association of Schools of Music, National League for Nursing. Member - Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, Lutheran Education Council in North America, Mimesota Private College Council, Registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Enrollment (1987-88) -2,161 from 30 states and 29 nations. Graduates - from 1870 through May 22,1988 -10,138. SchoolYear-SeptembertoMay,41-4 calendar, with January Interim. Two summer schooI sessions. Augsburg Weekend College - trimesters, September to June. Augsburg Graduate Program -trimesters, September to June. Majors-More than40in20 departments. Off Campus Programs -Program in Global Community, StudentProject for Amity Among Nations (SPAN), Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), Study Abroad, and extensive cooperative education program. Athletic Affiliation - Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC), and National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA),Division 111. Policy - Augsburg College does not discriminateon the basis of race, StudentIFaculty Ratio - 14.8 to 1. creed, national or ethnic origin, age, Class size averages 20-30. marital status, sex or handicap as Campus -15major buildings. Ma- required by Title IX of the 1972Edujor renovation 1979-80 with special cationalAmendmentsor Section504 emphasis on accessibility. 10 major of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as buildings are connected by a sky- amended, in its admission policies, ~ a y / t ~ m e l / e n c l ~ ~walkway €!d sys- educational programs, activities and employment practices. tem. Introducing Augsburg College Education in a Real World (C tt~dentscommonly speak of graduating from college as a L*'way of getting i n t ~"the real world!' In fact, Auphurg College provides students with an education in a real world. The diversity of the faculty, staff, and student body, the structure of the curriculum, and the academic environment minor the camplexity of Life in contemporary society. The College's location in and involvement with a metropolitan setting offer continuous access to cultural opportunities, career experiences, and social realities that enrich shtdents' educations. Augsburg's commitment to the liberal arts recognizes that the reality in which contemporary persons live and the persons themselves have been shaped by the tradition and history horn which they come. The real world was not made this morning, and it is not simple. Only a broad education can present our world as it is and give persons the ability to deal with it. Similar1y, Augsburg College's continuing dedication to its heritage as a college of the church affirms a belief that the world is the creation of a loving God and that human persons are inescapably spiritual beings. The College Mission Statement These qualities of an Augshrg education flow from its mission state ment which declares that the College exists to provide high quality educational opportunities which are based in the liberal arts and shaped by the faith arid vaIues of the Christian church and by the context of a great metropolitan center. Augsburgs location in the heart d the city represents the loom on which the multialored fabric of its idmtity has been woven. WhiIe students are pmpafed to take a place in and make a contibution to the worId in which they Iive, they are educated to be critical of the quality of life in their society and to be reflective of their own d u e s as they respond to it. "... based in the liberal arts" The academic program emphasizes the continuing vaZiditg of the liberal arts as a foundation for developing the Iife of the mind. Augsbmg CoIIege's faculty are dedicaid to chatlengvlg their students to achiwe the highest academic standards while supporting &em in that endeavor with excenent teaching and individual attention Students are expected to develop their abilities in critical thinking and communicationand to gain sensitivity to and appreciation for their own and other cultures. Each student is encouraged to contemplate the eternal philosophical and spiritual questions of human life and of personal values and ethics. At Augsburg the great scholars, thinkers, writers, and artists of the past and present are studied and valued. Augsbtrrg College considers art understandingof the content and method of sdcnce, a arecognition of the place of technology,and an understanding of ways to maintain a sound body as important elements of a complete education. This insistence on the breadth of a traditional liberal arts education reflects a firm belief that human beings are more than their ability to perfom a job. It reftwrs further a concerted attempt to direct students toward a full development of the many facets and capacities of the educated person. "...within the context of a great metropolitan center" Yet, bounded as it is by an interslate freeway and the center of a vital city, Augsburg CoLlege is no ivory tower escape from the real world. The College community continually interacts with the city by attending culhrral events and civic activities and by inviting dty residents and visitors to the campus as lecturers, performers, and mmfms.The city M ~ maslaboratory for experiential leaning through Internships, professional field experiences, and Cooperative Education. "...and shaped b y faith and values" This involvement with the real world is a reflection of Augsburg's spiritual heritage which values all that God has created. While its tradition supports intellectual freedom in the search for truth, the ColIege affirmsits belief that all students should reflect upon their ethical and spiritual values as part of becoming educated. Students are encouraged though religion courses and through opportunities on campus for the practice and examination of spirituality to consider their relationship to God, to others?to society, and to the world, Traditionally Augsburg College has insisted that an aspect of these relationships is contained in the motto: "Education for Service." In these words the College expresses a belief that, whatever career they pursue, graduates should consider the duty of citizens to contribute to the common good through service to others. w ithin the larger community of the city and the world, Augsburg College is its own community. It is a community of support and collegiality composed of persons of diverse talents; of varied ethnic, national, cultural, and religious backgrounds; and of complementary interests and orientations. Through a competent, committed faculty and a dedicated staff, Augsburg College builds with its students a real world in which the whole person can be educated and developed. About Augsburg A College of the Church Augsburg was the first seminary founded by N o r w e a n Lutherans in America, named after the confession of faith presented by Lutherans in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530. Augsburg opened in September 1869, in MarshalI, Wisconsin, and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first graduation was in 1879. Early Leaders Establish a Direction August Weenaas was Augsburg's first president (1869-1876). Professor Weenaas recruited two teachers from Norway - Sven Oftedal and Georg Sverdrup. These three men dearly articulated the direction of Augsburg: toeducateNorwegianLutherans to minister lo immigrants;and to provide such "coI1eg-e" studies tha t would prepare studentsfor theoIogical study. In 1874they proposed a three part pram first -train ministerial candidates, second - prepare future theological students and third - educate the farmer, worker, and businessman. The statement stressed that a good education is also practical. Augsburg's next two presidents also emphatically rejected ivory tower concepts of education. This commitment to church and community has been Augsburg's theme for over one hundred years. Education for Service Keeping the vision of the "non-elitist" college, GeorgSverdrup, Augsburg's second president (1876-1907), required students to get pre-ministerial experience in city congregations. Student involvement in the community gave early expression to the concept of Augsburg's motto, "Education for Service." In the 1890s,Augsburg leadersformed the Friendsof Augsburg, later called the Lutheran Free Church. The church was a group of independent congregations committed to congregationalautonomy and personal Christianity. This change made Augsburg the only higher educational institution of the small Lutheran body. But the collegedivision was still important primarily as an attachment to the seminary. The Focus Changes This attitude began to change after World War I. In 1911Georg SverdrupJr. became President. He worked to develop college departments with an appeal to a broader range of students than just those intending to be ministers. Augsburg' admitted women in 1922 under the leadership of Gerda Mortensen, Dean of Women. She spent the next 52 years at the College as a teacher and administrator. The College's mission assumed a double character -ministerial preparation together with a more general education for life in society. In 1937, Augsburg elected Bemhard Christensen, an erudite and scholarly teacher, to be president (1938-1962).His involvementin ecumenical and civic circles made Augsburg a more visible part of church and city life. After World War 11,Augsburg leadersmade vigorous efforts to expand and improve academic offerings. Now the College was a larger part of the institution than the seminary, and received the most attention. Accreditation for the College Augsburg added departments essential to a liberal arts college, offeringa modem college program based on general education requirements and elective majors. With cursimlum change came a long effort to become accredited. The College reached full accreditation in 1954, although many alumni had entered graduate schools and teaching positions long before that time. A study in 1962 defined the College's mission now as serving the good society as a whole first, and the interests of the Lutheran Free Church second. The Seminary moved to Luther Theological Seminary (now Luther Northwestern Seminary)in St. Paul in 1963. A College in the City President Oscar A. Anderson (1963-1980)continued Augsburg's emphasis on involvement with the city. He wanted to reach out to non-traditional student populations, ensuring educational opportunity for all p p l e . During his years of leadership the College became a vita1 and integral part of the city. Also in these years, Augsburg added the Music Hall, Mortensen Tower, Umess Tower, the C o Z l e ~Center, Ice Arena and PsychoIogy Building. Since 1980 Augsbwg has been Ied by Charles S.Anderson We has continued Augsburg's commitment to the value of a libera1 arts education, emphasizingdiversityin enrollment efforts, spiritual growth and freedom and an academic program that draws on the Esources of the city as extensions of the campus and classroom. Serving the Non-traditional Student Aupburg's American M i a n Program is recognized as mc~essful.The program has had the highest retention rate of W a n studentsin Minnesota -=me 85 percent.The Black Student Support Program, initiated in 1969, has had a growing number ofstudents and supports a Black Student Union and a newspaper distributed by the office. The campus is accessible to the physimlly handicapped with a skywaytunnel-elevator system connecting ten major buildings. In only its second year, Augsburg's program for the learning disabled had 30 students enrolled. The program received a state award for excellence. Weekend College, started in 1982 with 69 students, had an enrollment of over SO0 in fa11 1988. Through Weekend College, adult students can work M l i m e and pursuea bachelor's degree that has a practicalfocus on a liberal arts base. In January of 1987 Augsburg initiated a Master of Arts in Leadership program. As in Weekend College, students can work full-time and take graduate courses leading to a master's degree. These programs bring working add& to the campus. They are comple mented by the College's Cooperative Education Progsam Cbegun in 19%) that places Augsburg students into paid work experiences. Tfte Co-op Education Program helps s tadents get career experience in additiun to their classroom studies. Augsburg Today Augsburg continues to reflect the commitment and dedication of the founders who believed: Augsburg education should be preparation for service in community and church; education should have a solid liberal arts core with a practical dimension in order to send out productive, creative and successful citizens; the city with all its excitement, challengesanddiversity,is an unequaled learning laboratory for Augsburg students. Augsburg is a quality liberal arts institution set in the heart of a great metropolitan center.There arenow more than 11,000 Augsburg alumni. In a world that has c h g d much since those first days of the College, Augsburg still sendsout graduates who make a difference where they live and work. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the heart of the Twin Cities, surrounding Muphy Square, the first of 155parksin the "City of Lake." The University of Minnesota West Bank campus and two of the .eitfs largest hospitals, Fairview and St. Mary's, are adjacent to the campus. Downtown Minneapolis and St. Paul are minutes west and east via Interstate 94 which forms the southern border of the campus, or on bus routes that also connect with the suburbs. (See map at back of book) Reaching the Twin Cities is easy. Most airlines provide daily service to Minneapolis-St. Paul International Airport, and bus or train connections can be made from all areas of the United States. Policies It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origins, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. Inquiries regarding compliance may be directed to the coordinators listed in the Directory in the back of this Catalog, or to the Director of the Minnesota Department of Human Rights, Bremer Tower, 7thPlaceat Minnesota Street, St. Paul, MN 55101. The College and its faculty subscribe to the Statement of Principles on Academic Freedom as promulgated by the American Association of University Professors and the Association of American Colleges. Accreditation and Memberships Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Schoolsand TheNational Councilfor the Accreditationof Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our Programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and the National League for Nursing. Augsburg College is an institutional metliber of the National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, and Minnesota Private College Council. Augsburg College is registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to other institutions or that the quality of the educational programs would meet the standards of every student, educational institution, or employer. Facilities and Housing Instruction facilities and student housing at Augsburg are conveniently located near each other. A tunnel/ramp/skyway system connectsthe tower dormitories,the five buildings on the Quadrangle, plus the Music Hall, 2222 Murphy Square, and the Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Admissions Office - Located at 628 21st Avenue South, provides offices for the admissions staff and reception area for prospective students and their parents. Augsburg College Center - Center of non-academic activity, with spaciousloungesand recreational areas, dining areas, bookstore, and offices for student govenunent and student publications. (1967) - Center for Global Education Located at 709 23rd Avenue South, provides offices for the Global Center staff and a resource room for those interested in global issues. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and CommunicationThe newest building on campus, estabIishes a new "front door" for the ColIege on Riverside Avenue. The Foss Center is named in magnition of the gifts of Julianand June Foss and those from a great numkr of alumni and friends of the College. The Tjornhom-NeIsonTheater is also housed in this complex, which contains space for the campus ministry program, drama, and communication. (1988) Ice Arena - With two large skating areas for hockey, figure skating and recreational skating for Augsburg and the metropolitan community.(1974) Melby Hall -Named in honor of J. S. Melby, dean of men from 1920 to 1942, basketball coach, and head of the Christianity Department, provides facilities for the health and physical education program, intercollegiateand intramural athletics, chapel services, and general auditorium purposes. (1961) Mortensen Tower -Named in honor of Gerda Mortensen, dean of women from 1923to 1964, has 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments that house 312 upperclass students, plus conferencerooms and spacious lounge areas. (1973) Music Hall -Contains a 217-seat recital hall, classroom facilities, two rehearsal halls, music libraries, practice studios and offices for the music faculty. (1978) Old Main -Home for the Foreign Language and Art Departments, with classroomsused by other departments. Extensivelyremodelledin 1980,Old Main combines energy efficiency with architectural details from the past. It is included on the National Register of Historic Places. (1900) ScienceHall-Houses classrooms, well-equippedlaboratories,amediumsized auditorium, and faculty offices. (1949) In 1960 the Lisa Odland Observatory on the roof was completed. South Hall, Kueffner Apartments, and Annex Houses -All located in or near the campus area, provide additional housing accommodations for students, faculty and staff. George Sverdrup Library -Named in honor of Augsburg's fourth president, contains reading rooms, seminar rooms, work rooms, an audio-visual center, the Augsburg Archives, classrooms and faculty offices. (1955) Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall -Named in honor of Augsburg's second and third presidents, provides space for administrative and faculty offices. (1938) 2222 Murphy Square -Houses offices forWeekend College, the Graduate Program, and Cooperative Education, as well as classroom space. (1964) Urness Tower - Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Andrew Umess, who have givenseveral generous gifts to the College, providesliving quarters for 324 students. Each floor is a "floor unit," providing36 residents, housed two to a room, with their own lounge, study and utility areas. (1967) West Hall -Apartment housing for upperclass students. (1966) Admissions A ugsburg College is looking for students with intelligence and character. We want people who can benefit from and contribute to their community -the College community, and the larger community. Freshman and transfer applicants are encouraged to visit the campus and meet with an Admissions Counselor, because firsthand appraisal of programs, facilities, and academic atmosphere is valuable. Arrangements may be made to meet with a member of the faculty and to attend classes when school is in session. Augsburg's admissions staff is ready to help students and parents with college planning. Just call any weekday between 8:00 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. -Admissions Office (612) 330-1001. We'll answer your questions and arrange a tour for any day (including Saturday mornings during the school year). Our office is on the Northwest comer of 7th Street and 21st Avenue South in Minneapolis (please call first). Augsburg selects students on individual merit without regard to race, creed, disability, national or ethnic origin, sex or age. Application Procedures V For Freshmen Application for Admission -Applicants should complete the application for admission and essay, and return them to the Admissions Office together with the non-refundable $15.00 application fee. Transcripts - An official transcript from the high school is required of freshman applicants. Freshman applicants who are still high school students at the time of application should have their most recent transcript sent, followed by a final transcript upon graduation. Graduate Exarnination Degree scores (G.E.D.) may be presented instead of the high school transcript. Test Scores-Freshman applicants are required to submit results from the Preliminary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT), the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT),or the American College Test (ACT). It will suffice if test scores are recorded on the official high school transcript. Additional Information -If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previousacademicperformance, it may be included with the application or discussed personally with an admissions counselor. Academic recommendationsmay be required by the AdmissionsCornmittee before an admissions decision is made. Notification of Admissions Decision- Augsburg College uses a "rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of Admission -Accepted students who are applying for financialaid are asked to make a$100non-refundabletuitiondeposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted studentswho are not applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Decision for Freshmen AugsburgoffersanEarlyDecisionProgramforstudentswho select Augsburg as a primary college choice. Early Decision candidates must apply by November 15 of their senior year and will receive the admission decision about December 1. The College bases its admissions decision on the academic record through the junior year, test scores, and recommendations. Students who are eligible for Early Decision will receive maximum consideration for financial assistance. Early Decision candidates applying for financial aid are required to complete the FFS or FAF after January 1. Accepted students who are applying for financial aid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested by writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted studentswho are not applying for financialaid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those students who wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. Early Admission of Freshmen Students of exceptional ability who wish to accelerate their educational program may be granted admission to begin full-time work toward a degree following completion of their junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Applicants for early admission must complete the normal procedures for freshman applicants, submit two academic recommendations from the high school faculty, and arrange a personal interview with the Director of Admissions. Students from Minnesota who are interested in the possibility of enrolling at Augsburg under the auspices of the Minnesota Post Secondary Enrollment Options Act should contact the Admissions Office for specific information. V For Transfer Students Augsburg College welcomes students who wish to transfer after having completed work at other accredited colleges or universities. College credit is granted for liberal arts courses satisfactorily completed at accredited institutions. The College reserves the right not to grant credit for courses where it considers the work unsatisfactory, to grant provisional credit for work taken at unaccredited institutions, and to require that certain courses be taken at Augsburg. A cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.0 (on a 4.0 scale) or better is required on previous college work. Admission to a major, as well as admission to the College, is sometimes necessary. Please check with the Admissions Office and departmental catalog section to see if admission to the major is necessary. Application for Admission -Applicants should complete an application for admission and return it to the Admissions Office together with the $15.00 non-refundable application fee. Transcript-An official transcript sent directly to the Admissions Office from the college(s)the student has attended is required. Transfer student applicants who have completed one year or less of college-level work must have an official transcript from their high school sent directly to the Admissions Office. Students who have completed a year or more of college work will be evaluated primarily on their college performance. Additional Information-If there is personal information that may have affected the applicant's previous college performance, it may be included with the applicationor discussed personally with an admissionscounselor. Academic recommendations may be required by the Admissions Committee before an admissions decision is made. Notification of Admissions Decision- Augsburg Collegeuses a l'rolling" admissions plan. Students are notified of the admissions decision, usually within two weeks after the application file is complete and has been evaluated by the Admissions Committee. Confirmation of Admission-Accepted students who are applying for financialaid are asked to make a$100 non-refundable tuitiondepositwithin 30 days of their financial aid notification. Extensions may be requested in writing to the Director of Financial Aid. Accepted students who are not applying for financialaid are asked to make a $100 non-refundable tuition deposit within 30 days of their letter of acceptance. Those studentswho wish to live in College housing must also submit a $100 housing deposit. V For Former Students Students who have interrupted attendance at Augsburg College without requesting a leave of absence and who wish to return, apply for readmission through the Registrar's Office. Studentswho have attended any other institution(s1during the absencefrom Augsburg must have an official transcript sent from each one to the Registrar's Office.Returning students do not pay the application fee. V For Special Students (Non-Degree) In some circumstances, people may be admitted as special students (nondegree)and granted the privilege of enrolling in courses for credit. Usually part-time students, they may subsequentlybecome candidatesfor a degree by petitioning through the Registrar's Office. Students regularly enrolled at another college may take course work at Augsburg College as a special student (non-degree).A transcript must be sent to the Admissions Office by the student's home institution. An application form for special student (non-degree) status is available from the Admissions Office. V For International Students Internationalstudentsshould consult with the Coordinator of International Student Admissions regarding the procedures for applying as an international student. All international students transferring to Augsburg from another United States college or university must apply and be accepted for admission to Augsburg two months prior to the start of the semester: July 1for Fall, November 1 for Spring. To contact the Coordinator, call (612) 330-1001 or write to: Coordinator of International Student Admissions Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis MN 55454 Your Education A 11 students receive financial help indirectly, since a quality liberal arts education costs more than tuition and fees cover. The College raises that difference in gifts - from alumni, faculty, staff, parents, church, friends, foundations, a n d endowment income. However, the primary responsibility for paying for a college education rests on students and their families. Financial aid is intended to supplement those resources. College Costs 1988-89 The Board of Regents has approved the costslisted for the 1988-89academic year. The Board reviews costs annually and makes changes as required. The College reserves the right to adjust charges should economic conditions necessitate. V Tuition, Fees, Room and Board .......................................................... Tuition (full-time enrollment) $8,020.00 This rate applies to all full-time students entering in September, 1988. Students are considered full-time when they take three or more courses during the semester terns with a total of seven or more courses in the school year. The charge includes tuition, general fees, facility fees, subscription to student publications, and admission to most College-supported events, concerts and lectures. The amount is payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. ........................................ Tuition (part-time enrollment) per course $595.00 This rate applies to students taking fewer than three courses in a semester and/or an Interim only. Part-time students taking lifetime sports are charged the audit rate for that course. ................................ Audit Fee (for part-time students) per course. $298.00 Full-time students may audit a course without charge. Part-time students taking Lifetime Sports are charged the audit rate for that course. ...................................................$1,610.00 Full Board (19 meals a week) ...........................................................$1,470.00 Room Rent (includes telephone). Other board plans are available as defined in the housing contract booklet available from the Office of Student Life. Partial board (14 meals a week) is $1,430.00; the point plan is $1300.00. V Other Special Fees (Non-refundable) Fees Billed on Student Account ACTC Bus (full-time students only) ........................................$5.00 Late Registration (per day after classes begin) ................ $10.00 Registration Change after first 5 days (cancel/add/change/ grade option, or combination at one time) ............................$5.00 Introduction to Cinema Art .....$35.00 Life Drawing (See Interim Catalog for fee) Music Therapy Internship (one half course credit) ....$298.00 Fees Payable by ChecWCash Application (new and/or special students) ................$15.00 Nursing Credit Validation Tests .......................................$95.00 Nursing Comprehensive Exam ........................................$9.00 Locker Rental (commuters).......$5.00 Music Lessons Private, per semester (14 lessons) ...$175.00 Class, per semester ...............$50.00 Radio-Television Production ...$ 10.00 Theater Technical Production .$35.00 Student Teaching (per course for full-time students) ..........$15.00 Student Teaching (per course for part-time students) .......$150.00 Study Abroad (in approved nonAugsburg programs) ......... $125.00 Student Activity Fee .................. $85.00 Student Activity Fee (parttime students) .......................$42.50 Student Parking Lot Permit -car ...................................$45.00 -motorcycle .......................$20.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) ...............$2.00 Special Examinations, Cap & Gown Costs (Schedule on file in Registrar's Office) Books and Supplies These costs are estimated to range between $350 - 400 per year. V Deposits .............................................. Enrollment Deposit (Non-refundable) $100.00 Required of all new students after acceptance. The Enrollment Deposit is credited to the student's account only when his/her enrollment is terminated. Any net credit balance (after all charges and/or fines) will be refunded upon request of the student. For more information, contact the Admissions Office. .................................................................... $10.00 Housing Damage Deposit Required of all resident students at the time of signinga contract, to reserve a housing assignment. This deposit is retained against damages and/or fines and is returned to the student account (less all charges for damages and/or fines)at the end of the occupancy period covered by the contract. New contracts may be terminated for Fall or Spring Term by notifying the Office of StudentLife in writing by the first day of registration. The resident will be responsible for all costs incurred due to late cancellation or lack of proper notification.If the new contract is cancelled prior to July 1for Fall semester or January 1for Spring Semester, $50.00 will be forfeited from the $100 deposit as a service charge. The entire deposit will be forfeited if cancellation is after these dates. V Payments Semester Fees - Prior to the start of each semester a "Statement of Estimated Charges" showing basic charges and credits designated by the Student Financial Services Office is sent to the student from the Business Office. Payment Options - (1)Annual payments, due August 20 as billed; (2) Semester Payments, due August 20 and January 20 as billed; (3) Payment Plan -upon application and after College approval, a three-month plan is available each semester. Details are included with the Estimate of Charges letter; (4) lcmonth Payment Plan -upon application, College approval, and payment of a $50 administrativefee, the annual chargesmaybe paid in 10 equal insta1Imuzb beginning June20 and ending March 20. No finance charge wdl be assessed on accounts which are current. An application will be sent upon request. Financial Policies A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1%per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more or on a 10-monthpayment plan in which payment is not current. Tuition is set on an annual basis, payable in two equal installments at the beginning of each semester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full. Augsburg College will not release academic student transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full or, in the case of student loan funds administered by the College (National Defense/Carl Perkins National Direct Student Loan and the Nursing Student Loan), are current according to established repayment schedules. V Refunds Students fill out Withdrawal from College forms available in the Center for Student Development. They must be filled out completely signed, and turned in to the Registrar's Office. Students who properly withdraw, change to part-time, are dismissed, or are released from a housing contract will have their accounts adjusted for tuition and room (except for the minimum deduction of $100.00 to cover administrativecosts) according to the following schedule: 100% - through the first five days of classes (less $100.00 administrative fee) 90% - from the 6th though 10th day of classs 80% - from the 11th through 13th day of classes 70% - from the 16th through 20th day of classes 60% - from the 21st through 25th day of dasses 50% - from the 26th day of classes through the mid-point of the term No refund will be made afterthe middle classday of the term. Board refunds are made on a proportionate basis. If a student is forced to withdraw due to illness or accident, the refund will include the normal percentage plus one-half of the percentage adjustment, upon submissionof a report from the attending doctor stating the inability or inadvisability of continued enrollment. Students who elect to omit an Interim or to graduate in December are not entitled to a refund of Interim tuition, room, and board charges. Students who participate in an approved off-campus Interim are eligible to apply for a board refund and room sub-lease. Details and request forms are available in the Office of Student Life. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund is determined. Financial Aid Financing higher education could be the most significant investment a person or family makes in a lifetime. So, proper planning and wise choices are important, not only in choosing a college, but also in the methods used to pay for it. Augsburg College, through its Office of Student Financial Services, will help students and their families with both monetary and advisory assistance to protect access to a quality education in spite of increasing costs. Financial assistance awarded through Augsburg is a combinationof scholarships, grants, loans, and part-time work opportunities. The College cooperates with federal, state, church, and private agencies in providing various aid programs. For the academicyear 1986-87approximately 85%of all students at Augsburg received scholarships, grants, loans and part-time employment totalling over $7,200,000 from all aid sources. The primary responsibility for financing a college education rests upon the student and family. Financial aid is intended to supplement student and family resources. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College Testing Program (ACT)or the Financial Aid Form (FAF)of the College Scholarship Service (CSS)helps determine the amount of assistance for which a student is eligible. This analysis estimates the amount a student and family can be expected to provide for college expenses, taking into account such family financial factors as current income, assets, number of dependents, other educational expenses, debts, retirement needs, and special considerations. V How and When to Apply New Students - Regular Admission 1. Apply for admission to Augsburg College. No financial aid notification is made until the student has applied and been accepted for admission. 2. Obtain the Family Financial Statement (FFS) or Financial Aid form (FAF)from a high school or college financial aid office. Complete the application and send it to the processing agency after January 1but before March 15for priority consideration.Minnesota residents must complete the FFS which includes the application for the Minnesota State Scholarship/Grant Program. Augsburg's code on the FFS is 2080. For non-Minnesota residentsusing the FAF, Augsburg's code is 6014. 3. Within four to six weeks, Augsburg will receive the analysis. If at that time you are accepted for admission, the Financial Aid Committee will meet and review your eligibility for all the programs available. A letter will be sent to you detailing your financial aid package. 4. Acceptance of this financial aid package is required within the deadline stated. If necessary, the appropriate loan forms and/or work applications will then be sent to you. 5. Transfer students must submit a financial aid transcript from each college previously attended before financial aid will be offered. The financial aid transcript forms are available through the Admissions Office or Financial Aid. Returning Students Eligibility for assistance must be re-establishedeach academicyear by filing the application and Family Financial Statement (FFS).Renewal is based on financial eligibility, satisfactory academic progress, and fund availability. V Kinds of Aid A student applying for aid from Augsburg applies for assistance in general rather than for a specific scholarshipor grant (exceptas noted).The various forms of aid available are listed here for information only. In addition to aid administered by Augsburg College, studentsare urged to investigate the possibility of scholarships, grants, and loans that might be available in their own communities. It could be worthwhile to check with churches, the company or business employing parents or spouses, high schools, service clubs, and fraternal organizations for information on aid available to students meeting their requirements. In addition to these sources, some students are eligible for aid through Vocational Rehabilitation, Education Assistance for Veterans, Educational Assistance for Veterans' Children, and others. + Gift Assistance President's Scholarships - President's Scholarships are awarded annually to the most academically qualified full-time freshmen students. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need.The awards are renewable for three years based on academic performance at Augsburg. Special application is due February 1.Details from Admissions Office. Dean's Scholarships-Full tuition and half tuitionDean's Scholarshipsare awarded each fall to the most academicallyqualifiedfull-time studentswho are direct transfersto Augsburg College followingcompletionof anA.A. or A.S. degree, having maintained a 3.5 GPA on a 4.0 scale. These scholarships are awarded without regard to need and are renewable for an additional year. Because this is a unified program, full tuition is assured, since the Collegeguaranteesthe differencebetween non-Augsburggrants and scholarships (suchas state scholarships, Pell grants, etc.) and full tuition. Special application is due April 1. PairedResources inMinistryandEducation (PRIME)Awards- Augsburg College will match the first $300 a year of a student's scholarship or grant from a Lutheran congregation.Announcement from the congregationmust be made by October 1. Augsburg Tuition Grants -Available to students who have shown academic potential and have financial need. A grant may pay up to full tuition and fees. A student's academic performance, financial need, and high school and community involvement are taken into consideration. Minnesota State Scholarships and Grants - Awarded by the state to Minnesota residents who have financial need. For 1988-89, they range from $100 to $4509. All applicants from Minnesota are expected to apply. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants - A federal program administered by the College. To be eligible, a person must: (1)be a U.S. citizenor permanentresident; (2)have exceptional financialneed as defined by the program and demonstrated by the FFS (or FAF); (3) be capable of maintaining satisfactory academic standing at the College; and (4) be accepted for admission. Pell Grants - Federal Pell grants are awarded to students attending eligible institutions of higher education and are based on financial need as defined by program guidelines. The maximum grant eligibility for each student for 1988-89 is $2200 minus the amount the student and family can be expected to contribute.Application ismadeby filingthe FFS (or FAF)and requesting on the applicationform that the necessary informationbe sent to the Pell Grant Program. Bureau of Indian AffairsITribaland State Indian Scholarships-American Indian students who meet federal and state requirements may apply for Bureau of Indian Affairs, Tribal and/or State Indian Scholarship monies. Students must be 1/4 degree Indian ancestry and be enrolled with a federally recognized tribe. Indian grants supplement all other sources of financial aid. For assistance in application contact Augsburg's American Indian Program Director or your tribal agency. + Loan Assistance Perkins Student Loan - Joint Augsburg College-federally funded program administered through the College for students who demonstrate financial eligibility. Loans are interest free during your education. No interest accrues nor do payments have to be made on the principal at any time you are enrolled at least half-time. Simple interest of 5% and repayment of the principal (at the minimum of $30 a month) begin six months after you leave school (nine months for new borrowers after 7-1-87). Repayment may extend up to 10years. The loan carries a teacher cancellation clause. The maximum which may be borrowed for undergraduate study is $9000. Guaranteed Student Loans and Minnesota State Student Loans -Loan funds are obtained directly from a local lender or state agency in states which provide such programs. While the student is attending at least halftime, there is no interest charge. Simple annual interest of 8%on the loan balance and repayment of the principal begin six months after you leave school. Repayment may extend up to 10years. The maximum loan is $2625 for the first two years and $4000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study with the cumulative undergraduate maximum of $17,250. Applications are available at the College, some banks, and the Minnesota State Student Loan Office. Nursing Student Loan -Federal program with provisions similar to the National Direct Student Loan program, but restricted to applicants accepted or enrolled in our program leading to the baccalaureate degree in nursing. Recipientsmust have financial need and be registered at least half time. The maximum loan is $2500 per year. Parent Loan Program (PLUS) -PLUS is a loan program to help parents meet college costs of their dependent children. Parents may borrow up to $4,000 per student per year with an aggregatemaximum of $20,000. Repayment begins within 60 days of check disbursementat a variable interest rate not to exceed 12%and a minimum payment of $50 per month. Application forms are available at Augsburg College or the lending institutions. Applicationsarenormallyfiled with thebankor thrift institution with which your family has an account. + Student Employment Augsburg College provides work opportunitiesfor students with proven financial need who are at least one-half time students. Assignment is made on the basis of need and potential competence in performing the duties assigned. Part-time work provided by the College is considered financial aid, just like scholarships,loans, and grants. A maximum of 15hours of oncampus employment per week is recommended. All on-campus work is governed by policies stipulatedin the work contract issued to the student employee for each placement. Payment is made monthly by check to the student employee. College Work Study Program and Minnesota State Work Study Program -Under these programs the federal or state government supplies funds on a matching basis with the College to provide some part-time work opportunities. + Sponsored Scholarships Scholarship winners are selected by the Student Affairs Committee of the Faculty unless otherwise specified.For departmentalscholarships,winners are recommended by faculty of the department involved. Descriptions of awards are from statements of the donors' wishes. *Indicates endowed scholarships General Scholarships Charles and Ellora Alliss Educational Foundation Scholarships -A number of awards of varying amounts (minimum $500) are made each year on the basis of financial need and ability. Established in 1973by the foundation. Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to deservingjunior/ senior students. Established in1961 to perpetuate her memory. Oliver M. and Alma Jensen Dickerson Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto two deservingjunior or senior students. Establishedin 1969by Alma Jensen Dickerson to honor her late husband and perpetuate their memory. Elias B.Eliason Sr. Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more needy and deserving u m d a s s students. Establishedin 1979in memorv of their husband and father bv and Mrs. Cla& ~osie ~er:e & o n , Conrad Eljason, E. Bernie Eliason, Mrs. Ekabeth~auseth Hoelck. M. J. Estrem Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a worthy student. Established in 1965by Maybelle and Malwlm Estrem. First Bank Systems-Awarded each year without regard to a specificmajor,but to students with demonstrated leadership ability and an interest in entrepreneurialdevelopment. The Julian P. Foss Scholarship*-Awarded to a student of any class who has financialneed, shows promise, and demonstrates faith and dedication to overcoming difficult circumstances. Established by Julian P. Foss ('30), Mesa, Arizona. The Edwin C. Johnson Scholarship*- Awarded annually to one or more students who demonstratepotential and financial need. Established in 1985by Edwin C. Johnson, Powers Lake, ND. Memorial Scholarship Foundation Scholarships* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving upperclass student. Established in 1964 by undesignated memorial gifts. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company Liberal Arts Scholarships - Given annually to needy students who are U.S. citizens. Established in 1972. Northern States Power Company Scholarship* -Awarded class year on the basis of financial need and ability. to deserving students in each John G. Quanbeck Scholarship Fund - Awarded annually to freshman students who without assistance would be unable to pursue higher education. Established in 1963 by a bequest of John G. Quanbeck Readers Digest Endowed Scholarship* -Awarded to able and deserving students. Established by the Readers Digest Foundation in 1964. The Lea A. and Elsie L. Wildung Endowment Fund* -Awarded annually to one or more students of any class who have potential and financial need. Establishedin 1986 through the gift of Elsie L. Wildung, St. Paul, MN. Edward Yokie Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded to an able and deserving junior or senior student. Established in 1962 to honor the memory of their beloved father by his daughters, E. Lorraine Yokie and Doris E. Yokie. Special Scholarships Aid Association for Lutherans - Awarded annually to able and deserving upperclass students who are certificate (policy) holders with Aid Association for Lutherans Insurance Company. Established in 1966. The Crown Prince Harald Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1965 on the occasion of the visit by Crown Prince Harald, this annual scholarship provides full tuition for a freshman student from Norway. The winner is selected from competition held in Norway by the NorgeAmerika Foreningen. Grace Jewel Jensen Buster Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to sophomore, junior, or senior Chinese students who have outstanding academicrecords and are preparing to work among the Chinese people. Established in 1983 by family and friends to honor the memory of Grace Jewel Jensen Buster, a 1922 alumna. The Mildred Ryan Cleveland MemuM SchoIafslp* - Awarded annually -to able and deserving student(s) who have p h ~ i c adisabilities l and have demonstrated financial need. Established in 1972 by her husband, Floyd Cleveland, ko honor the memory of Mrs. Q e v e land, Augsburg alumna, conseaated Christian leader and devoted wiEe. The Laura Ann Erickson Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to one or more female freshmen students of any major who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement and financial need. Established in 1986 by Raymond D. Erickson, in memory of his daughter, Laura Ann E r i b n . The Laura Ann and Raymond D. Erickson Courage Scholarship*-Awarded annually, as funds are available, to one or more freshman students who belong to the Lutheran Church (ELCA) and show evidence of academic achievement, financial need, and personal courage. Establishedin 1986byRaymondD. Erickson ('50) in tribute to thecourage of hislate daughter, Laura Ann rickso on: David J. Formo Memorial Scholarship*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a iunior or senior student who has successfullvovercome adversity and achievedexcellence in aiademic and extracurricularperformance. kstablished in 1979 iymembers of his family to honor the memory of Commander David J. Formo, 1964 alumnus. The FhnwickThanksgivingScholarship*-Awarded annually ta a studentat or above the sophomorelevd who demonstrateshigh academic achievementand is preparingfura career in %me form of therapy, e.g, physical, occupational s p e d , music, psychological. Established at Thanksgiving, 1986, by Dr. Thcodare J, and Fern S I-Eanwick, in gratitude to the therapist who aided in the r e c o v q of their son,Theodore T.Hanwick 0 , from a sevae accident. TheRw.John H j e l m h d Sfholiuships-Awarded annually to second or third generation eeshman or uppadass students of any major who have attained a 3.0 grade point average, a better. Establishedin 19%by Sigvald ('41) andHden Hjelmdand, and John ('70) and Lynn Hjelmeland Gmce h e Tohnson Memmial Molarshig - One or more dmlarshim are awarded annually t.0 u&rdass international stud& who have overcome ad&$ and achieved excellence in mdcmic and extraamicdar performance.E s t a b h h d in 1981 by her parents, Dr.and M m mar Johnson,and other f d y m e m b e r s and Men& in memory of ~ r a k ~ n n e (Gay) J o h n , a student at Aupburg 1971-1973. Catha Jones Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually to upperdrtss women of high moral character, with preferencegiwn to female or malestudents transferring from Waldorf College who are in music and/or demwtary education. Esfablished in W E in memory of Catha Jones, 1197 d m a , by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Kenncth Jones, o f h a family and fiends, and the Augsburg College Senior Challenge kogram. Lutheran Brotherhood Lutheran Senior College Scholarship -Awarded on the basis of scholastic achievement, religious leadership and financial need. Minimum award $500.00. The scholarship is renewable. The Rev. Horace E. Nyhus Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a senior student(s) who has successfully overcome adversity and has achievedexcellence in academic in 1977 to honor thememory of the Rev. Nyhus, and ex~acurricular~ormance.Established a 1929 graduate of Augsburg Seminary who uvercame the adversity of early years to earn his own education and he w e d others with humanity and wisdom, The Ole K. and Evelyn L. O h n Scholarship* - Awarded annuaIly to students with financial need. Preference given to students f r o m Canada or transfmdngfrom a public college or university who indicate an interest in religion, music, or Scandinavian studies. Established in 1988 by Mrs. Evelyn Olson and Mr. Gordon Olson ('631, in memory of Rev. Ole K. Olson ('32) and in honor of Mrs. Olson's 80th birthday. Minority Student Scholarships/Grants - The Hearst Ame*imn Indian Scholarship* One or mom scholarships are awarded annually to an American Indian upperclass student(5) who has a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or betta at Augsburg College. Established in1984by The Hearst Foundation. The Otto Bremer Foundation American Indian Scholarshipr - Awarded to American Indian Students. Recipients will be involved in a community serviceproject during the year. Car@ Foundation American Indian Scholarship* - Awarded to American Indian Students who either: 1) have been denied or lost tribal funds or, 2) have experienced other unusual circumstances as determined by the American Indian Program Director and the Financial Aid Director. Marilyn Petersen Memorial Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass Oriental international students. Established in 1978by her parents, family and friends to honor thememory of Marilyn's devotion to sharing and loving people, especially her service to students. Marlys Johnson Simengaard Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded periodically to a Black American student. Established in 1964 in memory of Marlys Johnson Simengaard and her Christian concern for the problems of social injustice. Religion and Christian Service Scholarships The Norman and Louise Bockbrader Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto students preparing for full-time service careers in the church. Established in 1981by Rolland H. Bockbrader to honor the lifelong devotion that his parents have given to the family, congregation, Augsburg College, and the community. Andrew and Constance Burgess Scholarship*- Available to both North American and international students to encourage men and women to enter full-time Christian service. Awards are based on demonstrated academic ability, moral character, and potential for Christian service. Established in 1983by the Rev. and Mrs. Andrew S. Burgess. Thorvald Olsen and Anna Constance Burntvedt Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a student(s) in the senior class who is preparing for the ministry. Established in 1960 by family and a churchwide offering to honor the memory of Dr. T. 0.Burntvedt, president of the Lutheran Free Church, 1930-1958. Henningand Sellstine Dahlberg Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto an upperclass student preparingfor a Christian vocation. Established in 1982to honor the memory of Henning and Sellstine Dahlberg. Iver and Marie Iverson Scholarship*- Awarded on the basis of need, character and interest in Christian service. Established in 1957by Iver Iverson. The Rev. Amold j. Melorn M e m d Schollwhip -Awarded annually to one or more students of any dass who demms!mtepotential and Rnanual need, with preferencefor those who are pparing for a religious service vocltion. Established In 1985by Kenneth and Vera Ndsan in memory of thdr pastor, The Rev. Amdd J. Mefom, a 1947graduate of Augsburg College. Gerda Mortensen Memorial Scholarship*- One or more scholarships are awarded annuallv on the basis of scholarship, service, and devotion to the Christian faith. Established in 19?5 by the family and ~ u ~ s College b & ~ in memory of Gerda Mortensen for five decades of service to Christian higher education at Augsburg College. Onesimus Scholarship* - Awarded periodically to students preparing for the Christian ministry. Established in 1962by Mr. and Mrs. James Hdeckson. Johan H.0. Rodvik Mernmial ScholarshipC - One or mere scholarships are awarded annually to A u g s b g students preparing far a prof-ional career in Chrklian service. Established in 1 9 6 by Mr. and Mrs.Luther H.Kodvik in memory of Johan J. 0.Rodvlk and his deep perxlnal dedimlian to hk cralling as aminister, as well as his schdarly research and pioneering tl~oughtconcerning the Apostle Paul's traditionally misunderstoad at tihrde toward the question of equal rights and equal status for women. The Rev. Olaf Rogne Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded on the basis of need, scholarship and interest in Christian service. Established in 1958 to honor the Rev. Old Rogne, business administrator of the college, 1940-1952. The Rev. Lawrence and Gertrude Sateren Scholarship*- One or more scholarships are awarded annually to a junior or senior preparing for a full-time vocation in the church. Established in 1980by their children,families and friends to honor thelifelong devotion that the Rev. and Mrs. Lawrence Sateren gave to the church, Augsburg College, and Augsburg Seminary over a period of 60 years. Moms G. C. & Hanna Vaagenes Missionary Scholarship Fund* -Awarded m d y to a junior/senior student preparing for service as a aisianary through the World MissIon Department of The Evangelical L uthwan Churchin Amcrim. btablishedin 1969by the Rev. and Mrs. Morris G. C. Vaagenes. Departmental Scholarships Art The Crown Princess Art Scholarship - Established by authorization of the Augsburg College Board of Regents in 1978 to honor the Gown Princess of Norway. Awarded annually to a talented art student with finanaal need. August Molder Memorial Art Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass students majoring in art. Established in 1982 by his wife, family and friendsin memory of August Molder, accomplished artist and teacher for more than 20 years at Augsburg College. Athletic The Carl Bloomberg Memorial Scholarship - Awarded annually to a needy student(s) participating in the Augsburg College hockey program. Established in 1983 by friends in memory of Carl Bloomberg, a talented young hockey player. Paul Dahlen Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student on the basis of Christianpurpose, athletic and academic achievement Established in 1966 by his parents, the Rev. and Mrs. Lester Dahlen, in memory of their son, a senior student at Augsburg College. Paul DahlenJGerald Pryd Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an able and deserving male student on the b s i s of personality, character, athletic and academic achievement. Established in 1966 by friends to honor the memory of these two Augsburg College students. David Gronner Memorial Scholarship* - Awarded annually to two or more students, participatingin athletics or music, who have demonstrated financialneed and high Christian character. The athletic scholarship is for a male candidate only, with a preference in basketball. Establishedin 1975 by Mrs.David Gronner andchildren Richard, Carol, and Paul, and Mrs. Ethel Gronner to honor the memory of David Gronner, an Augsburg College alumnus. Keith Hoffman Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded annually based on academic achieve ment, personal character, and abilityin athletics. Establishedin 1945 by Mr. andMrs. Charles S. Hoffman to honor their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. - R o y Jordan Memorial Scholarship' One ormore scholar*ps are award& amraalIy to u p p d a s s students partic+alingin infermllegiatesports,with preference for students in the m t l i n g program. Established in 1980by the M P i Jordan and Charles Schulz familiesin memory of Rory Jordan, an Augsburg graduate and n a t i o d y rxognizd wrestler. Magnus and Kristofa Kleven Scholarship8-Awarded annually to students on the basis of achievement, personal character, and promise in the field of physical education. Established in 1958 by their children in memory of their parents. The Hoyt Messerer Athletic Scholarship8- Awarded annually to amaleathlete of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Athletic Department. Establishedin 1987by Hoyt C. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa. The Sian Person Memorial Sckolamh1p*-Awarded annua7ly to one ormore male students of any class or academicmajor who p&i+tes in the College%salhleticprogramand shows widenceof aclademicachiwernent a n d h a d n d . Establishedin1986bvGIenandGerdd Person, in memory and in honor af their brother, Stan Person. Biology Biology Scholarships - Established in 1972 by the faculty of the Biology Deparhnent to honor outstanding students who intend to major in biology, natural science or medical technology. The Dr. Kennekh D.amd Mrs. Linda mailey) Holmen Biology SehaIarship* - A merit scholarship awarded annually to an -4s student majoring or minoring in biology. Established in 1985by Dr.Kenneth D. and Mrs.Linda mailey) Holmen. Business Administration/Economics Augsburg Business Alumni ScholarshipFund* -Awarded annually to sophomore,junior or senior students majoring in any of the areas encompassed within the Department of Business Administration and Economics and based on academic excellence and financial need. Established in 1984by Augsburg business alumni and other alumni and friends within the business community. The Forss-Herr Scholarship*- Awardedannuallyto a junior or senior business student who has shown academic achievement, has been involved in extracurricular activities and has financialneed. Preference will be given to students from families where two or more children are in college at the same time. Established in 1987 by Mrs. Grace F. (Forss, '57) and Mr. Douglas P. Herr, Danville, IL. Gamble-Skogmo Foundation Scholarship*-Awarded annually to one or more upperclass students interested in the field of business. Established in 1965 by The Gamble-Skogmo Foundation. Gertrude S. Lund Memorial Scholarship* - One or more awards are made annually to a junior or senior student(s) majoring in business administration. Established in 1980 by members of the family in memory of Gertrude S. Lund, Augsburg College alumna and dedicated teacher at the College. The Joan L. Volz Business Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an upperdass student of any major who intends to pursue a graduate degree in business management. The award is based upon academic performance and financial need. Established in 1987 by Joan L. Volz, a 1968 graduate. Chemistry Ellen and Courtland Agre Chemistry Award - Given annually to a chemistry major, preferably one going into graduate studies to earn the doctorate in chernishy. Established in 1980 by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Agre. Chemistry Scholarships* - Awarded annually to junior and senior students whose academic recordindicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Establishedin 1968 by family, friends, and the Augsburg College Chemistry Department to honor: Manivald Aldre Frederick C. and Laura E. Mortensen Dr. W.M. Sandstrom Walter Gordon Schnell Walter E. Thwaite, Jr Covey Hen drickson Carl Fosse Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded annually to a junior or senior whose academic record indicates promise of achievement in the field of chemistry. Established in 1986 by Burton and Peggy Fosse, Burnsville, MN. The Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen Chemistry Scholarship* -A merit scholarship awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring or minoring in chemistry. Established in 1985 by Dr. Kenneth D. And Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Chemistry Scholarship - Awarded to chemistry majors who are citizens of the U.S.Established in 1979. Conrad S m d e Memorial Chemistry Scholarships*- A d d annually to juniw/senior studentsmajoring in rhemishy who have a GPA of 3.0 or above and, preferably, graduateor professional school gods. EsQbIished in 19M thrwgh the Conrad Sunde estate m memory of a 1915 d m n u s who was the k t Augsburg ColIegegraduate toeam aPh.D. inchemistry. Fh pmfffisionalcareer as ducator, researcher and consultmtincluded many inventions,of which the development of lanolin oil was his outstanding work. Education David Mathre Scholarship* -Awarded annually to qualified full-time student(s) in need of financial assistance during the term in which they are student teaching. The Barbara (Tjornhom) and Richard K. Nelson Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of any class; based upon financialneed, with preference given to a person preparing for a career in elementary education. Established in 1986 in honor of an alumna, Barbara (Tprnhom) Nelson and her husband, Richard K. Nelson. English Anne Pedersan English Sthohhipv- Awarded annually to jlmfm/senior students who aremajoringin English, wikh preference given to those who plan ta teach English as a career. Eskablished In 1971 by f a d t y members of the ERglish w e n t to honor the 37 years of &a of Anne Pedersm as English teacher at hugburg College. Pmf. P. A. Sveegen MemcdaI Scholarship* - Awarded annually to an outstanding sl-udent in the EeId of English. Established in 1959 by Gerald Sveeggen in memory of P. A. Svezggen, p r o f w r of English at Augsburg, 19151952. Foreign Language Mimi Baez Kingsley Modern Language Scholarship*-Awardedannually to junior/senior students who are majoring in modem language, with preference given to those who plan to teach language. Established in 1969 by Mr. and Mrs. James Kingsley. Health-Related Ellen and Courtland Agre Re-Medicine Award -Given annually to a student of any major who is planning on entering medical school to earn a doctorate in medicine. Established in 1980by Dr. and Mrs. Courtland Age. Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a registered nurse seeking a baccalaureate degreeinnursing. Establishedin 1983by The Augsburg Nurses Alumni Association. Ehanor Christcnsen Edwards M~rnorialScholarshipc-Awarded d y to upperclass sludent(s) preparing for a career in mediche or heal &. Established in I978 in memory of Beanor Christensen Edwards* devotion and beein health cmeby members of her family, Bemhard Christensen, Elsie Christensen Schroeder, Jessie Christensen, Nadia Christensen and Theodore Christensen. History Dr. Carl H. Chrislock History Scholarship - Awarded annually to a history major. Established in 1980by Gregory M. Fitzloff to honor Carl H. Chrislock The Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness History Award -Awarded annually to a senior student for excellence in history. Established in 1980by Helen Ranck to honor her parents, the Rev. and Mrs. 0.J. Haukeness. EL N. Henfitkson History StItohhip* - Awarded timually to studmts majoring in history wlth prderence given to those who plan a c a r e in the fidd Established in 1969 by Dr. and Mrs. Carl K Orislck and augmented by other contributions to honor the memory of H. N. H e n d r i h n , professor of history at Augsburg College, 1900-1952. The Nydahl Histmy Schohship* -Awarded annualIy to juniors or seniors who have potenhd and financial need, with preference given to history majors. Established in 1986 thmugh a twqust in the will of Dr. Theodore L. Nydahl. Mathematics Mathematics Scholarship-Awarded annually to an able and deserving student in the field of mathematics. Established in 1980by the Mathematics Department. MinnegascoScholarship-Awarded annually to able and deserving junior/senior students maiorinrr in mathematics or the scienceson the basis of need and academicabilihr. Established in i969 Minnegasco. cy Metro-Urban Studies Joel and FrancesTorstenson Scholarshipin Urban Affairs*-One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperdass students who actively contribute toward the fulfillment of Augsburg's Mission Statement relating to the College's urban involvement. Established in 1982 by colleagues, former students, and friends to honor the service and leadership of the Torstensons in community development and urban affairs. Music Peggy Christensen Benson Memorial Scholarship*- Awarded annually to a student of choral music. Established in 1965 by Thomas I. Benson in memory of Peggy Christensen Benson, an Augsburg College alumna. Sam Coltvet Memorial Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to a student of any academic class who is a choir member not majoring in music. Established in 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. and Mrs. Linda (Bailey) Holmen, in memory of Mr. Sam Coltvet, who believed in the value of Christian higher education and choral music. Freshman Performance Studies Scholarships -Entering freshman music majors who evidence marked abilityin their major instrumentor voice will receive free lessons in that major medium during the first two semesters of performance studies. The Rev. Clement A. Gisselquist Church Music Scholarship* - Awarded annually to a rnwically-gifted student, with preference &en M a student of organ and/or choral music who desires to serve, prof&onaIIy or otherwise, in the ministry of music of the Lutheran Church. EeabIished in 1955 by the family. David Gronaer Mwwrial Schohship* - A m d e d m u d y to Two or more students partiapating in athletics or music,wha have demonstrated financialneed and are af hihigh Christian character. &tablistid in 1975by MS. David Gronner and children Richard, Carol and Peu&and Mrs. Ethel G r m e s i n memory of David Gronner, Augsbmg College alumnus. - 0.I. H e r t s m S c h ~ k h . i g * Awa~dedarmudy to j u n i o r / d a r students who show promise of a m d d mccm and have hinimdal need Preference given ta those who have demonstrated profidency in choral and/or instrumental music and interest or potmfial in conducting. Establishedin 1966 by 0.I. Hertsgaard - Leonard and Sylvia Kaschel Scholarship* Awarded to u p p g h students seeking to acquire m u s I d and performance sljlL4 in inshumenlalmusic with preferwe given to those who have shown proficiency in keyboard instruments.Established in 1975 by Leonard and Sylvia Kuschel to honor the beautiful mesage of music The Lucille H. Messerer Music Scholarship*-Awarded annually to amusic student of any class or major, upon the recommendation of the Music Department. Established in 1987 by Lucille H. Messerer, Cedar Falls, Iowa. Xenne& 0.Lower- N o d kap Male C h m s Music Scholarship+-Awarded annually to an upperclass studmt ma!orhg in music, based upon academic pdormance wd 5nandal need, with preference given to a person studying choral music Established in 1956 in memory of Kenneth 0. Lower ('28) and in recognition of the heritage of the Nordkap male Chorus. Edwin W. and Edith B. Norberg Scholarship* - One or more scholarships are awarded annually to upperclass student(s) preparing for careers in church music. Established in 1980 by Edwin W. Norberg to honor his wife's lifelong career in the teaching and conducting of piano, organ and choral music. St Joh's Lnthwan Chrrrch-John N d Memorial Scholmhip*-- Awarded a n n d y in honor of St.]oh's Lutheran Church's faithful =ton for 335 ymrs,Mr. JohnNorris. Applicants must& U.S.citizens majmkg in music who are sophomoresor above. The awards are based upon financial need and satisfacto~yacademic progress, with preference given to racial minority students. Henry P. Opseth Music SchalasshipV- Awarded a n n d y to a sophomm/junior student of outstanding promise in the field of music. EstabIlshedin 1953by his family to honor Henry P. Opseth, chairman of the Augsbtsrg Music Department, 1922-1951. Leland B. Sateren Choral Music Scholarship*-Awarded to outstanding students who are participants in the Augsburg Choral Music program. Senior Performance Scholarships - Senior music majors who have attained a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarshipwhich provides for free lessons in that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Rev.Mark Ronning Memorial hstmmenhl Mndc Scholarship* -Awarded annually to a student of any dass who is a member of a College instrumental group but is not studying music Established h 1985 by Dr. Kenneth D.and Mrs.Linda (Bailey) Holmar, in memory of Rev, Mark Ronnhg; who dedicated his life to helping young people. Mayo Savold Memorial Scholarship* -Awarded band, based on talent and academic record. annually to a partiapant in the concert Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarshi$ -Awarded mnually to an Augsburgstudent who has music as a major/minor and who shews outstandingpromise for achievement in the art of singing. Established in 1955 by her parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg, and her brother Dowan to honor Marilyn Yvonne Solberg, member of the Augsburg choir from 1950-53. String Scholarships - Awarded to entering students who demonstrate ability on violin, viola, cello, or bass and who intend to pursue their study through performancestudies, string ensemble, and orchestra. - John and Vera Tfiut SchoIarahip* One or more scholarships sue awatded m d y to upperdass shrdmb who have achieved e x d e n e in performance in v o i e or pima. Established in 1980by Johnand Vera Rut, their family and friends.The 'lhuts cherished Iifelong careerr in the teaching of music, three demdes of which were at A u ~ b w g . Stuart West Memorial Scholarship*-Awarded annuallyto a student on the basis of skilled performance or aptitude in instrumentalmusic. Established in 1983 by Mrs. Joan West and children, Kristine, Dale, David, and James. Philosophy Kenneth C. Bailey Philoslrphy Scholarship*-A merit d-ip awarded annually to an upperclassstudent majoring or minoring in philmphy. Estabbhedin 1985by Dr. Kenneth D. andMrs. Linda (Bailey)Holmen, in honor of Dr. Bdejfs twentielh anniversary asmember of the Augsbwg College faculty. Physics Theodore J. Hanwick Physics Scholarship*-Awarded annually to an upperclass student majoring in physics. Established in 1976 by the Augsburg College Physics Department and friends to honor Dr. Hanwick on his 20th anniversary as a member of the Augsburg faculty. Political Science Political Science Scholarship*-One or more scholarshipsare awarded annually to upperclass students pursuing careers in political science. Established in 1980by Professors Norma Noonan and Myles Stenshoel. Scandinavian Studies Iver and Myrtle O l m Scholarship*- Awarded annually to an u p M a s s student(s) with amdernic ability, in b e pursuit of a degree with m e e n bation in Scandinavian languages, literature, history and/or culture. Established in 1983 by their children and their families and friends to honor I v a and Myrtle Olson on the omsfon of their golden wedding anniva-sary. Social Work Steen Family ScholarshipFund for Minority SocialWork Students* -Awarded annually to one or more minority social work students, based upon the student's potential and financial need, with preference given to those who are preparing for professional careers in social work Established in 1985by Dr. Paul and Mrs. Lorene Steen, as representatives of the Steen Family. Sociology Adolph Paalson M ~ m o r i dPrize)-- Awarded annudy to a student m h e p e r a l field of Christian d o l o g y . BtabIlshed in 1956 by members of hh family to honor the memary of Professor Adolph P&n, who bught sodaI sdenm at Augsburg from 1930-35. SpeecWCommunication/TheatreArts Ailene Cole Theatre Arts Scholarship - Awarded to a senior student based on talent, scholarship, and theatre participation. Student Life E xperiences in the classroom are an important part of college life, but learning and development also occur in formal and informal activities of the College and the metropolitan area. Whether students are residents or commuters, the climate for learning and living at Augsburg will add dimension to their education. Campus Ministry As a college of the church, we are concerned about spiritual as well as academic and social growth. Our concern for spiritual growth is evident in the opportunities we encourage and provide for students to explore their own faith. Sinceour campusis comprised of individualsfrom many different religious and cultural backgrounds, our worship life is characterized by a similar diversity and richness of tradition. Bible studies, fellowship groups, outreach teams, planning committees, retreats, peace and justice forums, hunger conferences, concerts, plays and movies are examples of the wide variety of activities on campus. This ministry finds its most visible expression in chapel worship where students, faculty and staff gather each day to give thanks and hear the Gospel proclaimed by a number of speakers and musicians. Each Wednesday night students gather for Holy Communion. We seek to develop a free and open environment where people are encouraged to use and discover the gifts that God has given them. As a college of the church, we encourage students to form their own values which will be the basis for the kind and quality of life that reaches beyond their years at Augsburg. The College Pastor has an office in the Worship Center and is available for counseling, consultation, support or information. Student Government Through studentgovernment studentssecureacloser relationship with and better understanding of the administrationand faculty, and provide input into the decision-making process at Augsburg. Student govenunent also sponsors and directs student activities, protects student rights, and provides the means for discussions and action on all issues pertaining to student life at Augsburg. Student government is organized into the executive branch, the legislative branch, and the judicial branch. Electionsare held in the spring for the next year. Freshmenelect their representatives in the fall of their first year. Many kinds of involvement are possible -program planning, writing, editing or service opportunities. If you want to get involved, contact the President or Vice President of the Student Body in their offices in the College Center. Social, Cultural, Recreational Throughout the year, a variety of socialand culturalactivitiestakes place on campusas well as in the TwinCities.These activitiesinclude dances, special dinners, name entertainment, and visiting personalities in various fields. The College Center is the focus of lesiure-time activity on campus. Offices for the College newspaper, the Augsburg Echo, and the yearbook, the Augsburgian, are on the lower level. Many of the clubs that unite classroom or non-classroom related interests meet in the Center. KCMR, a studentoperated non-profit radio station serving the needs of Augsburg and the surrounding Cedar-Riverside community, is located in Mortensen Tower. V Fine Arts Students have many opportunities to participate in music and drama. In addition to appearing on campus and in the city, the Augsburg Choir, Concert Band, and Orchestra perform on national and international tours. Many other ensembles are available to cover the entire range of musical styles and previous musical experience. Students stage several plays on campus each year under the direction of the Theatre Arts Department. V Intercollegiate Athletics Augsburg is affiliated with Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic Conference (MIAC) and is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association (NCAA) Division 111. Men annually compete in football, soccer, cross country, basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, and golf. Women annually compete in volleyball, cross country, soccer, basketball, track and field, and softball. V Intramurals Every student is urged to participate in some activity for recreation and relaxation. An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team sports as well as individual performance activities. Broomball has been an especially popular coed sport. Check schedules for times when there is open use of the gymnasium and ice arena. Student Affairs The Student AffairsDivisionis comprised of a variety of programs, services, and activitiesdedicated to complementingand enhancing students' educational experience and the academic programs of Augsburg College. These programs, s h e s , and activities provide students with an enriched cone @ate experience which celebrates our rich diversity of student needs and interests; attendsto the social, cultural, andcareer developmentof students; and enhances students' academicperformance through direct intervention and environmental management. The following information provides a brief introduction to the major efforts of the Student Affairs Division. V Academic Skills Enrichment When students are concerned about the amount of work facing them, they benefit fromthe programs of the LearningCenter. The Center offers services that cover the basic skills in reading, writing, vocabulary, spelling, test preparation, and math, as well as techniquesto improve and enrich even the best of study habits. If students need help with test anxiety, procrastination, or time management, the Center has programs that help. V American Indian Support Program R This office, located in Memorial Hall, was created in 1978 to recruit and retain American Indian students. Indian students receive help in admissions, financial aid, registration, tutoring, and academic and career planning. Personal counseling and advocacy regarding student status are also available through the program. Periodically, campus activities and exhibitions are coordinated by this office. V Black Student Support Program Personal help with financial aid, registration, educational planning, and career decisions is available for all black students at Augsburg. The Black Student Support Program provides valuable assistance in getting the most out of the resourcesbothoncampus and citywide. Communityand campus education and cultural events are also organized. V Career Services Career Services assists studentsin many ways. The staff can help students explore interestsfor majors, find Internshipsand locate part-time jobs to try out career possibilities. The staffprovides seminars on career development, i n t e ~ e w i n gskills and resume writing. Placement files are developed for each student and sent out to prospective employers and graduate progr-- V Counseling Services All students have moments of anxiety, difficulty making decisions, and confusionabout themselves, their values, or their relationships. Sometimes it is important to talk to someone with skills in counseling. Whenever studentsneed to talk things out or get suggestionsabout the many excellent helping services in the Twin Cities, they find valuable assistance through the Counseling Department. V Disabled Student Programs Learning disabled studentshave average or above average intelligencebut have difficulty achieving to their full potential. Services available to such students include: diagnostic evaluation, educational planning, learning aids and remedial instruction. If studentsare concerned that difficulties in school are more than just temporary problems, they can discuss their learning style with the Coordinator of Disabled Students or the Learning Disabilities Specialists,and arrangeassessmentand structured assistanceto increase their potential for academic success. Physically challenged studentsare served through this office too. Individualized attention and servicesare provided for and/or coordinated in order to meet the mobility needs of students. V Orientation The entire College is involved in orienting new students to Augsburg. The Coordinator of Orientation works closely with the faculty and staff in developing a cohesive program for students and their families which introduces them to this unique academic communityand the programs and people which serve them. Augsburg College has an exemplary program, called the First Year Experience, which is a collaborative effort between Academic and Student Affairs. This program begins prior to enrollment and continues through the Interim term of the freshman year. V Residence Life The College houses approximately 800 students in a traditional residence hall, apartment buildings, 22 houses and a family housing complex. The housing staff manages these facilities and creates a wide array of educational and social programming which balances and compliments the educational experience of students.The staff is comprised of three professional staff members and 18paraprofessionalswho live and work closelywith the resident students to provide a safe environment for living and learning. V Student Activities The Student Activities program creates opportunities for students to enhance their leadership skills through active involvement in developing events, activities, and organizations which serve the student community. Hundreds of major programming efforts and targeted activitiesfor specific student interests are generated through these efforts and make Augsburg an enjoyable interactive environment which encourages student involvement. International Programs The Coordinator of International Programs focuses on the special needs of students from countries other than the United States and on students interested in studying in other countries. International Students - Augsburg enjoys the academic and cultural participation of international students. The Coordinator of International Programs helps to orient and advise on visa, exchangeprogram and permanent resident statusissues. The Coordinator handles information on immigration, work permits and temporary status. Arrangements for American hosts of international students are made. Foreign Study - There are also many opportunities for foreign study which are coordinated and facilitated by this office. Health Service The staff of Smiley's Point Clinic located on Riverside Avenue across the street from the campus will take care of students' health needs. Visits are free except for special testing or service, and prescriptions are available through the Fairview Pharmacy at cost. Students must check family health coverage to determineif they are included;if not, a studenthealth insurance plan is available. Food Service The Commons -Situated on the top floor of the College Center, this is the main food service facility for students, faculty and staff. This pleasant room features small table units for easy conversation and overlooks the College Quadrangle and Murphy Square. The portions are generous and modestly priced. Students on board plan who live in residence halls eat their meals in the Commons. The Chin Wag -Located on the ground floor of the Center, the Chin Wag features short orders and is open through the noon hour and in the evenings. Augsburg provides a variety of board plan options for those living in College houses or nearby apartments. Living on Campus Because ~ i ~ s b recognizes u r ~ that a student's ability to respond to the learning environment depends, in part, upon his or her living conditions, a variety of housing alternatives is provided. The residence hall program promotes student growth by asking students to actively participate in group decision-making.Each residence unit has one or more Resident Staff who facilitate the process of group living and discuss personal concerns with individua1,students. Augsburg requires all freshmen and sophomores not living at home to live in College-operatedhousing. Married student housing is available in annex housing and South Hall. Students rent a room at the beginning of the fall term for the entire school year. New students receive room assignments the summer before they arrive at Augsburg. Upperclass students make housing arrangements in the spring. All resident students must sign housing contracts. Freshmen and transfer students are urged to make the tuition deposit by June 1in order to secure housing. Students who deposit after June 1will be provided housing only if space is available. All students living on campus must pay an advance payment when they sign the housing contract. The feeis credited to the students' accounts when they move into the residence. Urness Tower -All new freshmen and some upperclass students live in Urness Tower. This eleven story high-rise houses 324. Each floor is considered a house unit providing 36 students (two to a room), with their own lounge, study and utility areas. Mortensen Tower - This is the newest residence hall, an alternative to traditional residence hall living. It contains 104 one- and two-bedroom apartments to accommodate 312 upperclass students. South Hall -Contains 12 apartments housing 34 upperclass students. West Hall -Contains 12 one-bedroom apartments housing 24 upperclass students. Annex Housing - This provides an alternative opportunity for group living. Groups of upperclass men or women share living space, house responsibilities, and cooking. Houses are located in the campus area. One way to maximize the living and learning of your housing situation is to bid for a Special Interest House. Groups of students have created exciting projects by writing and implementing educational impact proposals on such topics as Environmental Concerns, Men's and Women's Awareness, International Living, Honors Program, and Scandinavian Studies. Mortensen Tower is carpeted, air conditioned, and contains kitchen units. It is otherwise unfurnished. In other residence halls or houses, rooms are furnished except for bed linens, towels, blankets, bedspreads, and lamps. Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Student Rights The College has adopted a statement of student rights and responsibilities and has provided for due process in matters of disciplinary action, grievances, and grade appeal. The Judicial Council is elected by students and faculty and serves to conduct hearings and review matters of concern. Any student who wishes to identify appropriate procedures for complaint should contact the Vice President for Student Affairs. The College operates in compliance with the Family Rights and Privacy Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official records, files and data which pertain to them and which are maintained in the Office of the Registrar and the Placement Office and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Exceptions are parents' financial records and confidential letters and statements placed in the record before January 1,1975, or placed under conditions where students have signed a waiver of right of access. Students have the right to experience education free from discrimination based on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. Persons seeking additional information on these topics should contact the Office of the Dean of Students or the appropriate coordinator as listed in the Directory at the end of the Catalog. Academic Information A ugsburg College constructs its curriculum upon the premise that students must be educated as full human persons: intellectually, spiritually, and physically. To act effectively, human beings must have a broad grasp of the world from which they have come as well as the world in which they live. By providing courses in the humanities, natural sciences, and social sciences, the general education cumculum introduces students to the breadth and complexity of knowledge and culture. Required courses in religion are designed to acquaint students with the Christian tradition and encourage them to reflect upon the importance and meaning of spirituality in their lives. Recreation courses offer students the opportunity to develop skills for participation in exercise and sporting activities. Students choose from over forty major areas of study to gain a depth of knowledge in a discipline and to prepare for a career or further study. Thus, through a balance of curricular activities supported by full programs in student life and religious life, an Augsburg College education strives to educate its students in a real world for the real world. General Information + Degrees Offered Augsburg offers the Bachelor of Arts, the Bachelor of Music, and the Bachelor of Science degrees. The B.S. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Chemistry (ACS),Music Therapy, Nursing and Social Work. The B.M. degree is awarded to graduates with majors in Music Education and Music Performance. Graduates with majors in other fields receive the Bachelor of Arts degree. Augsburg also offersaMaster of ArtsinLeadership degree. + Academic Calendar Augsburg follows the 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a 4-week January Interim. Students normally take four courses each semester and one course during Interim. A maximum of three courses can be earned in the two annual summer sessions, one of four weeks and one of six weeks. The calendar is coordinated with those of the four other colleges of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, so students can take courses on another campus during the regular term. (See Registration.) January Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. The Interim catalog, published in the fall of each year, is distributed to all students and is available by contacting the Interim Office.In addition to classes offered on campus, Augsburg offers a variety of travel opportunities within the United States and abroad. Independent or directed study and Internships are among the many Interim options. Augsburg Weekend College follows a trimester calendar (see Augsburg Weekend College). Augsburg's Graduate Program follows a trimester calendar. + Faculty The heart of any educational institutionis its faculty, and Augsburg College is particularly proud of the excellence and commitment of its professors. Most faculty hold the doctorate or other terminal degree, and all consider their teaching to be the focus of their activity. Faculty are involved in research, including such varied studies as space physics, the history of medieval spirituality, women in the Soviet Union, and homelessness in American cities. Music faculty perform professionally on the local and national level, and studio artists' works can be seen in buildings, galleries, and shows around the country. Augsburg faculty see their research as supportingtheir teaching. They are actively involved in an exciting faculty development program which introduces them to current thought in many fields but especially in teaching techniques and theories. Augsburg's size and small classes encourage its tradition of close involvement between professors and students. Faculty act as academic advisers and counselors and participate regularly in campus activities. Every student is assigned a freshman adviser and chooses a major adviser. In this close interaction, faculty act as both mentors and models for students. + Library and Audio-Visual Services A relaxed atmosphere, a helpful staff and friendly studentlibrary assistants make the library a favorite place to study. The main library houses over 160,000books, periodicals, records, tapes and films.Music, Chemistry, and Art History slide libraries are located within the departmental areas. A service-dedicatedstaff provides students with assistance to meet diverse information needs including instruction in the use of the library, standard reference service, guidance in pursuing term paper topics, and directions to other local sources of information. Special arrangements are made for access by students with physical handicaps. Students have access to over 5,000,000 volumes via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges, the Hill Reference Library, and Minitex, the statewide network. The Library Audio-Visual Center houses audio-visual materials and equipment and provides access to materials for rent or loan. Assistance with production of slides, transparencies, filmstrips and audio/video tape recordings is availablefor faculty and students. Equipment suchas movie and slide projectors and tape recorders may be borrowed for limited periods. Film bibliographies and other advice on materials selection are available. Facilities for classes in broadcasting are located in the Center. + Computer Resources Approximately 60 microcomputers, including Apple IIe's and Macintoshes, IBM XT's, laboratory computers, and graphics microcomputers are arranged in networks with larger machines, to satisfy standard educational needs. Students and faculty members needing even more computingpower also have access to computers at the University of Minnesota and the Minnesota Supercomputer Center. Academic Organization and Programs + Divisions and Departments The College curriculum is offered by 20 departments which are grouped into four divisions for administrative and instructional purposes. Humanities -Raymond Anderson (Chairperson) Art, English, Foreign Languages, Philosophy, Religion, Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Natural Science and Mathematics -Neal Thorpe (Chairperson) Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Computer Science, Physics Social and Behavioral Sciences -Norma Noonan (Chairperson) Business Administration and Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology Professional Studies -Edwina Hertzberg (Chairperson) Education, Health and Physical Education, Music, Nursing, SocialWork + Majors and Minors Majors, or concentrations of study, may be within one department, within one division, or cross academic disciplines. Some students decide on a major or majors before they enter college. Otherstest a variety of disciplines before deciding.Normally a major shouldbe elected by the end of the fourth semester and earlier in some disciplines. Details of majors and minors are in the course description section. Unless otherwise indicated, majors are part of the B.A. degree. Students may contact the Registrar about creating a unique major. Majors Applied Economics Art History Biology Business Administration (Accounting, Finance, International Business, Management, Management Information Systems, Marketing) Chemistry @.A. or B.S.) Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies1 Economics Economics-Business Administration Engineering2 English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History Humanities International Relations Kindergarten-Elementary Education Mathematics Metro-Urban Studies Music Music Education (B.M.) Music Performance (B.M.) Music Therapy (B.S.) Nursing (B.S.) Occupational Therapy Philosophy Physical Education Physics (B.A. or B.S.) Political Science Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies1 ScandinavianArea Studies Social Science Social Work (B.S.) Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Minors Art History Biology Business Administration Chemistry Communication Computer Science East Asian Studies East and Southeast Asian Studies Economics English Foreign Languages: French, German, Norwegian, Spanish Health Education History International Business Management Information Systems Mathematics Music Philosophy Physical Education Physics Political Sdence Psychology Religion Russian Area Studies' ScandinavianArea Studies Social Welfare Sociology Speech Studio Art Theatre Arts Women's Studies It is possiblefor students to complete other majors through the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC).Students who wish to compleiea majorofferedat one of the other ACTC colleges must apply through the Augsburg Registrar's Ofice. 1 -Cooperative Program of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Citiesandagreementswith the University of Minnesota. It is possiblefor students to fake beginning and intermediate courses in Chinese, Japaneseand Russian. 2 - Dual degree programs with the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, WashingtonUniversity School of Engineering and Applied Science, and Michigan Technological University. 3 -Dual degree program with Washington Uniwsity School of Medicine. + Teaching Licensure Teaching Licensure programs are offered at Augsburg in KindergartenElementary Education and the following fields in Secondary Education: English-Language Arts, French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), S e n c e (Grades 5-91, Social Studies, Spanish, Speech, Theatre Arts, and in the specialareas of Art (K-121, Band (IS-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Students planning to teach on the secondary level have advisers both in the Education Department and the area of their academic major(s). + Certification Programs Special programs certifying skills and knowledge have been established at Augsburg to increase vocational possibilities and/or enhance personal growth: Certificate in Art -Requires eight courses, one of which must be in art history. Special professional or avocational concerns of those wanting to teach art in less formal circumstances than a college are addressed. For further information, contact the Art Department Chairperson. Church Staff Work Certification -Designed to prepare for full-time specialized lay work in the Lutheran Church. It consists of nine courses for a Church Staff Worker major in Religion plus additional specialized courses in psychology, sociology, speech and physical education. The program is designed to meet or exceed criteriaused in The Evangelical Lutheran Church in Americacertification program. Interested students should contact the Religion Department Chairperson. Program Evaluation Certification - Provides the background for performing systematic assessments of programs for social improvements. Students are required to complete a group of five psychology and sociology courses, including an Internship. For further information, contact the Psychology or Sociology Department Chairperson. + Pre-Professional Programs Students who plan to enter the fields of law, medicine, occupational therapy, dentistry, the ministry, veterinary science, pharmacy, or engineering can profit from a liberal arts education at Augsburg. It is recommended that requirements for admission to graduate schools or seminaries be reviewed and the course of study at Augsburg planned accordingly.A faculty adviser is available in each field to assist students in their planning. Students who want to plan a pre-professional program should contact the AssociateAcademic Dean early in their freshmanyear to arrange for help from the appropriate faculty adviser. Pre-Dentistry -These courses are recommended to fulfill the minimum requirements of the School of Dentistry at the University of Minnesota:ENG, 2 courses; BIO 111,112; PHY 121,122; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352; MAT 124; PSY 105. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Engineering -This program provides a course of study which enables students to complete introductory core requirements in mathematics, science and the liberal arts necessary for engineering.Some students in the program choose to transfer after two years to an institution granting degrees in engineering, while others elect to participate in a dual degree program. Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineeringdegree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Technological University, Houghton, Michigan. The dual degree programs afford students the opportunity to combine a strong background in the liberal arts, including an elected major, with the study of engineering. Pre-Law - Students considering a career in law should examine the handbook published by The Association of American Law Schoolsand consult the Augsburg pre-law adviser, Dr. Myles Stenshoel.Students may wish to take the course POL 170 (Law in the United States) to help determine their interest in law. Pre-Law students should major in a discipline of their own choosing, and will satisfy most law-school entrance requirements with a record of solid achievement in the liberal arts. Pre-Medicine -Many medical schools are encouraging a liberal arts education to prepare for study in medicine. At Augsburg, the Biology and Chemistry Departments have majors which can fulfill the academic requirements for premedical students. Both require CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), MAT 124,125; and PHY 121, 122. The chemistry major also requires CHM 353,361, one advanced course, seminar, and two or more biology courses. The biology major also requires BIO 111,112,201,491 and at least one from each of five groups (367,386,4711, (355, 474), (351,353,473), (361,440), (476,481), with 353 and 355 especially recommended for medical school. Designed to meet the University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requirements, both programs also encourage courses in the behavioral sciences and humanities, including psychology and sociology. The University of Minnesota (Minneapolis) requires two years of English. Requirements at other medical schools may vary. Students are encouraged to consult with the faculty adviser early in the freshman year. Pre-Occupational Therapy - Augsburg College has a cooperative arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg and a Bachelor of Science or Master of Science degreein OccupationalTherapyfrom Washingtonuniversity. Prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy Program include ENG 111, BIO 111, 112 and 473 or 353; CHM 105 or 115; PHY 103; PSY 105,351,362; SOC 121,336, SOC 362 or MAT 373. Pre-Pharmacy - Augsburg has a program designed to fulfill minimum requirements of the College of Pharmacy at the University of Minnesota: BIO 111,112; CHM 115,116,351,352; EC0 112or 113;ENG 111and a second course; MAT 124, 125; PHY 121,122; electives from humanities, literature and the arts to fulfill the semester hour requirements. Requirements at other universities may vary. Pre-Seminary -A student may enter a theological seminary with any of several different majors, such as history, philosophy, English, psychology, sociology, or religion. Recommended preparation includes REL 111,221; at least two semesters of history (Western Civilization); one or more courses in the history of philosophy; and Greek in the junior and/or senior year. Pre-Veterinary Medicine - To meet minimum requirements of the College of ~ e t e r i n a i ~ e d i c iat n ethe University of ~innesota,these courses are r i o m mended: ENG, 2courses; MAT 124; public speaking, 1course; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106), 351,352,353; BIO 111,112;PHY121,122; economics, 1course;2courses in art, literature, music, humanities, theatre, or Upper Division foreign languages; and anthropology, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology or sociology courses to fulfill the rest of the distribution require ments. Requirements at other universities may vary. V Inter-Institutional Programs Augsburg cooperates with other colleges a n d institutions in the Twin Cities area on several programs. Library and Media Center - Through CLIC, the Twin-Cities private colleges library consortium, and MINITEX, the statewide library network, the Augsburg community has access to over 5,000,000 volumes. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) -Full-time students at Augsburg and the St. Paul colleges of Hamline, Macalester, St. Catherine and St. Thomas may elect a course each semester at one of the other campuses.No additional fee is required for such an exchange, except for private instruction in music and some independent studies. See Independent Study for further details. Students may elect to participate in the cooperativeprogram to gain new perspectives, to get better acquainted with the other schools, or to undertake a specific course or major not offered on the home campus.The colleges have coordinated calendars. The Interim term may also be taken on another campus. A regularly scheduled bus shuttles students between the campuses. Augsburg College also cooperateswith other colleges in planning study opportunities for the January Interim Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) - Augsburg, in cooperation with fifteen other colleges and universities in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and South Dakota, develops and offers off-campus study semesters in Scandinavia, South and Central America, San Francisco, and the Twin Cities. All HECUA programs are interdisciplinary and address the critical issues associated with social change and the human community. The consortium also facilitates innovative curricular endeavors, an interchange and sharing among faculty, cooperative research, international and experiential education, and conferences on planning and metro-urban studies. Chemical Dependency Program -A cooperative effort between Augsburg College and Minneapolis Community College in downtown Minneapolis has resulted in the establishmentof a four-year program in social work, sociologyor psychology with a chemical dependency specialty. The program is designed to train specialists to help professional people in dealing with chemical dependency problems. Courses are taken on both campuses. Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) - These co-learning classes bring together Augsburg students, prison inmates, mental hospital patients, guards, and students at rehabilitation centers. Classes are held at such places as the ShakopeeInstitution for Women, Stillwater State Prison, Trevilla of Robbinsdale (a center for the severely physically handicapped), or on the Augsburg campus. The classes offered through several departments give students first-hand views of the prisons, hospitals and rehabilitation centers. The response of students involved in the courses, both from Augsburg and the institutions, has been extremely favorable. Air Force ROTC - Augsburg students may participate in the Air Force ROTC program at The College of St. Thomas under the ACTC consortium agreement. Students are eligible to compete for 2- and 3-year AFROTC scholarships. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. Naval ROTC -Augsburg students may participate in the Naval ROTC program at the University of Minnesota under an agreement between Augsburg, the University of Minnesota, and the program. For more information, contact the Dean of the College. V Opportunities for Study Abroad Several types of intemational experience are available to Augsburg students. Some of them are briefly described below. For application procedures and further information, see the Director of International Programs. Since there is a limit on the number of studentswho may study abroad each year it is wise to apply in the fall prior to the year one wishes to participate in an intemational program. The deadline is December 1of the preceding year. Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities Programs -Students may participate in the ACTC program in Germany and Vienna, spendingJanuary and Februarpin intensive language study in Germany, and March through May in a regular semester program in Vienna, where a variety of course offerings is available. HECUA (Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs) -Augsburg students join students from other colleges and universities in five Werent full semester programs in Scandinavia, South and Central heria,San Francism and the Twin Cities. All programs are interdisciplinary and emphasize the impact of social change and crosscultural factors on the human community. HECUA programs emphasize intense language experience, Internships, and field trips. Interim -Study abroad during the Interim is planned for each year. See listings in the Augsburg Interim Catalogand in the brochure on Interims Abroad issued in spring for the followingJanuary. Augsburg is affiliated with the Upper Midwest Association for Intercultural Education (UMAIE). International Business Program -Augsburg College International Business Program offers studentsthe opportunity to spend a year of study in London, Paris (AmericanCollege), Cairo (American University), or Heidelberg. A major concentration in international business provides the option of taking Business Administration courses at Augsburg and international Core courses at one or two of the campuses abroad. See Business Administration-InternationalBusiness. in Global Community - Augsburg's 3 1/2 month living/learning program based in Cuemavaca, Mexico, focuseson the study of issues related to global justie and human liberation in the light of Christian proclamation. I ndudes intensive Spanish instmclion,group tsips, home stay with a family, and Pro- cultural activities. The cost, including travel, is equivalent to full room, board, and tuition for one term at Augsburg. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Global Education Programs. Human Services in a Latin American Context - 3 1/2 month study program designed to introduce participants to the central issues currently facing the third world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and service and their contribution to the process of social change. These models have grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand in hand with the empowermentof individuals and groups to control their own lives. Application and interview required, enrollment limited. See Global Education Programs. Student Project for Amity Among Nations -Augsburg participates in the SPAN program. This is a joint venture of the University of Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Each year three or four countriesare selected, and qualified students are granted partial scholarshipsto enable them to spend a summer in informal study in one of the countries chosen. Applications to the program are made in the spring of the freshman or sophomore year. The SPAN program consists of three stages: language study and group meetings during the school year before departure, Independent Study abroad on a topic of one's choice during the following summer, and the writing of a paper upon return. Semester oryear Abroad -Arrangements havebeen made under which Augsburg students may spend their sophomore or junior year in study at a number of foreign educational institutions. Among them are the University of Oslo, Norway; the University of York, England; the University of Dundee, Scotland;the Institute for American Universities in Avignon, France; The American College in Paris; and the Fundacion Ortega y Gasset, Toledo, Spain. Student TeachingAbroad -Selected EducationDepartmentstudentsmay participate in the InternationalStudentTeachingAbroad program coordinated through Moorhead State University. Students have options for student teaching in dozens of countries through the International Independent School network. Those interested in further information should contact the Education Department. Students who student teach abroad also will do part of their student teaching under direct Augsburg faculty supervision. Summer School -There is a wide variety of possibilities for those who wish to spend a summer studyingabroad.RecentlyAugsburg students have spent summers in Norway, Spain, Mexico, France, Greece, Germany, and England. Those interested in further information should contact the Director of International Programs. V Honors Program The HonorsProgramis a set of opportunitiesdesigned to challengethe most academically distinguished students at Augsburg. Honors combines academic and cultural components with social and intellectual activities. The main components of the program include a one-per-term sequence of honors courses during the freshman and sophomore year, special topics seminars, a senior honors Interim course, and a bi-monthly program of speakers and events in the city. Students gain an enriched academic experience with the support and camaraderie of other honors students. Through the program, the College can identify and meet the needs of our v m y best students. Members normally enter as freshmen, with opportunities for transfersandothers.Requirementscenter on full participation in the program components and a GPA of approximately 3.5. Please send inquiries to Professor Diane Pike, Director of Honors. V Cooperative Education and Internships Through Cooperative Education and Academic Internships, Augsburg College students integrate their liberal arts education with the world of work. Each placement is closely related to a student's major or career interest. An underlying assumption is that a liberal arts education is an effective form of career preparation. Augsburg's Cooperative Education and Academic Internship Programs link employers and faculty in a way that enriches and expands a student's educational experience. This on-the-jobexperience adds breadth and depth to the liberalarts curriculumand helps students make more informed career decisions. Augsburg'sliberal arts education is enhanced by the College'smetropolitan location and the broad range of opportunities in the Twin Cities. Co-op Ed and Internships expand these mutually beneficial relationships and the resulting partnerships among employers, educators and students. Augsburg has been a leading proponent and provider of experiential education for many years. Both Co-op Education and Internships are voluntary and available throughout the curriculum. Eachacademic department determines the extent of its involvement in either program and the amount of credit it will allow. The Associate Academic Dean coordinates the Internship Program with assistance from Cooperative Education and Career Services. Co-op Education and Internships are separate and distinct from programs which require clinical experience, practicums, residencies and/or student teaching in order to fulfill the professional training associated with accredited programs. However, many students participate in Co-op Education and Internships prior to and following these required assignments. Cooperative Education students are expected to complete one Internhip per year in conjunction with their placement. A nonaedi t Cooperative Education transcript entry is available during the academic termswhen the student is not registered for an Internship. Upper Division Internships are numbered 399 and Lower Division Internships are numbered 199. Registration for Internshipsconsists of the following steps. A learning agreement (forms are available from the Associate Academic Dean's office) must be negotiated with the faculty member responsible for grading the experience. The grading system, activities, and appropriatelevel must be agreed upon. The completed learning agreement is returned to the Associate Dean's office. An Internship card (withthe description/location) signed by the faculty member and Associate I3ean must be turned in to the Registrar's Officeat registration time. Students are not encouraged to register/add until an actual experience has been arranged, but they must make arrangements by the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the catalogunder grading.Amaximum of four coursesof Internshipmay count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. V IndependentIDirected Study Many departments offer opportunities for conscientious students who demonstrate sufficientbackground and preparation in a given field to carry out upper division level work on an independent basis. Courses are numbered 499. (Some departments have been given faculty approval to offer 1/2 course credit under498. The Speech, Communicationand Theatre k t s Department uses 495 for Independent Study in Communication.) Many departments also offer an opportunity for Directed Study on a Lower Division level. These courses are numbered 299. Arrangements between students and instructors should be made in advance of the period of initial registration. The grading system and appropriate level must be agreed upon. Independent and Directed Study course numbers are used only for study different in content from courses already listed in this Catalog. An agreed-upon titlemustbe reported on the appropriateform to theRegistrafs Office at registration time. The faculty member giving the grade must sign the form. Studentsare not encouraged to register/add until an actual study has been arranged, but they must make arrangementsby the end of the registration period. For extension of study beyond one term, see the section of the Catalog under grading. A maximum of two courses in Independent Study and/or Directed Study may count toward the 35 courses required for the degree. Students may cross-registerfor Independent Studies at another ACTC school only when the major field in which the Independent Study is proposed is not available on their home campus, and will be charged by the host campus for any special costs attached.Requests for exception to this policy should be made directly to their own academic dean. V Weekend College Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative for adult students who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a college degree, complete a second major, or pursue a personal interest or skill. Weekend College classes meet on alternate weekends and there are three trimester terms during the early September through June academic year. Students may take from one to four classes each term. While Augsburg Weekend College program involves the same courses as the day school program, the curriculum is limited to selected liberal arts courses and the following majors: Business Administration (specializations in accounting, finance, management, and marketing), Communication (concentrations in human relations, marketing communications, public relations/advertising, and supervisory management), Management Information Systems, Elementary and Secondary Education, English, Nursing, and Social Work. V Graduate Program In January of 1987Augsburg College initiated a Master of Arts program in Leadership. Based on the subject matter and approaches of the traditional liberal arts, this cross-disciplinaryprogramdirects its academic content and pedagogical approaches at situations, issues and problems relevant to organizational leaders. Augsburg's program recognizes that todafs leaders need broad-spectrum abilitiesto provide them with a more comprehensive understanding of their world. Designed for working adults who have demonstrated leadership potential in the workplace, the Augsburg Graduate Program operates on alternate Saturdays and alternate Thursday evenings. Students may take either one or two courses per trimester. V Continuing Education Program Augsburg College offers selected courses through Continuing Education. Inquiries shouldbe addressedto the Officeof the Associate Academic Dean. V Center for Global Education The Center for Global Education was founded at Augsburg in 1982 with a commitmentto educationwhichbothexpandsour world view and deepens our understanding of issues related to global peace and justice. Studentscan participate in a number of forums, seminars and conferences that focus on global issues. In addition, a spring semester program in Mexico, "The Program in Global Community," a fall semester in Mexico, "Human Services in a Latin American Context," and occasional Interims allow more indepth exposure to these topics. Academic Policies and Procedures V Registration A student must be registered for a course to receive credit for it. Students normally register for four coursesa semester and one course in the Interim. Students registered for three or more courses in a semester are classified as full-time students. To register for more than 4.5 courses, students must contact the Registrar's office to petition the Committee on Student Standing for permission. Although a student may register up to two weeks afterthe semesterbegins, registration is encouraged at the regularly scheduled time. Special feesare charged for late registration. Special fees also are charged for cancelling or adding courses or changing grading option after the first five days of a semester. A joint class schedule is published each Springby the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities, listing courses and their location at the five colleges for the following semesters. Separate catalogs of courses are published by the Interim Office, Summer School Office, Weekend College Officeand Graduate Program Office for those sessions at Augsburg, listing registration times and procedures. Specific information on registration and help with registration on another campus are available from these offices: Office of the Registrar -Science 114, for Fall and Spring Terms Interim Office -Memorial 230 Summer School Office -Memorial 230 Weekend College Office -2222 Murphy Square, for Fall, Winter and Spring Trimesters Graduate Program Office -2222 Murphy Square, for Fall, Winter and Spring Trimesters V Pre-Registration Freshmen and transfer studentsmaypre-register during summerfor courses in the fall.All currently enrolled studentsmay pre-register during the fall for the springand during the springforthe fall.All studentsmust confirm their registration at the beginning of each semester and complete financial arrangements. V Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from College must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from College cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from College and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal from College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. V Leave of Absence StudentsmayrequeslaLeave of Absence for academic or personalreasons. Arequest formmust bepickedup fromthe Office of theDeanof the CoLlege. It must be signed by the Dean of Sbdmts, or au khorized representative,and by the Dean of the College, or authorized representative. The cornpIeted form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office. A Leave of Absence may be granted for one term or one academic year. If an extension of a Leave of Absence is needed, it should be requested in the same manner as the original Leave of Absence, and the completed form must be turned in to the Registrar's Office before the expiration of the previous Leave of Absence, or readmission will be required. Students on leave are responsible for keeping the Registrar's Office informed of their mailing address. All deadlines for financial aid and housing must be observed by returning students. A Leave of Absence does not defer repayment of loans or extend incomplete deadlines. V Graduation Requirements The responsibility for seeing that all degree requirements are satisfied rests with the student. Academic advisers, department chairpersons, the Academic Dean and the Registrar are available for counsel and assistance in program planning. Former Augsburg students, readmitted to complete a degree, have a choice between using the catalog in effect when they first enrolled, or using the catalog in effect at the point of readmission. Each student must apply for graduation at the time specified by the Registrar. Application forms are available in the Registrar's Office. All degree and course requirements must be completed and verified in the Registrais office prior to the anticipated date of graduation (there may be no incompletes or open courses on the academic record). See the separate section on Graduation with Distinction to learn about requirements for these honors. 1.Completion of 35 courses -At least 11coursesmust be Upper Division, numbered in the 300s and 400s. Not more than 13may be in one department, except in certain approved majors - 17 (Music Education) or 20 (Music Performance)for the Bachelor of Music degree, and 18 for the Bachelor of Science (Music Therapy) or Bachelor of Science (Nursing) degree. The course total must include three Interims for students whose complete academic work is at Augsburg. For transfer students, the course total must includeone less Interim course than the number of years at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. No more than these maximums may be applied toward the 35 total courses required: 4 Conservationof Human Resources (CHR)courses; 2 courses by independent/directed study; 4 courses of Internship; and 8 courses with a grade of Pass (PI. Non-traditional grading (P)also has these limits: 2 in the major except Elementary Education and Nursing; 1in the minor if approved by the department chairperson. Students who enter an academic program with a baccalaureate or higher degree should contact the Registrar's Officeabout specific requirementsfor a second baccalaureate degree or for the equivalent of a major. 2. Completion of a Major -Requirements for each major are listed under the departmental headings. A minor or double-major is not required, but is encouraged. 3. First Year Experience (FYE) - All students who enter the College as freshmen in the weekday schedule program must complete satisfactorily the FYE Fall Orientation and Seminar. See the program section on the First Year Experience for a full description. 4. Grade Point Average -2.0 for most majors -A grade point average of 2.0 is required over all courses taken and over all courses which apply toward the major. Some majors, licensure, and certification require higher grades in each course or a higher grade point average. (For example, see licensure in education, music education, music performance, music therapy, nursing, social work.) See the departmental section for details. 5. Residence -The last year of full-time study or equivalent (minimum of 7 courses for part-time students) must be at Augsburg. Contact the Registrar if an official interpretation is needed. 6. Distribution Requirements -Next page. V Distribution Requirements Writing - A course in writing (English 111) or certification of demonstrated proficiency by the Department of English. Exemption tests are given during the summer and fall orientation periods. Liberal Arts - An approved course from each of these seven areas: .Mathematics-Physics Psychology-Sociology Economics-Political Science Chemistry-Biology English-Speech, Communication History-Philosophy Art-Music and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) A list of approved coursesis available from advisersand the RegisWs Office. Foreign Languages -Two courses (111 and 112)of one foreign language at Augsburg. Studentswho test abovethe 111level of a foreignlanguage will take one additional course at placement level in that language or two courses (111 and 112) of another foreign language. International students should consult with the Registrar. Religion -Three approved courses in religion, of which not more than one may be an Interim course. For transfer students, the number required is one Augsburg religion class for each year of study or equivalent at Augsburg. This is calculated on each transfer student's evaluation of transfer credits. Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies-One course. Courses approved to meet this requirement are published each term. Information is available at the Registrar's Office. Lifetime Sports -Two different Lifetime Sports or demonstrated proficiency in two different Lifetime Sports. V English as a Second Language (ESL) Program Students who declare a language other than English to be their primary language, or who are citizens of another country, must take the ESL placement test in conjunction with the English writing placement test at orientation.Students' placement in ESL, Developmental Writing, or Effective Writing will be determined by their scores on the Michigan test (80-90 range for exemption from ESL) and by a writing sample. Near the end of each term of the English as a Second Language course, an objective test will be administered to all students in the class. The score on this test and the grade earned in the classwill determine whether additional ESL course work is required. Usually a score of 80 to 90 and a course grade of 3.5 or 4.0 will fulfill the student's ESL requirement. If studentsdo not meet the ESL requirement, they will remain in ENG 217/ 218 until they meet the criteria stated above. Academic credit will normally be granted for no more than two courses. Students who fulfill the ESL requirement, by examination or by course completion, have completed the foreign language requirement for graduation. V Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options -traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the Pass/No Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of lessthan 2.0. Studentsare cautioned to use the P/N grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of P-graded courses, or rank each as a "C." Transfer students are cautioned that Pgraded coursesdo not countin therequirementthat 14 traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PJ N Iimi tations under Graduation Rquirments. Certain corn are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 and several Iaterim coursesare graded only on the P/N grading system. Some education courses are graded only on the P/N system or only on the traditional system. English I11 is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.0/N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Chemistry Seminar and Lifetime Sports are graded P/O.O. In courses where there is a choice, studentswill be graded on the traditional systemunlessthey indicateon their registration that they wish to use theP/ N grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes after the first five days of classes. ' IExplanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course 1.5 1.0 Performance below basic course standards 0.5 0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grades of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P representswork at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive an incomplete grade, a student must receive permission of the instructor of the course; must file a form stating the reasons for the request, the work required to complete the course, the plan and date for completing the work, and commentsfrom the instructor; and must gain the approval of the Registrar.If permission is granted, the necessary work must be completed in enough time to allow evaluation of the work by theinstructor and filing of a grade before the final day of the following semester. If the work is not completed by that date, the grade for the coursebecomes a 0.0. Internships, Indqendent Studies, and TXected Studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completedby the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instruckor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students givm X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactoryprogress is being maintained. The Registrafs Office will automatically continue theregistration in response to an X grade. A finalgrade will be issued at t h e end of the term in which the work is completed and evaluated (butnot longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X whew satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a re-registration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year, a new registration would be necessary. A course inwhich a grade of 0,0.5,1 .O,15,N, I, or X has been received may be repeated for credit. C o m e s in which higher grades have been earned may riot be repeated for credit and a grade, but may be audited. AIl courses takenand grad- earned each termremain on theacademicrecord. Only the aeditsand gradesearned the second,be,for legitimatelyrepeated courses, are counted toward graduation and in the grade point average. A course is given a grade of W when it is dropped after the deadline for dropping classes without a notation on the record. V Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V).Full-time students may audit a murse without charge. The charge for part-time students is listed under College Costs. Students who audit a course shouId confer with the insmctor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expecfations, attendance and any 0 ther requirement If expedations have been met, the course will be listed on the hammipt as having k e n audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). V Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges.Coursestakenon the P/N gradingoptionare recorded, but not computed in the GPA. V Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of the Fall and Interim terms. - Sophomores 7 courses completd with at least 14 grade points. Juniors -16 courses compIeted with at least 32 grade points. Seniors -25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. V Advanced Placement Program Advanced placement in courses beyond the beginning level is granted to students with scores of 3, 4, and 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Program Test. Additional credit or placement is at the discretion of the department. Inquiries should be addressed to the Office of the Registrar. V International Baccalaureate Program Courses earned from the International Baccalaureate Program will be consideredby the CoIIege for advanced placement and appropriatecredit Departmental guidelines are available from the Office of the Registrar. V Assessment of Previous Learning (APL Program) Augsburg Collegerecognizes that learningcan and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic program of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a baccalaureate degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essentiaI criteria: 1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and 2) it can be objectivelydemonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Aupburgprovides sever& meansby which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recopition. The following is a brief description of each of these means of assessment: T h e College LevelEmmination Program (CLIP)-Thkis a seriesof standardized tests which have been dewlo+ by The College Board and are offered to studentsfora small f ~ e at e regionaltesting centers.(Theregional testingcenter for this area is the University of Minnesota.)Studentswho scoreat or above the 65th percenkileon a subject examination may d v e academic credit for that subject at Augsburg College. Additional information about CLEPtestsis availablefrom the Office of the Registrar. Departmental Comprehensive Exams -These are available for students to use in obtaining credit for previous learning if the following conditions are met: A. There is a departmental instrument available for subject area in question. B. There is a faculty member designated by the department to administer the exam. C. The Student Standing Committee approves the student's request to take the exam. Credit for departmental exams is availableon a pass/no credit basis only, and there is a charge per exam. TheCredit AssessmentProgxam(CAT)-This isa credit assessmentalternativein which a faculky committee completesa credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. The factdty committee is composd of the Rqktsar and two faculty members from fields 05 study directly related to the student's previous learning. Lnformational meetings and consdtation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. This may include a personal meeting with the CAP Committee. In campleting the evaluation of a student's psevious Iearning, the CAP Cornmitree applies the following criteria: A. There is documentable evidence of a cognitive component in the previous learning experience that involved prescribed and/or systematic study of content material found within liberal arts coursework. B. The learning has been objectively verified by individuals in addition to the presenting student. C. The learning lends itself to both qualitative and quantitative measurement. D. The learning relates well to the student's educational goals. E. The learning and skillsinvolved are current and could be used at the present time. Students may apply for the credit assessment process after completing at least four coursesof academicworkat Augsburg Collegewith acumulativeAugsburg GPA of at least 2.5. It is strongly recommended that the process not be used when four or fewer courses remain for graduation. There is an application deposit (applicableto transcript charge) to initiate the credit assessment process, and a charge for each semester credit applied to the student's transcript. Transcript credit will be granted on the basis of semester credits, and the total number of credits granted will be divided by four to determine the number of courses applied'to graduation. These credits will be recorded with the course number of CAP 2xx.Application of this credit toward distribution requirements and academicmajors and minors may be subsequentlyaddressed by the departments involved in response to a formal request by the student. Maximum Credit Accepted for Previous Learning - While Augsburg College recognizes the validity of learning that takes place outside the traditional classroom, this learningmust be placed in the contextof formal study in campusbased liberal arts courses. Therefore, Augsburg places a maximum of nine courses (one-fourth of a baccalaureate degree) on transcript credit that is obtained through previous experiential learning. In compiling the nine courses of credit for previous experiential learning, the student may use any combination of the three assessment processes available in the APL program: CLEP exams, departmentalexams, and credit granted through CAP Committee assessment. V Academic Progress, Probation and Dismissal The Collegerequires that studentsmaintain the followingcumulative grade point averages (GPA): Freshman a student having taken fewer than 7 courses cumulative GPA of 1.6 or higher Sophomore - a student having taken fewer than 16 courses mmulative GPA of 1.7 or higher Junior a student having taken fewer than 25 courses cumulative GPA of 1.9 or higher a student having taken 25 or more courses cumulative Senior GPA of 2.0 or higher. It should be noted that a minimum GPA of 2.0 is required for graduation with certain majors requiring a higher minimum GPA. Students whose academic achievement falls below these guidelines will either be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term, or will be continued on probation, or will be dismissed from the College. In addition, a freshman who receives 2 zero grades or a sophomore who receives 3 zero grades will be considered for probation or dismissal. However, dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. Evidence of the student's commitment to academic progress is the major consideration in deciding whether or not to dismiss a student. Students who have a poor academic rmrd may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of a tern. Those on probation who voluntarilywithdrawfromthe College, as well as those who are dismissed, must have special permission to re-enroll. Students may be removed from probation when the cumulative GPA reachesthe minirmm leveIs stated above. Studentsplaced on probation as freshmen far having earned 2 zero grades may be removed h m probation if their classification changes to sophomore, if they have not earned additional zero grades, and if their cumulative GPA reaches 1.7. Studentsplaced on probation as sophomores for having earned 3 zero grades may be removed from probation if their classification changes to junior and their cumulative GPA reaches 1.9. The Collegereserves the right to dismissany student who does not meet the guidelines stated above. Once a student is dismissed, he or she may appeal the decision within 10 days to the Committee on Student Standing. V Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade p i n t average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of three full courses, or equivalent, foraweekday schedule student or two full courses, or equivalent, for a weekend college student, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. L€ permission is given, an announcement is sent to the hometown newspaper of each student on the Dean's List. V Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude -3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude -3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude -3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionallygradedcourses)of workat Augsburg. 7 Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the StateApprovingAgency for Veterans Education. Veterans should tonsult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwardingof other information to the Veterans Administration. Augsburgs standardsd academic progress are giveninthisCatalog.When a veteran or eligible perstln fads to maintain these prescribed standards of progress, the College will so inform the Veterans Adminisfration. It is the responsibiIity of each veteran to report any change in registration and/or academic load to the Office of the Registrar, as i t is for all studmts. If less than full-time, veterans will be referred to the State Approving Agency after any period of two consecutive terms if they did not earn the equivalent of what they had been certified for. A non-punitive grade which brings a veteran's academic load for the term below three courses will be reported to the Veterans Administration. Veteranswill need to meet the requirements of theveterans Administration regarding repayment of educational assistance funds received. Departments and Programs Course Descriptions Major and Minor Requirements A s a liberal arts institution, Augsburg College operates with a belief that knowledge and truth are interrelated and are integrated into a whole. The tradition of the academic world, however, divides this unified truth into more manageable parts: the academic disciplines. The knowledge of individual disciplines is subdivided into courses which make it more accessible to students. These courses can be arranged in various ways to construct majors, to create the substance of a broad general education, and to give students the opportunity to study areas of particular individual interest. Descriptions of caurszs are arranged by departments and programs. T h e descriptions offer a brief summary of the subject matter covered in individual courses to aid students in planning a program. A syllabus containing a more detailed explanation of content, approach, and requirements for a particular course can be obtained from the instructor. Department entries also contain a narrative discussion of the educational philosophy of each department, its pals, and its place in the College's program. A Listing of requirements for individual majors follows the narrative. Courses and t e r n listed are subject to change. In general, classes are offered Fa31 and/or Spring terms, unless another frqumcyis specified. The Schedule of Classes published each spring lists offerings and locations for Fall and Spring terms. Descriptions and schedules for courses of f e d in JanuaryInterim, Summer Scl~ml,Augsburg Weekend College and the Master of Arts in Leadership program are published in separate catalogs. + Credits A full course is offered for one credit. A few fractional courses, for one-half or one-quarter credit, are offered in the Division of Professional Studies.A full course has the approximate value of 4 semester credits or 6 quarter hours. Most courses meet for three 60-minute periods or two 90-minute periods a week, in addition to laboratories. + Numbering Courses numbered below 300 are Lower Division courses. Courses numbered 300 and above are classified as Upper Division. In general, coursesin the lOOsareprimarily for freshmen, 200s sophomores, 300sjuniors, and400s seniors. + Prerequisites Courses that must be taken before enrolling in a higher level course are listed in the course description. A skdent may enroll in a course when a prerequisite has not been fyzfiIIed if there is prior approval by a professor teaching the course and of the academic adpiw. V Art Department (ART) Art is important as a field of study for our modem age. Our survival as a culture may very well depend on whether we are able to create order and beauty in the design and function of communities.Realizing this, we have made design and msitivity to all aspects of visual experience central to the art program at Augsburg. Giving and receiving visual messages is so much a part of everyday life that it is often taken for granted. At the same time, however, the interchange of visual ideas is frequently misunderstood. The task of the artist, art teacher, and art historian is to celebrate visual experience through a variety of media and art examples. In short, the visual arts teach us how to see. Because of the College's commitment to the liberal arts, the visual arts, as taught at Aupburg draw ideas and inspiration from all disciplines. Art as a human activity docs involve manual skill, although to become broadly signifimnt i t should interact with the content available in other fields, such as language, history, drama, music, literature, philosophy, theology, business, physical education, and science. A liberd arts college, such as Augsburg College, 5 an idea1 setting for the study of art because it provides a constant possibility for the interaction of ideas, disciplines, and attitudes. At Augsburg, art study is further enhanced by associations with a significant number of art galleries and museums in the Twin Cities area. Cooperative Education and Internships in studio art and art history provide on-the-job, supervised, evaluated experiences which contribute to the student's overall education and development. Primary goals include improvement of art and museum skills, production and creative strategies. Hundreds of specific careers exist in the general area of art. Augsburg graduates have established careers in such fields as teaching in public schools and colleges, anthropology, pottery making, antique restoration and sales, film and video work, portrait painting, and gallery and museum work. The future holds a great deal of promise for artists who can combine skills with a breadth of understanding. Art Faculty: Philip Thompson (Chairperson), Kristin Anderson, Robert Friederichsen, Norman Holen, Patrick Redmond, Dorothy Williamson. Studio Art Major: 9-13 studio courses with Foundations 102,107,225; 3 art history courses including 240. One course must be in 2-dimensional art (118,223,360) and 1in 3-dimensional art (150, 221,250). Majors are required to begin their programs with the Foundations, although advanced placement is possible with approval of a portfolio by the Art faculty. Teaching Licensure Major: 7 studio disciplines among foundations 102,107,225; Studio 118,132,150,221,223 and 250 plus a second course in 2 areas; 240 and 2 other art history courses. Consult with Education Department for requirements in education for teacher licensure. Art History Major: 8 art history courses including 240 and 388; 2 studio courses including 1from 102,107 or 225 and 118 or 221. Honors Majors: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, general growth and development and/or special projects such as senior exhibition and research. Application should be made to the Department Chairpersonbefore the last term of the senior year. Studio Art Minor: 4 studio courses including 107; 240. Art History Minor: 5 art history courses including 240. Certificate in Art: 8art courses, including 1in art history. Up to 4 courses may be taken in one studio area or in art history. + Foundations in Studio Art Environmental Aesthetics 102 107 225 Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pen, and pastel pencils. Subjects include stilllife, figures, building interiors and exteriors, and experimental work. Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, and pictorial images. An emphasis will also be placed on the creative thought process. + Studio Art 100,300 Special Topics Occasional courses dealing with subjects not usually offered by the Department. 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and technique in acrylic and oil. 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativityand expressionwith attention to blackand white photographic process. Need access to 35 mm. single lense reflex camera. Materials will cost approximately $125-150. (Fall) Jewelry An introduction to the casting of jewelry in pewter and silver. Internship Lower Division Internship. Sculpture I An introductionto sculpture.Choiceof media: clay, welded steel and bronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. Learn to model, carve, cast, weld and assemble the respective media. Print Making I Principles and methods of print making in a variety of media including etching, silk-screen and woodcut. Life Drawing See Interim Catalog. Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasison handbuilding and glazing. Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Visual Communications I1 A study of visual communicationsinmagazines, television, film, advertising symbols, and other mass media. Praaice in areas of photography, typography, and illustration. mreq.:22j, Springl Ceramics LI Advanced work in ceramics with an emphasison throwing or handbuilding and a continuation of glazing. (Prereq.: 250) Painting I1 Advanced study of painting. (Prereq.: 118) Watercolor Painting Design concepts using descriptiveand experimental techniquesin transparent watercolor. (Alternateyears) Print Making I1 Advanced work with color and compositionin various media, includingsilkscreen, etching, and woodcut, including Japanese woodcut technique. (Prereq.: 223) Internship Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. Sculphue I1 Advanced workin sculpture.Choice of media: clay, welded steelandbronze, plaster, stone, and plexiglass. (Prereq.: 221) Independent Study Advanced study in area of the student's choice, intended for senior art majors. + Art History 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includesreading, research, viewing of slides, visits to museums. Note: The following courses are offered intermittently, usually one or two sections a year. 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts-as artists, as subjects, and as patrons. 382 Scandinavian Arts Survey of the visual arts in Scandinavia from pre-history to modem times. 385 Prehistoric and Ancient Art The art of the Ice Age through the Roman period to the 4th century A.D. 386 Medieval Art Early Christian through late Gothic and proto-Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture in Europe. 387 Renaissance and Baroque Art European painting, sculpture, and architecture, from the 14th through the 18th centuries. 388 19th and 20th Century Art European painting, sculpture, and architecturefrom Neoclassicism through the present. 389 American Art A study of early colonial art through contemporary American art, with specific emphasis on 19th and 20th century art and its relationship to European art as well as indigenous movements. V Biology Department (BIO) Biology is the study of MeI and it is natural that we,as contemplative living creatures, seek a deeper understandingof the living world that envelops us. This search has led to the realization that the earth is filled with an enormous variety of living organisms. Since humans are a part of the biological world, an understanding of the basic biological processes common to all organisms, as well as those features which are unique to humans, is essential to attain self-understandingand to provide a basis for wise decisions. Another significant insight that has emerged from the study of life is that even the simpIest organisms are incredibly complex, and a complete understanding of wen one of these has, as of yet, eluded the grasp of biologists. This is true even though some organisms have been subjected to years of intensive scrutiny.Biology will thus c o n t h e to be a fertile field for research for many years to come. Still, an enormous amount of knowledge regarding living organisms has accumulated over the years. In recent decades great strides have been made in understanding important biological processes, particularly those at the cellular and molecular levels. Biological research has also provided some extremely important benefits to humans. Most advances in medicine, veterinary medicine, agriculture and food science have depended on the findings of basic biological research. Since the biological world reveals such variety, complexity, and knowledge, an undergraduate major in biology needs to be broadly based. Since a complete understanding of biological systems depends on applications of the principles of physics and chemistry, a firm background in the physical sciences is also important for biologists. For many, an undergraduate major in biology serves primarily as a basis for further study. In past years Augsburg graduates have gone on to further studies in professionalschools such as medicine, veterinary medicine, and dentistry. Others have entered graduate programs in the life sciences, leading to careers in areas such as college or university teaching, basic and applied research, and public or environmental health. Other graduates have embarked directly after graduation on a variety of careers, including high school teaching and laboratory technology. BiologyFaculty: NealThorpe (Chairperson),Robert Herforth,Erwin Mickelberg, Ralph Sulerud Major: 9 courses, including 111,112, and 201 plus 9 othercourses, at least 1from each of the following 5 groups: Molecular and Cellular: 367,386, 471; Cellular to Organismal: 355,474; Organismic/Animals: 351,353,473; Organismic/Plants: 361,440; Environmental: 476,481. One of the 6 courses may be BIO 203 or any Upper Division Interim biology course. BIO 491, a noncredit seminar, is required of all juniors and seniors. Also required: CHM 105(115),106(116),and 223; PHY 103;Math Placement Group 111. Students intending to enter graduate, medical, or other professional schools should consult with the Department since these schools vary in their scienceadmission requirements.Thesemay include CHM 351,352instead of 223, PHY 121, 122 instead of 103, and MAT 124,125. Licensure for teaching in Minnesota also requires 3 courses in earth and life sciences. For secondaryteaching we recommend the broadest possible program in biology. Students planning to teach are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their academic program. The Department works with the Cooperative Education Office in identifying and defining Co-op Ed experiencesin laboratoriesand other settingsin the Twin Cities. This experience is open to juniors and seniors. Students interested should consult with the Biology Department Co-op Ed Coordinator. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5in biologyand 3.0 overall, activeparticipationin seminar, 1 course of approved Independent Study with an oral defense of the research report. Application should be made no later than the first term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 111,112 and 3 Upper Division courses; CHM 115,116 (or 105,106). Human Biology Basic biological mnfrom an anthropocenhic p i n t of vim,An attenrpt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another meabw of khe biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (3 hours lecture. A student may not receivecredit for both 101and 103.Does not apply to the major or minor) 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. 3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor) 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? A survey of the environmental and health implicationsof pollution, non-renewable resource depletion, waste disposal, war, occupational safety and health. An historical survey of American agriculture, world food supply and biological determinism. A critical evaluation of the social application of biological concepts. (3 hour lecture. Does not apply to the major or minor) 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the fields of medicine and sanitation. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. For student nurses, health majors, or consent of instructor. Prereq.: CHM 110or consent of instructor.Weekend College. Does not apply to the major or minor) 109 Special Topics in Biology Offered periodicallythrough Augsburg's Conservationof Human Resources (CHR) program. Generally conducted off campus with community people taking the course together with college students in a co-learning model. Topics will vary depending upon needs and interest. (Does not apply to the major or minor) 111,112 General Biology A comprehensive introduction to biological science for biology and other science majors. The courseincludesanintroductionto molecular biology, cellular biology, genetics, developmental biology, evolutionary mechanisms, anatomy, physiology, ecology, and phylogenetic relationships of organisms. Must be taken in sequence except by permission of instructor. (3 hours lecture; 4 hours laboratory. 111,Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. (Prereq.: 112) 201 Methods in Biological Research An examination of methods commonly employed in biological research, which may include electrophoesis, column separations, ultracentrifugation, microscopy, cell culture, radioisotopic techniques, gas chromatography, and physiological recording. The theoretical basis of each method is discussed and experimentsare conducted to demonstrate the utility of each method. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory. Prereq: 112. Spring) 203 Principles of Nutrition A study of the six classes of nutrients and their digestion, absorption, transport, metabolism, interaction, storage, and excretion. A special effort will be made to differentiate "fact from fiction" in this controversialbiological field. (3 hours lecture. Prereq.: 112 or consent of instructor. Fall) 101 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: 112) Invertebrate Zoology A study of the invertebrate groups stressing classification, morphology, behavior, life history, and evolutionary relationships. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Altemate years, Spring) Comparative Vertebrate Zoology A comparative study dealing with the classification, morphology, distribution, evolution, behavior and population dynamics of the vertebrates. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) Genetics The principles of heredity with emphasis on recent advances in human genetics. Laboratory work stressing Drosophila genetics. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Spring) Plant Biology A survey of the major divisions of the plant kingdom including the study of anatomy, physiology, life histories, taxonomy, and ecology. (3hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Fall) Biochemistry An introductory consideration of the chemistry of proteins, carbohydrates, lipidsand nucleic acidsincludingintermediarymetabolism.(3hours lecture. Prereq.: 112, CHM 223 or 352 or consent of instructor. Fall) Immunology A study of the structure and function of the immune system at molecular, cellular, and tissue levels. Both basic immunology and fundamental principles relating to clinical immunology will be considered. (3 hours lecture, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Alternate years, Spring) Internship Upper Division Internship.Studentsmust be juniors or seniors. Prereq.: 112) Plant Physiology A consideration of the chemical and physical mechanisms involved in photosynthesis, respiration, growth, and development, and water relations in vascular and nonvascular plants. The relationships of these processes to plant structures. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112. Altemate years, Spring) Cellular Biology A study correlating function with ultrastructure in both prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells. (3hours class,4 hourslaboratory.Prereq.: 112367orconsent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring) Animal Physiology A study of animal function with emphasis on the vertebrates. Wherever possible, functions are explained on the basis of physical and chemical principles. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112; CHM 106 or 116; PHY 103or 122or consent of instructor. Fall) Developmental Biology A consideration of the physiological and morphologicalchanges which occur during the development of organisms with emphasis on the vertebrate animals. Experimental as well as descriptive studies are included in the laboratorywork. In addition to embryonicdevelopment, the topics of malignancy, aging, and regeneration are discussed. (3 hours class, 4 hours lab. Prereq.: 112. Spring) Microbiology An introduction to the study of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. Microbial taxonomy, morphology, physiology, genetics, and pathogenicity are considered as well as certain methods. (3 hours class, 4 hours laboratory. Prereq.: 112.Fall) 481 Ecology A m e y of reprewntative biological communities; the study of reciprocal relationships between organisms and their environments. (3 hours class. 4 hours laboratory, some Saturday field trips.P m q . : 112,361 or consent of instructor. Spring) 491 Seminar A weekly meeting of biology majors under the direction of Beta Beta Beta Biological Honor Society. Active participation by juniors and seniors is required. Guest speakersare often invited. A noncredit requirement for the major. 499 'Independent Study Individual laboratory, field, or library research under the direction of an instructor. Intended for biology majors who are juniors or seniors. (Prereq.: 112,and previous arrangement with instructor) 476 V Business Administration and Economics Department The Department of Business Administration and Economics is committed to developing both the theorelid and practical tools necessary for entry into and advancement in business and other organizationsas well as preparation for graduate study. To this end, the Deparhent offers s p d i z a t i o n in a varieg. of areas including:Accounting Applied Economics, Economics, Finance, hternational Business, Management, Management Information Systems (MIS), Marketing, as well as a Combined Business and Economics concentration. Each of these areas is dependent upon a strong foundation in the liberal arts with an emphasis on solid communication and analytical skills. R ~ ~ ~ g n i zthe i n goccupational realities of the business and economic disciplines, the Departmenk is equally committed to maintaining an application-oriented balance. This balance is achieved in part by fostering close ties with the corporate community which in turn provides a wealth of practical expertise and a wide variety of Internship opportunities, as well as future job prospects. Departmental faculty believe they can best serve both the student and the community by contributingto an education which is ethically based, technically competent and socially aware. Business Administration and Economics Faculty: Amin Kader (Chairperson), Diane Busico, Thomas Busico, John Cemto, Peter Gillen, John Cosgrove, Gerald Glatzmaier, Satya Gupta, Paul Halvorson, Mark Hassenstab, Richard Herzog, Marilyn Horowitz, Mary Jo Johnson, Jane Kammerman, Robert Kramarczuk, Roy LaFayette, Dan McNamara, Fekri Meziou, Thomas Morgan, Paul Pender, David Riley, Edward Sabella, Hamed Sallam, Milo Schield, Stanley Solnick, Stuart Stoller + Business Business Administration Major (BUS) Core courses for the Accounting, Finance, Management and Marketing specializations: BUS 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112,113,313,311 or 312 or 315. Specialization in Accounting: 12Core courses,322, 323,324, either326or 423 or 425. Specialization in Finance: 12 Core courses, 322,433,438, either 479 or ECO 318 or 415. Speaalization in Management: 12Corecourses, 340,440, ECO318, PSY 373 or SOC 301. Specialization in Marketing: 12 Core courses, 352,357,450, ECO 415 Specialization in International Business: 175,221,222,242,252,279,331,391, ECO 112113,313. Also the following emphasis: 3 InternationalBusiness Courses and an International Economics Course. BUS 399 or 499 is required, as well as 3 semestersof a foreignlanguage (or tested equivalent). Specialization in Management Information Systems: 175,221,222,242,252,279, 331,370 (or CSC 3521,375,475,476,479; ECO 112,113,313,318; MAT 174and 175 or MAT 124 and CSC 170. Honors Majo~:GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Business Administration: 6 courses, including 221,242,252, 331, ECO 112 and 113. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Minor in International Business: 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252, ECO 113, and 3 International Business courses. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Minor in Management Information Systems (MIS): 6 courses, including 221,242 or 252,370,375,475, and ECO 113.175 is the recommended prerequisite for 370 and 375. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. C.P.A. Certification: Students who wish to take the Certified Public Accountants (CPA) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement must have completed the major in Business Administration-Accounting and taken all accountingand businesslawoffered. Studentsmajoringin BusinessAdministration-Accounting arequalified underthe rules of theMinnesotastate Board of Accountancy to sit for the examination during their last semester. C.M.A. Certification: Students who have taken a prescribed course of study in accounting may take the certified management accountant (CMA) examination prior to fulfilling the experience requirement. This certificate indicates proficiency in the area of managerial accounting. Notes: Students who plan to major in the Business Administration department are strongly encouraged to select a department adviser as soon as possible, in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed under the title "Topics in Business Administration" (BUS 295,4951, the Department has also offered: Research Methods for Economics and Business, Computer Simulation for Business, Income Taxes for Individuals, Computer Applications, Discrete Event Simulation, Entrepreneurship, Micro Computer Accounting, Ethics in Business, International Management, International Marketing and Risk Management and Insurance. Business Courses (BUS) 175 199 221 222 242 252 279 Computers for Economics and Business An introduction to computerized data processing. Learn a higher-level language (BASIC). Learn about computerized spread-sheets (LOTUS)and data bases (DBASD. Learn about word processing and computerized business graphics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I1 or high school algebra) Internship Lower Division Internship. Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Principles of Accounting I1 A continuation of 221. Introduction to business activities, accounting for corporations. Basic concepts and fundamentals of managerial accounting, planning and controllingprocesses, decision-makingand behavioral considerations. (Prereq.: BUS 221) Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning, and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manage Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic, and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions,inference, and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq.: Math Placement Group I11 or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 104) Topics Lectures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and readings in the areas of business administration. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Accounting Theory and Practice I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, current and non-current assets. (Prereq.: BUS 221, ECO 113, Fall) Accounting Theory and Practice I1 A continuation of 322. An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to liabilities, stockholders' equities and other accounting issues. Additional emphasis on incomedetermination consideringprice level changes. (Prereq.: BUS 322. Spring) Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222,242,252,279, or consent of instructor) Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various formsof business enterprises.(Prereq.: BUS 221,331, ECO 112,113, or consent of instructor) Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation, and management of funds within the firm. Sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq.: BUS 222, ECO 113) Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources; desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq.: BUS 242) Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq.: BUS252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) Marketing Communications This course looks at the communications aspects of marketingby integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship; management of the personal selling function including salesforce selection, compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq.: Bus 252) Note: 355 and 357 cannot both be taken for credit) Advertising An introduction to print and broadcast advertising and promotion as importan t elements in modem marketing and communications. (Note: 355 and 357 cannot both be taken for credit) International Business Introduction to the problems and possibilities of doing business in an internationalcontext. Appreciation of the prospectiverequired for successful planning and managementof any enterprise operating abroad is emphasized by foreseeing both the opportunities and the difficulties inherent in international business. (Prereq.: Two business and economics courses or consent of instructor) Advanced Computing for Business and Economics Current topics involving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmable data bases (D-BASE), graphics, information retrieval using telecommunications, and other packages (statistical analysis, project management, expert systems, etc.). Solve common problems in economics, finance and markkting. (Prereq.: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145,170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279) Information Systems in the Organization Use of systems approach in analyzing the use of information systems in the organization. Analyze business needs and information requirements, identify relevant solutions and communicate recommendations. Emphasis on management consulting skills including written and verbal communications. (Prereq.: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370) Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicableto graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will write a report on his/her activities. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and controls for accounting systems. (Prereq.: BUS 323, Fall) Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq.: BUS 323. Spring) Financial Theory: Policy and Practice A system's approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasison decision making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures, and case material. (Prereq.: BUS 331) Investment Theory Appraisal of the riik/return relationships of various types of securitiesfrom the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investor. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq.:All Core courses or consent of instructor) Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examplesfrom serviceindustries, non-profit organizationsand manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point df view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, prin- 450 475 476 479 495 499 ciples of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq.: BUS 242 or Consent of instructor) Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling promotion policies. (Prereq.: BUS 352) Information Systems Analysis and Design Analyze information requirements and design systems specifications. Utilize relational data base software to quickly several system de- implement signs. Utilize project management software to manage the life cycie process including documentation and implementation. (Prereq.: all lower level core courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 370 or CSC 352) Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, completean information analysis and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both case studies and actual businesses. (Prereq.: BUS 375,475. Recommended: BUS 479) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Utilizing computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq.: BUS 175,279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114,121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370) Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international business problems and policies. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) + Economics Major in Economics: 8Economicscourses (112,113,312,313,414, and 3 other Upper Division); BUS 221,222,279, and MAT 114. The complete calculus sequence is very strongly recommended for those planning graduate study in Economics. In addition, courses in the use of computers are also strongly recommended. Major in Applied Economics: 8 Economics courses (112,113,215,312,313, and 3 other Upper Division); BUS 175,221,222,279,479, MAT 121 and PHI 130. Combined major in Economics-Business Administration: 6 Economics courses (112, 113, 312, 313, and 2 other Upper Division); 8 Business Administration courses (221,222,242,252,279,331, and 2 other Upper Division). Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall; a senior thesis and comprehensive oral examination in the major field of concentration. Minor in Economics: 112, 113,312,313, and 1additional Upper Division course. Other configurations may be permitted on consultation with the Department. Notes: Students who plan to major in the Department are strongly encouraged to select a Department adviser as soon as possible in order to carefully plan their program of study. In addition to the courses listed below, these topics have been offered under ECO 295, 495 Topics: Consumer Economics, History of Economic Thought, Research Methods for Economics and Business, Advanced Economic Theory, DecisionMaking with Finite Markov Chains, and Comparative Economic Systems. ECO 110,112, and 113 will satisfy general education requirements. ECO 110 will satisfy the urban concerns requirement. Economics Courses (ECO) 110 112 113 175 199 215 279 295 Economics of Urban Issues Study of economic implications of many problems facing a metro-urban environment. Some of the topics to be discussed are: Population "Crisis," CrimePrevention, Ecology and IncomeDistribution; DistributingFree Bread; Mass Transit Systems, etc. Fundamental microeconomic tools introduced to facilitate discussion of the above mentioned topics. (This is a basic course designed for those students who do not plan to major in Economics or Business Administration. It does not apply toward an Economics major or minor. Students who plan to major in Business Administration and/or Economics should enroll in ECO 112 and 113 which are also open to nonmajors.) Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of 113or 110.112and 113may be takenin either order, ormay be taken in the same term for the student to progress rapidly to the other courses. Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to microeconomics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theoryto market policy. Maybe taken independently of 112or 110.112 and 113may be taken in either order, or maybe takenin the sameterm for the student to progress more rapidly to other courses. Computers for Economics and Business (See under Business) Internship Lower Division Internship. Elements of Mathematical Economics Economic concepts explained using mathematics as a tool. Examples from finance, management, and marketing are also examined. (Prereq.: ECO 113) Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business) Topics Lectures, discussions, meeting with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economics problems and policies. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures;the impact of fiscalpolicy on economic activity; debt policy and its economicimplications. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113. Fall) Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq.: ECO 112, Fall) Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq.: ECO 113) Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113) Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasisis onapplications, whichare taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventorymodels, informationsystems, etc. (Prereq.: ECO 313. Spring) International Trade and Finance A study of the underlying forces affecting the economic relations among nations. Development of the basis for international trade; balance of payments; exchange rate systemsand commercialpolicy. (Prereq.: ECO 112,113 or consent of instructor) Internship Program A student may receive course credits through an Internship program which is applicableto graduation, but not to the major. This program will afford the student the opportunity to spend one full term working with some organization. In addition, the student will writeareport onhis/her activities. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Labor Economics Analysis of labor markets; labor as a factor of production; determination of wage collective bargaining; labor legislation and effects upon society. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor. On demand) Welfare Economics Basic concepts and propositions; Pareto optimality, economic efficiency of alternative market structures; social welfare functions; normative concepts of economic theory. (Prereq.: ECO 313 or consent of instructor) Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and correspondingpractices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq.: BUS 279, ECO 313. Spring) 416 479 495 499 Mathematical Economics Mathematical economics with emphasis on the application of mathematical tools to the areas of micro and macro economictheory. (Prereq.: EC0312,313 and at least MAT 122or equivalent or consent of instructor. On demand) Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business) Topics Lectures, discussions, meetings with members of the staff or visiting faculty regarding research methodology and current national and international economic problems and policies. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Independent Study The student may earn Independent Study credits through individually supervised projects designed to afford him/her the opportunity to analyze some topic or issue in depth. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) V Chemistry Department (CHM) Chemistry is the science of the changes in matter, examining those changes and working toward an understanding of them. Correlating the results of physics and opening the vistas of molecular biology, chemistry has been described as the central science, since matter includes the entire physical world such as the things we use, the food we eat and even ourselves. Chemists as scientists must be well versed in the science of chemistry, knowledgeable in fact and theory for solving scientific problems, capable of providing a public understanding of their work including potential problems as well as benefits. Chemists as people must be broadly educated in order to understand themselves and their society. The liberal arts core of religion, humanities, the arts and the social sciences is imperative if a chemist is to be truly human and therefore truly scientific. The Department is on the List of Approved Schools of the American Chemical Society, and offers a chemistry major which meets the chemistry background required by many fields. Consonant with these ideas, the Department of Chemistry has established the followingobjectives to help its students develop into mature scientists. To provide a course of study of sufficient rigor and depth to enable our graduates who complete our ACS chemistry major to complete successfully with their peers of similar ability in graduate school or research positions. To provide programs of study for professional goals in addition to the traditional positions as chemists. To provide an atmosphere of learning so that students will want to remain lifelong learners thereby remaining competent in their field however that may change after graduation, and be able to move into new areas as opportunities arise. To encourage students to take a broad view of their education and to seriously study areas outside of the sciences; and To present the excitement of chemistry to non-science majors as an example of the methodology of the natural sciences in examining the world around us. The presentation of major concepts underlying the changes in matter, the opportunity to examine change in the physical world, and the reflection of the implications of science in our society will enhance the ability of non-science persons to make better value judgments concerning science questions in their own endeavors. Chemistry Faculty: Earl R. Alton (Chairperson), Arlin E. Gyberg, John R. Holum, Joan C. Kunz Graduation Major (Bachelor of Arts) in Chemistry: 115,116, (or 105,106) 351,352, 353, 361, 363 and 1 additional course from 364 and 365, 464, 481, 483, or Biochemistry.Participationin seminar; PHY 121,122;MAT 124,125.SinceUpper Division courses have mathematics and physics prerequisites, students should plan to take MAT 124, 125 in the freshman year and PHY 121, 122 in the sophomore year. Teaching Major: Chemistry Major (for licensure in Physical Science): Recommendation for licensure in Physical Science requires General Chemistry (115,116 or 105,106); CHM 351,352,353,361,363,491; 1advanced course. PHY 121,122 and 2 additional physicscourses;ModernPhysics and Electronics arerecommended. Students are advised to consult with the Education Department early in their planning. Pre-Medical Chemistry Major: The same as the graduation major. In addition, medical schools expect at least 2 courses (and usually more) in biology. Students should consult members of the ChemistryDepartmentfor assistancein planning a course program early in their college career. Bachelor of Science: Persons completing the ACS major and meeting the graduation requirements of the College shall be awarded the degree Bachelor of Sdence. American Chemical Society Approved Major (Bachelor of Science): 12 courses including 115,116 (or 105,106) and a31 chemistry courses above 350 (excepr 399, 497,4991, Chemistry Seminar participation; MAT 124,125,224; PHY 321,122 (which should be taken during khe sophomoreyear). Reading abilityinGerman equivalent to 2 semesters and computer proficiency are also required. Modern Physics, additional mathematics and research experience are recommended. Honors Major: Full ACS mapr; average of 3.5 in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, 3.0 overall; 1summer or course of approved research; participation in seminar. Minor: 5 courseswhich must include 115,116 (or 105,106),353and 2 other chemistry courses from 351,352,361 or BIO 367. Note: Credit willnot be granted for both 105and 115, or for both 106and 116.Other restrictions are in course descriptions. Most courses in this Department have prerequisites, coursesthat must be completed before enrolling in the given course. A prerequisite must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count. Otherwise, permission of the instructor is necessary. These requirements also must be met when using the first term of a two-term course in registering for the second term. Placement in 105 or 115is determined by the score on the Mathematics Placement Examination: 105 requires Group I1 placement; 115 requires Group 111placement. High school chemistry is a prerequisite for 115. 105,106 Principles of Chemistry Sornwhat less rigomus than 115,1116;designed e s p d y for students who will not major in chemistry, although students may go from 106 to 352,353. Conceptsand laws underlying chemistry illustrated by a variety of examples including organic and environmental systems, (3 one-hour lectures,3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: Math Placement Group II. 105, Fall;106, Spring) 109,110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamental principles of general, organic and biolopcal chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing(includingAugsburg'sUpper Division Progmm), inhalation therapy, histotechnology, physical education, and others. Open also to students in the humanities and social scisciences. Erst term,general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Second term, organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human physiological chemistry. (3 onehour lectures, 2 hours of laboratory. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Credit cannot be earned for both 109and 105or 115, nor can credit be earned for both 110and 351. Prereq.: High school chemistry within the last 3 years. Weekend College) 115,116 General Chemistry An intensive course for premedical students and future chemists. First semester includes chemical equations and calculations, energetics, and bonding theory with examples from inorganic chemistry. The second emphasizes equilibrium and solution chemistry including kinetics and electrochemistry. (3 one-hour lectures, 3 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: High school chemistry, Math Placement Group 111.115, Fall; 116, Spring) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 223 Elementary Organic Chemistry This onesemester course is designed for students whose professional goals require some background in organic chemistry but not the rigor of the yearlong organic course. As a survey course, topics covered will include synthesis, properties, and reactionsof selected aliphatic and aromatic compounds. This course will not count to ward a Chemistry Major, nor will credit be given for this courseif Chemistry351-352is taken, nor does it fulfillthe prerequisite requirement forChemistry352.Credit cannotbe given forchemistry110 and Chemistry 223, nor does Chemistry223 meet Biochemistryrequirements for other programs. (Prereq.: 106or 116.Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Offered Term 11) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 351,352 Organic Chemistry Important classes of organic compounds with special emphasis on mechanisms and multi-step synthesis. Descriptive material is correlated by means of modern theories of chemical bonds, energyrelations, and reaction mechanism; many applications of organic chemistry to biological, environmental and industrial fields. (3 one-hour lectures, 1four-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116; 351, Fall; 352, Spring) 353 Quantitative Analytical Chemistry Covers gravimetric and volumetric analysis and solution equilibrium in detail and gives an introduction to electrochemicaland spectrophotometric techniques of analysis. The laboratory involves quantitative analysis of a variety of samples, and includes trace analysis. (3 hours of lecture, 1fourhour laboratory. Prereq.: 106 or 116. Fall) 361,364 Physical Chemistry Thebasictheoretical concepts of chemistry:thermodynamics,kinetics, quantum theory, and states of matter are studied in the first semester. Applications of these conceptsto areas of molecular structure, equilibriaand electrochemistry in the second semester. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 106 or 116; PHY 121,122; MAT 124,125.361, Fall; 364, Spring) 363,365 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (112course each) Physical Chemistry Laboratory introduces students to techniques of data collection and experimental application of concepts presented in Physical Chemistry lecture. 363 is to be taken the first half of the Spring semester and involves experiments related to 361.365 is to be taken the second half of the semester by all persons taking 364, except that special students may ask the Department for exemption. Internship Opportunity for off-campus experiences as a chemist. Cooperative Education is also an option for majors. Junior standing. Advanced Organic Chemistry Organized around the problems of identifying organic compounds in the laboratory. Lecture topics include structure-spectracorrelationsfor IR, UV, NMR, and mass spectroscopy;use of the literature (includingBeilstein); and further study of organic reactions. Infrared, nuclear magneticresonance, and ultraviolet spectra routinely used. (3hours of lecture, 6 hours of laboratory. Prereq.: 352,353,361 or consent of instructor; some reading knowledge of German. Fall) Advanced Analytical Chemistry Emphasis upon advanced equilibrium theory and principles of atomic and molecular spectroscopy as applied to analytical methods as well as chromatographicand electroanalyticaltechniques of analysis. (3hourslecture, 1four and one-half-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 353, 361, or consent of instructor. Spring) Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Correlation of inorganic reactions using the electrostatic, valence bond, and molecular orbital models. Coordination chemistry is discussed in terms of ligand field theory. The laboratory involves preparations of inorganic compounds using a variety of techniques. (3 one-hour lectures, 1 three-hour laboratory. Prereq.: 352,361, or consent of instructor. Fall) Quantum Chemistry Presents quantum theory in terms of Schrodinger's wave equation and uses the equation to solve the problems of the harmonic oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Approximate solutions are introduced and used to develop molecular orbitaltheory for molecules. Includes commutators,electron spin, angular momentum and group theory. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 361 or consent of instructor. Spring) Chemistry Seminar This seminar, which has no course credit, is a weekly meeting of chemistry majors under the direction of the Augsburg Chemistry Society. Juniors and seniors are expected to participate, with seniors presenting papers. Outside visitors are also invited to participate. Introduction to Chemistry Research Chemistry majors pla~ingresearch careersneed research experiencebefore graduation. Such experience may be obtained by working on a summer research project in the Department (not counted as a course) or by research participation during the academicyear (which may be counted as a course). Cooperative Education is an excellent opportunity to be involved in industrial research projects. (Junior standing) Independent Study Chemistry majors who are interested in non-laboratory research such as theoretical or historical chemistry may pursue their interest via Independent Study. (Junior standing) V East and Southeast Asian Studies Khin Khin Jensen, Director + Program Options Major or minor in East Asian Studies through Augsburg and the other Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC). This is an intercollege, interdepartmental program which provides a foundation for careers in international business, government, teaching, global ministries, work with social and recreational agencies, or graduate study. Two years of Japanese are taught on one of the five ACTC campuses, or Augsburg students may take Chinese courses at Hamline University. There also is a contractual arrangement with the University of Minnesota East Asian Studies Department for Chinese and Japanese language courses. Opportunities for language study abroad are available in Japan, China, Taiwan, Korea, Hong Kong and Singapore. Summer institutes are available in the People's Republic of China and in the U.S. See the Director for information and procedure to register for any of these courses or travel. Non-majors in the program are eligible to take the Chinese or Japanese language courses, which may be taken for distribution requirement. Major in East Asian Studies: 10 courses, including 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Chinese or Japanese, or equivalent competencies;2 muss in History,-2 courses in culturaI specializationor comparative studies; and 2 courses from a list of appmved electives.Major coursesmust have the written approval of the Director of the program. Minor in East Asian Studies: 5courses, including 2 courses (1year) of basic college Chinese orJapan- or equivalent competenaes;l courseinhistoryofEastAsia;and 2 Upper Division coursesin cultural specialization from a list of approved electives. Minor courses must have the written approval of the Diseaor of the p r o p . Minor in East and Southeast Asian Area Studies is an area concentration at Augsburg College that does not include a language component. It is designed to be useful for a variety of careers when combined with other majors. Minor in East and Southeast Asian Studies: 5 courses, 2 from HIS 322,323,324; 1 from PHI 355, REL 356, SOC 336; 1from HIS 474, POL 351,363,382; and 1from HIS 226,399,495,499. HIS 104 is strongly recommended. Note: Interim courses related to the East and Southeast Asian Studies program may be substituted when appropriate, with the consent of the Director. Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century (See under History Department) Directed Study (See Director of pmgram) Modern Southeast Asia (See under History Department) Modern China (See under History Department) Modem Japan (See under Histoj Department) Communist Political Systems (See under PoliticalScienceDepartment,ComparativePoliticsand Analysis) Communist Foreign Policies (See under Political Science Department, International Politics) Marxist Visions: Past, Present, and Future (See under Political Science Department, Political Theory and Analysis) Internships (See Director of program for guidelines to apply for an Internship) The World and The West (See under History Department) Seminar (See Director of program) Independent Study (See Director of program for guidelines) Economics (ECO) See Business Administration and Economics V Education Department I M- ~ Students interested in attaining teacher licensure or developing a background in education as a base for advanced study in other careers will find opportunities in the Department of Education. Professional Education combines the study of theory with practice, and field experiences are an essential part of the course offerings. The location of Augsburg College is particularly advantageous for field experiences because of the wide variety of public, private and special schools in the Twin Cities. The career that first comes to mind for graduates of teacher education programs is classroom teaching. Augsburg graduates are found in many classrooms within the Twin Cities area. In addition, they provide educational services in classrooms across the nation and in some foreign countries. The teacher education program coupled with the liberal arts program serves as a solid base for graduate education. Some teaching fields require graduate work beyond the initial license in either elementary or secondary education. Not all graduates choose to teach in school settings. Teacher education graduates are also found in business, working in managerial, sales, production, and service areas. As of April 1,1988, all persons are required to have taken basic competency tests (prescribed by the Minnesota Board of Teaching) in reading, writing skills and mathematics prior to beginning Upper Division courses. Licensure in Elementary Education is available both through day school and Weekend College. Selected secondary education programs are also available in Weekend College. Fl Education Faculty: Mary Endorf (Chairperson), Sheldon Fardig, Ann Fleener, Rich Germundsen, Kathy Heikkila, Lynn Lindow, Marie McNeff, Karen Morgan, Vicki Olson, Lauretta Pelton, Mary Jo Stump + Elementary Education (EDE) Mary Endorf, Coordinator Kindergarten-Elementary Major and Licensure Requirements: 255,341,351,352, 381,382,383,384,386,387,481,482,483; HPE 114,115; S W K 260; a college level mathematics course; academicminor (major recommended). For persons taking their first Education courses in the Fall of 1989 or later, 1additional 1/2 course will be required: EDE 388 Human Relations. If those persons also desire kindergarten licensure, EDE 375: Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten will alsobe required. GPA of 2.5 overall and 2.5 in major and academicminor and grades of P in student teaching courses required h r licensure as well as mhimum grades of 25 in d Education courses; fulfill quiremen ts of M i m e sota Board of Teaching 5 MCAR 3,041 in Ruman Relations. The prafessional semester for juniors for 198849wdlincluds 341,352,381,382,384,386, and 387 (341,381,382,383,384,386,387 are1/2 courses.) Beginningin the fall of 1989,professional semester for juniors will include: 352, 375,381,382,384,386, and 387. Acceptance into the AugsbuxgEducationhprtment Limsurel7mgmnis a n+ quired prerequisiteto the professional semester.The criteria for accepmce into the Department Licensure Program are available in the Education Department. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 255 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession and opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: sophomore standing or above) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295,495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in educationthat are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Lower Division Independent Study. 341 Media Technology (11 2' course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teaching/learning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. (Fall, Spring 198889, Interim 1989-90 and after) 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the reading and the diagnosisand correctionof reading difficulties. (Fall, Spring) Creating Learning Environments: Kindergarten-Elementaryand Field Experience The study of strategies and methods of teaching and Ieaming in the contexts of educational, psychologiml and sociological theories. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizationsis required. (Pmq.:255orED5265 or consent of instructor. FA,Spring) Discovery Learning In the World of Kindergarten (112 course) Study and utilbtion of a variety of techniques and murces far teaching kindergarten. (Required for all persons d n g kindergarten licensurewho take their first Education course in the Fall of 1989 or later. Concurrent registration with 352. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art, Music (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art and music taught at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education, Health (112 course) Eminatianand prepmition of materials and resourcesfor physical educatian and health at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Pmq.: 255 or IDS 265. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-ElementaryCurriculum: Social Studies, Science (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies and science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature, (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementarylevels.Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring) Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (112 course) Examination and preparation of materials and mourcesfor language arts at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Laboratory experiences. (Prereq.: 255 or EDS 265, concurrent registration in 352. Fall, Spring) Human Relations (112 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of commmicationW q u w , and of the major minority gmups in Minnesota for the dwloprnent of interpersonal relations skills appLicabIetoteaching and other pmfessiod vocations.Open to all. Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience.A learningcontract must bedeveloped and must have Education faculty approval. School and Society (See Secondary Education) ,482,483,484 Student Teaching Kd and Seminar Observingand facilitatinglearningat the kindergartenand elementarylevels under the supervisionof collegeand elementaryschoolpersonnel. Member- 491 498 499 ship in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students must apply to Student Teach at least 3 months prior to enrolling for the courses. Four courses in student teaching (481, 482, 483 and 484) are recommended unless otherwise advised by the Education Department. (Fmeq.:All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of the Department for an exception. Admission into the Education Department Limnsure kagmm and admission for Student Teaching) Practicum and Seminar in Special Education (See Special Education) Independent Shrdy (1/2 come) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). Independent Stady Opportunity for advanced and specialized research prows not otherwise provided for in the Departmental curriculum.A projected promust be o u t l i d and approved by the kindagartenetementaryeducation faculty. + Secondary Education (EDS) Mary Endorf, Coordinator Itistherespnsibilityof eachshldenttomeetaZ1speaficrquitmentsof~e Education Department. Secondary Education students are advised ta consult UTith Education faculty regarding state requirements for teacher ficensure, in addition to confemng with the student's major field adviser. Licensure Requ3ements of thestateof hrlinnesata for teachingin serondaryschcaIs are met through the Augsburg College Education Department Liensure Frogram: Baccalaureatedegree; amdeaic major in anapproved teaching area;265, 334,388,478, methods course(sS in major area, 48l,482 (and 483 for Art, Music, and Physical Education teaching majors); HPE 114, 115; PSY 105; GPA of 2.5 overall, 2.5 in a11 education courses, 2.5 in academic major and P in student teaching. Applicationfor and acceptance into the Augsburg Licensure Program required. Criteria for admission to the program are available in the Education Department. Art, Music and Physical Education Licensure: A person preparing for licensure in one of these areas follows the secondary education program even though he or she plans to teach at the elemenfaq school leveL A person with a major in one of these special areas will take three courses instudent teaching and do some studentteaching at both the secondaryand elementarylevels. Inaddidon to 334, the arkmajor will register for 361,362; the physical educationmajor for 365; and the music major for 355. Art and physial education teacher education programs lead to licensure for g r a d s K-12. Music teacher educatjon pmgrams lead to licensureinthe following m s : 1-Band (K-12)and classmrn music (5-12); 2-Orchestra K-12) and classrmm music 6-12};3-Vocal and classroom music (K-9); or 4 V 4 and classroom music (5-12). Foreign Language Licensure: For foreign language teachers (French, German, Spanish), see Major Department for information on the required competency exams. Teaching in the Minor Field: Minnesota State Rule provides for restricted teaching in selected fields in which a person has received a minor. Students must be accepted into the Education Department Licensure Program, take the minor subject area methods course, and student teach in the minor area to receive licensure or be recommended for an endorsement by Augsburg College. The Professional Term. School and Society and Student Teaching are taken jointly in one full-time term in professional education. Attendance at special afternoon or evening seminars is also required. All students are expected to be involved full-time in the activities of the professional term. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 265 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting and Field Experience Investigatesvarious aspects of the teaching profession, with opportunity for in-school work. Open to all students. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Sophomore standing) 282 Introduction to Special Education (See Special Education) 295,495 Topics in Education Study of selected topics in educationthat are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be announced. 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 341 Media Technology (U2 course) (See Kindergarten-Elementary Education) (Fall, Spring 1988-89. Interim beginning 1989-90) 350 Reading in the Content Areas (112 Course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education. Upper Division. (Fall, Spring) 354 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary and Field Experience The mastery of theories and their applicationfor teaching inlearning settings. Laboratory experiences. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: 265, PSY 105. Fall, Spring) 355 Music Methods (K-12) Trends and issues in music education. The development of music skills and teaching procedures for school music K-12. Workshopsand laboratory experience. (Spring) 356,357,358 Music Methods: Brass and Percussion, Woodwinds, Strings (U2 course each) Study and application of instructional methods, materials, and techniques. 361 Art Methods (Elementary and Junior High School) Procedures, materials and issues relatingto the teaching of art in the elementary, middle, and junior high schools. For art teaching majors only. (Fall) Art Methods (Senior High School) (112 course) Procedures, materials and issues relating to the teaching of art in the senior high school. (To be taken concurrently with 361.Fall) English Methods Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Spring) (Prereq.: EDS 354: Creating Learning Environments) Physical Education Methods (K-12) (See Physical Education Department) Foreign Language Methods (112 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department) Natural Science Methods (lI2 course) Course structures,goals, and procedures in science education.Consideration of ability levels of students. Survey and assessment of classroom textbooks and materials. Development of a file of teaching materials and references. Consult with the Education Department. Social Studies Methods (112 course) Introduction to the teaching of social sciencesand history in secondaryschool classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum develop ment. Consult with the Education Department. Speech and Theatre Arts Methods (lI2 course) The teaching of basic speech, interpretative reading, discussion, and theatre and the directing of co-curricular speech and theatre activities. (Spring) Mathematics Methods (112 course) Study of the basic techniques and materials for teaching secondary school mathematics, and the consideration of trends and issues in mathematics education. Consult with the Education Department. Human Relations (112 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skillsapplicableto teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. Internship The student may select from a variety of situations for professional work experience.A learning contract must be developed and must have education faculty approval. Health Methods (SeeHPE 410Administrationand Supervisionof the SchoolHealth Program) School and Society Emphasis on p i n t s of view about the role of school in modern scoiety and final theoretical preparation to approach student teaching. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq.: Senior standing; concurrent registration with 481,482,483,or 484) ,482,483,484 Student Teaching and Seminar Observingand directing learning at the secondarylevel under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. Three courses recommended of all majors and required of Art, Music, and Physical Education majors. Four courses required of double majors. (Concurrent registration with 478) 498 499 Independent Study (112 course) Study of specific areas in education as determined by candidate seeking licensure in a teaching area. May be taken more than once for credit (by permission). Independent Study h not otherwise Opportunity for advanced and speciakd r ~ c projects provided for in the Departmental curridurn. A projerted program must be outlined which meets the approval of education faculty. + Special Education (EDE, EDS) Mary Endorf, Coordintaor Minor: Minimum of 6 courses (282,491;PSY 351,357; 1coursechosenfrom HPE 354, MUS 110 (Interim)or 395, PSY 362, EDS 385 (Interim), or SWK 304 (CHR); and 1course chosen from LIN 289, PSY 352 or 359, or EDS 388. BIO 103 is recommended as an additional course. 282 Introduction to Special Education Introduction to the field of special education. An examination of the nature, c a m , and educational intenentione for such exceptionalities as mental r e tardation, physicat disability, hearing and vision impairment, learning disabilities, behavior disordersand giftedness. (Spring) 491 Practicum and Seminar in Special Education A supervised field placement in a facility for an exceptional population plus on-campus seminar. (Prereq.: Completion of courses for special: education minor or consent of instructor. Students planning to take this course should consult with the Special Education Coordinator about a placement prior to registering for the course. Fall) V Engineering Ken Erickson, Adviser Augsburg College has cooperative arrangements with three universities to allow the student to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and an engineering degree from either the University of Minnesota Institute of Technology, Minneapolis; Washington University School of Engineering and Applied Science, St. Louis, Missouri; or Michigan Errcause of the special T~hnologicalUniversiky, Houghton, requirements and opportunities of these programs, early consultation with the Augsburg Engineering Adviser is necessary. Applications for thew programs require the recommendation of the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. + University of Minnesota The Institute of Technology and Augsburg cooperative arrangement provides for two dual degree engineering programs: Bachelor of k W a c h e l a r of Engineering CB.A./BB.l enables students to r ~ e i vaeBachelor of Arts degree from AugsburgCollege and a Bache10r of Enginewing degree from the University of Minnesota. The program typically involves three years at Augsburg and two years at the Institute of Technology. Studentsmay apply for the program afses completing thesophomoreyear. At that time, they will 'be informed of their status in the program and any further conditions necessary for find acceptance into the program- Formal application to the Institute of Technology may be completed during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Ba&eJ.or of Arts/Master of Engineering (BJVM.EF enables students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Master of Engineering degree from the University of Minnesota. This program involves four years at Augsburg and, typically, two years at the Institute of Technology. The curriculum is the same as the B.A./B.E. curriculum with the addition of several extra courses that are completed at Augsburg during the senior year to mininizethe numberof undergraduatecourses, if any, that students must take at the University kfore proceeding through the graduate curriculum.The n u d m of such murses varies by IT department and area of emphasis within a department. Application for admission into the B.A/ME. program should be initiated during the second semester of the junior year at Augsburg. Formal application for the program may be completed daring the senior year. Those admitted will receive special counseling from the Institute of Technology staff regarding courses that should be taken during the senior year at Augsburg. Participants in the B.A./M.E. program are not guaranteed admission to the Institute of Technology. + Washington University (Three Year Plan) + Michigan Technological University (Dual Degree Plan) These programs enable students to receive a Bachelor of Arts degree from Aupbutg and a Bachelor of Enpeering degree from Washington University School of Engineeringand Applied Science or Michigan Technological University in a five-year period. The first h r e e years are spent at Augsburg foIIowed by two years at the affiliated university. Studentsacceptedinfo the program will be consided foradmission to theen@eringxhooI if they willcompletecourserequire- ments, have the requisite cumulative grade point average, and are recommended by the Engineering Adviser of Augsburg College. Students are also encouraged to exploreopportunitiesfor graduate work at Washington University and h4ichigan Tecl-tnological University. Further information on these and other graduate programs is available from the Augsburg Engineering Adviser. Financial Aid: Students receiving financial aid who are partidpants in these dual d e g r e programs will be encouraged to apply to the engineering school of their choice for continuing support. Their applications will be evaluated using need and academic performance as aiteria. Minimum Course Requirements for Admission to the Dual Degree orThree-Two Programs: CHM 115,116;CSC 170;ENG 111;MAT 124,125,224,226; PHY 121, 122;additional courses to meet general education requirements and a total of 27 courses at Augsburg. Normally MAT 124,125 and PHY 121,122are taken in the freshman year. Students interested in Chemical Engineering also should take CHM 351,352. e 7 - - @ -a, ., -.r V English Department (ENG) . 3 ...-. Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas, and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through the study of English we see life's complexity, experience life as others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and ~ o l o g y , English is concerned with individual and group khavior. With philo* phy, English is interested in ideas and in the relation between meaning and language. With dence, English is interested in discovering order and det crmining structures. With speech and ~ommunications,English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. The Augsburg English Department integrates its program with the cultural opportunities of this vital urban area. Augsburg students can walk to assigned or recommended plays, films, a n d readings available near the campus. English majors have the opportunity to use and refine their skills through Internships on a n d off campus, tutoring in the Writing Lab, or participating in the Co-op Ed Program. Students with a n Augsburg English major pursue careers i n elementary, secondary a n d college education, journalism, government, law, the ministry, library science, medicine, advertising, public relations, publishing, writing, and other professions a n d businesses. English majors may start o n a slightly lower rung of the career ladder than those with more specialized training, but will move to higher rungs more quickly because of their broad background, their skill in analysis, a n d their superior communication skills. Skills i n reading perceptively and writing effectively enhance a n y career and make life more enjoyable and understandable. English Faculty: Catherine Nicholl (Chairperson), Barbara Andersen, Joseph Bodziock, Cathleen Dalglish, David Garrison, Douglas Green, Joan Griffin, John Mitchell, Ronald Palosaari, Kathryn Swanson Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; 1 course in American literature; 1 course in Western literary tradition (271 or 272); and 3 courses in British literature, 1on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and 1that surveys a number of writers (336,337,423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their Departmental adviser regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English Department should also work closely with an adviser in the Department. Note: Transfer students must take at least three of their English courses at Augsburg. English-Language Arts Teaching M a j o ~10 courses, including those listed under the major, a coursein the English language, and an Internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a cornpanent in non-Western literature. In addition, the ACTC courses CommunicationSkillsin the EnglishClassroomand Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Students are encouraged to take courses toward their major during the freshman and sophomore years, and apply for teacher education not later than the spring of their sophomore year. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as the requirements for the major. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, submit program to Department Chairpersonby October 15 in senior year for Department approval. Submit paper to Departmentby April 20 and defend it before facultycommittee. Honors project may be an Independent Study program. Minor: 5 courses above 111, including at least 2 literature courses, 1 of which must be in British literature, and 1 writing course above the freshman level. Note on Concentration: In addition to meeting requirements for the major, English majors may, if they wish, develop an area of emphasis, such as British concentration, American concentration, world literature concentration, or writing concentration.A student arranges a concentrationby careful selection of electives in the major, by the design of an Independent Study course that applies to the concentration, and by the selection of some related courses outside the Department. English majors should work closely with their advisers in developing a concentration. Interim courses, special courses, and courses at other ACTC schools will often fit well into a concentration. The English Placement Test: A writing sample is required of students who score 19 or below on the verbal section of the ACT test or 78 or below on the verbal section of the PSAT tests. Also required of students who have not taken either the ACT or PSAT. Students who do not show competence in composition skills such as stating and supporting a thesis, organizing clearly, and constructing paragraphs and sentences are required to enrollin Developmental Writing in which they will receive more individual instructionthan is possible in Effective Writing. These students must pass Developmental Writing before enrolling in Effective Writing. Note on Prerequisites: 111is strongly recommended but not a prerequisite for a Lower Division literature course. Prerequisite for an Upper Division course is successful completion of a Lower Division literature course or consent of the inshctor. Developmental Writing A preparatory coursefor EffectiveWriting required of students identified by a writing sample (the English Placement Test) as needing additional preparation in composition. Students write short papers based on their own observations, experiences, and thoughts. P/N grading only. Students receive a course credit, but this does not fulfill the graduation requirement in writing. 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing, and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. 217,218 English as a Second Language (ESL) Consistent, repeated work on pronunciation, vocabulary and American idioms, grammar and sentence patterns make up a major part of these courses. In-class drills and exercises, assignments, and sessions with ESL tutors are means for students to improve oral skills and to increase their fluency. Understanding spoken American English, speaking, reading college-level materials, and writing are the skills emphasized in these two courses. Testing will determine placement in these courses, and testing, as well as other course work, will determine whether the ESL requirement is met. These courses are graded either P/N or 2.0-4.O/N. Students will con101 tinue in 218 until the requirement is completed. By successfully completing the courses, students will be exempted from the foreign language requirement. Writing f o r Business and the Pmfessions A practical course designed toimprove writing skillsfor those preparing for business and professional careers.Thewriting of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq.: 111) Intermediate Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq.: 111) Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of the course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping, drama, and creative prose. Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and t e l e vision as well. Students will consider how to recognizenews, how to gather and verify facts, and how to write those facts into a news story or news feature. The course will cover basic copy preparation and editing practices and include an introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq.: 111) Introduction to Cinema Art An investigationof the artistic qualitiesand the historical development of the film medium. The courseincludestheviewing and discussingof both feature length and short films. (Spring) Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developingcritical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysisof some significantworks of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the 20th century. Some non-Western works will be included. European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanesand Ovid's Metamorphoses.Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. (Fall) European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modem Period Study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modem period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. (Spring) Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Contemporary Poetry and Women and Fiction. Directed Study Independent study for Lower Division credit. Advanced Journalism Interviewing and Editing Emphasisis placed first on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the course will concentrateon editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There willalso be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prereq.: 227. On demand) British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. Milton and His Age A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose. In addition the Renaissance literary tradition out of which Milton created his works will be examined. (Alternateyears 1989-90) British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. (Fall) British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the 19th century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. (Spring) Advanced Expository Writing Designed for the self-motivated writer, the course will emphasize the conventions of professional writing, including appropriate styles, voice, subjects, and techniques for gathering information. By the end of the course, the student will be expected to write reliable reports and articles of publishable quality. (Prereq: 225 or consent of instructor) Advanced Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to help the experienced student improve creativewriting ina single genre, as announced in theclass schedule. (Prereq: 226 or consent of instructor on the basis of submitted work) American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. 399 423 438 498 499 Internship The Department offers on-campus Internships in teaching writing and ESL, and various off-campus Internships. Interested students should consult the Department Chairperson. Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its 18th century beginnings up to the 20th century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, Bront$ Thackeray, Eliot, and Hardy. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergenceby the 20th century as the dominant literary form. (Alternate years, 1988-89) Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays -comedies, histories, tragedies -with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of Department Chairperson. Ppvidesdirected Independent Study which makes use of the resources of Augsburg's urban location, such as theaters, poetry readings, and writers' groups. Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of Department Chairperson. Provides directed Independent Study in the area of the student's choice. V First Year Experience (FYE) Patricia Parker (Associate Academic Dean), Diane Pike The initial months after entering college as a freshman are a period of transition. The faculty and staff wish to assist students to make the transition to being a college student successfully and to help them become part of this academic community. Students are introduced to the character of the College, its heritage as an urban liberal arts college of the church, the process of learning in a community where ideas are valued and treated seriously, and the logistics of being a college student. The First Year Experience (FYE) is composed of four parts: Summer Registration, Fall Orientation, FYE Seminars, and FYE Interim Term Courses. Participation in the Fall Orientation program and in the FYE Seminars is required of all students who begin Augsburg College as freshmen in the day schedule program. Students who meet the requirement satisfactorily by attendance at and participation in an FYE Seminar will receive a notation of a passing (P) grade for FYE 005 on their official transcript. Students without a P for FIE 00.5 will not be permitted to graduate with an Augsburg degree. 005 FYE Seminar A series of fall term meetings with an FYE faculty adviser to discuss issues related to becoming an active member of the Augsburg College community of learners. Discussion will be based upon readings from a variety of disciplinesand sources collected in The Augsburg Anthology. (P/N grading only; evaluation based on attendance and participation) V Foreign Language Department The Foreign Language Department at Augsburg College contributes in many ways to realizing the College's mission of providing liberal arts education for service in today's world. The Department is committed to the view that education should go beyond career preparation. So viewed, foreign language study goes beyond the development of new cornmunications skills to foster an abiding awareness that the splendid diversity of human languages, literatures, and cultures represents a rich historic legacy developed in different ways by many nations to be shared by all in common. The Departmental faculty believe that familiarity with the language and culture of another people is an essential step in the development of global perspective and hence is indispensable in the education of Augsburg students. The Foreign Language Department offers language, literature, and culture courses in French, German, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Courses in Chinese, Japanese, Latin, and Greek are available to Augsburg Students through the College's affiliation with ACTC, a consortium of Twin Cities colleges. A special perspective on language is also available to Augsburg students in the linguistics courses offered by the Foreign Language Department. Linguistics goes beyond the study of individual languages to investigate the general principles which operate in and shape all languages and in this way the study of linguistics affords the student a unique view of one of the most intriguing and central facetsof the human mind. Foreign language skills, perhaps combined with the study of linguistics, are essential in preparing for a number of careers and represent a valuable special qualification in many others. Anticipated careers in a number of fields such as foreign language teaching translation, the diplomatic corps, or international business may require a foreign language major, perhaps combined with a major in some other field. In addition, students pursuing careers in many other fields such as health care, social work, the ministry, psychology, or philosophy, to name just a few, often find that a foreign language minor and/or the study of linguistics qualifies them for special assignments in their chosen field. Foreign languages Faculty: Mary Kingsley(Chairperson),Nancy Aarsvold, Ruth Aaskov, Nancy Giguere, Mary Johnson, Angelika Rauch, Gunta Rozentals, Steve Sakai, Donald Steinmetz Placement Levels: Studentswith previous foreign language study must register in coursessuited to their levelof preparation.Placement is accordingto thenumber of high school semesters one has studied that language: 0-2 = 111;3-4 = 112; 5 6 = 211; 7 = 212; 8 = 311. Students in doubt about their placement level should consult the Chairperson. Be sure to sign placement form. Students should arrangeto take the LanguagePlacement Test if they wish to take a course above the level determined by previous studies in that language. Studentswho elect to take a coursebelow the one in which they are placed by the Department may do so, but grading must be P/N only. The Language requirement will be satisfied onlyby completion of the course in which the student was originally placed. Credit and grading for that course may be traditional. Basic Requirements: Majorsmust take4of theupper Division coursesat Augsburg College and 4 abroad. Minors must take 2 of the Upper Division courses at Augsburg College. 311 is prerequisite to all Upper Division courses. Transfer students intending to major or minor must take a minimum of 1Upper Division course per year at Augsburg. See Department facultyfor limits on nonAugsburg courses and career information. Teaching Licensure: Teacher candidates in French, German and Spanish must consult with the Department of Education for specific information and enrollment in the programas well as for information on Special Methods courses. A 3.0 averagein Advanced Conversationand Compositionis a Departmentalrequirement for teaching majors. Licensure requires successful completion of the Competency Exam. See Requirements for State of Minnesota Licensure for Teaching in Secondary Schools, under Department of Education. Honors Major: Majors seeking Departmentalhonors must apply in the junior year. Requirements: 3.3 GPA in the major, 3.0 GPA overall, and honors thesis dernonstrating ability in Independent Study for one course credit. Consult Department Chairperson for details. + Chinese (CHN) Chinese language studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language Department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director. + French @RE) Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311,312 or 411,331 or 332,350 or 355,351 or 353,450 or equivalents. Study abroad required. Minor: 4 courses above 212, including 1 in conversationcomposition, 1 in civiliiation, and 1 in literature. Interim, Summer, or Semester in France strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 Upper Division courses beyond 212, including 1 in conversationcomposition, 1 literature, 1 in civilization. Study in France strongly recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: European History, a second language, philosophy, linguistics, English literature. Also see Interim Catalog. Directed Study Conversational French, readings. Once weekly. No credit. (Spring. On demand) 111,112 Beginning French Aim to develop communication skills of understanding, speaking, reading, and writing. Through conversations, classroom practice, and readings, these courses work toward the discovery of French culture and way of life. Four class meetings per week. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. (Fall/ Spring) 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 211,212 Intermediate French Selected articles, interviews, and literary readings are the basis of practice in communication, vocabulary building, and developing greater ease in reading and writing French. Review of basic structures and grammar. Laboratory work. (Fall/Spring) 243 French Literature in Translation Major representative works of French literature are read in English translation. ~ h r o u ~individualized h background reading and class discussion, students become acquainted with artistic qualities and cultural-historical 011 significanceof these works. Sophomorestanding.Fulfillsonly literature distribution requirement. Does not count toward a French major or minor. (On demand) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Conversation and Composition Explores topics of current interest in both oral and written form to build fluency, accuracy, and facility of expression in French. Emphasis on vocabulary enrichment, grammatical refinements, effective organization of ideas. Laboratory assignments. Post-intermediate level. A prerequisite to other Upper Division courses. (Fall) French Expression A two-pronged approach to coherent and correct expression in speaking and writing. Attention to grammatical structures, French turns of phrase and elementary stylistics for business and personal use. French phonology and speech group practice, study of written models. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Spring. On demand) French Civilization: Historical Perspective A study of the diversified development of the French from their beginnings to the modern period. Special attention to cultural manifestations of French intellectual, political, social and artistic self-awareness. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) French Civilization Today Topics in 20thcentury problems, ideas. Cultural manifestations that promote understanding of Frenchspeakingpeople and their contributionto the contemporary scene. Readings, reports, extensive use of audio-visual materials and periodicals. In French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Introduction to Literahue for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Studentsapply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 353 Survey of French Literature The study of major French authors and literary movements in France, through the reading of whole literary works where possible. Lectures, discussion, oral and written reports in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Twentieth Century Literature A survey of the major French literary movements since World War I, including the novel, the theatre, poetry, the essay, and criticism. Classes, oral and written reports, and laboratory texts in French. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Internship Upper Division Internship. Advanced Conversation and Composition By means of reading, speakingand writing on topics of intellectual, social, or 450 499 political interest, the student acquires extensive training in the four skills at an advanced level. Attention to accuracy and effectiveness, characteristic levels of expression, refinements in style and organization as individual needs indicate. Provides for self-improvementand self-evaluation. Laboratory assignments. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) French Seminar: Novel, Drama, Poetry, Short Story Study in depth of a topic or genre in French literature. Student presentations in French. For advanced students.(Seealso Interim offerings. Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Independent Sttrdy Individual pursuit of a topic, movement, or genre at an advanced level. Designed to compl&ea balanced program, enhance research, or meet individual interests. In literature a mapr paper and its defense are included. (Consultationswith French teachers required. Junior standing. Fall, Interim, Spring. Subject and plan to be clarified early with study adviser) + German (GER) Major: 8 upper division courses, including 311; 411, 1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Semester in Germany required. Minor: 4 Upper Division courses, including 311 and 411. Interim, Summer or Semester in Germany strongly recommended. Teaching Licensure Minor: 5 courses beyond 212,induding 1 in conversationcomposition, I in literature, 1in dvilization, and 2 electives. All m u m must be Upper Division course. Study in Germany s~rongIyrecommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, European History, another language, English literature. 111,112 Beginning German Course 111is for students with no previous background; 112is for students who have had 111or equivalentor less than two years of high schoolGerman. Aims at developingbasic skills.Classroompractice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. 199 Internship Lower Division Internship. 211,212 Intermediate German For students with two terms (or two years high school) of previous German. Aims at developingbasic skills into working knowledge of German. Review of basic structures with emphasis on extending range of vocabulary and idiomatic expression through reading and discussion of materialsrepresenting contemporary German life and literature. (211, Fall; 212, Spring) 244 German Literature in Translation Principal works of German literature representing various periods and movements are read and discussed in English. The readings are considered not only in the particular context of German cultural history, but also discussed interms of their relevanceto perennialhuman problems. Credit for this course does not apply to a German major or minor. (Sophomorestanding. On demand) Independent Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. German Comersation and Composition Aims at developing facility in the use of grammatical structures, vocabulary and idiomatic expressions most common in colloquial German. Intensive practice in speaking is supplemented with exercisesin written composition. Fall) German Civilization and Culture I The Early Background. Follows the cultural and social development of the German-speaking peoples from the prehistorical Indo-European origins (ca. 3,000 B.C.) to the Thirty Years War (1643), with emphasis on the impact of Roman civilization, the re-emergence of German cultural self-awareness during the Middle Ages, and the intellectual and religious upheavals of the Reformation. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) German Civilization and Culture I1 Survey of significant currents of development which have shaped presentday Germany, Austria and Switzerland since the Age of Enlightenment. The contemporary scene is considered in view of its roots in the intellectual, geopolitcal, artistic and scientific history of the German-speaking peoples. In German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Introduction to Literature for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different a p proaches to literary analysis. Students apply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing and discussingselected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) German Literature through the 18th Century Brief surveyof heroic, courtly, Reformation, Baroque, Auflclarung and Sturm und Drang literature. Extensive readings and dicussions in Classic and Romantic periods. Readings in German, supplemented by lectures on the history of German literature in its cultural and geopolitcal context. Class discussions help to improve students' ability to express ideas in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) German Literature: The 19th Century Includes later Romanticism, Jung-Deutschland, poetic realism, Naturalism and Impressionism. The literary reaction to the decline of idealistic philosophy and the importance of the individual and the rise of materialism, technologyand mass man. Readingsin German. Class discussionshelp to improve students' ability to deal with concepts and express themselves in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) German Literature: The 20th Century Literary responses to the crises and upheavals of our time. Writers of international stature are discussed:Kafka, Hesse, Mam, Brecht. Readings in German with class discussions are designed to aid students' self-expression in German. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 411 451 452 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Advanced German Composition and Conversation Aims at developingand refining the student's use of German as a vehicle for expressing his or her own ideas and opinions. Emphasis on written composition including control of style. Oral practice through use of German as classroom language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Fall) German Prose Reading and discussion of German prose masterpieces from Goethe to the present. Leaures treat the development of the epic genre as a mirror of cultural and geopolitical history. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) German Drama Representative dramatic works from late 18th century to the present are discussed and read as symptomatic of perennial human concerns. Lectures treat the historical development of the drama. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. + Japanese WN) Japaneselanguage studies are possible through a contractual arrangement with the ACTC East Asian Studies Program and the University of Minnesota East Asian Language department. See East and Southeast Asian Studies Director for more information. + Linguistics 199 289 299 311 (LIN) Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. Introduction to Linguistics An introduction to linguistic analysis and general linguistic principles, with focus on linguistic universals (organizationalprinciples and features common to all languages) and psycholinguistics (inquiry in to the mechanics of language learning and the structure of the mind as revealed in language). Theoretical questions will be approached by studying samples of various languages. No prerequisite. Recommended for all language majors and minors. (On demand. ACTC) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Theories of Grammar Comparative analysis of various views of language represented in current linguistic research with the aim of illuminatingunderlying philosophical assumptions, investigational criteria, and explanatorygoals which distinguish them. The theories will be contrasted with those of adjacent disciplinessuch as anthropology, psychology, logic, and communication theory to explore ways in which each theory seeksto overcomethe inadequaciesof traditional grammar. (On demand) 399 499 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. + Norwegian (NOR) Major: 8 courses above 211, including 311,312 or 331,353,411. Study in Norway required. Minor: 4 courses above 211, including 1 in conversation-composition, 1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Study in Norway encouraged. Recommended Supporting Preparation: A second foreign language, linguistics, European history. 111,112 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. (111, Fall; 112, Spring) 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211 Intermediate Norwegian Continued conversation and composition to improve comprehension and facility of expression. Selected readings in Norwegian used as basis for class discussion and exercises. Laboratory work and some field experience expected. (Prereq.: 112 or equivalent) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Norwegian Conversation and Composition Intensive practice in spoken Norwegian with emphasis on pronunciation and original composition. Some attention given to regional variations in spoken Norwegian and to differences between the two official languages of Norway. Some laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 211 or equivalent) 312 Old Norse An introduction to the structure of Old West Norse through the study of selectionsfrom Old Norse literature. Some attention given to Old East Norse and aspects of the history of four modern Nordic languages. Knowledge of one of the latter is desired but not required. Norwegian language majors/ minors will have special assignments. (On demand) 331 Norwegian Civilization and Culhue This study of Norwegian cultural history will include significant aspects of the contemporary Norwegian society. Through extensive readings (in Norwegian as far as possible), the domesticand foreign influencesat work in the comparativelyhomogeneouspopulationof Norway willbe examined.Written and oral reports in theNorwegian language will be required along with some field work. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 350 353 399 411 499 Introduction to Literahue for Language Students Theory and practice of literary studies. A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Studentsapply the elements of theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualified students. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) S w e y of Norwegian Literature Selected readings in contemporary Norwegian literature provide a base for the study of original works from earlier periods extendingback to Old Norse literature. All genres are examined, and considerable attention is given to writings in the Nynorsk language, particularly poetry. Ledures, readings, oral and written reports are in Norwegian. (Prereq.: 311 or equivalent. Alternate years) Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. Advanced Norwegian Conversation and Composition Further intensivepractice in spoken and written Norwegian. Attention given to the other Scandinavianlanguagesand to the historical development of the Norwegian language. Laboratory work and field experience required. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. + Russian .(RUS) Two years of Russian are offered at Augsburg. Russian language studies may be continued in the ACTC Russian Area Studies Program, which requires two years of language for the major. See Russian Area Studies Campus Coordinator. 111,112 Elementary Russian A i d to developreading, writing, understanding, and conversational skills through oral classroom practice, developingease in reading, short compositions, and acquaintancewith Russian culture. Extensive use of the language lab. 211,212 Intermediate Russian Continuesdevelopingtheskillsof writing, understandingand speakingwith an added emphasis on reading. Introduction of advanced grammar topics, idioms and the study of word building in Russian. (ACTC) + Spanish (SPA) Major: 8 courses above 212, including 311,411,456 or 457,2 of 352,353,354, and either 331 or 332. Study in Spain or Latin America is required. Minoc 4 courses above 212, including 1 in conversation-composition,1 in civilization, and 1 in literature. Interim or Summer study abroad strongly recommended. Teaching Minor: 5 courses beyond 212, including 1in conversationcomposition, 1 in literature, 1 in civilization, and 2 electives. All courses must be Upper Division courses. Study in Spain or Latin America recommended. Recommended Supporting Courses: Linguistics, another language, Pre-Columbian civilization, Latin-American Area studies. Consult Department for other supporting courses in humanities. 111,112 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 211,212 Intermediate Spanish Through the reading of selected Latin American and Spanish texts which stimulate intellectualgrowth and promote cultural understanding, students review all of the basic structures of Spanish, and build conversational skills through class discussions. besigned for students with 2-4 years of high school Spanish or its equivalent. (211 Fall, 212 Spring) 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (See under Program in Global Community) 249 Selected Works of Spanish and Latin American Literature in Translation Major works of Spanish and Latin American literature representing various periods and movements are read in English translation. Through background reading and class discussion in English the student is acquainted with the salient artistic qualities and cultural-historical significance of the readings. Credit in this course does not count toward a major or minor in Spanish. Sophomore standing preferred. (On demand) 261 Spanish Language (Seeunder Metro-Urban Studies, SAUS and LISLA) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 311 Spanish Conversation and Composition Thorough oral and written practice in correct expression with the aims of fluency and facility. Enrichment of vocabulary. Laboratorywork. This course is a prerequisite for all Upper Division courses. Brereq.: 212 or equivalent. Fall) 312 Spanish Expression Intended for students who have a basic command of writing and speaking skills in Spanishand wish to expand them. Intensivepractice to improve oral and written expression with emphasis on conversational facility, stressing idiomatic usage and the finer points of grammar. Readings to stimulate discussion and broaden cultural background from contemporary literary texts and magazine articles. Conducted in Spanish. (On demand) 331 Spanish Civilization and Culhue Study of the Spanishcharacterand of Spanishcontribution to world civiliiation through historical, intellectual, literary, and artisticmovements. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Latin American Civilization and Culture A study of the cultural heritage of the Spanish American countries from the Pre-Columbian civilizations to the present. In Spanish. (Prereq.: 311 or 212, with consent of instructor. Altemate years) Introduction to Literature for Language Students 350 Theory and practice of literary studies.A theoretical component (in English) treats the basic principles of literature, Literary genres, and different approaches to literary analysis. Students apply the theory through reading, analyzing, and discussing selected works of literature. Recommended for majors and minors. Open to all qualifed students. Brereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 352,353 Survey of Spanish Literature I, I1 A study of representative authors in Spanish literature, supplemented by lectures on the literary movements and development of Spanish literature. Lectures, discussion, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor. On demand) 354 Representative Hispanic American Authors An introduction to Spanish-American literature. Lebures, discussions, written and oral reports in the language. (Prereq.:311or consent of instructor. On demand) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 411 Advanced Conversation and Composition Emphasis on increasing facility and correctness of written and oral expression through conversations, discussions, reports, debates, and written compositions and grammatical exercises. (Prereq.: 311 or consent of instructor) 332 456 Spanish Drama Study of the masterpieces of dramatic literature in Spain. Oral and written reportsin the language. Emphasison theGolden Age and the Modem Period. (Prereq.: One survey course. Altemate years) 457 Spanish Novel Studyof the outstanding novelists of the 19thand 20th century in Spain. Oral and written reports in the language. (Prereq.: One survey course. Alternate years) 499 Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. General Studies (GST) Joel Mugge and Donald Warren Some courses help to integrate learning around topics in ways which are different from the more traditional disciplines. General Studies include specialized academic enrichment programs, an integrative pro-seminar created by cooperating faculty, and offerings of the Center for Global Service and Education. 009 Cooperative Education Placement in a Co-op Education assignment, satisfactory completion of evaluation process, and participation in seminars conducted by Co-op Education staff. No course aedit. (Fall and Spring) 140,141 Introduction to the Liberal Arts (112course each) An introduction to the philosophy of the liberal arts curriculum and to the philosophy and student services available at Augsburg College. The course also focuses on improving those skills so important to academic success: reading rate and comprehension, note taking and textbook reading, time management, vocabulary, spelling, test taking, concentration and memorization, conflict management, assertiveness training, career planning, and making decisions. (140,Fall; 141,Spring) 230 Cultural Issues Seminar (See under Program in Global Community) V Global Education Programs The center for Global Education, a program of Augsburg College, is committed to education which helps citizens expand their world view and deepen their understanding of international issues. The Center believes that firsthand knowledge of other societies and cultures builds international awareness, informs debate on foreign policy, and contributes to a more just and peaceful world. Toward this end, the Center offers a variety of experiential education programs which examine the problems of international development and the dynamics of social change. A unique dimension of the Center's work is that its programs include the perspectives of the poor and disenfranchised as well as the views of decision-makers. + Program in Global Community The Center for Global Education offersa spring semester program, The Program in Global Community, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. It is an academic program that explores the history of political change, the dynamics of social justice, and the role of the church in Latin America. Students live together as a community in the Augsburg Study Center, but also with Mexican families. The semester also includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room, board and tuition at Augsburg. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish Intensive, individualized instructionfor three hours a day for six weeks of the semester. Instruction is geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director) INS 311 The Development Process This seminar focuses on specific global and interpersonal developmental processes. Particular theories of development and educational approaches are criticallyexamined. As an integrativeseminar, the courseattempts to pull together the many aspects of the overall program. The seminar provides studentsthe opportunity to reflect criticallyon their own educationalprocess as well. (Required course) GST 230 Cultural Issues Seminar This seminar consists of a series of mini-courses offered in a number of relevant topic areas related to the theme of the program. Each mini-course consists of 12 hours. Any four mini-courses fulfill the requirements of the seminar. (Either this course or HIS 347 required) HIS 347 Mexico: A Historical Perspective Four specific mini-courses together provide a rather comprehensiveview of Mexico's historical development from preColumbian times to the present day. (Either this course or GST 230 required) 299 Directed Study 499 Independent Study This preferably is in a student's major or minor discipline, developed ahead of time in consultationwith a Departmentaladviser on the home campus and the program director. The topic a student chooses should be relevant both to the discipline and the theme of global community. (Optional fourth course) REL 366 The Church and Social Change in Latin America This course focuses on the relationship of the church to poverty, political oppression and social injustice in Latin America. Central to the course is an examination of the emerging 'Theology of Liberation" as articulated by prominent Latin American theologiansas well as by people directly involved in local parishes and development projects in Cuernavaca. (Prereq.: 1course in religion or theology. Optional fourth course) + Human Services in a Latin American Context The Center for Global Education offers a fall semester program, Human Services in a Latin American Context, each year in Cuernavaca, Mexico. Throughout Latin America new models for education and human care have evolved during the last 25 years. The methodologies used attempt to teach critical thinking skills, raise people's consciousness and increase their ability to work together to change their situation. H u m a n Services i n a Latin American Context is a 3 1/2 month study program designed to introduce participants to the central issues currently facing the third world, and to focus on Latin American models of education and service and their contribution to the process of social change. These models have grown out of the sense that the achievement of basic human rights goes hand i n hand with the empowerment of individuals a n d groups to control their own lives. This semester program is co-sponsored with Pacific Lutheran University. The semester includes a trip to Central America. The cost is equivalent to full room and board a t Augsburg College. Courses are offered for credit in the disciplines as listed. SPA 216,316 Intensive Individualized Spanish (Spanish) Intensive, individualized instructionfor three hours a day for six weeks of the semester. Instructionis geared to individual competency levels and is taught by Mexican instructors. (Required course. Placement level determined by Program Director) SWK 361, SOC 271 Social Policy and Social Justice (Social Work or Sociology) Social policy related to the health, education and well-being of members of Mexican society from an historical perspective. The course will examine the distances between policy and reality, particularly for the poorest groups, the impact of international economics and politics, and movements that have emerged dedicated to bridging the gaps between needs and policies. This course, with a different set of student objectives and a differentbibliography, can be taken for social work or sociology credit. SWK 399 Internship (Social Work) A supervised learning experience in an agency setting with emphasis on acquiring an overviewof how the agency functionsand how populations are served. POL 295 Global Perspectives: The World in Change (Political Science) A survey of global issuesaffectingthe human condition in a rapidly changing and increasingly interdependent world; modernization and development; economic change and international trade; diminishing resources; war and revolution; peace and justice; cultural diversity. Emphasis on the development of a global perspectivewhich recognizes human commonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, values and priorities. EDE /EDS 412 Latin American Models of Education (Education) A comparative approach to learning some basic goals and methods of educational models being developed in Latin America. Students will apply their knowledge of educationalconceptsused in the U.S. to an understanding of basic processes employed by Latin American educators in teaching critical thinking, consciousness-raising and cooperative problem-solving. A focus throughout the course will be on exploring the transferability of these learning models to North America. V Health and Physical Education Department (HPE) Virtually all students at Augsburg College will interact at some point in their college years with the Department of Health and Physical Education. It is the philosophy of the Department to provide quality experiences in professional preparation and education for lifelong participation in physical activity. In addition, the gifted athlete as well as the occasional player will find ample opportunity for athletic and developmental activities. The Physical Education Department provides the organizational framework for a wide range of educational experiences, including several major and minor programs: general education in Physical Education (Lifetime Sports); men's and women's intercollegiateathletic programs; intramural programs for men and women; and athletic facilities for developmental and recreational activities. Department graduates have traditionally found employment in educational settings. Additional career opportunities are possible in YMCA and community services, municipal park and recreation departments, as adult fitness instructors, and in working with people with disabilities. Health and Physical Education Faculty: Richard A. Borstad (Chairperson),Carol Enke, Marilyn Pearson Florian, Paul Grauer, Alvin Kloppen, Joyce Pfaff, Edwin J. Saugestad I + Health Educatjon J Majol: 110,'11<11<, 320.35; 410; BIO 103,108,111; CHM 105or 109;PSY 105; SOC Teaching Major: Same as Health Education mapr plus 355. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Teaching Minor: 110,114,115,320 or 410; BIO 103; SOC 231. Personal and Community Health Modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied to the individual and the community. (Fall) Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. Health and Safety Education (112course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. Health and Chemical Dependency Education (112course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Human Sexuality A study of the psychological, social, and biological components of human sexuality. Open to all students. Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. School Health Curriculum Techniques for developing a course of study based upon growth and development for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. (Prereq.: All coursesin the major sequencenumbered in the 100and 200 seriesand consent of instructor) Teaching the Exceptional Child (112 course) Education of the exceptional child with special reference to the analysis of functional and organic abnormalities and the role of school health and physical education programs. (Prereq.: 350. Spring) Tests and Measurement (112course) Survey of basic statistical procedures and evaluation of tests in health and physical education. (Spring) Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. Administration and Supervision of the School Health Program Historical background, legal bases, school health services, and relationships to community health program and resources. Methods and materials in health education with laboratory experience in classroom and community. (Prereq.: 320. Odd number years, Fall, Interim) Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. + Physical J3ducation i/ J " 1J "' ' - 1 1 Major: 114,115, 3 5 4 7 ~ 5223,231; ; 232,'243,350,351,471:472,474,475; BIO 103. Teaching Licensure Major: 114,115,354,355; 223,231,232,243,350,351,365,471, 472,474,475; BIO 103. Students wishing to become licensed teachers should consult with the Education Department for requirements. Major with Specialization in Adapted Physical Education: Consult Department Chairperson for individual program planning. Minor: 114,115;223,231,232 or 472,243. Thereisno PE teaching minor inMinnesota Public Schools. Coaching Endorsement: 243,351 (Prereq.:BIO 1031,475 (Prereq.: 350), 1of 476483 (except 481), and practicum in coaching (499 is an optional method for meeting the practicum requirement). Notes: Coaches entering their first headcoaching assignment in Minnesota high schools are required to have a coaching endorsement and a current Minnesota teacher's license. 002,003 Lifetime Sports 199 223 231 232 234 243 299 350 Three hours per week. Two Lifetime Sports meet the general education requirements. (Part-time students should consult with Department Chairperson) No course credit. Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. Team Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating team sports. (Spring) Individual and Dual Sports Theory and practice in skills, teaching, and officiating individual and dual sports. (Fall) Recreational Activities and Rhythms (112 course) . Theory and practice in performing American heritage and international folk dances. Exposure to New Gamesconcepts and activities. Practice in teaching and performing selected social dances. (Interim) Outdoor Education (112 course) This course will look zt a wide variety of outdoor activitiesthat can be taught in a school setting. The following activities will be emphasized: canoeing, back-packing, cycling, outdoor cooking, campingand water safety. Students must be prepared to spend some weekends participating in these activities. (Even numbered years, Spring) History and Principles of Physical Education History, principles, and philosophy of physical education. (Spring) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Kinesiology Mechanics of movement with special emphasis upon the muscular system and analysis of movement. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Fall) Physiology of Exercise The mapr effects of exercise upon the systemsof the body and physiological principles applied to exercise programs and motor training. (Prereq.: BIO 103. Spring) Teaching the Exceptional Child (See Health Education) Tests and Measurement (See Health Education) Physical Education Methods (K-12) Procedures, materials, and issues for teaching physical education at the elementary and secondary levels. (Fall) Internship Consult Department Chairperson. Sailing in the Virgin Islands Designed for the beginning and intermediate sailor interested in learning the art and practice of sailboat cruising. The course will focus on taking the participant to a competent level of sailboat handling (anchoring, mooring, helming and crewing). (Interim) Physical Education Programming Procedures and techniques of management, leadership and decision making for physical education and interscholastic athletic programs. Curriculum analysis and preparation. (Prereq.: 243. Fall) Gymnastics (112 course) Theory and techniques of teaching gymnastics. Opportunity to teach and perform in all apparatus events and tumbling. Experience in spotting and skill analysis. (Fall) Swimming and Aquatics (112 course) Theory and practice in teaching swimming, lifesaving, and water safety. Open only to junior and senior Physical Education majors and minors. (Prereq.: Swimming competence as determined by pre-test. Fall) Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (112 course) Emphasis placed on preventing injuries. Treatment of common athletic injuries. Practical experience in taping and training-room procedures. (Prereq.: 350, Fall, .lst half of term, and even numbered years, Interim) Coaching of Football (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching football. (Odd numbered years, Fall, 1st half of term) Coaching of Basketball (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching basketball. (Odd numbered years, Interim) Coaching of Hockey (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching hockey. (Odd numbered years, Interim) Coaching of Track and Field (112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching track and field. (Odd numbered years, Spring, 2nd half of term) Coaching of BasebalYSof tball(112 course) Theory, technique and administrative aspects of coaching baseball and softball. (Odd numbered years, Spring, 2nd half of term) 481 483 499 Officiating of Basketball (112 course) Mechanics, techniques and practical experience of officiating basketball. Prepares student for certificationby the Minnesota State High School Association. (Interim) Coaching of Volleyball (112 course) Theory,technique and administrative aspects of coaching volleyball. (Odd numbered years, Fall, 1st half of term) Independent Study Directed intensivestudy in an area of physicaleducation.Open only to junior or senior majors. V History Department (HIS) History is to society what memory is to an individual; it brings to a civilization an understanding of its identity. The distinguished Medievalist J.R. Strayer expresses it this way: "No community can survive and no institution can function without constant reference to past experience. We are ruled by precedents fully as much as by laws, which is to say that we are ruled by the collective memory of the past. It is the memory of common experiences which makes scattered individuals into a community." A society's history is also a storehouse of human experiences that enables us to deal more knowledgeably with the continuities and changes in current issues. Established disciplines, as history long has been, train the mind by developing concepts and skills that enables one to deal with masses of information. Many have found that history is an entree into the richer enjoyment of travel, cultural events, and the broad reading enjoyed by the educated person. Accordingly, history has long heid a major role in the liberal arts. This is true at Augsburg. The Department has smngth in and requires of its majors work in four main areas: ancient and medieval, modern Europe, United States, and the non-Western world. The Department's graduates are well represented among professional historians; at present, six are in graduate schools preparing for such careers. More have distinguished themselves as social studies teachers in elementary and secondary schools and current projections indicate that there will be growing opportunity in that field for history majors. For most of our students, however, the study of history provides one of the better undergraduate liberal arts experiences, valuable both for personal enrichment and a wide variety of career choices. History Faculty Richard Nelson (Chairperson),James Brothen, Gregory Bruess, Orloue Gisselquist, Donald Gustafson, Khin Khin Jensen, John R Jenswold Major: 8 courses plus 1 seminar. At least 4 of these courses must be Upper Division. A major must have at least 1 course (either survey or upper level) from each of the 4 areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Major for Teaching Licensure: Students interested in secondary education may take a History Major in combinationwith specified social sciencecourses and the required educational courses, in compliance with the state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson or the Social Studies Coordinator. Minor: 5 courses, at least 3 of which must be Upper Division. Honors Major: GPA of 3.6 in the major and 3.0 overall; except in special instances, applicationbefore the end of the first term of the junior year; 2 years of a foreign languageat the collegelevel (orits equivalent);an honorsthesis (equalto 1course credit) to be defended before a faculty committee. Notes: First year students should enroll in 1 or more of the 101-104 courses. Distributioncredit is normally given only for courses 101-104.200level courses are normally reserved for sophomore or Upper Division students. Upper Division courses are numbered 300 and up. Lower Division students are normally required to take at least one 100 level course before enrolling for an Upper Division course. There are 16 Upper Division courses (numbered 300 and up) in this Department. Severalare offered each term. Offeriigsdepend upon faculty schedulesand student registration. 101 102 The Beginnings of the Western Culture An analysis of the primary civilizations in the Near East, the classical world of Greece and Rome, and the middle ages of Europe into the 13th century. The Shaping of Western Civilization A consideration of European institutions and values from the waning of the middle ages through the remodeling of Europe by Napoleon. The Modern World A study of the main currents in Western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centersof cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Internship Lower Division Internship. U.S. History to 1877 A survey of Americans from Jamestown through the efforts to reconstruct a nation tom apart by the Civil War. U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our time with an effort to consider the various social, economic, intellectual and political forces and events that have created the modern United States. Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Century An exploration of the experiences and contributions of selected women in China, Japan, India, Korea, Philippines, and the state of Hawaii. Includes crosscultural perspective, responses to impact of modernization and Western education. Scandinavian History Prehistoric to 1750 An introduction to the settlement and development of the Scandinavian countries with emphasis on their impact on and contributions to the development of European society. Scandinavian History 1750 to the Present An introduction to the history of the Scandinaviancountries from the early modern period to the present with emphasis on the place of Scandinavian society in European and world history. Directed Study An opportunity for a student to do readings or study on topics not covered in the scheduled courses. The proposed study must be approved by the directing faculty member and the chairman of the Department before registration. A maximum of one course in directed study may be applied to the major. Modem Southeast Asia A study of the major historical events, personalities and political developments in this area. A comparative analysisof the nationalist movements and the process of decolonization will especially focus on Indonesia, the Philippines, Burma and Vietnam. Modern China A selective treatment of Chinese history since the Opium War of 1839. The erosion of China's isolationism and collapse of the imperial system. The Nationalist and Communist revolutions of the 20th century. Modern Japan An examinationof the emergence of Japan as amajor world power in the 20th century. Components of the course will include a study of the distinctive features of the Pre-Meiji era, modernization factors since 1868, interaction and encounter with China, urban development, ecological problems, role of women and Japan's trade in Asia and Africa. Topics in U.S. History Exploration in depth of selected topics in U.S. history (excluding foreign policy; see History 332). The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. History of American Foreign Policy The relationship of foreign policy to general American development is stressed. Mexico: A Historical Perspective (See under Program in Global Community) The Ancient Near East and Greece to 338 B.C. The development of civilization in the Near East from earliest times through its extension and elaboration by the Greeks. Emphasis is placed on the development of writing, achievement in the arts and sciences and-political institutions. Hellenistic Greece and Rome to 330 A.D. A study of the development of Alexander's Empire, the Hellenistickingdoms and the rise of Rome as the world's greatest power. Emphasis is placed on personalities, the arts and sciences and Rome's contributions in law and the political process. The Late Middle Ages to 1560 A study of the scholastic tradition and the role of the Church and state through the changes forced on these institutions during the Italian Renaissance and the early years of the Reformation. Internship in History A limited number of Internships may be available for qualified Upper Division students majoring in history. In this connection, students are encouraged to consider the opportunities available through the Cooperative Education program. England in the Tudor and Stuart Periods A study of Englishhistory from a 15thcenturybackground through 1714.The emergence of modern constitutionalism is the major theme of the course. Emphasis is also placed on 16th and 17th century aspects of England's subsequent role in the world economy and on the Englishliteraryrenaissance of Elizabethan and early Stuart periods. Europe in the Seventeenth Century The study of this century as the most critical period in the rise of the modem state. Emphasis is also placed on the emergence of modern science and its effect on intellectual history. The chronological boundaries may be listed as 1560-1714. Topics in World History This course will investigatetopics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. The World and The West This coursebegins with Europe's discoveryof the rest of the world, considers cultural interaction and conflict, and the building of European empires in Asia and the Americas, and concludes with the breakdown of these imperial systems at the end of the 18th century. 495 499 Seminar Selected topics which will be announced prior to registration. This course is designed for history majors of at least junior standing. Admissionbypermission of the instructor. Offered at least once each year. Independent Study Majors with an average of 3.5 or above in history courses are encouraged to apply for directed Independent Study. A maximum of one course in Independent Study may be applied toward the major. V Humanities (HUM) Bruce Reichenbach (Chairperson), John Benson and Richard Nelson The Humanities major provides the opportunity to reflect across departmental lines, to experience the ways in which different academic disciplines approach simiIar questions and issues, and to participate in interdisdplinary learning experiences. You can, in effect, m a t e your own major by choosing a theme or topic you wish to study,and then by taking courses in various departments relating to that theme. The major was created especially to encourage students not majoring in the humanities but in such areas as science, business, or social science to broaden their insights and perspectives by taking a broadly-based second major. Major: g murses, including 275. Elve of the courses must be Upper Division. Courses must be selected fmm at least 4 of these 7 departments- Art, English, Foreign Languages, fTistory,l%3osophy, Religion, and Speech,Communication and Theatre Arts. No more than 3 courses from anyone department can be used to satisfy the requirement. I Note: Each student taking a humanities mapr will focus on someparticular theme or perspective which will constitute the core of the major p r o m . Six ofthe 9 courses must be t a k a in this core.The core adopted and the courses chosen to meet the requirement will be worked out with the student's adviser in the humanities, and must be approved by the Humanities Major Committee. The theme or perspective of the corecan k chosen from those listed in the Humanities Handbook or can be created by the skudent in consultation with an adviser in the humanities. Further information concerning the core can be found in the Humanities Handbook. A student may not list a double major in humanities and in one of the component disciplinesunless the distribution of courses selected in the humanities major is significantly different from the other major. 275 Perspectives on the Humanities An introduction to the humanities which focuses on different themes, depending upon the instructor. The course correlates ideas, principles and values from the perspectives of several of the humanities disciplines. 499 Independent Studies Individual study and w r c h on some intdsciplinary humanities topic, worked out in consultation with an adviser. The study must be approved by the Humanities Committee. V Interdisciplinary Studies (INS) (See Metro-Urban Studies, Global Education Programs, and Women's and Minority Studies) V International Relations Norma C. Noonan, Director International Relations is an interdisciplinary major which offers the student both breadth and depth. The student may focus on a discipline or geographic area of the world. The program consists of a core of 7 courses and 6 electives chosen from a wide list of courses offered at Augsburg and other colleges. Students are encouraged to consider foreign study for Interim or a Semester. Competency in one language is required, and some students study two languages. The goal of the program is to give students a broad exposure to intenational studies with considerable freedom to choose options for specialization. Students in the recent past have focused their studies on Latin America, the Middle East, Western Europe, the USSR, the Far East, Southeast Asia, and others. Recent students have had double majors in History, Political Science, or a foreign language. Numerous combinations of majors and minors are possible with the International Relations major. Major: 13courses. (1)7 required courses: ECO 112 or 113;HIS 103or 104; POL 158 or 160; 2 of the following: HIS 332, POL 363,461; POL 490; the fourth term of college work in a modern foreign languae. Q )6 ofthe following electives (not more than 3 from any one disciplinemaybe countedtoward the major);ECO 360, 495; HIS 322,323,324,440,474; PHI 355; POL 330,351,381,382,455,459; REL 356; SOC 336; Interim courses, seminars, Independent Study, topics courses and courses at other colleges/universitiescan be considered here with the approval of the Program Director; fourth term or higher of college work in a second language. Minor: 7 courses and 1year of foreign language. Required ECO 112or 113, HIS 103 or 104, and POL 158 or 160.One come of HIS 332, POL 363 or 4 1 .One year of foreignlanguage. Any 3 courses from the list ofapproved electivesforthe major. Not more than 2 courses horn any department could count toward the minor. Note: Only the fourth or higher term of languages cuurth t o w a d the major; prerequisite courses or competencies mmot be credited toward the 13 required courses. Students should confer with the program director about regional and disciplinary concentrations possible within the major, for example, a concentration on a gmgraphic area or in one of the major disciplines in the program. V Mathematics and Computer Science Department At least since Socrates, scholars have appreciated the value of mathematics in developing the skills of critical thinking, understanding abstract concepts, and analyzing and solving problems. Coupled with the more modern needs of quantitative thinking, these skills are still essential for any liberallyeducated person. Mathematics and computer science courses at Augsburg are intended to help develop these skills. Mathematical ideas in and of themselves have had a formative impact on the development of civilization, and the development of computers has already begun to influence modern society. To the extent that a liberal education must include a variety of perspectives on our culture and heritage, a study of these influences is important. An increasing number of academic disciplines require a working knowledge of the tools of mathematics and computer science. This Department serves students majoring in a wide variety of fields. Majors within this Department axe prepared for graduate school, work in industry,or semice professions, with opportunities to focus on either the itheoretical or the appIied areas of their vocations. Internship and Coop erative Education options help students takeadvantage of Augsbwg's proximity to the many technically-oriented enterprises in the city. Thus the Department aims to provide its own majors with skills necessary to serve the larger community through a variety of careers. Mathematics/Computer Science Faculty: Ken Kaminsky (Chairperson), Larry Copes, Tarry Crockett, Beverly Durkee, Matthew Foss, Noel Petit, Larry Ragland, Beverly Stratton Mathematics Major: 9 courses in mathematics including MAT 124,125,215,224, 314,324, and 3 electivesfrom MAT courses about 210, at most 1 of which is at the 200 level; participationin Departmental colloquium. Also required: CSC 170.At least 2 Upper Division mathematics courses must be taken at Augsburg. Fm teachinglicensuw, the 3 electives must be 351,373, and 441. Studentswishing to become licensed teachmare advise3 to consult with the Education Department for other requirements. Computer ScienceMaj or: 9 coursesincluding 240,345,350,445,450;270 or BUS 175; and 3 electives from CSC courses above 260 or 1 of SOC 363 or BUS 479; participation in Departmental colloquium. Also required: MAT 174, 175 (or MAT 124,125,171,224and CSC 170);MAT 215; MAT 373 or BUS 279 or SOC 362. At least 2 of the Upper Division courses must be taken at Augsburg. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in mathematics and computer science, 3.1 overall. Independent Study at an advanced level. Mathematics Minor: 5 courses, including 124,125, (or 174,1751,224, and 2 electives from MAT courses above 210, at most 1 of which is at the 200 level. For a teaching minor the2 additional courses must be selected from MAT 215,314,328,351,373, 441. Computer Science Minor: 6 courses including 170,171 (or MAT 174,175), 240,345, 350, and 1 course from MAT 355, BUS 279, SOC 363, or any CSC courseover 260. PrerequisiteslPlacement Exam - Before enrolling in any mathematics course in this Department the student must have scored appropriately on the Augsburg MathematicsPlacement Exam or an equivalent exam, or have completed college courses equivalent to prerequisites. A course must be completed with a grade of 2.0 or higher to count as a prerequisite. The Placement Exam is given during college registration sessions and at other announced times during the year. It is required of all entering students except those who have received a grade of C or better in a college-level mathematics course taken at another college, or have passed the College Board Advanced Placement Exam. These students, and those who place into Group V, should consult with the Department about appropriate courses to take. + Mathematics (MAT) Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system,exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions.Counts as one c o w e i n semester%load but d w not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematia Placement T=t. (Prmq.: Placement Group I. P/N grading only) 104 Intermediate Algebra A self-pacedcourseforstudentsnoedinga rwiew ofbasic algebraicskillsand concepts. Topics include operations with polynomialsand rational expressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities;and graphing of linm and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission onlybyAugsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. (Prereq.: Placement Group 11. P/N grading only) 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: alpbraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonomehic, For students planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register f o r d i t edywithconsent of instructor. 104or Plament Group III. Spring) 121 Finite Mathematics Topics of linearity and probability with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111) 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applicationsto the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. Spring) 124,125,224 Calculus I, 11, HI Differentialand integral calculus, including calculusof severalvariables and series, with applications primarily from the physical sciences, integrated with topics from plane and solid analyticgeometry. Primarily for students in mathematicsor the sciences. (Prereq.:114or Placement Group IV for 124; 124 for 125; 125 for 224.124, Fall; 125, Spring; 224, Fall) 131 Mathematics for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further study in mathematics. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111. Fall) 103 m.: Discrete Mathematics Topics in discrete mathema tics such as seb and logic, combinatorics, probability, relations and functions, vectors and matrices, boolean algebra, and graph theory. (Prereq. 114or 121or Placement Group IV. Fall) 174,175 Mathematics for Computing I, I1 A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning structured programming. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science. (Prereq.: 114 or Placement Group IV for 174; 174 for 175) 171 Honors Mathematics for the Ijberal Arts Like 131, but for sophomores in the Honors Program. (Prereq.: 104 or Placement Group 111, and freshman honors courses; or permission of instructor. Spring) Number Theory An introductory study of the integers and their properties. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Elementary Linear Algebra A study of linear equations, determinants, vector spaces, linear transformations, and matrices. (Prereq.: 224 or 175. Spring) Differential Equations Solutions of ordinary differential equations with applications; solutions by special integral transforms; systems of differential equations with matrix algebra techniques; series solutions. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Abstract Algebra A rigorous investigation of the basic structures of algebra, such as groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Prereq.: 215. Fall) Analysis An introduction to the study of mathematical analysis. Includes a rigorous study of major concepts used in the calculus and their application to more abstract situations. (Prereq.: 224. Spring) Complex Variables An introduction to complex numbers and functions, limits, differentiation and integration,series, analyticfunctions, conformal mappings, and applications. (Prereq.: 224. Alternate years, Fall 1988) Modern Geometry A study of Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries by synthetic, coordinate, and transformation methods with projective axioms as abasis. (Prereq.: 122or 125. Alternate years, Fall 1989) Numerical Analysis A study of methods used to solve problems on computers. Analysis of computational problems and development of algorithms for their solutions, applications of a procdureoriented programming language in numerical analysis. Topitsinclude thegeneralconceptof iterativeformulae,solution of equations, Newton's method, l i n w systems,intapolation, numerical differen tiation and integration, Pmeq.:175;or 224, CSC 170. Alternateyears, Fall 1989) Probability and Statistics An analyticstudy of probability and statistics,including probabilitydistributions and densities, expectation, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, estimation, correlation and tests of hypotheses. (Prereq.: 224 or 175.Fall) Internship A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the Cooperative Education office as well as the Mathematics Internship Supervisor. 441 481 491 499 Foundations of Mathematics Set theory, logic, axiomatic method, and development of number systems. (Prereq.: completionof or concurrent registration in 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Fall 1988) Topics in Mathematics Study of advanced topics selected from real or complex analysis, abstract algebra, topology, probability, statistics, or computer science. (Prereq.: 314 and either 324 or 328; or consent of instructor. Spring) Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium This colloquium, which has no course credit, meets weekly to keep the mathematics and computer science community informed about contemporary developments in the field and about interesting ideas that don't arise in courses. Junior and senior majors must attend, and others are welcome. All seniors give a talk. Other sessions are presented by faculty members or outside visitors. Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. + Computer Science (CSC) Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not applytoward either a computer science major or minor. 170 Structured Programming An introduction to computer languages and algorithms. Applications from mathematics, business, and natural sciences. Programming in a higher level language such as Pascal. (Prereq.: MAT 124. Spring) 171 Discrete Mathematics (See MAT 171) 174,175 Mathematics for Computing I, I1 (SeeMAT 174, MAT 175) 240 Survey of Computer Science An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq.: MAT 175; or both 170 and MAT 124 and concurrent registration in MAT 171. Fall) 261 Electronics (See PHY 261) 270 FORTRAN Study of the FORTRAN programming language. (Prereq.: 170, or MAT 175. Interim) 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq. 240. Fall) 145 Computer Systems and Assembly Language Survey of computers, languages, systems, and applications.Developmentof competence in assembly language programming. Elements of computer operation, including input-output, interrupts, and an introduction to operating systems. (Prereq.: 240. Fall) Data Structures and File Processing Concepts and algorithms used in the solution of non-numerical problems. Applications to data management systems, file organization, information retrieval, list processing, programming languages, and storage devices. (Prereq.: 240. Spring) Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (240 is recommended before 352 is taken. Spring) Internship A combined effort of student, faculty, and employer to complete a specific task and learn in a workplace. The Internship often is under the auspices of the CooperativeEducation office as well as the Computer ScienceInternship Supervisor. Operating Systems and Computer Architecture Elements of operating systems, memory and process management, interactions among major componentsof computer systems, and a detailed study of the effects of computer architectureon operating systems. (Prereq.: 345, MAT 215. Spring) Theory of Programming Languages and Compilers Structure of computer programming languages, including data types and control structures, implementation considerations for programming languages, lexical analysis and parsing, and interpretive languages. (Prereq.: 350, MAT 215. Fall) Mathematics/Computer Science Colloquium (See MAT 491) Advanced Topics in Computer Science Study of advanced topics from such areas as computer graphics, artificial intelligence, computability, and automata. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Research Project An extensive group or individual project selected in consultation with a faculty member. If directly supervised by a faculty member the course may be taken for credit. (Prereq.: 345,350. Spring) Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between student and Department. V Metro-Urban Studies (INS) Metro-Urban Studies is a transdisciplinary major and minor taught by faculty in sociology, economics, history, political science, psychology and other related disciplines. The Metro-Urban Studies program seeks to blend classroom and field experience, theory and Internships which focus the content of liberal learning on the metropolitan community and the process of urbanization. The Metro-Urban Studies major and minor are designed to provide undergraduate preparation for postgraduate studies in planning, architecture, law, public administration, environmental studies, social welfare, government, community organization, and theology. The program and college-wide urban concerns requirement introduce students to the wide variety of developing careers related to urban and metropolitan affairs, equipping students with the analytical and theoretical tools required to understand the metropolitan community. Cooperative Education and Internships are available as ways to enhance the quality of the major and make fuller use of the extensive metropolitan opportunities afforded by the College's location. The Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) and Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACT) enrich the overall program. Metro-Urban Studies Faculty: Gany W. Hesser (Director),Andrew Aoki, Robert Clyde, Norman Ferguson, Orloue Gisselquist, Satya Gupta, John Jenswold, Myles Stenshoel Major: 15 courses, including 10 core requirements: ECO 123,279 or SOC 362; HIS 431; POL 122,384 or SOC363; SOC 211,381; a minimum of 1 course of Internship or Independent Study; 2 non-social science courses with an urban emphasis, at least 1 of which must be in the humanities (currentoptionsincludeART 102, BIO 105, ENG 351, INS 233,260, PHI 362, PHY 111, SPC 342). PSY 356 is highly recommended, as are the HECUA programs. To complete the major, the student has a choice among 3 emphases or tracks: General/Liberal Arts, Planning or Public Administration. These 5 elective courses must include a minimum of 3 disciplines. Options include a wide variety of courses, Int&s, Internships, Independent Studies, and urban courses at other ACTC colleges. Participation in the urban programs offered through the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA) is highly recommended. Minor: To be linked with appropriate majors (such as business administration, history, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, speech). Core courses are required for the concentration: ECO 120 or 123; POL 122; SOC 211,381; an approved Social ScienceResearch Course; an approved Internship and/or Independent Study. Other combinations are possible and may be approved by the Director. 199 299 399 498 499 Internship Lower Division Internship. Consult Program Director to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring and Summer) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students (Prereq.:Consent of instructor and SOC 121 or 211. Fall, Spring, Summer) Internship Consult theProgramDirector for details. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, perfomances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources. The course is designed in consultation with and evaluated by a Department facultymember. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and consent of instructor. FA,Spring, Summer) Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: SOC 121 or 211 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) 4 Urban Studies Options Through HECUA Augsburg co-founded and plays a leading role in the Higher Education Consortium for Urban Affairs (HECUA), a consortium of 16 colleges and universities. Augsburg's Metro-Urban director served as its president from 1982 to 1987. Through HECUA, Augsburg students have access to five interdisciplinary field learning programs of exceptional quality, located in Scandinavia, South America, Central America, San Francisco and the Twin Cities. I. Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) This program focuses upon the Twin Cities metropolitan area. 358 359 399 Readings Seminar: Urban Issues Reading materials are assignedto complement morning field seminartopics. Included are government and institutional publications, journal articles and books. Field Seminar: Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Using the community as a classroom, students visit agencies, talk with specialists in various fields, and investigate current issues in the Twin Cities area. Topics include: geography, government, economics, historic preservation, populations, ethnic communities, transportation, planning and social services. Internship Students are placed in a variety of public and private agencies or businesses for work experience. A learning contract is developed with MUST faculty approval. Students may choose an Internship of one or two courses. 11. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) This interdisciplinary field learning program is at the University of Oslo and examines cities and urban life in Scandinavia. 372 377 393 394 Norwegian Language Intensive language instruction at beginning or intermediate levels, with emphasis on conversational listening and speaking skills. Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of studying Norwegian literature. Note: For Language credit the student should consult with the Chairperson of the Foreign Language Department. Scandinavia in the World Global perspectives of Scandinavian societies. Exploration of Scandinavian viewpoints as small power nations in a world of super powers and their role in issues of peace, conflict resolution and arms control, East-West relations, European security, trade, and the Third World. Emphasis on Norway with field travel to Scandinavian capitals and to Leningrad for discussions with advocates of competing perspectives. Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Social change and issues of change and development in Norway as reflected in its art and literature. Selected works for survey of Norwegian history with emphasis on the contemporary period. Field study, site visits (theaters, museums, galleries) and discussions with artists active in a variety of media. Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia Examination of urban economic, social and cultural policies and practices as a reflection of issues of the modern welfare state and social democracies. Includes historical survey of transformations from rural and regional cultures to urbanized and advanced industrialized nations. Emphasis on Norway, with field travel to Scandinaviancapitalsfor a comparativeperspective. 499 Independent Study Students with advanced Norwegian language proficiency have the option of conducting Independent study &search, using Norwegian language skills, on a topic approved bytheSUSTProgramDirector and the appropriatehome college faculty adviser. 111. South American Urban Semester (SAUS) This "semester in the city" program is located in Bogota, Colombia. It focuses upon urbanization and development in the Third World. 261 361 362 363 499 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. Introduction to Colombia Overview of Colombia and economic development. Proseminar: Urbanization in Latin America Readings, discussions, and lectures in both English and Spanish, with aid of SAUS staff and visiting Colombian urbanists. Field Seminar: Wealth, Poverty, and Community Development in the Latin American City Structured field course focusingon plight and prospects of the urban poor in Bogota, with field trips to other Colombian and foreign cities for comparison. Visits to various types of barrios and to public and private agencies dealing with urban problems. Independent Study In consultation with SAUS faculty, student elects a specific topic for library and/or field research related to subjects of seminar and/or major academic interests. IV. City Arts A program that explores the arena of human creativity by bringing participants directly into contact with the practice, administration, politics, and economics of the art world of the Twin Cities. 300 300 399 Field Seminar: Arts in the Cities Field study of art worlds and their role in the Cities. Topics include the social organization of the arts, doing business in the arts, arts and the urban landscape, making a living as an artist, funding for nonprofit arts organizations, artists and audience, the dispersing city and problem of audience. Research Semina~:The Creative Process An investigation of contemporary studies of intelligence, creativity, and thinking processes that uses both academic literature and discussions with artists and other resource people. Special workshops on topics such as writing and thinking, visual studies and communication, and photography, encourage studentsto try out new ways of working and different approaches to learning. Internship Individually developed Internship or mentoring arrangements with Twin Citiesartists or arts organizations. Students may choosean Internship for one or two courses. V. Literature, Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA) This Spring semester program is a n interdisciplinary field study that provides extensive study-travel in Colombia, Nicaragua a n d Puerto Rico. Immersion in Spanish language a n d Colombian culture a r e stressed. 261 360 364 367 499 Spanish Language Spanish instruction at intermediate or advanced levels. Latin American Literature: Perspectives on Social Change Selected works of literature and theatre that express writers' and artists' perspectives on Latin American society and social change. Emphasis on contemporary period with considerable field study, including interviews with community arts and "street" theatre groups, writers, literary critics, composers, performers and filmmakers; small-group field assignments on current arts activities; site visits to museum and gallery exhibits, movies, plays concerns and a variety of community arts events. Latin American Arts and Society Introduces theoretical frameworks for examining the relationships among arts, ideologyand society. Provides historicalbackground through survey of Latin American thought in major artistic periods: Colonial, Republican, Romantic, Positivist, Modernist, "Indigenismo," Realist and Contemporary. Readings and seminar lecture-discussions. Ideologies of Social Change in Latin America Introduction to the study of ideology and .historical o v e ~ e wof Latin American ideologies, especially in relation to issues of development and social change. Comparative study of current ideological debates and their impact, with special attention to diffusionism, "dependencia," Marxism and liberation theology. Field study emphasizes local resources, including interview-discussions with proponents of competingideologies; interviews with government, business, church and community people; site visits to projects reflecting ideology-in-practice. Independent Study By special permission from LISLA faculty, students with advanced Spanish proficiency can be exempted from Spanish and conduct Independent Study research instead. V Music Department (MUS) Throughout the ages, music has been seen as an aesthetic expression of the deepest and highest human emotions and thoughts. Thus music has long been seen as an integral part of a liberal arts education, offering an important component of personal, social, and intellectual development. The Music Department at Augsburg College offers courses in music and music performance to give students access to this essential aspect of human history and culture. In addition, all students of the College community have the opportunity of participating in choral and instrumental ensembles which perform locally, nationally, and internationally. Augsburg College is an institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Music. The Music Department serves the general education needs of students and offers professional training in music. The music major combines a broad education in the liberal arts with preparation for a wide range of graduate and professional opportunities. Student majors may choose from among four majors in three degree programs: Bachelor of Arts-Music Major; Bachelor of Music-Performance Major; Bachelor of Music-Music Education Major; and Bachelor of ScienceMusic Therapy Major. In addition to opportunities as professional musicians, teachers of music, and music therapists, graduates have access to a wide variety of careers. Leaders in the professions and business regard a liberal arts major as an excellent preparation for satisfyingand effective service in many occupational areas. Music Faculty: Robert Karlkn (Chairperson), Robert Adney, Laine Bryce, Wayne Dalton, John Dunham, Stephen Gabrielsen, Merilee Klemp, Angela Kretschmar, Nicholas Lenz, Cynthia Lohman, Adele Lorraine, Steven Lund, Roberta Metzler, Kathryn Mickelson, Patricia Nortwen, Celeste OfBrien, Marlene Pauley, Nicholas Raths, Thomas Rolfs, Thomas Rossin, Pauline Sateren, George Stahl, Mary Wilson Music Coordinator: Mary Ella Pratte Entrance Procedures: Freshmen will enrollin the regular Bachelor of Arts program. Those wishing to become Bachelor of Music candidates must perform (Level I1 repertoire) in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. They must then apply, by petition, to the Department before the end of their second semester of study. Candidate approval is necessary to register for B.M. level performance studies. Transfer students may enter the B.M. program on probation, subject to Departmental approval of performance hearing and petition during their first semesterinresidence. Music Education majors must apply, by petition, to the Department during the sixth term of study. All other music major and minor candidatesmust apply, by petition, to theDepartment prior to registration for Upper Division courses. Additionally, Music Education majors must apply to the Education Department for acceptance into the music education licensure program. Departmental approval and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses is necessary for the education licensure program. All transfer students must take the theory placement examination at the first class meeting of 101or 102. Freshmen who wish to be considered for a Freshman Performance Scholarship must perform in their major performance medium for a faculty panel. Auditions for memberships in ensembles are scheduled, following application, during the senior year of high school, summer orientation sessions or at another time preceding initial registration. Honors Major: Candidates for the honors program are nominated each spring from among those juniors who have attained a CPA of at least 3.0 in music courses. A faculty committee must approve the candidate's honors project proposal and certify successful completion. The following possibilities are indicative of acceptable projects: senior thesis and its defense; an additional senior recital of graduate quality; composition of a work for vocal and/or instrumental ensemble of 15 minutes duration; conducting an ensemble concert; or combinationsof the above. + Degree and Major Requirements Core Curriculum (Required of all Majors): 101,102,111,112,201,211,231,232,311, 341,342 or 344; 8 quarter courses in a major ensemble; Performance studies and recital requirements as given under each specific degree and major. (SeeApplied Music section.) French or German study as stated in general education requirements. Bachelor of Arts Music Major: Offersthe broadest education in liberal arts and prepares the student for the greatest range of graduate, business and professional opportunities. Students who intend to pursue non-performance graduate study, or desire to enter one of the many music-related business fields of employment, most often choose this course of study. Requirements: 13 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music elective;Performance studies -6 quarter courses and 2 half courses in the major instrument or voice, 2quarter coursesin the minor instrument or voiceand a half senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency and passing three Music Repertoire tests. Requirements for the Music Minor: 6 course credits: 101,102,111,112; 231 or 232; 341; 342 or 344; 4 consecutive quarter courses in a major ensemble concurrent with 4 quarter courses in Performance studies. Music minors must pass one Music Repretoire test. Bachelor of Music Music Education Major: Offers students the preparation necessary to become teachers of music in the public schools. This preparation includes coursework which allows the student to become certified to teach at the elementary through the secondary levels. Requirements: 17 course credits: Core curriculum plus 202, 212; Performance studies- 2 quarter courses, 4 half courses, 2full courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; a half junior recital 358 and a full senior recital 459; improvisation competency on major instrument or voice; keyboard proficiency, passing 3 Music Repertoiretests, and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Vocal emphasis -251,252,253,254,435 Instrumental emphasis -151,155, and 1course credit of music elective Otherrequirements: 10 1/2coursecredits: HPE 114,115,PSY 105,EDS265,354,355, 356,357 or 358,388,478,481,482,483. Consult the EducationDepartment, Music Department Guides and program adviser. Music Performance Major Designed for students who display advanced competence and achievement in music performance. This degree program is chosenby students who wish to become professional performers, private instructors, or who intend to pursue a graduate degree in music performance. Requirements: 20 course credits: Core cumculum plus 202, 212; Performance studie-2 quarter courses and 6 full courses in the major instrument or voice; 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice; full junior and senior recitals 358,459; keyboard proficiency test, passing 3 Music Repertoire tests and achieving a cumulative GPA of 2.5 in all music courses and in the major performance medium. Voice -251,252,253,254,435,l course of music elective, 2 courses of French or German above the B.A. requirements Piano or Organ -301,302,436,456,1/2 course credit of music elective Instrument -301,302,11/2 course credits of music electives Bachelor of Science Music Therapy Major fulfills academic and clinical requirements for registration with the National Association for Music Therapy, and prepares students for the professional certification examination developed by the Certification Board for Music Therapists. This course of study is chosen by students who wish to become registered music therapists. Requirements: 18 course credits: Core curriculum plus 1 course credit of music elective; 2 of 151,155,156; 271,274,275,372,373,374,375,472,473,474,475,479; Performance studies - 6 quarter courses in the major instrument or voice, 2 quarter courses in the minor instrument or voice and a half senior recital 458; keyboard proficiency, guitar proficiency, passing 3 Music Repertoire tests, and achieving a minimum grade of 2.0 in each music therapy course. Other requirements: EDS 282, 356, 357, 358; PSY 105, 362; BIO 103; SOC 362 or PSY 264. Graduates are eligible to take the National Association for Music Therapy certification examination. Applied Music Ensembles (MUE): One quarter course credit per semester is granted to members of major ensembles (MUE 111,112,121,141). Other ensembles carry no aedit. Traditional grading is required for music majors and minors in ensemble courses. The general student may register for credit with either traditional or P/ N grading, or may choose no credit status with audit (V)designation. A maximum of 2 course credits in ensemble may be counted toward graduation requirements. Performance Studies (MUP): All students enrolled in Performance studies for credit with traditional grading arerequiredto satisfy each of the three synergistic elements: lessons, performances, and listening. The general (non-music major or minor) student, taking private lessons for no credit, is not required to fulfill the additional performance and listening requirements. Lessons: Private instruction in voice, piano, organ and any instrument is available for all students in the following categories: No credit -one half-hour lesson and three hours of practice per week. One quarter course credit- one half-hour lesson and four hours of practice per week. One half course credit -two half-hour lessons and eight hours of practice per week. One course credit (B.M. only) - two half-hour lessons and twelve hours of practice per week. Performances: All students registered in performance studies for credit must perform each year in a general student recital, at the end of each semester for a faculty panel, and as additionally required by the instructor. Listening: All students registered in performance studies for credit are required to attend 15designated music events during the academic year and pass the Music Repertoire test. Failure to attend the required number of Faculty Artist Series recitals, major ensemble home concerts, or other designated music events is a factor in determining the final grade received in performance studies. Music majors must pass a total of three Music Repertoire tests; music minors must pass one. (See Music Department Guides for contents of Music Repertoire tests.) Recitals: A committee composed of the student's teacher and two other music faculty members will determine the final grade for all recitals and will conduct a prerecital hearing for senior B.M. Performance major recitals. Concurrent registration in performance studies in the major performance medium is required for recital performance. B.A. and B.S. Candidates -one half senior recital 458 at repertoire level 111. B.M. Music Education Major -one half junior recital 358 at repertoire level 111and full senior recital 459 at repertoire level IV. B.M. Performance Major -full junior (level IV) and senior (level V) recitals 358, 459. Keyboard Proficiency: B.A., B.M. and B.S. candidates must demonstrate elementary keyboard familiarityby passing the Piano Proficiency test. This test may be taken at the beginning or end of Fall or Spring semester.(See Music Department Guide for contents of Piano Proficiency test) Music Courses (MUS) Theory 101 102 111 112 201 202 211 212 301 Materials of Music I (112course) Notation, scales, intervals, triads, keyboard harmony and principles of part writing. (Fall) Materials of Music I1 (112course) Diatonic harmony, secondary dominants and simple modulations. (Spring) Aural Skills I (112course) Rhythmic and melodic dictation, interval and triad recognition, sight singing and harmonic dictation to parallel progress in 101. (Prereq.: Concurrent registration in or completion of 101. Fall) Aural Skills I1 (112course) Development of listening and reading skills to parallel progress in 102. (Prereq.: 111and concurrent registration in or completion of 102. Spring) Materials of Music 111 (112course) Continuation of 102with chromatic harmony and modulation. (Prereq.: 102. Fall) Form and Analysis (112course) Musical structures of common practice period and introduction to 20th century practice. (Prereq.: 201. Spring) Aural Skills 111 (112course) Melodic, harmonic dictation and sight singing to parallel progress in 201. (Prereq.: 112 and concurrent registration in or completion of 201. Spring) Aural Skills IV (112course) Further development of listening skills to parallel progress in 202. Brereq.: 211 and concurrent registration in or completion of 202. Spring) Counterpoint I (112course) 16ththrough 18thcentury contrapuntaltechniques includingdoublecounterpoint, pasacaglia, fugue and canon. Brereq.: 201,211. Alternate years. Fall 1988) 302 311 312 341 342 344 Counterpoint I1 (112course) Study of contemporarycounterpoint including works of Schoenberg, Bartok, Hindemith, Stravinsky and Carter. (Prereq.: 301. Alternate years. Spring 1989) Composition I (112course) Study of notational systems, score layout, calligraphy, physical basis of sound, ranges of and arranging music for voices and instruments. Simple forms and tonal harmonic materials are employed. (Fall) Composition I1 (112course) Advanced arranging for vocal and instrumental ensembles of varying sizes and types. Contemporary techniques, atonal systems, and larger forms are studied and used. (Spring) Basic Conducting (112course) Study of fundamental conducting patterns and baton technique.Score analysis and preparation. Rehearsal techniques. Basic nomenclature. (Fall) Choral Conducting (112course) Choral literature and organization. Vocal methods and voice selection. Advanced conducting techniques with class as the choir. (Spring) Instrumental Conducting (112course) Preparation of and conducting instrumental literature. Advanced conducting techniques. Organization of instrumental ensembles. (Spring) The following courses will not be offered until the specific B.M. major in theorycomposition is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music. 401 Counterpoint 111(112course) Advanced contrapuntal writing. (Prereq.: 302. Fall) 402 Counterpoint IV (112course) Continuation of advanced contrapuntal writing Brereq.: 401. Spring) 411 Composition III (112course) Individual and class instruction in all styles. Brereq.: 312. Fall) 412 Composition IV (112course) Advanced compositional techniques. (Prereq.: 411. Spring) History and Literature 130 230 231 232 330 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For nonmusic majors. Electronics in Music Exploration and creation of sounds heard in 20th century music. The study and application of practical electronic technology used in music will be combined with aesthetic considerationsin the creativeaspects of the art. For non-music majors. History and Literature of Music I A study of the evolution of music from antiquity to 1750. (Prereq.: 201,112. Fall) History and Literature of Music I1 Continuation of 231 from 1750 to the present. (Prereq.: 201,112. Spring) Ethnic Music Hispanic, Black, Indian, Asian and other ethnic music and its cultural relationship. For the general as well as the music student. (Interim) The followingfour half courses are extensive studies of special eras in the history of music. (Prereq.: 231,232) 331 Music of the Baroque Era (112course) (Alternate years, Fall 1989) 332 Music of the Classical Period (U2course) (Alternate years, Spring 1990) 333 Music of the Romantic Period (112course) (Alternate years, Fall 1989) 334 Music of the 20th Century (U2course) (Alternate years, Spring 1990) 432 Church Music and Worship Development and influence of church music as evidenced in contemporary worship practices. Designed for the general as well as themusic and theology student. (Spring) 435 Voice Repertoire (112course) Interpretation, style and programming of the song literature from the 16th century to the present. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Fall 1988) 436 Piano Repertoire (U2course) Study of the piano literature from the 17thcenturyto the present by listening, analyzing and performing. (Prereq.: 231,232. Alternate years, Spring 1989) 498,499 Independent Study (U2course each) Advanced research and projects not otherwise provided for in the Department curriculum. Open only to advanced students upon approval by the faculty. Technique 151,152 Voice Methods (114course) Fundamentals of tone production and singing. 155,156 Piano Methods (114course) Basic keyboard familiarity, simple accompaniment and music reading skills necessary to meet specific degree requirements. 157,158 Guitar Methods (114course) Beginning techniques of classic guitar. 251 English Diction (U4course) Fundamental course in correct standard English diction for singing. Familiarization with the International Phonetic Alphabet. Open to all students registered for vocal instruction. (Fall semester) The following threequarter coursesare continuationsof 251 with applicationfor the Italian, German and French languages. 252 Italian Diction (114course) (Prereq.: 251. Fall semester) 253 German Diction (114course) (Prereq.: 251. Spring semester) 254 French Diction (114course) (Prereq.: 251. Spring semester) 358 Junior Recital B.M. candidates only. Half recital at repertoire Level 111, Music Education Majorsor full recital at LevelIV, Music Performancemajors. No coursecredit. 456 458 459 Piano Pedagogy (112course) Principles, methods, materials and techniques for teaching piano. Survey of various pedagogical schools of thought. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring 1990) Senior Recital Half recitalby B.A. or B.S. candidates at repertoireLevelII1. No course credit. Senior Recital (112course credit) B.M. candidates only. Recital must be preceded by a prerecital hearing by faculty committee. Repertoire Levels IV for Music Education majors and V for Music Performance majors. Therapy Music Therapy: A Clinical Overview A survey of the music therapy programs in Minnesota, with field trips to various institutions. An introductory course for the freshmen and sophomores considering music therapy as a major to give students a broad background in the ways in which music is used as a therapy. (Interim only) 271 Music Therapy Techniques and Materials (112course) Study of non-symphonic instruments, Orff-Schulwerk, applications of recreational music activities to clinical settings. 274,275 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 372 Psychological Foundations of Music I An objectiveapproach to musical stimuli and response, with an emphasis on acoustics and sociopsychologicalaspects of music. An understanding of the research process and development of an experimental research project. 373 Psychological Foundations of Music I1 Implementation of group and individual research projects, emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to music therapy. Theories of learning music, musical talent, and performance. 374,374 Music Therapy Practicums Volunteer work in a clinical setting, two hours per week. No course credit. 472 Influence of Music on Behavior A study of human behavior as it relates to music, with emphasis on psychological, cultural, and biological aspects of musical behavior. Understanding of the theory of music therapy. 473 Music Therapy Senior Seminar Class discussions of theories and research as they apply to therapeutic settings including discussion of professional ethics. A holistic approach to therapy with music. 474,475 Music Therapy Practicums (1/4course each) Volunteer work under the supervision of a registered music therapist, two hours per week. (Prereq.: 3 of 274,275,374,375) 479 Music Therapy Clinical Internship (1/2course) Full-time placement in an NAMT Internship setting for six months. Application for Internship sites must be made nine months in advance. Sites in Minnesota are limited. (Prereq.: Completion of all other graduation requirements) 110 + Ensembles and Performance Studies Ensembles (MUE) These musical organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student, but for any student who wishes to participate. Membership is determined by audition during the first week of fall semester. (Special circumstances may permit entering at other times.) Assignment to an ensemble is then made at the discretion of the appropriate faculty. Membership is for the entire academic year which, on occasion, includes Interims. While the Department strongly encourages both formal and informal ensemble experience, only membership in Band, Orchestra, Choir or Chorale will satisfy the major,minor or distribution requirements. Instruments are available for rent. 111 Augsburg Choir (114 course) 112 Chorale (l/&course) 114 Festival Choir (0) 121 Orchestra (114 course) 122 String Ensemble (0) 131Woodwind Ensemble (0) 141 Concert Band (114course) 142 Brass Ensemble (0) 143 Jazz Ensemble (0) Performance Studies (MUP) Private instruction for credit is graded traditionally. AU areas of study are available to the non-music major or minor. Group lessons in piano, voice and guitar are available at a reduced fee. All lessons are adapted to the individual needs of the student and those bearing credit are supplemented by accompanying,ensembIeparticipation and other performanm. Representative programs of study in private insttuction are o u t h e d in Music Department Guides. These repertoire lists are graded I-V to indicate levels of achievement and the following expectations: No-credit study has no repertoire requirements; Music Minor - Level I; B.A. and B.S. Majors enter I and attain 111; B.M. Education Major -enter I1 and attain IV;B.M. Performance Major -enter 11and attain V. Ilx Voice 12x Strings: Violin, Viola, Cello, Bass 13x Woodwinds: Oboe, Bassoon, Clarinet, Saxophone, Flute Recorder, Horn 14x Brass: Trumpet, Trombone, Baritone, Tuba 15x Piano 16x Guitar 17x Percussion 18x Organ Class Lessons: 011 Voice class 015 Piano class 016 Guitar class Note carefully the following provisions: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Instrumental rental, practice room reservations and performance study registration occurs the first week of classes in the Music Department office. Seniormusic majorswho haveattained acumulativeGPA averageof 3.0 in their major instrument or voice will be awarded a Senior Performance Scholarship which provides for free lessonsin that major medium during the two semesters preceding graduation. Similar scholarshipsare available to entering freshmen. A semesterof study is 14weeks of lessonsand coaching.Any lessonsduringthe Interim or summer are arranged privately with the teacher. A student who cannot come for a scheduled lesson is required to notify the teacher at least 24 hours in advance; otherwise, except for illness immediately prior to a lesson, the student will forfeit the right to a make-up lesson. The music faculty reserves the right to limit or even prohibit performance outside the Department if it interfereswith musical growth for the student. The Department recommends, and on occasion assigns, the teacher to the student and permission is required for subsequent change. Credit is granted only for study with faculty members of the Augsburg College Music Department. V Natural Science Earl Alton, Coordinator The Natural Science Licensure program for teachers is designed to provide strong preparation for science teaching and to satisfy Minnesota licensure requirements. The program of courses is designed to provide a broad, basic background in science and allow for specializationin an area. The following programs assume that the student will meet the general education requirements of the College, the requirements for appropriate majors, and the courses required in the Department of Education, and, in the physical sciences, have at least one year of calculus. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. Early consultation with adviser is essential. Licensure Program f or Teachers: The Minnesota Board of Teaching has approved the licensure program for science teachers and authorized Augsburg to recommend candidates in: Life Science, grades 7-12 Life Science (minor), grades 7-12 Physical Science (Chemistry major or Physics major), grades 7-12 Chemistry (minor), grades 7-12 Physics (minor), grades 7-12 Middle School Science, grades 5-9 Broad Base Requirement: 7courses: 2 in earth science (Astronomyor Meteorology, Geology), 2in GeneralBiology, 3 inPhysicalScience (Physicsfor the Life Sciences or a year of General Physics, and 2 courses of General Chemistry). Biology Major: (For licensure in Life Science) The Broad Base requirement plus 8 courses: 7 BIO courses, including 491 and at least 1from each of the following groups: (I)351 (Invertebratezoology)or 353 (Comparativevertebrate Zoology), (11)355 (Genetics)or 474 (Developmental Biology), (In)361 (PlantBiology)or 481 (Ecology), (IV) 471 (Cellular Biology) or 473 (Animal Physiology), (V)440 Plant Physiology) or 476 (Microbiology), and 1course in Organic Chemistry. Chemistry Major: (For licensure in Physical Science) The graduation major in Chemistry: CHM 115,116 (General Chemistry) (or 105-106), 351,352 (Organic Chemistry),353 (QuantitativeAnalytical Chemistry), 361 (Physical Chemistry), 363 (PhysicalChemistryLaboratory), 1Advanced Chemistrycourse, and Chemistry Seminar. In addition a year of General Physics and 2 additional physics courses above General Physics; Modern Physics and Electronics are recommended. Physics Major: (For licensure in Physical Science) The graduation major in Physics: PHY 121,122 (General Physics), 245 (Modern Physics), 351 (Mechanics I), 362 (Electromagnetic Fields I), 395 (ComprehensiveLaboratory) and 3 additional coursesto be selected from 261 (Electronics),352(MechanicsII),363 (Electromagnetic Fields II), 481 (Thermal Physics), 486 (Quantum Physics D, and 488 (QuantumPhysics 11). In addition, ayear of General Chemistryand 1courseeach of Organic Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry. Licensure with Minor: For Life Science, Broad Base Requirement plus 7 courses in Biology; for Chemistry, the Chemistryminor and an additional Upper Division course; for Physics, the Physics Minor plus 1additional course above PHY 122. Science (For Middle SchoolLicensure- grades 5-9): Broad Base Requirementand an additional 7 Natural Science courses, 2 in Earth Science (Meteorology and Mineralogy or equivalent), 2 biology courses above General Biology, and 3 in Physical Science, at least 1each in Chemistry and Physics above the level of General Chemistry or General Physics. Note: This is not a Natural Science major; it is a program for licensure. Students must still complete a College major. Nursing Department (NUR) Augsburg offers an Upper Division major in professional nursing leading to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is accredited by the National League for Nursing. Graduates of the program are eligible to apply for Public Health Nurse Certification in Minnesota. Requirements for admission to the major are: completion of an associate degree or diploma program in nursing with a minimum overall grade point average of 2.5; a current license to practice as a registered nurse in the state of Minnesota; and completion of courses in inorganicchemistry, organic ar biochemistry, anatomy and physiology, microbiology, English composition,introductory mciology and introductory psychology. Students must take these courses at Augsburg or another acaedi ted college or university prior to admission to the nursing major. The prerequisite courses in sociology, psychology, English, chemistry and biology listed above may apply toward distribution requirements as well as toward admission to the major. All prerequisite courses must have been completed at the 2.0 level. Courses with grades below 2.0 must be satisfactorily repeated or challenged. In addition, applicants must successfully validate their theoretical knowledge via written testing prior to acceptance to the major. These tests are given at Augsburg through the Department of Nursing. Applicants must give evidence of current nursing clinical practice within the past five years. This may include 1) graduation from a school of nursing, 2) work experience, or 3) completion of a nursing refresher course or an acceptable equivalent. Nursing Department Faculty: Beverly Nilsson (Chairperson), Mag o n e Audette, Marian Enos, Sharon McDonald, Sharon Ostwald, Pam Weiss, Teri Welcher Major: 10 courses in nursing including 305,306,310,311,330,350,403,404,423,427; PSY 355 or an approved Upper Division biology course; and an ethics course, either PHI 380 or REL 483. Courses in interpersonal communication are supportive to the major. A minimum grade of 2.0 in each nursing course and the required biology and ethics courses, and a cumulative GPA of 2.5 at the completion of the courses of study are required. Courses in the nursing major are offered on weekends and are designed so that they may be completed within two to three years. However, more time may be required to complete the total course of study depending on the number of credits transferred from other colleges or universities. Students in nursing may take non-nursing courses in both day school and Weekend College. Students interested in pursuing the nursing major should consult with anadviser from the Nursing Department for program planning. Honors Major: GPA of at least 3.6 in the major and 3.3 overall; application to the Department Chairpersonby November 1 of the senior year; recommendationby nursing faculty; honors thesis to be defended beforeafacultycommitteeby April 15. Candidates register for 499 to complete the thesis. 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A transitional course that introduces the componentsof the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. The communicativeprocess is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated. Interactive, group, and learning theories are explored for their applicabilityto changing professional roles and practice. A teaching project is required. (Prereq. or current enrollment: PSY 355) Contemporary Nursing II: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional dwdopmmt. The function of theory in guiding nursing p m timis emphasized.Selectednursing conceptual modelsare studied and their applicationto practiceisexamined using the nursingproms format. Clinical application is required. (Prereq.: 305) Community Health Nursing I The focus of this course is on community health delivery systems and the practiceof public health nursing. Concepts of health a m examined as they apply to current cornmunity health problems and issues. Qinical application of course content involves making a health assessment and exploring a community health issue. Ethicalissuesrelatedto community health decisionmaking with aggregate groups are explored. (Prereq.: 330) Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum* This course provides a basis for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. 310) Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigatethe current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political, and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq.: 306; PHI 380 or REL 483 or concurrent enrollment) c rer re^.: Introduction to Nursing Research Theresearch process and methods appropriateto nursing arethe focusof this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursingresearch for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq.: 330;maybe taken concurrently with 310) Contemporary Nursing III: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq.: 311,350. To be taken prior to or concurrently with 423) Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management T h i s course pmvfdm a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse rules. Conceptsofchange,&nflict,communication and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountabilityand advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prey.: 403) Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq.: 403 or concurrent enrollment) Practicum in Nursing II: Leadership and Management* This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq.: 404 or concurrent enrollment) 432 499 Topics in Nursing A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq.: Senior standing or consent of instructor. On demand) Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunityfor the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. *If the practicums in nursing are not taken concurrently with their respective theory courses, studentsare required to consult with faculty prior to registration regarding review of the theoretical content. V Occupational Therapy Adapting to disabilities and reshaping lives so that they are productive and meaningful are some of the goals of the occupational therapist. Occupational therapy is an applied science that teaches people skills to enable them to perform the tasks of everyday living when a physical or emotional disability has affected them. The ultimate goal of the occupational therapist is to provide people with the necessary skills to develop a sense of wholeness and independence. Given the orientation of this applied science to development of the abilities of the whole person, it is appropriate that such a career preparation be founded in the liberal arts. Augsburg College has a cooperative 32 arrangement with Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri, to allow students to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree from Augsburg College and a Bachelor of Science or Master of Science degree in Occupational Therapy from Washington University. The Bachlelor of Science requires four semesters at Washington University, and the Master of Science requires five. Students spend their first three years at Augsburg College pursuing the academic major of their choice and meeting general education requirements in the liberal arts. A student may choose any major at Augsburg College while gaining the minimum prerequisite courses for the Occupational Therapy degree. Students are encouraged to consult the program adviser and plan their programs carefully since fulfilling necessary requirements in three years may be difficult in certain majors. Majors in Biology, Psychology, and Sociology offer the least complicated alternatives. Students accepted into the 3-2 program are guaranteed admission to the Bachelor of Science program at Washington University provided they have met course requirements, have at least a 3.0 average, and are recommended by the Augsburg College adviser. They will be given preference for admission to the Master of Science program at Washington University if they fulfill the above requirements and receive two additional recommendations from health care professionals, faculty or work supervisors. Prerequisite courses for the Washington University Occupational Therapy Program: ENG111,BIO111,112,and473or353;CHM105or115;PHY103;PSY105, 351,362; SOC 121,241; SOC 362 or MAT 373. V Philosophy Department (PHI) The Philosophy Department assists students in understanding issues raised in the traditional areas of philosophy. To this end, we consider problems of knowledge and questions of truth, the nature of reality, the basis of values, and rules for correct reasoning. Our goals are to instill in students a love of truth, to inspire a curiosity about significance and meaning, and to develop the skills of critical analysis and creative synthesis. The liberal arts curriculum provides an opportunity for students to explore different:aspectsof the world from a variety of perspectives or disciplines. Philosophy plays a central role in the liberal arb by helping students to explore questions about themselves, human experience, right and wrong the world, and God. Beginning with hva Somatic principles: 'The unexamined I i k is not worth living," and 'Know yourself," the study of philosophy assists students in the realization of their unique potential for understanding and self-fulfillment. At Augsburg the philosophy major i s founded upon the princi p1e that philosophy is best learned at the feet of the masters. Therefore, the care of the major consists of four courses in the history of philosophy leading from the ancient Greeks and Romans, through the Medieval and the Renaissance periods to the present. In these courses students are taught how to read, understand, and criticize the great texts of the finest minds in Western civilization.In addition, majors are expected to prepare themselves in the discipline of philosophy by taking the various seminars which the Department offers, as well as exploring the opportunities to study tutorially with the individual members of the Philosophy faculty. This major has been carefully planned so that students can easily supplement the study of philosophy with other studies. Though some majors g o on to graduate school in philosophy, most use the major to prepare for other professional studies such a s law, medicine, or Christian ministry. Many enter the market place, feeling that the study of philosophy has given them the ability to think critically. Philosophy Faculty: Mark Fuehrer (Chairperson), Kenneth Bailey, Bruce Reichenbach, Paul Holmer Major. 9 courses, including 130,141,242,343,344, and a course in the 400's (other than 499). Five of the courses must be Upper Division. Honors Major: Admission to the Philosophy Honors program is by recommendation of the philosophy faculty. Such recommendations will be made at the end will consist of an honors thesis on an approved of the junior year. The topic of the student's choice, involving research above the course level, and a defense of this thesis before the faculty of the Department. Minor. 5 courses, including 2 from 141,242,343, and 344. Note: 110,120,130, and 141 are recommended for fulfilling the general education requirement. 110 120 130 141 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, m l y have theybeen critically analyzed or evaluated for rheir consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to w e e m culture.The purpose of this course is to provide the student with someexperienceinexamining ideas, and therebyto sharpen the &ti& and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas arid beliefs. Ethics This course studies moral judgments about personal and social issues, and evaluates possible grounds for making moral decisions. It also investigates the nature of happiness and its relation to the moral life. Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Introduction to Philosophy Readings in Classical Texts The writings of Plato and Aristotle are the foundations of all philosophical thought in Western civilization. In this course students will read and analyze some of the keyworks by Plato and Aristotle. In addition, other philosophical schools of thought in the ancient world will be studied: Stoicism, Epicureanism and Neoplatonism in order to familiarize the student with the other elements that constitute classical philosophy. An advanced introductory course in philosophy for honor students, those contemplating a philosophy major or minor and those students wishing a more in-depth approach to philosophy at the introductory level. Excludes students enrolled for 110. (Spring) - Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. History of Philosophy: M e d i d and Renaissance PhiIosophy The Middle A g e was a period of great synthesis of elements of m s t i a n metation, classical phiIosbphy and Islamic culture. In this course students will read writings by St. hselm, St. Banaventme, Occam, St. Thomas Aquinas and Nicholas of Cusa In order to understand the process of philosophicalassimihtioninvolved incanstrvcting a Christian philosophy. S i the Remissanm intensified the medieval synthesis, students will.be exposed to the thought of Pico, Ficino and Bruno. (Fall) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Ksfoy of PhiIasophy:Enlightenment and 19th Century FMosophy Does knowledge begirt with innate ideas or with experience? Can we get beyond our own concepts to h o w the world itself? What isan idealist view of the world? This course studies the major rationalists of the 17th century (Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz), the major empiricists of the 18th century (Locke, Berkeley, Hume), Kant's synthesis of philosophy, and 19th century Idealism and the reaction to it (Marx, Kierkegaard, Nietzsche). (Suggested prior course, 141 or 242) History of lhitcsophy: Twentieth Centuiy Philosophy love affair with language? Is What lies k h i n d 20th century philosophy"~ truth that which works? Can we remake philosophy as a ligorous sdence? These and other issues are dealt with in a study of the major representatives of linguistic analysis, pragmatism, existentialism,and phenomenology. (Suggested prior course, 141,242, or 343) Philosophy of Religion What is the relationbetween faith and reason?Does God exist, and if so, what can be said about God? Can we reconcile the goodness of God with human and animal suffering? Are we really immortal? Are &des possible? We will conduct a systematic inquiry into these gumions which form the basis of religious beliefs. (Suggest=&: 1prior course in philosophy) (Cross-listed with Religion 350) Oriental Philosophy A study of the basic concepts and philosophies which underlie Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism and Taoism. (Suggested:1prior course in philosophy) Poli ti& PMIosophy Ey studying the writings af political philosophers from antiquity up to the modern period, students win be asked to examine m c i a l questions concerning the organization of human society. Therelation of thenature of the smte to religion, the home and the city will be took& at through the eyes of Mato, Aristotle, Cicero, Dante and Machiavelli. Philosophy of Science The scientist's knowledge of the world is purported to be profoundly different and better than that of the non-scientist. Is this true? What constitutes scientific knowledge? Are there certain real questions which science cannot answer? How certain are the methods used by the scientist to recover knowledge? In addition to dealing with these questions, students will work in researching and developing philosophical problems in the special sciences. (Suggested prior course, 130 or 1course in natural science) 370 380 399 410 430 499 Existentialism Studies in the writings -both philosophical and literary - of prominent Existentialist authors. We will examine what it means to be a being-in-theworld, and explore such themes as absurdity, freedom, guilt, despair and paradox. (Suggested: 1 prior course in philosophy) Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethicalprinciples to problems which arise inthe areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. Topics in Philosophy Advanced studies covering a specificarea of philosophy, such as philosophical movements, the history of an idea or specific problem, or interdisciplinary problems. Seminar format. May be taken more than once for credit. (Suggested prior courses, any from 141,242,343,344 or consent of instructor) Studies in Individual Philosophers Advanced studies in the philosophy of particular philosophers, e.g., Plato, St. Thomas, Marx, Hegel, Kierkegaard or Wittgenstein. Seminar format. (Suggested prior courses: 141,242,343, or consent of instructor) Independent Study Individual study and research on some philosophical topic of interest to the student, worked out in consultation with the faculty adviser. - V Physics : -+ b! Department (PHY) Physicists are not only curious about the world, but ambitious as well. Their aim is to understand the fundamental principles which describe and govern all physical aspects of the universe. Called "natural philosophers" in previous centuries, physicists investigate natural systems by means of controlled experimentation and mathematical analysis. Physics includes the study of systems ranging in size from sub-atomic particles to the largest of galaxies, and from the relative stillness of near absolute zero temperature to the fiery activity of the stars. As a fascinating and expanding area of study and as a basic science, physics plays an important role in many of the liberal arts disciplines and contributes to society's understanding of such areas as energy, weather, medical science and space exploration. Recognizing the importance of physics in contemporary life and realizing that keeping abreast of the rapid advances is an ever increasing challenge, the Department intends to bring to the students not only basic concepts but also insights into recent developments. In this process, the faculty expects challenges to arise, be met, and stimulate sound thinking, perceptive judgment, and an interest in experimental techniques. To this end a rigorous major provides students with the in-depth preparation required for graduate study. More than two-thirds of the graduates in Physics have completed or are currently working toward graduate degrees at a number of fine universities across the nation. A major in physics provides flexibility. It also serves as a stepping stone for graduate work in related areas such as computer science, atmospheric science and meteorology, astronomy, oceanography, biophysics, environmental science, engineering and medical and health related fields for many physics graduates. In addition, the Physics Program at Augsburg functions in a supportive role for students majoring in mathematics, chemistry, biology and computer science. The Department also supervises the Pre-Engineering program with degree programs available at cooperating universities at both the bachelofs and the advanced degree levels. Cooperative Education, Internship, and Undergmduate Research programs provide opportunities for students to apply fheir physicaI science knowledge and problem solving skills in practical situations in industrial, governmental, and academic settings. Students may participate in alternating term Co-op programs or work part-time during two or more academic terms. Internship opportunities alone generally involve only one semester. The Department serves the liberal arts tradition by offering courses for the non-science students that will enable them to attain a general understanding of a particular area of science. These courses seek to provide the basic starting point for further study and the opportunity to enable students to follow new developments with some degree of comprehension. Physics Faculty: Mark Engebretson (Chairperson),Nick Arge, Kenneth Erickson, Jeffrey Johnson, William Monsma . . . B.A. Major; 9murres, including 121,122,2k,351,362,363,395and 396 (l/2course each), plus 2 courses above 122. B.S. Major: 12courses, including 121,122,245,261,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (1/2course each), and 486, plus 2 courses above 122.A yea. of introductory chemistry is also required. B.A. Major with Concentration in Space Physics: 13 courses, including 121,122, 245,261,320,351,352,362,363,395 and 396 (1/2 course each). 420 and 486, plus 1 course above 122. A year of introductory chemistry is also required. In planning their courses of study, students are encouraged to workclosely with members of the physics faculty. Normally, students should have MAT 124,125, and PHY 121,122 the freshmanyear, and MAT 224 and 226 the sophomore year. Teaching Licensure Major: The same as the major. Students are advised to refer to the EducationDepartment sectionof the Catalogand consultwith the Education Department early in their planning. Honors Major: A GPA of 3.6 in physics and 3.0 overall. An independent investigation of a physics topic with an oral defense of the written research report. Application for the honors major should be made no later than the f i s t term of the senior year. Minor: 5 courses, including 121,122, and 3 courses above 122. Soaety of Physics Students: The Augsburg chapter of Society of Physics Students provides students the opportunities of membership ina national physics society and of participating in the physics community on a professional basis. Membership in SPS is open to all students interested in physics. Sigma Pi Sigma: Membership in the Augsburg chapter of this national physics honor society is open to those students who have completed the equivalent of a minor in physics, have a GPA of 3.0 in physics and overall, and rank in the upper third of their class. 101 103 106 Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies that q u i r e s elementaryalgebra-Thenecssaryopticalinstruments areexplained and use is made of a 12-inchreflecting telescope, an Sinch Celesbn, and a 3-in& Questar. Occasional night viewing. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Mathema tics PIament Group TI) Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems, and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical educatisn (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 111. Spring) Introductory Meteorology A study of the science and wonders of theatmosphere. The courseis designed to provide a working knowledge of the basic science principles required for understanding weather and climate. Attention will be given to the overall weather patterns of theearth and to themany varied aspectsof weather, some of which include: clouds and precipitation, thunderstorms, tornadoes and hurricanes, weather monitoring and forecasting, the influenceof weather on pollution, fronts and cyclones, and opticalphenomena of the sky. The course is designed to be an elective or to satisfy the distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: Mathematics Placement Group 11) 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of 20th century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (3 o n e hour lectures, 2-hour laboratory. Prereq: Mathematics Placement Group 11. Fall) 121,122 General Physics I, I1 A rigorous study of classical physics including mechanics, wave motion, thermodynamics, electricity, magnetism, and optics. Designed for physics majors, pre-engineering students and other specified majors. Must be taken in sequence. (3 one-hour lectures, 3-hour laboratory. Prereq.: MAT 124 or concurrent registration. 121, Fall; 122 Spring) 199 Internship Internship for Lower Division credit. 245 Modem Physics An introduction to modern physics from a historical and experimentalbasis. Relativity, quantum effects, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear and solid state physics. This courseindicatesthe need for, and develops the experimental basis of, quantum mechanics. (3 onehour lectures. Prereq.: 122. Fall) 261 Electronics A review of AC and DC circuits and study of analog electronicscomprisesthe first half of the semester. The second half includes study of digital electronics culminating in analysis and use of microprocessors and microcomputer systems. (Prereq.: 103,111 or 122; and MAT 122 or 125) 299 DirectedStudy Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 320 Introduction to Space Science A s w e y of the earth's space environment including solar, planetary, magnetospheric, ionospheric, and upper atmospheric physics. Topics include solar flares, solar corona, the solar wind, the bow shock, magnetopause, radiation belts, plasma sheet, magnetic storms, and magnetosphere-ion* sphere coupling with special emphasis on magnetospheric substorms, current systems, particle precipitation,and aurora. (3onehour lectures. Prereq.: 245) 327 Special Functions of Mathematical Physics at an intermediate level, with A; introduction to mathematical emphasis on functionswhich have been developed to aid in analyzing problems in physics and engineering. Beginning with a review of complex numbers and partial differentiation, topics include Fourier series, series solution of selected differential equations, Legendre, Bessel, and other orthogonal functions, partial differential equations, and functionsof a complex variable. (Prereq.: 122 or consent of instructor; MAT 224 or equivalent) 351,352 Mechanics I, I1 A careful study of classical mechanics in terms of Newton's laws of motion and the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian formalisms.Topics include conservation principles, single particle motion, systems of particles, oscillatory systems, central-force motion, dynamics of rigid bodies, gravitation, kinematics of two-particle systems and noninertial reference frames. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 122, MAT 226.351, Fall; 352 Spring) 362,363 Electromagnetic Fields I, I1 The classical e l m m a g n e t i c field theory is dweloped using the vector calculus throughout. Electrostatics, rnagnetostatics, solution of Laplace's and Poisson's equations, electric and magnetic properties of materials, and the theory of electromagnetic radiation based on Maxwell's equations. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: MAT 226.362, Fall; 363, Spring) 395,396 Comprehensive Laboratory (112 course each) An emphasis on independent laboratoryinvestigations,including participation in physics seminars. Experiments in the area of mechanics, thermodynamics, vacuum physicrs, electronics, electricity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. (1 th~+hourlaboratory and 1 seminar hour per week. Prereq.: Junior standing or consent of instructor) 399 Internship Internship for Upper Division credit. 420 Plasma Physics A rigorous study of the fundamentals of plasma physics including plasma parameters, plasma drifts and particle motion, electric and magnetic fields, kinetic theory, and Maxwell-Boltzmanndistribution functionand Boltzmann equation,magnetohydrodynamics, plasmawaves and instabilities,and transport processes. The applications of plasma physics to laboratory and space plasmas will be emphasized. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 362, 363 or concurrent registration) 481 Thermal Physics The study of properties of systemsand processes for which temperature is an important variable. The subject is developed from two independent yet complementary viewpoints; the experimental, macroscopic classical thermodynamics and the theoretical, microscopic statistical mechanics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 351. Spring) 486 Quantum Physics I A development from first principles, including de Broglie's postulates, the Schroedingerequation, operators, wavefunctions, expectation values, angular momentum, and approximation methods. Specific problems studied include potential wells and potential barriers, the harmonic oscillator, and the hydrogen atom. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 245,351. Fall) 488 Quantum Physics I1 The application of quantum mechanics to specific topics chosen from the areas of solid state physics, atomic and molecular physics, nuclear physics, and particle physics. (3 one-hour lectures. Prereq.: 486. Spring) 499 Independent Study An opportunity for students to explore systematically a problem in experimental or theoretical physics, worked out in consultation with a faculty adviser. Open to juniors and seniors with Departmental approval. I I V Political Science Department (POL) Firmly grounded in the liberal arts tradition, political science has roots in the humanities, including philosophy and history. Through its use of statistical analysis, it relates not only to other behavioral sciences, but also to mathematics and the sciences generally. The role and significance of authority in human affairs establish the focus of political science; because politics is a central and enduring reality in the world, it affects and is affected by many other human concerns. As an academic discipline, political science uses systematic inquiry and analysis to examine political reality and to suggest and test alternatives. The student who majors in political science will explore political ideas and values, investigate political cooperation and conflict, analyze and compare political systems, and develop perspectives on international relations. In the process, the student will be encouraged to relate insights from other liberal arts disciplines such as philosophy, psychology, economics, history, and sociology to the study of politics. Providing work in several sub-fields of political science, the major supplies the breadth appropriate for graduate work in the discipline, as well as in public adminstration, public policy analysis, law, and other professions.If also serves as a foundation on which to deveIop careers in public service, business, communications, and other fields. Legislative and ofher Internships, as well as significant independent research projects, are within easy reach of Augsburg political science students in the Twin Cities area; combined with broad, balanced and flexible course offerings, these special opportunities enhance the student's potential for graduate study and a successful career. Augsburg political science students have the benefit of an experienced faculty that brings a balanced expertise to the course offerings, as well as special strengths in interpreting politics in the contexts of the mass communications media, communism, and American public law. The Departmental faculty is committed to the view that the study of politics, involving as it does an understanding of the human heritage and the importance of informed choice in human affairs, is an important aspect of liberal learnings. Political Science Faculty: Norma Noonan (Chairperson), Milda Hedblom, Andrew Aoki, Philip Fishman, Mary Ellen Lundsten, Joseph Goldman, Myles Stenshoel Major: 9 courses, plus Statistical Analysis (SOC 362). Required: 121 or 1220r 160 or 170; 158; 384; and at least 5 other Upper Division courses in 4 out of 5 political science areas. A seminar in 1of the 5 areas may be counted for that area. Honors MajOG The Honors Majm in Political Science includes the requirements Listed above, plus the following:The student's gradcpoirrt averagemust be 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. The student must take an Honors Independent Study and a seminar, and must submit, not later than March I of the senioryear, an HonorsTh&sta be defended beforea faculty committee. Students maywork with any member of the Department on their Honors Thesis. For specific requirements,mnsul t the Departmental Chairperson.Students should applyfor the Honors Major no later than the first term of the junior year. Minor: 5 courses, including: 121 or 122 or 170; 158; and at least 3 Upper Division courses in 3 out of 5 political science areas. Political Science Areas: (I) American Government and Politics 01) Comparative Politics and Analysis (111) International Politics (IV) Public Law (V)Political Theory and Analysis. Any course listed in more than one area may be counted in only one area toward major or minor requirements. Note: Students interested in secondaryeducation may take a political science major in combination with specified social science courses, in compliance with state requirements. For more information, see the Department Chairperson. See the class schedule for precise listing of terms in which courses are offered. I. American Government and Politics 121 122 325 326 American Government and Politics The politics of American government including the forms of political ideas; the pattern of participation; the dynamics of congressional, presidential and bureaucratic policymaking; and current issues in American society. Metropolitan Complex Politics in the urban setting, including important issues, actors, and structures influencing public policy in the modem urban complex. Discussionlecture, simulation, and meetings with political experts and activists. Public Administration The politics of public administration and bureaucratic policy-making in the United States; governmental regulation, promotion and management, emphasizing political and economic interaction. (Prereq.:1coursein political science or consent of instructor) Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections (optional in non-presidential election years). (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of instructor. Fall term of election years) 342 370 371 421 Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communicationson individualbehavior; the uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. (Junior and senior students only) Constitutional Law I (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) Constitutional Law I1 (See Section IV for description. Alternate years) Topics in American Politics Selected themes, including legislative, executive or judicial process, and policy process in American politics; national, urban or state focus; topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand) 11. Comparative Politics and Analysis 158 350 351 381 459 Political Patterns and Processes An analysis of basic patterns in the political system and decision-making process with some comparison of major political systems and discussion of contemporary issues. Comparative Democracies The emergence, maintenance and decline of selected democracies, focusing on political behavior, institutions, and processes. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor) Communist Political Systems A comparativeanalysis of the Soviet Union and other Communist states in terms of political behavior, institutions, processes and politics. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of instructor) Democratic Theory and Practice (See Section V for description) Topics in Comparative Politics Selected themes including interpretations of political systems and comparisons of political processes such as political participation, communications, political developments, political change, and revolution. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor. On demand) 111. International Politics 160 363 World Politics Introduction to the processes and issues of international politics, including the dynamicsof the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Communist Foreign Policies Analysis of the motivation, formulation, and implementation of foreign policies of Communist nations with emphasis upon the Soviet Union and China. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor) 461 490 Topics in International Politics Selected themes including interpretations of international politics, foreign policy decision making, simulations of international problems. Topic to be included in subtitle. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of instructor) Seminar in International Relations Capstoneseminar for studentsmajoring ininternational relations; analysisof some methods for studying international relations; analysis of major trends; senior thesis. Open to other students by consent of instructor. (Prereq.: 4 courses in the international relations sequence) IV. Public Law 170 370 371 375 Law in the United States A surveyof American law and legal process. Theories of law;law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Constitutional Law I The legal-political-philosophicalrole of the SupremeCourt in the American political system in significant decisions affecting the allocation of powers in the national government and in the federal system. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Constitutional Law I1 Constitutionallimitationsof the Bill of Rights and of the Fourteenth Amendment as applied by the SupremeCourt to the protection of human rights and civil liberties of individuals. (Prereq.: 170 or consent of instructor. Alternate years) Media Regulation, Law, and Ethics A study of key issues and contemporary conflicts in media ethics and regulation, including the uses of law to settle disputes about content in the media, access to the media and ownership of the media. Alternative justifications and critiques of mass media systems will be examined. (Prereq.: Lower Division political science course, speech/communications course, SPC/POL 342, or permission of instructor) V. Political Theory and Analysis 158 380 381 Political Patterns and Processes (See Section I1 for description) Western Political Thought A study of influential political philosophers, emphasizingthe values, goals, and assumptionswhich continueto inform and to rationalize humangovernance. (Prereq.: 1course in political science or consent of instructor) Democratic Theory and Practice A study of democratic theory and public policy practice with focus on the emergence of political democracy, capitalism and the welfare state in comparative perspective. (Prereq.: 1 course in political science or consent of instructor) 382 484 Marxist Theory: From Marx to Mao Origins and evolution of Marxist theory and movements emphasizing Marxism as developed in Russia and China. Consideration of the political, social, and economic dimensions of the theories, with some focus on the preferred futures envisaged in the doctrine. (Prereq.: 158 or consent of instructor) Political Analysis Seminar An analysis of different approaches and theories in the study of politics including in examination of the requirements of science as a model for political study; major research required. (Prereq.: Statistical Analysis; 158 and 2 Upper Division courses, or consent of instructor) VI. Seminars, Independent Study and Internships 199 295 299 399 490 495 498 499 Internship Lower DivisionInternship.Consult Internship Supervisorin theDepartment to determine project. (P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) Lower Division Seminar Specialtopics.Consult Department Chairpersonconcerningtermsand subject matter. (On demand) Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Internship Consult Chairperson or Internship Director to determine project. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. P/N grading only unless Internship Supervisor grants exception. Fall, Interim, Spring) Seminar in International Relations (See Section III for description) Seminar Selected topics. Consult Department Chairperson concerning terms and subject matter. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Independent Study: Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Independent Study Topics defined through consultation between instructor and student. ( P r e req.: Consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) V Psychology Department (PSY) Psychology, with its emphasis on behavioral observation and data, provides a perspective on human activities which is an integral part of a liberal education. The goal of the Psychology program is the improved understanding of human behavior by studying how people cope with their environment and interact with each other. The Department's courses have three basic goals: (1) to introduce the student to the current information and methods in psychology as well as earlier approaches to psychological questions; (2) to develop the ability to analyze, interpret, and evaluate behavioral research, and (3) to provide practice in the application of these principles. The Department program provides an emphasis on both field experiences and the theoretical foundation for graduate study in psychology and related areas. Cooperative Education and Internships are designed to provide students with practical pre-professional experience. On the job experience gives students the opportunity to test career fields and develop professional contacts. Psychologists use a variety of methods to study behavior, including experimentation, observation and clinical case analysis. Faculty members in the Department of Psychology at Augsburg have varied professional specializations which include areas such as counseling, physiological psychology, human development, personality and computer applications. The Psychology program's emphasis on the use of a problem solving approach, the acquisition of information about human development and interaction, and the development of human relations skills can be beneficial in careers in business, education and other social services, the church and government, as well as in careers such as research, law, and medicine. Student interns are placed in the metropolitan area where they can acquire practical, pre-professional experience and develop professional contacts. This program mutually benefits the students and the community. Psychology Faculty: Lyla Anderegg, Grace Dymd, Norman Ferguson, Paul Hirdman, Duane Johnson Major: 10coursesincluding 105,264,265,381,399, and 493. A minimum of 5 courses must be from Augsburg. Students are also expected to select 1course from the Developmental/Personalitycourses and other electives to complete the major. Not more than 2 courses from among 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward requirements for a major. It is recommended that psychology majors take additional course work from other areas that will complement and strengthen their particular interests in psychology; for example, areas such as business administration,biology, or communication. All psychology majors MUST have an adviser in the Psychology Department. Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall, and completion of a high quality research project culminatingthe major program. Application for honors consideration must be made during the junior year. Please consult the Department Chairperson for more detailed requirements. Minor: 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than 1course from 299,399, and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 264 (or SOC 362), 399, CSC 145, SOC 363, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematicand periodic assessmentsof programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For further information contact Norman Ferguson. 105 199 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior.The structure of the field of psychology, including its major sub-areas, is emphasized. Internship Internship on Lower Division level. Cooperative Education Program may apply here. Students are encouraged to seek an appropriate placement site by registering with the Augsburg Cooperative Education Office. Sensing and Perceiving An ecologically oriented approach to the study of perceptual systems. Emphasis on the processing of environmental information and how this relates to adaptive behavior and subjective experience. Topics include: adaptation to novel environments, machine intelligence, and anomalous perception such as illusions. (Prereq.: 105. On demand) 165 Research Methods: Design, Procedure, and Analysis I, I1 A two-term sequence including experimentation in human learning, problem solving, social psychology, and sensation-perception. Emphasis will be placed on both statistical and experimental design methodology. Research Methods I may be taken for credit without continuing in Research Methods 11. Majors in psychology must take both terms of the Go-term sequence; 264 must precede265;265 should betaken inthe termimmediately following 264. (Prereq.: 105) Directed Study Limited registration by special permission. Specific planning for the study must be completed and approved well in advance of the time of registration. Social Behavior Social factors which influenceindividual and group behavior in naturalistic and experimental settings. Topics include: cooperation, competition, affiliation, conformity and attitudes. Developmental Psychology: Child Emphasis on normal child development and behavior. Consideration of theoretical systems used for viewing the developmental sequence and process. Inquiry into practical implicationsand applicationsof data and theory in respect to the development of children. (Prereq.: 105) Developmental Psychology: Adolescent and Young Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the adolescent and young adult periods of life. (Prereq.: 105) Developmental Psychology: Middle Adult and Older Adult Emphasis on normal development and behavior. Consideration of data and theory related to development during the middle adult and older adult periods of life. Includes perspectives on death and dying. (Prereq.: 105) Brain & Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory, and mental disorders. (Prereq.: 105) Additional lab hours required. (On demand) Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and manmade, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and cities. (Prereq.: 105) Learning earning concepts, behavior change principles and psychology of instruction. Behavior change and individualized instruction projects. (Prereq.: 105) Psychological Assessment Theory, principles and examples of tests of personality and intelligence. (Prereq.: 105. On demand) Personality An introduction to the field of personality study with special attention directed toward personality theories and contemporary application of those theories. (Prereq.: 105) Abnormal Psychology An introduction to maladaptive human behaviors from the social, organic and psychological points of view. Visitation to a variety of community service agencies will accompany classroom learning. (Prereq.: 105) Psychology of the Individual: Female and Male A study involvingknowledgeof materials bearing on the developmentof sex differences and roles, the effect of societyupon values and goals, differential legal status of each sex and psychophysiological data bearing upon these differences. (Prereq.: 105or consent of instructor) Organizational Psychology Theoreticalconceptualizations of organizationalbehavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluationand maintenance of workeffectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq.: 105) Psychology in Historical Perspective Historical development of psychological viewpoints and theoretical positions. (Prereq.: 2 psychology courses) Internship Prior to the beginning of the term, interested studentsshould consult with the Departmental Internship Coordinator regarding requirements and permission to register. Grading is on a P/N basis. Program Evaluation The application of scientific research techniques and statistical analysis to programs for social improvement. Designing information systems for the ongoing monitoring of programs. Assessing community needs. Assessing program effectiveness and efficiency. The political and organizational context of program monitoring and evaluation. The role of evaluation research for social policy and program improvement. (Prereq.: 264 or SOC 362; SOC 363. On demand) Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Considerationgiven to goals and ethical guidelinesfor a counseling relationship. (Prereq.: 4 psychology courses) Current Topics in Psychology Study of selected areas and topics in psychology that are not treated extensively through current course offerings. Specific topics will be published prior to registration. (Prereq.: 105and consent of instructor. Alternate years) Seminar: Contemporary Issues Discussion of contemporary societal issues from a psychologicalviewpoint. Consideration of the approaches and methods used by psychologists in studying such issues. (Prereq.: 5 psychology courses) Independent Study Limited registration by special permission for advanced studentsin psychology. Students must present a written plan prior to registration including carefully considered rationale and purpose for the proposed study. V Religion Department (REL) Augsburg College understands itself as a college of the church and it is persuaded that the Christian faith provides an appropriate perspective from which to undertake its educational task. The biblical faith and tradition of the Christian church have influenced the Western world to a degree much greater than is sometimes recognized. They have affected and continue to influence language, literature, history, values, and political structures. The student encounters this religious tradition in studying these and other areas. The study of religion and theology is intended to make such encounters more meaningful by a better knowledge of biblical history and that of the Christian church, and by a larger acquaintance with theological thought. While it is true that the fundamental orientation of this College is to the Christian faith, it is also true that the field of religion obviously includes more than is represented by the Christian faith. Large segments of the earth's population live by religious concepts and ideas which are different from those prominent in the West. The Department of Religion seeks to introduce students to some of these major religious traditions. Courses in religion are not intended to be footnotes to courses in other disciplines and departments. The study of religion and the discipline of theology have an integrity of their own. It is the hope and expectation of the Department that students will become better acquainted with the content and character of the Christian faith and enable them to reflect theologically on their own religious commitment. The College offers both a major and a minor in Religion. Students who wish to work in the church as a parish or youth worker or as a director of Christian Education may find a major in religion appropriate for that purpose. Religion Faculty: Philip Quanbeck (Chairperson), John Benson, Bradley Holt, Curtis Peter, Stephen Pinsky, Eugene Skibbe Major: 8 courses, including 111,221,356,481 and 495, the seminar especially for majors, taken in the junior or senior year. Before taking the seminar, each major must have written 1 formal research paper and placed it on file with the Department Chairperson. Only 1 Interim course may be applied to the major. One Upper Division New Testament Greek course may be applied to the major. Major in Church Staff Work: 9 courses, including 111,221,356,358,360 or 483,362, 399,471 or 473,481. These together with specified courses in other departments can lead to Augsburg certification. Program for Christian Day School Teachers: Students pursue one of the regular teacher education programs in the Department of Education to prepare for licensure by the State of Minnesota. In addition to the licensure program, 5 courses in religion are required: 111,221,362, The Christian Day School (Interim) and The Lutheran Heritage (Interim). Student Teaching experience is required in both a public school setting and in a Christian Day School. This program prepares students who are interested in teaching in Christian Day Schools, particularly those of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, although participation is not limited to such schools. Honors Major: GPA of 3.3 in the major and 3.0 overall; research project approved by the Department and colloquium with the Department. Minor: 5 courses. Not more than 1 Interim course may be counted for the minor. Certificate in Church Staff Work: 9 Religion courses (111,221,356,358,360 or 483, 362,399,471 or 473,481); HPE 232; PSY 105,351,352 or 371,485; SOC 211 or PSY 373, SOC 231; SPC 354. This program meets or exceeds the educational requirements of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, but certification by the church is a separate function. By adding 2 or 3 courses from appropriate departments, the student can develop special emphases in parish education, business management or diaconal work. Notes: Religion 111 or 221 is prerequisite to all other courses. Department approval is necessary before courses taken in other colleges can be accepted for Religion Department and/or general education course credit. All majors are urged to consult with the Department Chairperson. 111 199 221 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Internship Internship on Lower Division level. Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergenceof the church. Directed Study Independent Study on Lower Division level. Philosophy of Religion (See under Philosophy Department) Denominations and Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. (Spring) History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto, and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. (Fall) Survey of Church History A survey of Christian history in the early, medieval, Reformation, and modern periods. Some attention to primary sources, in addition to interpretations of the periods in question. The expansion of the church, its inner life, its relation to the state, and the development of its doctrine will be major elements of the study. Life and Work of the Church Congregationallifein itsvaried character withattention directed to Christian education and curriculum, youth work and parish work. (Alternate years) Religion and Society An examination of theinteraction of religion and societyin terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociologicalresearch on religious movements in American society. (Spring) The Church in the First Four Centuries A study of the early Christian Church in the context of the Roman Empire, including such topics as persecution and martyrdom, the development of the creeds, Christianity in conflict with Gnosticism and mystery religions, monasticism and mysticism, early Christian worship; also including the theology of several early Christian leaders and a special unit on the life and thought of Augustine. (Alternateyears, Spring) Theology of the Reformers An introduction to the theological thought of the Protestant reformers of the 16th century. Special attention to the writings of Martin Luther and other representative figures. (Fall) Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. (Fall) Scandinavian Immigrant Church History Topics and themes related to church history and Scandinavianimmigration to this country. (Offered as funding permits) The Church and Social Change in h t i n America (See under Program in Global Community) Internship Limited to students who have completed at least four academic courses, have at least first semester junior standing, and satisfy Department guidelines. Church Music and Worship (See under Music Department) Jesus and His Interpreters Consideration of the New Testament documents, particularly the Gospels, dealing with their context, literary structure and relationships. Attention to the variety of interpretations given the person of Jesus, including the "quest for the historical Jesus." (Fall) Theology of Paul A study of the ApostlePaul including his historical background, his relationship to the early church, and some of the themes to be found in his writings. (Alternateyears, Spring) The Message of the Old Testament The various types of Old Testament literature. The distinctive ideas of Hebrew thought with emphasis on the message of the prophets. (Alternate years, Spring) Judaism A surveyof the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chatauqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaismoffered in the Religion Department. (Fall) Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematicperspective, in thelight of thecontinuing theological task of the Christian Church. (Spring) Christian Ethics The bases of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. (Fall) Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. (Alternateyears, Spring) Seminar Selected topics. Required of majors in the junior or senior year. Others by permission of instructor. (Fall) Independent Study Limited to students who are religion majors and satisfy Departmental guidelines. V Russian Area Studies Norma C. Noonan, Campus Coordinator, Staff Russian Area Studies is an ACTC joint major which seeks to give the student the broadest possible exposure to Russian and Soviet history, politics, literature, traditions and philosophy. The major is interdisciplinary and offers perspectives on Russia both past and present. A minimum of two years of the Russian language is required. This major is a good foundation for students preparing for careers in government, teaching, international business, or law, especially when combined with a second major in a field such as business, economics, history, language, political science or theology. It also is a good foundation for graduate study in history, political science, language and literature or international relations. Major: 11 courses: 4 courses (2 years) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies);2 courses in Russian history; 1course in Marxist theory; 1course in Russian literature; 1course in Soviet politics; 2 other courses from approved electives. Minor: 6 courses: 2 courses (1 year) of basic college Russian (or equivalent competencies);1course in Russian history; 1course in Soviet politics; 1course in Marxist theory; 1other course from the approved list of electives. Each student's major program must be approved by the Coordinator. V Scandinavian Area Studies (SCA) Mary Kingsley, Foreign Language Department Chairperson Major: 8 Upper Division courses. Minor: 4 Upper Division courses. Note: Major programs must contain 4 courses listed in the Augsburg Catalog or transferred to Augsburg as Upper Division Scandinavian Area Studies courses, i.e., courses taught by a Scandinavian language department or subdepartment regardless of their content, which may be linguistic, literary or cultural. Students graduating with a major or minor must also present the equivalent of intermediate level competence in a Scandinavian language. See Norwegian courses under Foreign Language Department. Recommended Supporting Preparation: Study in Scandinavia, elective courses which may lead toward a second major such as English, history, urban studies, business administration. Old Norse (See under Department of Foreign Languages Norwegian) Contemporary Scandinavia A broad survey of Scandinavianculture with special emphasis on conditions and developmentsin the20th century. Knowledge of Scandinavianlanguage desirable but not required. (On demand) The Modem Scandinavian Novel Lectures provide a survey of the Scandinaviannovel. Class discussionbased on assigned reading of selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlof, Piir Lagerkvist, Knut Hamsun, Halldor Laxnessand others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavianlanguage. (On demand) The Modern Scandinavian Drama Readingsincludedramatic worksby Ibsen, Bjomson, Strindberg,Lagerkvist, Munk and other 20th century dramatists. Lectures provide a survey of Scandinaviandrama with emphasis on Ibsen and Strindberg. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language desirable. Language majors and minors will be required to do assigned readings and written work in a Scandinavian language. (On demand) Scandinavian Immigrant Church History (See under Department of Religion) Norwegian Language and Culture (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) Scandinavia in the World (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) Scandinavian Arts (See under Department of Art) Norwegian Art and Literature: Perspectives on Social Change (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) Urbanization and Development in Scandinavia (See under Metro-Urban Studies, SUST) Seminar: Ethnidmmigration Experience (Offered periodically under Department of History 495 Seminar) Independent Study In consultation with a faculty member, student selects a specific topic for study. V Social Science Khin Khin Jensen,Coordinator A student may not list a double major in Social Science and in one of the component disciplines unless the distribution selected in the Social Science major is significantly different from the other major. Non-Western Major: 14 courses: HIS 104; 1 social science methodology course (ECO279, PSY 264, SOC 362 or 365); and 12courses, in at least 4 disciplines, from the following: ECO 112,258; HIS 103,322,323,324,440,474; POL 351,363,382, 461; PHI 355; REL 356; SOC 336; seminars, Independent Studyor Interim courses on relevant topics in History and/or Political Science. The student planning to fulfillthis social sciencemajor should consult the Chairpersonof theDepartment of History in choosing a major adviser. V Social Studies Jerry Gerasimo, Coordinator Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professionalrequirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency-based program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. SocialStudiesTeachingLicensure: 7 courses(ECO112or113,Geography, HIS222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336) plus a major in 1of 5 fields -Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology. Studentsconsideringa career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordir~ator. V Social Work Devartment The Social Work major program prepares graduates for entry-level professional practice in the field of human services. The program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, and leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The program is based on a generalist model of practice, enabling graduates to work with individuals, families, groups, communities, and to develop and analyze social policy. The College's commitment to the liberal arts is highly compatible with education for professional social work practice. The liberal arts with its emphasis on breadth of understanding, cultural and ethnic diversity, openness to new ideas, analysis and synthesis, is an ideal foundation for social work education. As Sir Richard Livingston has said, "A technician is a person who knows everything there is to know about his/her job except its ultimate purpose and social consequence." Effective social workers should not be technicians. Augsburg social work graduates are entry level professionals. Augsburg College's motto, "Education for Service," exemplifies the philosophy of the Social Work Department. Unique learning opportunities for field work placement and cultural enrichment are provided by a metropolitan setting known for a humane quality of life which is enhanced by the arts, outstanding human services, and a highly-educated populace. Social work opportunities abound. Minnesota is known for the vitality and relevance of its social services. The Twin Cities, as the hub for these services, provides both a plethora of field placements for social work students and external experts for the classroom. The ethnic and economic diversity present in this metropolitan area provides opportunities for social work students to learn to understand, appreciate, respect, and work with people different from themselves and to be enriched by this opportunity to interact with diverse clients and professionals. The Social Work Program strives to contribute to its environment as well as to gain from it. Appropriately, social work students have been involved in a wide variety of community service efforts including helping to develop a Big Brother/Big Sister program on campus, mobilizing students to assist a social service agency in their annual Christmas giving program, and tutoring at a local neighborhood center. The Social Welfare minor and electives in the Department allow students to support another major while gaining knowledge about human needs and growth, human services, and the methods of effective citizenship. Students taking these courses have the opportunity to become knowledgeable about public issues and develop and nurture a perspective that sees the central importance of diversity to the social fabric of this country. But beyond knowledge, students are encouraged to use their talents and skills to address the needs of society in the interest of the public good. Social Work Faculty: Mary Lou Williams (Chairperson),Maria Brown, Francine Chakolis, Edwina Hertzberg, Rosemary Link Major: 11Core Program courses: 361,363,364,461,462,463,465,466,467,469, and SOC365; and 8 SupportingProgram courses:257,260; BIOlO1;PSY 105;SOC 121, 231,265,365,375. (The Sociologysequenceconstitutesa minor in that discipline.) A minimum grade of 2.0 is required for each course in the core program and a 2.0 average is required in the supporting program. Concentration:Concentrationin Aging, ChemicalDependency, Crime and Corrections, Social Ministries, and Youth are possible. Concentration consists of courses descriptive of functional, dysfunctional, and programmatic aspects, plus field work placement in the senior year in the special area. For Social Ministries, a minor in religion with specific coursework is required. Completion of a concentration is noted on the transcript. Candidacy: Social work majors must apply for candidacy status before the beginning of the senior year. Certain 400 level courses list candidacy as a prerequisite. A written self-statement, reference letters, and the completion of all Core and Supporting Program courses below the 400 level is necessary for candidacy review. Social Welfare Minor: 6 courses, including 257 (or approved alternative), 361,463; 260 or SOC 375; SOC 265; and 1of 465, POL 121,158,325. School SocialWork Certif ication: StateDepartmentof Education-requiredHuman Relations Certification for school social work is available through successful completion of EDS 388. Elective courses open to all students: 257 260 299 340 361 399 463 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human senrice professionals, minority professionals, clients and communities, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Especially recommended for freshmen and sophomores. Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influencethe growth of individuals and families in contemporary American society. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of "sustaining environment," and other special stressesrelevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic and/or life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain self-understanding through use of their own experiences. Directed Study An opportunity for students to do readings and study on topics of interest. Proposed study must be approved in advance of registration. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) Policies, Program and Skills for the Aging This course includes the study of the impact of social policy on the older population, the older population's impact on social policy, services planned to address needs of older population, and skills needed to work with this population. Class conducted in senior citizen residence. (Prereq.: Sophomore or consent of instructor) Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and the diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agencyvisits highlight the course. (Prereq.: Junior or consent of instructor. Fall) Internship* Provides field learning experience for the non-major and supplements the required field work of majors (Prereq.: Consent of instructor) Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of communityorganization and social change, 2) understanding the theories, basic issues, and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the local community in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. (Prereq.: Senior or consent of instructor) Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of social policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed firsthand through work with a public policy agency or official. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq.: 361,463, and senior or consent of instructor) Special Topics (112 to 1 course) Current issues in social work theory or practice. To be announced. (Prereq.: Consent of instructor. Offered periodically in Interim) Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: 257 and consent of instructor) *Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work in field sites. Cour'sesreserved for Social Work majors only: Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individualsand small groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship-buildingskills. Lecture-discussion sessions and/ or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 361, junior) Field Work P Beginning supervised professional experiencein a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportive/discussion seminar per week. Brereq.: 361, junior, concurrent with 363) Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptationsof the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasison development of generalist practice skillsand eclecticapproaches with a focus on diversity of professionals and client populations. Lectures and/or laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq.: 2.0 in 363 and in 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with 462) 363 462 466 467 469 Field Work 11* Progressively responsible supervised professional social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups and/or communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportive/discussion seminar per week. (Prereq.: Candidacy status; concurrent with 461) Field Work I11 (Y2 or 1 course)' Continuation of 462 (1/2 course option during Interim. Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,462,463) The Social Worker as Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professionaljob attainment, affirmative action and sexual harassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 461,463) Field Work IV* Continuation of 466. (Prereq.: Candidacy status, 2.0 in 466, concurrent with 467) *Can be taken in coordination with Cooperative Education, which may provide payment for work in field sites. V Sociology Department (SOC) Sociology is a disciplined study of human social behavior. As a relatively young discipline, sociology provides yet another perspective on a theme which is common to many of the disciplines in a liberal arts curriculum, namely the theme that humans are "social animals." Sociology emphasizes the extent to which the human inclination to interact socially comes to exhibit regularized patterns over time. These patterns together form a society or a social structure. Sociology seeks to understand these societal patterns. Sociology also seeks to understand patterns within the great variety of institutions that exist in a society. The Sociology Department at Augsburg is designed to help students think sociologically in terms of obtaining an understanding of society and developing skills in evaluating social institutions and programs. Students are encouraged to select as electives some of the non-traditional learning models available, such a s Internships, Independent Study, Interim courses, and the co-learning courses offered through the Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) program. The Department urges students to use Augsburg's urban setting as a "laboratory" for learning. A major in sociology can prepare one for a variety of careers or for advanced professional studies. Cooperative Education a n d Internships enable majors t o apply the theo.ries and research skills of sociology while they explore career alternatives. Augsburg alumni w h o have majored in sociology a r e currently employed in the personnel departments of both government and private corporations, i n industrial relations work, and in program evaluation. Others have used their majors as preparation for advanced study in areas such as law, the ministry, social work, and urban planning. The Department of Sociology welcomes students who, in their quest for a liberal education, are looking for new and different ways of understanding and appreciating the often taken-for-granted aspects of our world. Sociology Faculty: Diane Pike (Chairperson), Jerry Gerasimo, Gordon Nelson, Garry Hesser, Barbara Johnson Major: 10 courses including 121,349,362,363,375,485. Highly recommended: a Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) course, Internship, Cooperative Education, Independent Study or Upper Division Interim course in sociology. This recommendation is made in the hope that the student will take advantage of the variety of learning models offered through the Department. Consult Department Chairperson concerning areas of concentration. Honors Major: The student must have a minimum GPA of 3.5 in the major and 3.0 overall. Application for honors in sociology candidacy shall consist of submission of thesis proposal to Department Chairperson before April 1of the junior year. Candidacyis contingent upon Departmentalapproval of proposal by April 30 of junior year. After acceptanceas a candidate, the student will register for 499 to complete work on thesis. Honors in sociology will be granted to a candidate who successfully defends the thesis before March 31 of the senior year and maintains the GPA through graduation. Minor: 5 courses including 121 and 2 Upper Division courses (i.e., 300 and above). Certificate in Program Evaluation: 5 courses including 362 (or PSY 2641,363,399, CSC 145, and approved elective. These courses are designed to provide the cognitive background and skill development to perform well as a research assistant for agencies or firms which do program evaluations or self-assessment programs. Systematicand periodic assessmentsof programs for social improvement are increasingly expected by government and funding agencies. For further information contact Department Chairperson. Principles of Sociology Sociology is a unique way of understanding the world. As an academic discipline and a profession, sociology provides insights into culture, roles, groups, interaction, inequality, and social structure. An essential tool for discovering the world and one's place in it. 199 Internship Lower DivisionInternship.Consult Internship Supervisorin the Department to determine project. (Fall, Interim, Spring, and Summer) 211 Human Community and the Modem Metropolis The cultural and structural dynamics of the modern world viewed from the perspective of the metropolitan situation, with a focus on the possibilities of human community in the context of urban institutions and processes. 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The structures and processes within families are studied within their institutional and cultural contexts. 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (P/N grading only) 273 Crime and Corrections This course includes an examination of Corrections programs within the context of the Adult Criminal and JuvenileJustice Systems. Attention is also given to definitions of crime, theoretical formulations as to possible causes and attempts at control. (Aeld visits arranged to correctional facilities.) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division students. (Prereq.: 121and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) 3001301,302,303,304 Special Topics in Sociology A variety of topics offered periodically depending on needs and interests which are not satisfied by regular courseofferings.May be offeredon campus in addition to regular course offerings or off campus in conjunction with Augsburg's Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) Program. (Prereq.: consent of instructor) 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive," "civilized," and "progress." The person's relationto culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq.: 121) 349 Complex Organizations Little in contemporary life is unaffected by the existence of organizations. This course examines organizationsas corporate actors, looking at the topics of culture, technology, structure and corporate deviance. (Prereq.: 121 or permission of instructor) 360 Religion and Society An examinationof theinteraction of religion and societyin terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociologicalresearch on religious movements and institutions in American society. 362 Statistical Analysis The fundamentals of descriptive and inferential statistics for the social sciences. Designed specifically for sociologyand political science majors, but 121 recommended for others needing a statistical background for social science quantitative analysis.(Prereq.: Group I11Math Placement Test. For majors, to be taken preceding 363. Fall) Research Methods An introduction to the skills involved in research design and data analysis. The practice of social research is learned through class activitiesand individual projects. Focus on learning usable skills. To be taken immediately after 362. (Prereq.: 362 or consent of instructor. Spring) Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Overview of commonly-used research methods, especially experimental designs and applications to program evaluations. Consumer overview of methods of organizing, comparing and interpreting quantitative information. Use of data-processing equipment for statisticalanalysis. Designed for social work majors. Not to be taken by sociologymajors. (Prereq.: Level I11 Math Placement Test. Spring) Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group," its relationshipto individualbehavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self" and "identitf' and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday l i f e a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq.: 121, junior or senior students only) The City and Metro-Urban Planning The primary focus of the course is upon the major issues confronting the present and future metropolis. Particular emphasis will center on alternative theories and approaches to shaping the future metropolis. Current developments in the Twin Citiesregionwill be compared and contrasted to urban and regional developments globally and nationally. Resourcesinclude extensive readings, simulations, films, outside speakers and field trips in a seminar format. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 or consent of instructor. Spring) Internship Consult the Department Chairperson or Internship Director for details. (Prereq.: consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) Modern SociologicalTheory An examination of the major theoretical traditions within sociology, tracing the course of their development in the 19th and 20th centuries. (Prereq.: 2 courses in sociology including 121 or consent of instructor. Fall) Independent Study -Metropolitan Resources An independently designed course a student (or group of students) develops, making extensive, systematic and integrated utilization of resources available in the metropolitan community, e.g. lectures, symposia, performances, hearings. These resources become the core of the course, supplemented by traditional college resources, and designed in consultation with and evaluated by a faculty member of the Department. (Prereq.: 121 or 211 and consent of instructor. Fall, Spring, Summer) Independent Study Student must present written proposal containing rationale, objectives and methodology of the proposed study according to Department guidelines. (Prereq.: 121 and consent of instructor. Fall, Interim, Spring) and Theatre Arts Department (SPC) + Communication Speech, communication, and theatre arts at Augsburg are humane studies designed to promote sensitivity and wisdom in the use of communication, since true communication aims to foster informed, responsible choice and shared understanding. The primary aim of the Department is to help students to communicate effectivelythrough both speaking and writing. The courses are designed (1) to promote the intellectual disciplines required for research, exposition, and argument; (2) to develop writing and speaking skills; (3) to build confidence, creativity, and ethical sensitivity; and (4) to provide a wide variety of realistic communication experiences. Communication careers call for a broad liberal arts education, so the communication major at Augsburg begins with a foundation of logic, psychology, sociology, literature, writing, and public speaking. In addition to these preparatory courses, the communication major requires five core courses: advanced writing, interpersonal communication, persuasive communication, mass media, and a communication Internship. With the help of a faculty adviser, the student selects five elective courses pertaining to one of the following communication emphases: journalism, public relations, supervisory management, human relations, broadcast media, speech or theatre arts education. For breadth we rec- ommend double majors, and for practical experience we recommend participation in co-curricular communication activities throughout the college years, climaxing in Internships under professional supervision. This major is also used as preparation for other fields, such as religion, politics, and law. The speech major is designed to prepare students for teaching in the secondary schools. Students should meet with a Departmental adviser as early as possible to plan the major and obtain a copy of the Departmental Handbook. + Theatre Arts Theatre is not primarily an extracurricular activity nor is it merely entertainment. As a laboratory that uses all of the liberal arts, theatre enhances a liberal arts education. By reliving how other people throughout history were thinking, feeling and struggling, actors have a greater understanding of their own humanity. Theatre enables students to experience the beauty, mystery, and ambiguity of life. Minneapolis-St. Paul is an ideal place to study theatre, because it is one of the major theatre centers in the United States. Augsburg students expand their knowledge of theatre not only by attending, but also by working in the professional and community theatres of the Twin Cities. Our theatre faculty has professional experience which enables them to provide realistic guidance to students. The Augsburg program encourages students to participate in all aspects of theatre production while providing each student the opportunity of emphasizing one specific area, such as acting, directing, or design. While the program is primarily designed to prepare students for educational theatre, graduates go into many other fields, such as professional theatre, television, film, advertising, business, and religion. Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts Faculty: Julie Bolton (Chairperson), Raymond Anderson, Deborah Bart, David Lapakko, Martha Johnson Honors Major: GPA of 3.5 in the major, 3.0 overall, 2 Independent Study projects of honors quality, distinguished performance in at least one of the communication arts, comprehensive examination in field of concentration. Application to be made early in the senior year. Communication Courses (SPC) Prospective majors should contact the Department as early as possible to work out a plan for the major and a personal career action plan. Freshmen should take 111,PSY 105, SOC 121 or a literature course. Communication Major. 10 courses, including 342,351 or 352,354,399 and ENG 223 or 225 or 226 or 227, and satisfactory performance on competencytests in writing and typing. Supporting coursesrequired but not countingtoward the major: PHI 130; PSY 105; SOC 121 or 336,375. Communication Minor: 5 courses approved by the Department. Speech Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses, including 111,241 or 343,350, 351, 352, 354, 360; participation in forensics, and a minor in English. Recommended: 366, courses in theatre, participation in drama. Speech Minor For Teaching Licensure: 111 and 6 of the following: 241 or 343,350, 351,352,354,360 and participation in forensics. Note: Students preparing to teach speech in secondaryschools may specialize in any of three majors: speech, theatre arts, and speech-theatre arts. Any of these must be combined with at least an English minor, preferably a major. The communication major or minor does not qualify one for teaching speech. Consult with the Department of Education for requirements in Education. 116 is strongly recommended for students in elementary education. Public Speaking Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students have the opportunity to give several speeches and receive feedback about their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. 132 Photography (See under Department of Art) 227 Journalism (See under Department of English) 225,330 Visual Communications I, I1 (See under Department of Art) 241 Introduction to Cinema Art (See under Department of English) 299 Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. 342 Mass Communications in Society (See under Department of Political Science)Junior and senior students only. 343 Broadcast Production I Introduction to video production with an emphasis on creative concept development, script-writing, directing and producing for video. Students will work in production teams and will gain experience in operation of equipment. 345 Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superior-subordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effectiveuse of meetings and sourcesof communicationproblems 111 in the workplace.Designed to enhance communicationskillsof both managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on organizational communicationand attempt to apply it to their own experiencesin organizations. Voice and Diction A study of vocal skills including tone production, breathing, resonating, articulating, listening, introduction to phonetics and the vocal mechanism. Theory and practice are combined in oral projects, reports and papers, voice tapes and individual coaching. (Alternateyears, Fall) Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding tests for evidence and fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussionand also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion; cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals; empirical research in persuasion;how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonalcontexts;the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interactionthrough verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision making, styles of leadership, and conflict management. This course combineslecture with practical experienceto help the student become a more effective and productive member of a task-oriented small group. Organizational Psychology (See under Department of Psychology) Media Regulation, Law and Ethics (See under Department of Political Science) Internship (Consult the Department Chairperson for details) Independent Study in Communication Selected topics in speech and communication, with emphasis on the use of primary sources and methodology of research. Independent Study Independent Study for Upper Division credit. Theatre Arts Courses (SPC) Majors should take part in dramatic productions every year. Freshmen planning to major in theatre arts should begin with courses 111,116,222,232 a n d 228.111 is not part of the major. Theatre Arts Major: 10 courses (222,228,232,361,362,366, and 4 of the following: 116,229,343,350,360,367,428,429,432); plus 111,l Internship, 1theatre Interim course, and 10production units in 3 or more of the following areas: acting (2 required), technical crew work (4 required), playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management. This major should be supported by courses in dramatic literature including Shakespeare and Modern Drama or Scandinavian Drama. Strongly recommended: courses in movement, dance, art, and media art (cinema, radio, television, video). Theatre Arts Minor: 5 courses, including 222,228 or 229,232,361 or 362,366, and 5 production units in the following areas: acting (1 required), technical crew work (2 required), playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management. Theatre Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 10 courses: 116,222,228,232 241 or 343,350,360,361,362,366, plus 111,a minor in English, and 10 production units in 3 or more of the following areas: acting (2 required), technical crew work (4 required): playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management. Theatre Arts Minor For Teaching Licensure: 5 courses: 222,228 or 229,232 or 116, 361 or 362,366, plus 111,and 4 production units in the followingareas: acting (1 required), technical crew work (1 required), playwriting, direction, design, and theatre management. Speech-Theatre Arts Major For Teaching Licensure: 12 courses, 111,222,228 or 229,232 or 116,241 or 343,350,351,352,354,360,361 or 362,366, a minor in English, and participation in 2 activities (forensics, theatre, media). 116 222 228 Creative Dramatics A study of various forms of dramatic play by activity, reading, observation, and discussion. Emphasis on improvisationaltechniques and active participation. Development of dramatic pieces from written, verbal, visual, and audible sources. Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art: major historical periods, plays, artists; dramatic structure, principles, and values; basic concepts and techniques of the play production process. (Fall) Technical Production I Introduction to the backstage world of the theatre: its organization, crafts, magic, and art. Technical production experience, practical projects, and theatre tours. Crew work required in addition to normal class time. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. Lab fee. (Alternate years, Fall) Stage Design I Introduction to technical design for the theatre. Emphasis on scenery and lighting design. Practical projects in drafting, drawing, painting, and design theory. Open to all students. Should be taken in freshman or sophomore years. (Alternate years, Spring) Acting An introduction to the art of acting. Focus on physical, mental and emotional preparationand exploring the creative approach to sceneand character study in American drama. Directed Study Independent Study for Lower Division credit. Interpretative Reading Basic principlesof oral interpretation of literature.Study, understanding and practice in reading prose, poetry and drama before small and large groups. Theatre History and Criticism I An overview of theatre history from its classical Greek origins through Elizabethan theatre. We examine plays and attend local theatre productions in order to understand and experience theories of drama, dramatic production and criticism. Theatre History and Criticism I1 An overview of theatre history from French Neoclassical through contemp* rary theatre. We examine plays and attend local theatre productions in order to understand and experience theories of drama, dramatic production and criticism. Brereq.: 361) Stage Direction I Basic directorial techniques: choice of plays, play analysis, production organization, technical collaboration, casting, rehearsals, blocking, and characterization. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). Upper Division students or consent of instructor. (Spring) Stage Direction I1 1n-depth analysis and practical experience in directing different play forms and styles: serious, comic, period, experimental, musical. Direction of a short production required (one-act or excerpt from full-length play). (Prereq.: 366 or consent of instructor. Spring) Internship (Consult faculty in area of emphasis.) Technical Production 11 Advanced constructionand problem-solving techniquesin technical areas of scenery, props, lighting, sound, costumes, and make-up. (Prereq.: 228 or consent of instructor. Lab fee. Alternate years, Fall) Stage Design I1 Advanced projects in technical design. Introduction to costume design. (Prereq.: 229 or consent of instructor. Alternate years, Spring) Advanced Acting This course explores the elements of characterization through character analysis and extensivescene study. Emphasis is on a variety of roles from the classics, including Shakespeare,French Neoclassicism, Restoration Comedy, Realism and Non-Realism, Epic and the Absurd culminating in preparation and presentation of a professional audition. 499 Independent Study in Drama Individual projects in oral interpretation and theatre. V Transdisciplinary Students wishing to develop their own majoiby combining appropriate portions of two majors may consider the Transdisciplinary Major. The Transdisciplinary Major enables students to respond to a particular career interest. While such an individually developed major may satisfy the particular interests of a student, broad majors may not be suitable for those wishing to pursue graduate study or preprofessional programs in some academic fields. Students wishing to develop a TransdisciplinaryMajor are to observethe following: A. The major program should include at least two-thirds of the courses required in the normal major programs of two major fields offered at the College. B. The student should design and sign a contract for such a major prior to the end of his or her sophomoreyear (contract forms are availablein the Office of the Registrar). C. The contractmust be approved by the student's adviser and bythe Faculty Committee on Student Standing. V Women's and Minority Studies (INS) Women's Studies and Minority Studies courses fulfill the Urban Concerns, or Women's Studies, or Minority Studies distribution requirement. In addition, Augsburg offers students an opportunity to minor in Women's Studies. + Minority Studies 231 Religion i n African-American History An examination of selectedtopics related to the Blackexperience,e.g. African backgrounds, religion under slavery, evangelicalism. Meets 1 religion requirement or the Urban Concerns, Women's and Minority Studies requirement. 232 233 260 Blacks in America: An Introduction to African-American Studies An interdisciplinary course providing an ovemiew of the major issues related to the Black experience in terms of the family, education, religion, art, economicsand politics. It is designed to heighten the student's consciousness regarding the African retentions in Black culture, the evolution of Black culture and the impact of Black culture on American society. Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historical origins of women's roles and status in human society.Emphasiswill be placed on the comparativeroles of womenin different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Navajo, Ojibwe, and Iroquois, African models such as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the Middle East and rural China. Offered periodically through CHR and the American Indian Program office. Contemporary American Indians The situation of Indians in the United States since the Indian Reorganization Act (1934) with an emphasis upon current issues, e.g. tribal sovereignty, treaty rights, and education. Examples of the persistence of religious/ cultural traditions among selected Indian tribes today. + Women's Studies Beverly Stratton, Coordinator Women's Studies values the experiences and perspectives of women by placing them at the center as it branches out to critically examine women's contributions in life and learning. Women's Studies seeks to complement other disciplines by expanding knowledge about women, addressing misconceptions, and raising new questions which spark further investigation. It seeks to empower students for leadership. Women's Studies tries to be explicit about its goals and issues. It seeks to raise awareness of diversity, to critically examine all disciplines and existing social practices, to recover past achievements of women and encourage the work that women now do, to expand perspectives and to provide a basis for decision making and critical evaluation of future learning. Minor: 5 courses which must include INS201,3 electives, 1of which must be Upper Division, and INS 495 or 499. Courses may be taken from the ACTC colleges as well as Augsburg. Each student's program must have the written approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator. 201 Introduction to Women's Studies This multidisciplinary course will introduce students to the contributions of women in history, religion, literature, philosophy, sciences, and the arts and to how the questionsand methodologies of these disciplinesdiffer when seen from women's perspectives. Students will also study the history of the women's movement, diversity of women's experiences in terms of race, sexual orientation and class, and other contemporary issues raised by feminists. 233 265 495 499 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective (See description under Minority Studies) Women in American Culture Through a discussion of works by women historians and selections from women's journals, speeches, articles, short stories, poems, plays and other aesthetic creations, the class will collectively assess the position of Black and white women in American culture from the founding of the colonies to the present. Contributions by Indian women, Chicanas and other "invisible" women minorities will be included. Seminar Selected topics. Required of minors who do not elect to do an Independent Study. To be completed after the introductory course and electives. (Alternate years, Fall 1989) Independent Study In consultationwith a facultymember and with the approval of the Women's Studies Coordinator, a student selects a specific topic for study. Required of minors who do not elect to participate in the seminar. Approved electives from other academic departments including: ART 352 ENG 282 or 482 HIS 226 POL 421 POL 459 Women's Art History (see Art Department listing) Topics in Literahue (see English Department listing) Asian and Asian-American Women in Public Life in the 20th Cenhuy (see History Department listing) Topics in American Politics (see Political Science Department listing) Topics in Comparative Politics (see Political Science Department listing) H H H Regents ELCA Directory Administration H H H H Faculty Emeriti Academic Calendar Faculty Maps V Board of Regents (as of June 1988) The year in parentheses after each name is the expiration date of current term. i; &- Chair Donald R. Grangaard Secretary Charles W. Amason Vice Chair The Reverend Harris W. Lee Treasurer Raymond A. Grinde -- Charles W. Amason, J.D. (1988) Paul B. Batalden, M.D. (1990) Nancy H. Bottemiller Rodney P. Burwell (1992) (1988) H. David Dalquist, I11 (1990) Darrell J. Egertson (1988) Julian P. Foss Barbara C. Gage Donald R. Grangaard, J.D. Richard R. Green, Ed.D Raymond A. Grinde Carolyn T. Groves (1990) (1992) (1990) (1992) (1990) (1990) Elling B. Halvorson (1990) Lawrence 0. Hauge (1988) (1990) Catherine E. Johnson George 0.Johnson, Ph.D. (1990) Harris W. Lee, D. Min. (1988) - - Attorney, Head and Truhn, Minneapolis, MN Vice President for Medical Care, Hospital Corp. of America, Nashville, TN Homemaker, Wadena, MN Chairman, Xerxes Corporation, Minneapolis, MN President, Northland Aluminum Products, Inc., St. Louis Park, MN Executive Vice President/Chief Financial Officer, Apache Corp., Denver, CO Retired Businessman, Mesa, AZ Homemaker, Long Lake, MN First Bank System, Inc., Minneapolis, MN Chancellor, New York City Public Schools Partner, Klohn Design, Inc., St. Paul, MN Administrator, S. J. Groves and Sons Company, Minneapolis, MN Chairman of the Board, Halvorson Osborne Construction Co., Kirkland, WA Chairman, Suburban National Bank, Eden Prairie, MN Homemaker, Minneapolis, MN Associate Professor & Director, Hospital & Health Care Admin., Minneapolis, MN Senior Pastor, Lutheran Church of the Good Shepherd, Minneapolis, MN Mr. Gary H. Lohn (1988) Mildred I. Mueller, Ph.D. (1990) Rev. Maynard L. Nelson (1990) Ms. Roselyn J. Nordaune, J.D. (1988) Mr. Howard E. Olson Mr. Donald G. Oren (1990) (1988) Mr. Harvey M. Peterson (1990) Mrs. Inez M. Schwarzkopf (1988) Gladys I. Strommen Merton P. Strommen Leland N. Sundet (1990) (1996) (1990) David L. Swanson (1990) Stanley W. Thiele (1992) William A. Urseth (1992) Control Data Business Advisors, Mankato, MN Director of Education Statistics, MN Dept:of Education, St. Paul, MN Senior Pastor, Calvary Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, MN Partner, Nordaune & Friesen, St. Louis Park, MN Businessman, St. Paul, MN President, Dart Transit Company, St. Paul, MN President, Catco Company, St. Paul, MN Director for Community and Organizational Development, Women of ELCA, Chicago, IL Homemaker, St. Paul, MN Founder, Search Institute, Minneapolis, MN Chairman & Chief Executive Officer, Century Manufacturing Co., Bloomington, MN Vice President, Grudem Brothers Co., St. Paul, MN Senior Vice President, Administrative Services, 3M, St. Paul, MN Chief Executive Officer, U.S. Communications, Minneapolis, MN V Division for Education The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA) Board Chair: Rev. Dennis H. Dickman Secretary: Solveig Gregory Vice-Chair: Mary Ellen H. Schrnider Executive Staff Executive Director: Rev. W. Robert Sorensen Assistant Director for Finance: Beata H. Sorenson Director for Colleges and Universities: James M. Unglaube Assistant Director for Colleges and Universities: Naomi E. Linnell V Directory Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis. MN 55454 Area Code: 612 President ............................................................................................. 330-1212 Academic Affairs ..............................................................................330-1024 Admissions ......................................................................................330-1001 Alumni Programs .............................................................................330-1179 Business Office (Fees and Accounts).............................................. 330-1029 Campus Ministry (College Pastor) ................................................. 330-1107 330-1162 Career Services .................................................................................. College Center Manager/Coordinator, Special Events ............... 330-1121 College Relations (News and Publications) ..................................330-1180 Development (Financial Gifts to the College)............................... 330-1171 Facilities Office .................................................................................. 330-1120 Financial Aid (Scholarships) ........................................................... 330-1046 General Information (Other office numbers; business hours only) .................................................. 330-1000 Evenings........................................................................................ 330-1234 Graduate Program ......................................................................... 330-1787 Ice Arena Manager ...................................................................... 330-1251 Interim Office .................................................................................. 330-1025 Library ................................................................................................ 330-1017 Parent Programs , . .................................................. .330-1179 Personnel Office ................................................................................ 330-1058 Registrar ...................................................................................... 330-1036 Student Activities Office .................................................................. 330-1111 .... ..................................... .330-1160 Student Affairs ..................... Student Government Office ............................................................ 330-1110 Student Life (Housing).................................................................... 330-1109 Summer School Office ...................................................................... 330-1025 Weekend College ............................................................................ 330-1782 ........... ....... . . .. . . The College has designated the following persons as coordinators for discrimination inquiries or grievances: Mary Lou Williams, Assistant Professor, Social Work Department (612/ 33@1157)Affirmative Action Coordinator (matters based on race, creed, national or ethnic origin) Vern M. Bloom, Director, CHR -Memorial Hall (612/330-1133) 504 Coordinator (matters based on physical or mental handicap) William R. Rosser, Vice President for Student Affairs, Memorial Hall (612/330-1168) -Title lX Coordinator (matters based on sex or marital status) Sandra Jacobson, Director of Personnel, Ground Floor, Memorial Hall (612/330-1023) -Employment All correspondence should be addressed to the designated individual, at Augsburg College, 731 21st Avenue South, Minneapolis, MN 55454. Formal grievance procedures are described in the Staff Handbook. Copies are available from the Personnel Office. V Administration Office of the President President .......................................................................... Charles S. Anderson Executive Secretary to the President .........................Carolyn S. Magnuson College Pastor ......................................................................... David T. Wold Director, Church Relations ..........................................................Curtis Peter Director, Admissions ............................................................... Carol A. Stack Academic Affairs Vice President for Academic Affairs and Ryan A. LaHurd Dean of the College ................................................... Executive Secretary to the Academic Dean ........................ Lois M. Nielsen Associate Dean of the College and Director of Special Programs ................................Patricia A. Parker c h a r d J. Thoni Director, Weekend College Operations Manager, Weekend College ......................... Laurel Orthmeyer Graduate Program Coordinator ........................................o n e Karvonen Registrar .............................................................................Burdett Parsons Institutional Research Analyst ............................................ Robert W. Clyde Head Librarian ............................................................... Margaret Anderson Director, Audio-visual Center .......................................... Brian P. Hackney Director, Black Student Affairs ................................................M. Anita Gay Director, American Indian Support Program ................Bonnie A. Wallace Interim Director ............................................................. Donald R. Gustafson Kathleen Lutfi Coordinator, International Programs ............,... Director, Faculty Development ....................................... Edwina Hertzberg Director, Cooperative Education ........................................ Garry W. Hesser .................... R Student Affairs Vice President of Student Affairs and Dean of Students ........................................................ William R. Rosser Executive Secretary to the Vice President ................................... Casey Levi Associate Dean of Students .................................................. James B. Grubs Co-directors, Counseling Services ......Nancy G. Medcraft, Joan W. Slater Director, Academic Enrichment .....................................Donald M. Warren Director, Career Services ..................................................... Tina M. Wagner Coordinator, Off-campus Student Employment ................... Lois A. Olson Director, Student Life and Housing ................Linda K. Schrempp-Alberg Director, Student Activities .................................................. Brian Cockayne Coordinator, Urness Tower ...................................................... Ava J. Young Coordinator, Mortensen Tower ........................................ Sue J. Hohenstein R Development and College Relations Vice President for Development and College Relations ............................. Executive Secretary to the Vice President ............................... Betty Arnold Director, Development ............................................................. Gordon Olson Director, Planned Giving ...................................................Thomas I. Benson Jeroy C. Carlson Senior Development Officer Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations ..............Victoria J. Hoshal Director, Alumni/Parent Relations ....................................Jeffrey Swenson Director, College Relations .......................................M a Adams Forsberg Director, Publications ................................................................... Ka I. Cady Publications Specialist....................................................... Morgan K. Brooke Development Officer/Annual Fund ............... Donna McLean ............................................. Finance and Management Vice President for Finance and Management ....................Michael Ranum Executive Secretary to the Vice President Assistant Vice President for Student Financial Services ...................................... Herald A. Johnson Financial Aid Counselor ......................................................... Karen D. Flom Director, Personnel ............................................................... Sandra Jacobson Controller ........................................................................................ Koepke Director, Administrative Computer Center ............................ Steve Terrien Manager, College Center .................................................Mildred A. Nelson Manager, Central Services..................................Charles E. Christopherson Director, Purchasing/Bookstore .......................................... Robert P. Gores Director, Marriott Corp. Food Services ................................ Randy McNeal Director, Plant Services ........................................................ James Weninger Supervisor, Maintenance ....................................................... Robin A. Curtis Manager, Ice Arena .................................................................. James J. Carey ...................................................... V Faculty Emeriti Courtland L. Agre, Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Ernest W. Anderson, Professor Emeritus of Health and Physical Education. Oscar A. Anderson, President Emeritus. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary;L.L.D., Concordia College, Moorhead. Valeria Baltins, Professor Emerita of Foreign Languages. Magister der Philosophia, University of Latvia. Carl Chrislock, Professor of History. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. L. Gracia Christensen, Professor Emerita of English. Ailene Cole, Professor of Theatre Arts/Speech. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. K. Berner Dahlen, Professor Emeritus of English. M.S. University of Minnesota. Edgar E. Eklof, Professor Emeritus of Music. M.M. Manhattan Music School. Sheldon P. Fardig, Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A. Carleton College, M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Theodore J. Hanwick, Professor Emeritus of Physics. Ph.D., New York University. Katherine Hennig, Professor Emerita of Music. M.A., University of Minnesota. Einar 0 . Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Washington. James D. Johnson, Professor Emeritus of Music. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Bernhardt J. Kleven, Professor Emeritus of History. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edor C. Nelson, Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Anne Pederson, Professor Emerita of English. M.A., University of Minnesota. LaVonne J. Peterson, Professor Emerita of Health and Physical Education. M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Martin Quanbeck, Professor Emeritus of Education. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Leland B. Sateren, Professor Emeritus of Music. L.H.D., Gettysburg College; D. Mus., Lakeland College. Paul T. Steen, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joel S. Torstenson, Professor Emeritus of Sociology. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. V Academic Calendar Fall 1988 Labor Day recess .......................................................................................... M Sep 5 Upperclass validation ................................................... . , ....................... Tu. Sep 6 Freshmen registration ....................................................................................Tu. Sep 6 Classes begin ................... , . . , ............................................................................W Sep 7 Last day to register, designate grading option. add a class, drop a class without notation on record, move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper .. .. Division or Lower Division .................................................................................... Tu, Sep 13 Mid-term break ................................................................................................ F Oct 28 Interim registration ....................................................................... M. Oct 31 .F. Nov 4 Spring term pre-registration ....................................................... M Nov 14 .F. Dec 2 Last day to withdraw from a class ............................................................... F Nov 18 Thanksgiving recess begins ........................................................................ T h Nov 24 Classes resume .......................................................................................... M Nov 28 Classes end ...................................................................................................... F Dec 9 Final examinations begin ........................................................................ M. Dec 12 Final examinations end ................................................................................ T h Dec 15 Final grades due and Incompletes due from spring and summer '88 ............................................................... W Dec 21 Interim 1989 Classes begin ...................................................................................................... T Jan 3 Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division ................. W. Jan 4 Last day to designate grading option or move Upper/Lower division course to Lower Division ................ M. Jan 16 Last day to withdraw from a class .................................................................. F. Jan 20 Classes end ......................................................................................................... F Jan 27 Interim grades due ............................................................................................ F Feb 3 Spring 1989 Validation of registration ...................... . . .................................................... T Jan 31 . Classes begin ..................................................................................................... W Feb 1 Last day to register. designate grading option. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division or Lower Division ......................................................................................T Feb 7 Mid-term break begins .................................................................................... F Mar 24 Classes resume .................................................................................................. M Apr 3 Easter break begins ........................................................................................ F. Mar 24 Classes resume .................................................................................................. M. Apr 3 Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F Apr 21 Early registration for fall ............................................................. M Apr 24 .F. May 5 Classes end ....................................................................................................... F. May 12 Final examinationsbegin ............................................................................. M, May 15 . Final examinations end ................................................................................ May 18 Baccalaureate and Commencement ...................................................................................... S May 21 Final grades due and Incompletes due from fa11 '88 and Interim '89 .............................................................. W May 24 - A . Summer School 1989 Term I ......................................................................................... T May 30 .F, June 23 Term I1 ........................................................................................... M June 26 .F. Aug 4 Fall 1989 Labor Day recess ............................................................................................... M Sep 4 Upperclass validation and Freshmen registration ...................................... T u Sep 5 Classes begin .................................................................................................... W Sep 6 Last day to register. add a class. designate grading option. drop a class without notation on record. or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division T . Sep 12 or Lower Division .................................................................................... Mid-term break ................................................................................................. F Oct 27 Interim registration .................................................................... M. Oct 30 .F. Nov 3 Spring term pre-registration ....................................................... M Nov 13 .F. Dec 1 Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F. Nov 17 Thanksgiving recess begins ..................................................................... Th. Nov 23 Classes resume ...............................................................................................M Nov 27 Classes end .......................................................................................................... F Dec 8 M. Dec 11 Final examinations begin ............................................................................... Final examinations end ................................................................................. T h Dec 14 Final grades due and Incompletes due from spring and summer '89 .................................................................. W Dec 20 Interim 1990 . . ...................................................................... Tu. Jan 2 Classes begin ...................... Last day to register. add a class. drop a class without notation on record or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division .................. W. Jan 3 Last day to designate grading option or move Upper/Lower Division course to Lower Division ............... Tu. Jan 16 Last day to withdraw from a class ............................................................... F. Jan 19 Classes end ......................................................................................................... F Jan 26 Interim grades due .............................................................................................F Feb 2 Spring 1990 Validation of registration.............................................................................. T Jan 30 Classes begin ................................................................................................. W Jan 31 Last day to register. designate grading option. add a class. drop a class without notation on record. or move Upper/Lower Division course to Upper Division T Feb 6 or Lower Division ...................................................................................... Mid-term break begins ............................................................................... Sa. Mar 24 Easter break begins .......................................................................................... F Apr 13 Classes resume ................................................................................................ M Apr 16 Last day to withdraw from a class ................................................................ F Apr 20 Early registration for fall ............................................................. M Apr 23 .F. May 4 Classes end ....................................................................................................... F May 11 Final examinations begin ............................................................................. M May 14 Final examinations end ................................................................................Th. May 17 Baccalaureate and S May 20 Commencement ...................................................................................... Final grades due and Incompletes due from fall '89 and Interim '90 .................................................................. W May 23 V Faculty Correct as of May 15,1988. (beginning year of service on faculty in parenthesis) 1 Charles S. Anderson (1976). President, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, New York. 1 Ryan A. LaHurd (1985). Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the College. B.A., Mt. Carmel College; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph-D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Nancy I. Aarsvold (1986). Instructor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ruth L. Aaskov (1960). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Robert W. Adney (1979). Studio Artist/Percussion, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota. Earl R. Alton (1960). Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry, B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1989) Brian R. Ammann (1988). Instructor and Head Basketball Coach, Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., North Dakota State University. Lyla Mae Anderegg (1959). Associate Professor, part-time, Psychology, B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northwestern University. Barbara Andersen (1969). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Northwestern College; M.A., Northwestern University. Edwin D. Andersen (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College; M.S.T., Illinois Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kristin M. Anderson (1984). Instructor, part-time, Art. A.B., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Margaret J. Anderson (1%7). Associate Professor, Head Librarian. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Raymond E. Anderson (1949). Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sheldon Anderson (1988). Instructor, part-time, History. Weekend College. Andrew L. Aoki (1988).Assistant Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Massachusetts-Amherst; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Charles N. Arge (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Physics. B.S., University of Arizona. Marjorie Audette (1986). Assistant Professor, part-time, Nursing, Weekend College. B.S., Marquette University; M.A., University of Iowa. Kenneth C. Bailey (1965). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Bakken (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., University of North Dakota; M.A., United Theological Seminary; M. Div., Luther-Northwestern Seminary. Deborah Bart (1980). Instructor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. John E. Benson (1963). Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Vern M. Bloom (1971). Director of CHR Program and College of the 3rd Age. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Joseph C. Bodziock (1986). Lecturer, part-time, English. B.A., St. Joseph's College; M.A., University of New Hampshire. Julie H. Bolton (1975). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Speech, Communication and Theatre. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Richard Borstad (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Health and Physical Education. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Bosma (1985). Instructor, part-time, Speech, Communication, and Theatre, Weekend College. B.A., Concordia College, St. Paul; M.A., University of Minnesota. Michael Brand (1979). Studio Artist/Trumpet, part-time. B.S., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. James A. Brothen (1988). Visiting Assistant Professor of History, part-time. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Maria Brown (1980). Assistant Professor in Social Work. B.A., M.A., American University; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Laine Bryce (1978). Studio Artist/Bassoon, part-time. B.A., University of Minnesota. Priscilla K. Buffalohead (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Diane F. Busico (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. Thomas L. Busico (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.S., Youngstown State University; M.B.A., Kent State University. John Cemto (1983). Assistant Professor in Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Rhode Island College; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Stout. Francine Chakolis (1983). Assistant Professor of Social Work. B.S., Augsburg College; M.S.W., University of Minnesota. James Cleary (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University. Robert W. Clyde (1967). Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. B.A., Coe College; M.A., Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Lawrence E. Copes (1980). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., Illinois Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph-D., Syracuse University. (On leave, 1988-89) John Cosgrove (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., University of Minnesota. Larry Crockett (1985). Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div., Luther Theological Seminary. Wayne A. Dalton (1984). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., University of Redlands; M.Th., Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont. Jan Davies (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.F.A., Illinois Wesleyan University. John Dunham (1987). Visiting Instructor and Studio Artist/Cello, part-time, Music. B.A., Syracuse University; M.M., University of Michigan-Ann Arbor. Beverly C. Durkee (1965). Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., B.S.L., B.S.Ed., M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Arizona State University. Grace B. Dyrud (1962). Professor of Psychology. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. (On leave Fall, 1988 and Interim, 1989) Mary G . Endorf (1986). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Education. B.A., Hamline University; M.S., SUNY-Cortland; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Mark J. Engebretson (1976). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Physics. B.A., Luther College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.S., Ph-D., University of Minnesota. Marian S. Enos (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Nursing. B.S.N., M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kenneth N. Erickson (1970). Professor of Physics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., Colorado State University. Sheldon P. Fardig (1962). Lecturer in Education. B.A., Carleton College; M.M., Ph.D., Northwestern University. Norman B. Ferguson (1972). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Ronald E. Fine (1987). B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., American University. Ann C. Fleener (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Marilyn Pearson Florian (1980). Instructor in Health and Physical Education. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., St. Cloud State University. Mathew Foss (1988). Visiting Instructor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., B.S.E., M.A., Northeast Missouri State University. Stephanie C. Franz (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Physics, Weekend College. B.A., Augsburg College; M.S., University of Minnesota. Robert Friederichsen (1971). Assistant Professor, part-time, Art. B.A., Bethel College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University. Mark L. Fuehrer (1969). Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 1 Greta Gaard (1986). Instructor, part-time, English, Weekend College. B.A., Pepperdine University; M.A., Claremont Graduate School. Stephen M. Gabrielsen (1963). Associate Professor of Music. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. David L. Garrison (1986). Lecturer in English, part-time. B.A., Appalachian State University; M.A., Baylor University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. M. Anita Gay (1987). Director, Black Student Affairs. B.S., Southern University, Baton Rouge; M.A., Howard University. Jerry Gerasimo (1971). Professor of Sociology.B.A., Lake Forest College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. (On leave Interim and Spring, 1989) Richard Germundsen (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.A., American University; Ph.D, University of Minnesota. Nancy J. Giguere (1987). Instructor, part-time, Foreign Languages, Weekend College. B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of North Carolina. Peter Gillen (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. Orloue N. Gisselquist (1956). Associate Professor of History. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Gerald Glatzmaier (1986). Lecturer, part-time. Business Administration and Economics. B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Northeastern University. Joseph R. Goldman (1986). Visiting Lecturer in Political Science. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., University of Kansas. Paul H. Grauer (1979). Assistant Professor, part-time, Health and Physical Education. B.S., Concordia College, Nebraska; M.Ed., University of Nebraska; M.A., University of Minnesota. Douglas E. Green (1988). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Amherst University; M.A., Ph.D., Brown University. Joan L. Griffin (1986). Assistant Professor of English. A.B., Washington University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Satya P. Gupta (1976). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., M.S., Agra University, India; M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Donald R. Gustafson (1961). Professor of History, Interim Director. B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Arlin E. Gyberg (1974). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Brian P. Hackney (1983). Assistant Professor, Director of Audio-Visual Center. B.A., University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire; M.A., University of WisconsinStout. Paul P. Halvorson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., The American University. Mark Hassenstab (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., Augsburg College; M.B.A., University of Minnesota. Milda K. Hedblom (1971). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Kathy Heikkila (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Education. B.S., University of Wisconsin-Lacrosse; M.A., The College of St. Thomas. Robert S. Herforth (1966). Professor of Biology. B.A., Wartburg College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Edwina L. Hertzberg (1977). Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of Faculty Development. B.A., Cedar Crest College; M.S.W., Ph-D., University of Minnesota. Richard C. Henog (1984). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Washington University; M.B.A., St. Louis University. Garry W. Hesser (1977). Associate Professor of Sociology, Director of MetroUrban Studies, Director of Cooperative Education Program. B.A., Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Paul T. Hirdman (1985). Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.A., Waldorf Junior College; B.A., Augsburg College; M. Div., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Norman D. Holen (1964). Professor of Art. B.A., Concordia-College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Bradley P. Holt (1981). Associate Professor of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.Q., Luther Theological Seminary; M. Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. Paul L. Holmer (1986). Distinguished Visiting Professor of Philosophy. B.A.,M.A., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Yale University. John R. Holum (1957). Professor of Chemistry (and Acting Department Chairperson, Interim & Spring, 1989).B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. I. Khin Khin Jensen (1955-56,1959). Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. B.A., Rangoon University, Burma; M.A., Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. John R. Jenswold (1985). Lecturer, part-time, History. M.A., University of Connecticut-Storrs. Barbara E. D. Johnson (1985). Lecturer, part-time, Sociology. B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Duane E. Johnson (1968). Professor of Psychology. A.A., North Park College; B.A., Huron College; B.A., University of Minnesota; M.E., South Dakota State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jeffrey E. Johnson (1985). Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Martha B. Johnson (1988). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication, and Theatre. B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Mary E. Johnson (1962). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Columbia University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Amin Kader (1974). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Business Administration and Economics. B.Comm., University of Cairo, Egypt; M.B.A., University of Michigan. Kenneth S. Kaminsky (1987). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Mathematics/Computer Science. A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers State University. Jane Kammerman (1986). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of California; J.D., University of Minnesota. Robert KarlCn (1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of Music. B.M., New England Conservatory; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary A. Kingsley (1965). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Foreign Languages. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., Middlebury College. Merilee I. Klemp (1980). Instructor and Studio Artist/Oboe, part-time. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Alvin L. Kloppen (1976). Assistant Professor of Health and Physical Education. B.S., Augustana College; M.A., University of South Dakota. Boyd N. Koehler (1967). Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Moorhead State College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Robert Kramarczuk (1983). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Angela Wyatt Kretschmar (1981). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College. Edith V. Kromer (1983). Librarian, part-time, Weekend College. B.A., Hamline University; M.A., University of Minnesota. Joan C. Kunz (1987).Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Missouri-St. Louis; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison. Roy H. LaFayette (1972). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S.B., University of Minnesota. David V. Lapakko (1986). Assistant Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. M.A., University of Minnesota. Nicholas A. Lenz (1980). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., Southwest State University; M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald L. Libertus (1985). Lecturer, part-time, CHR Program and Women's and Minority Studies. B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Windham College. Lynn Lindow (1985). Visiting Instructor of Education. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., North Dakota State University. Rosemary J. Link (1986). Assistant Professor of Social Work. M.Sc., London University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Cynthia Dunbar Lohman (1985). Studio Artist/Voice, part-time. B.A., M.M., University of Minnesota. Steven Lund (1983). Studio Artist/Trombone, part-time. B.S., University of Minnesota. Mary Ellen Lundsten (1977). Lecturer, part-time, Political Science. B.A., Smith College; M.A., Johns Hopkins School of Advanced International Studies; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Karen M. Mateer (1984). Assistant Professor, Librarian. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., University of Iowa. Janet M. Mathison (1986). Instructor, part-time, Religion, Weekend College. Associate Director, Center for Global Education. B.A., Alverno College; M.A., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia. Jerie McArthur (1983). Instructor in Speech, Weekend College. B.A., Macalester College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Dan McNamara (1984). Lecturer, part-time, Business Administration, Weekend College. BSIE, University of Dayton; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Marie 0.McNeff (1968). Professor of Education. B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Roberta Kagin Metzler (1974). Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Park College; B. Music Ed., M. Music Ed., University of Kansas. Fekri Meziou (1987). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A., University of Tunis, Tunisia; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Erwin D. Mickelberg (1956). Professor of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Kathryn S. Mickelson (1985). Visiting Lecturer, part-time, Music. B.S., Augsburg College; M.M.T., Southern Methodist University. Jan Miner (1984). Instructor, part-time, Speech/Communication, Weekend College. B.A., Lycoming College; M.A., Bowling Green State University. John R. Mitchell (1968). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Maryville College; M.A., University of Tennessee. William Monsrna (1987). Lecturer, part-time, Physics. B.A., Calvin College; M.Div., Calvin Seminary; Ph.D., University of Colorado. Karen Morgan (1987). Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.S., St. Cloud State University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. Thomas Morgan (1983). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Juniata College; M.B.A., University of Denver; M.S., University of Oregon. Elizabeth Proctor Murphy (1984). Studio Artist/Cello, part-time. B.A., Cleveland Institute of Music. Gordon L. Nelson (1967). Professor of Sociology. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota; B.D., Luther Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard C. Nelson (1968). Professor and Department Chairperson of History. B.A., University of Nebraska; M.A. Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Catherine Christie Nicholl(1973). Professor and Department Chairperson of English. B.A., Hope College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly J. Nilsson (1977). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Nursing. B.S., M.S., University of Minnesota. Norma C. Noonan (1966). Professor and Department Chairperson of Political Science. B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University. Patricia Nortwen (1985). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., B.S., M.A., University of Minnesota. Celeste M. O'Brien (1975). Studio Artist/Piano, part-time. B.A., Harnline University. Vicki B. Olson (1987). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Sharon K. Ostwald (1986). Adjunct Assistant Professor of Nursing. M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. James F. Palmer (1987). Instructor, part-time, Mathematics and Computer Science, Weekend College. B.A., Illinois State University, Normal; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ronald G. Palosaari (1965). Professor of English. B.A., Bethel College; B. Div., Bethel Seminary; M.A, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marlene J. Pauley (1983). Studio Artist/Clarinet, part-time. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.M., Michigan State University. Lauretta E. Pelton (1970). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Briar Cliff College; M.Ed., Marquette University. Paul Pender (1985). Instructor, part-time, ~ u s i i e s Administration, s Weekend College. B.A., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin. Douglas D. Peny (1976). Instructor, part-time, Social Work, Weekend College. B.A., M.S.W., University of Minnesota. Curtis Peter (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Wartburg College; M. Div., Wartbug Theological Seminary. Noel J. Petit (1984). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joyce Pfaff (1966). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Women's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota. (On leave 1988-89) Diane I,Pike (1981). Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. A.B., Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Stephen H. Pinsky (1983). Lecturer, part-time, Religion. B.A., Franklin and Marshall College; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union College. Philip A. Quanbeck (1957). Professor and Department Chairperson of Religion. B.A., Augsburg College; B.D., Augsburg Theological Seminary; M.Th., Ph.D., Princeton Theological Seminary. Larry C. Ragland (1985). Associate Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.S., M.A., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. 0.Nicholas Raths (1987). Studio Artist/Guitar, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Minnesota. Bruce R Reichenbach (1968). Professor of Philosophy. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University. David Riley (1987). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics, Weekend College. B.A., St. Mary's College; M.B.A., College of St. Thomas. C.P.A. Thomas D. Rossin (1986). Assistant Professor of Music. M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Gunta Rozentals (1965). Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edward M. Sabella (1961). Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Hikaru S. Sakai (1987).ACTC part-time Instructor in Japanese. B.A., University of Osaka; Ed.S., M.A., College of St. Thomas. Hamed Sallam (1988). Instructor, part-time, Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Ein Shams University, Cairo; M.S., Cairo University; Ph.D., Tbilisi State University, U.S.S.R. Pauline Sateren (1974). Lecturer, part-time, Music Education. B.A., Northwestern College; M.M.Ed., University of Colorado. Edwin J. Saugestad (1959). Associate Professor of Health and Physical Education and Director of Men's Athletics. B.A., Augsburg College, M.A., University of Minnesota. Milo A. Schield (1985). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., Iowa State University; M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Rice University. Eugene M. Skibbe (1964).Professor of Religion. B.A., St. Olaf College; B.Th., Luther Theological Seminary; Th.D., University of Heidelberg, Germany. Stanley H. Solnick (1984).Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.A., M.B.A., University of Northern Colorado. Donald B. Steinmetz (1968).Professor of Foreign Languages. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Myles Stenshoel(1965). Professor of Political Science. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; Concordia Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado. Stuart M. Stoller (1986). Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. B.S., M.S., Long Island University. Beverly J. Stratton (1986).Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. B.A., M.A., Boston University. Marie Stmss (1988).Instructor, part-time, Education, Weekend College. B.S., Mankato State University; M.S., Mankato State University. Mary Jo Stump (1988).B.A., Ball State University; M.A., Northern State College. Grace K. S d e m d (1966).Associate Professor, Librarian. B.A., Augsburg College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Ralph L. Sulerud (1964). Professor of Biology. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.S., Ph.D., University of Nebraska. Gerald Swanson (1988). Instructor, part-time, Art, Weekend College. B.A., M.F.A., University of Minnesota. Kathryn Swanson (1985).Assistant Professor of English. B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Philip J. Thompson (1959). Professor and Department Chairperson of Art. B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead; M.F.A., University of Iowa. Neal 0.Thorpe (1967).Professor and Department Chairperson of Biology. B.A., Augsburg College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Calvin Vraa (1988). Instructor, part-time, Psychology, Weekend College. B.A., Concordia College; M.A., Northern Colorado University; Ph.D., University of North Dakota. Donald M. Warren (1978).Lecturer, part-time, Intro to Liberal Arts. B.A., M.A., University of Minnesota. Pamela Weiss (1983).Instructor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Nebraska; M.P.H., University of Minnesota. Theresa Welcher (1986). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., and two M.S. degrees, South Dakota State University. Mary Louise Williams (1978; 1984). Assistant Professor and Department Chairperson of Social Work. B.F.A., M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania. Dorothy J. Williamson (1970).Instructor, part-time, Art Education. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., University of Minnesota. Mary E. Wilson (1969). Studio Artist/Flute, part-time. B.A., B.M., Macalester College. Departments and Programs: ......................................................... .................................................. ........................................ ............................................. .................. ..,... ........................................ ................................................ ....................... ............................ .........,. ............. ........ ................................................ ......................................... .................. ..................... ........................139 ..................................................144 ..................................153 ...............................................154 ......................157 ..........................................158 ................................................161 ................................. 166 ........................................171 .,.., ..... .,. ..175 ........................179 ...............179 ............180 ..................................... 181 ........................................ 181 Art 73 76 Biology Business Administration and Economics 80 Chemistry 88 East and 93 Southeast Asian Studies 97 Education Engineering 101 103 English 108 First Year Experience Foreign Languages 109 ,. ..119 General Studies 120 Global Education Programs Health and Physical Education 123 History 127 131 Humanities 132 Interdisciplinary Studies 132 International Relations Mathematics and Computer Science133 Metro-Urban Studies Music Natural Science Nursing Occupational Therapy Philosophy Physics Political Science Psychology Religion . Russian Area Studies Scandinavian Area Studies Social Science. Non-Western Social Studies Social Work Sociology Speech/Communication and Theatre Arts Transdisciplinary Studies Women's and Minority Studies Academic Adviser ................................. 49 Academic Calendar ....................... 48. 206 Academic Enrichment .................. .42. 119 Academic Information ......................... 47 Academic Organization and Programs .50 Academic Policies and Procedures .......61 Academic Progress ................................ 69 .................. 10 Accessibility ................... , Accounting Specialization ....................81 4 9. 11 Accreditation ................................. Adapted Physical Education ...............125 203 Administration .................................... Admissions ...................................... 12 15 Advanced Placement Program .............. 67 American Indian Program ............... 10.42 Annex Housing ................................ 13. 45 Application for Financial Aid ...............26 Application Procedures ......................... 16 Art History ............................................ 75 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ....................-...........*.. .-...... 67 Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC) ........48,52,55, 56 Athletics ............................................ 4 1 Audio-visual Services .......................... 49 Auditing Courses...................................66 Audit Fee ............................................... 22 41 Augsburgian .................................... . . . ....-...-..- 185 ...................................189 .................195 .......195 - ... Black Student Program ................... 10. 43 Board ..................................................... 22 Board of Regents ................................. 210 Books and Supplies ...............................23 Business ................................................ 81 Calendar. Academic ......................48. 206 Campus Minishy ................................... 40 Campus Tours ....................... ..........16 Cancellation of Courses ........................ 62 . . ..........43 Career Services ................... . Center for Global Education ...........12. 60 Certification Programs Art ............................................... 52. 74 Church Staff Work ............................ 52 Program Evaluation .................. 52. 172 Chemical Dependency Program ............55 Chinese .............................................. 111 Chin Wag ..............................................45 Christian Day School Program ........... 176 City Arts .............................................. 142 Classification .........................................67 CM.A. Certification ............................. 82 Coaching Endorsement ....................... 125 College Center ................................. 12. 41 College Level Examination Program (CLEP) .............................................. 68 . ............. 40 College Pastor ................... . College Work Study Program ...............29 Commons ......................., . . ...............44 Communication ................................... 189 Computer Resources ............................. 50 Computer Science ...............................137 Conservation of Human Resources (CHR) ................................................ 55 Continuing Education ........................ , . 60 Cooperative Education ............ 10. 58. 119 Costs ...................................................... 22 Counseling Services ..............................43 Course Descriptions ..............................71 C.P.A. Certification ...............................81 Credit Assessment Program (CAP) .......68 Credits ................................................... 72 . . Dean's List ............................................ 70 Degrees .................................................. 48 Departmental Comprehensive Exams ...68 Departments by Division ...................... 50 Departments and Programs ................... 71 Deposits ................................................. 23 Directed Study ....................................... 59 Directory ............................................. 202 Disabled Student Programs ...................43 Dismissal .........................,.....................69 Distinction. Graduation with .................70 Distribution Requirements .................... 64 Divisions ............................................... 50 Dual Degree Programs (Engineering) ......................52 53. 101 . E Early Admission of Freshmen ...............17 Early Decision for Freshmen ................17 Echo ...................................................... 41 Economics ............... ............................ 85 Elementary Education ...........................96 Employment ..........................................28 English as a Second Language (ESL) ......................................... ,105 Enrollment ...............................................4 Evaluation and Grading ........................65 Facilities ................................................12 Facts and Figures .................................., 4 Faculty ........................................4 9 2 0 9 Faculty Emeriti ....................................205 Fairview Pharmacy ............................... 4 4 Fees ....................................................... 22 Finance Charge ..................................... 24 .FinanceSpecialization ..........................81 Financial Aid ......................................... 25 Financial Policies .................................. 24 Financing Your Education ....................21 Fine Arts ................................................41 First Year Experience (EYE)..43.63. 108 Food Service ......................................... 44 Foreign Study .................................. 44. 56 Foss. Lobeck. Miles Center for Worship. Drama and Communication .............. 12 French .................................................. 111 Full-time Student .................................. 22 George Sverdnrp Library ..........13.49.55 German ................................................113 Gift Assistance ......................................27 Global Education Center .................12. 60 Global Education Programs ................120 Grade Point Average (GPA) .....18.63.67 Grading ..................................................65 Graduate Program .....................10 60. 61 Graduation Requirements .....................62 Graduation with Distinction ..................70 Grants ....................................................27 . Learning Disabilities Program ..............43 Leave of Absence ..................................62 Library .......................................13.49. 55 Life Science........................................-153 Lifetime Sports .............................. 64. 125 Linguistics ...................... ................ 115 Literature. Ideology and Society in Latin America (LISLA) ..................143 Living on Campus .................................45 Loan Assistance .................................... 28 Location ..................... .......11. 223 . . . . . . Majors and Minors (Also see Courses) ......................51. 71 Management Specialization .................. 81 Management Information Systems (MIS) Specialization .........................81 Map ..................................................... 223 Marketing Specialization ...................... 81 Married Student Housing ......................45 Master of Arts in Leadership ..........10 60 Mathematics ........................................ 135 Melby Hall ............................................ 12 Memberships ..................................... 4. 11 Metro-Urban Studies Term (MUST) ..141 Minnesota State Work Study Program ..29 Ice Arena ............................................1 2 Minority Scholarships/Grants ...............31 Independent Study .................................59 Minority Studies .................................. 195 Information Request Card ...................225 Minors ........................................51 71 Intercollegiate Athletics ....................4.41 Mission Statement ...................................6 Interim .......................................4 56. 61 Mortensen Tower ............................12. 46 Inter-InstitutionalPrograms ..................55 2222 Murphy Square .............................13 InternationalBaccalaureate Program ....67 Music Education ............................... 144 InternationalBusiness .....................56.81 Music Ensembles ..........................41 152 International Students .....................19. 44 Music Hall .............................................13 I n t m h i p Program ................................58 Music Performance ............. 146. 147 152 Intramural Athletics ..............................42 Music Therapy .................................... 151 Health Service .......................................44 Health Education .................................124 Higher Education Consortium (HECUA) ............................55.56. 140 History of Augsburg College ..................8 Honors Major (See Departmental Listings) 57 Honors Program .................................... Housing .............................. 12. 23.44.45 Human Services in a Latin American Context ...................................... 5 6 121 . . . Japanese ........................................9 115 KCMR Radio ................ ....................... 41 Kindergarten-Elementary Education ........................................96 Kueffner Apartments .............................13 Norwegian ...........................................116 Numbering of Courses ..........................72 Off-Campus Programs ............................4 Old Main ...............................................13 Orientation ............................................. 43 P Part-time Students ................................. 2 2 1 Payment Options ................................... 24 Physical Disabilities .............................. 43 Physical Education ..........................,.. 125 Physical Science ..................................153 Pre-Professional Programs .................... 53 Pre-Registration.....................................61 Prerequisites ......................................... 72 Probation ........................................ 69 Program in Global Community .....56. 121 1 -: ' . 7 R Refunds ........................... . . . .........3 Registration ........................................... 61 Residence Requirement ......................... 63 Room and Board ..................... ..........22 ROTC ..............................................55.56 Russian ........................................... 117 ,. Scandinavian Urban Studies Term (SUST) ............................................ 141 Scholarships ..........................................29 Science (Grades 5-9) ...........................153 Science Hall ........................... 13 Secondary Education ....................... .95,98 Semester Fees ........................................ 24 Sigma Pi Sigma ................................... 163 Smiley's Point Clinic ............................ 44 Social, Cultural, Reaeational ...............41 Social Welfare Minor ..........................183 Society of Physics Students ................ 163 South American Urban Semester (SAUS) ............................................142 South Hall ................................. 13, 45, 46 Spanish ............................................ 117 Special Education ................................101 Special Interest Houses .........................46 Special Students (Non-Degree) .............19 Speech .......................................... 189 Sponsored Scholarships ........................ 29 Student Activities ............................... 44 Student Affairs Division .......................42 Student Employment .................,.......... 28 Student Government .............................41 Student Life ...........................................39 Student Project for Amity Among Nations (SPAN) ................................57 Student Publications ..............................41 ............... . Student Rights ...................................... 46 Student Teaching ..................... 57, 97, 100 Studio Art .............................................. 74 Study Abroad .................................. 44, 56 Summer Sessions ................................ 57 Sverdrup-OftedalMemorial Hall .......... 13 Teaching Licensure (Also see majors) ..52 Test Scores ........................................... 16 Theatre Arts ......................................... 189 Transcripts ....................................... 16, 18 Transfer Students .................................. 18 Tuition ....................... ............ ........... 22 .. Urness Tower .................................. 13. 46 Veterans ................................................70 Weekend College ...................... 10. 60. 61 13. 46 West Hall ...................................... Withdrawal from College ................24. 62 Women's Studies ................................ 196 Work Study ........................................... 29 Campus Guide 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall Old Main West Hall Mortensen Tower Umess Tower Christensen Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall Music Hall 2222 Murphy Place Melby Hall Ice Arena Stage I1 Theatre Center for Global Education Scandinavian Center Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication Youth and Family Institute 19. Office Annex ~ o u i e 20. Tutor House 21. American Indian Support and Minority Education Partnership A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Admissions Parking Student Parking Visitor Parking The Quad Faculty/Staff Parking Murphy Square Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts J. Resident Parking Only Accessible Entrance Campus Location To Find Augsburg From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 2lst Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 2lst Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. Parking All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 430 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 2lst and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 2lst Avenue. Most street parking is 2 hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the St. Marfs Hospital ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Show less

Title: Augsburg Weekend College Catalog, 1988-1989
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: -. - *-- -..y?,c-+.:- - . ugsburg Weekend College 1988-1989 Calendar Application Deadline New Student Orientation Registration Classes begin Last day to register andlor drop class without record notation Last day to designate grade option Last day to withdraw from class Classes end ...
Show more -. - *-- -..y?,c-+.:- - . ugsburg Weekend College 1988-1989 Calendar Application Deadline New Student Orientation Registration Classes begin Last day to register andlor drop class without record notation Last day to designate grade option Last day to withdraw from class Classes end Final exams Final grades due Classes meet 1988 Fall Trimester Aug 15 1989 Winter Trimester Nov 28 1989 Spring Trimester Mar 6 6 8 7-9 9 Aug Sept Sept Sept 30 10 9-11 11 Jan Jan Jan Jan 5 7 6-8 8 April April April April Oct 23 Feb 12 May 21 Nov 20 Mar 12 June 4 Dec 4 Mar 19 June 18 Dec 9-11 Mar 31April 2 June 23-25 Dec Sept Sept Oct Oct Nov NOV Dec Dec April Jan Jan Jan Feb Feb Mar Mar Mar April July April April May May June June June 19 9-11 23-25 7-9 21-23 4-6 18-20 2-4 9-11 10 6-8 13-15 27-29 10-12 24-26 10-12 17-19 312 3 7-9* 21-23 5-7 19-21 2-4 16-18 23-25 *Classes in Spring Trimester will be four hours in length instead of three and one half hours. See page 28 for exact times. I Most Weekend College classes meet seven times during a trimester. It is expected that students attend every class. If a student needs to miss one class period, the instructor should be contacted. Frequently Called Telephone Numbers Weekend College Office ................................. .330-1782 Director, Rick Thoni . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1640 Operations, Laurel Orthmeyer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1740 Admissions, Sylvia Stasuikonis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1792 Data Entry, Robin Sanderson ............................. 330-1786 Secretary, Kristi Anderson. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1782 Other Campus Numbers: Bookstore, College Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1122 Business Office, Science Hall . Cashier: 8:30-11:OO a.m., 1:30-3:00 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -330-1028 Billing: 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .,330-1790 . Education Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..330-1130 Financial Aid Office, Science Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330-1046 Counseling and Career Planning, Memorial Hall. . . . . . . . . . . . ,330-1162 . Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1017 . Nursing Department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1209 Registrar (Transcripts, Grades) Science Hall ................ .330-1036 General Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .330-1000 Weekend College Office Hours: Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m.-4:30 p.m. (evening hours by appointment) Office Hours on Class Weekends: Friday - 5:30 p.m.-6:15 p.m. - Old Main 18 Saturday - 8:00 a.m.-1:30 p.m. - Old Main 18 or WEC office Sunday -- 2 3 0 p.m.-1:30 p.m. -Old Main 18 Weekend College Office Location: The Weekend College Office is 2222 Murphy Square, located on the corner of 23rd Avenue and 7% Street on the Augsburg College Campus (number 11on the map found on page 7l). This bulletin is a supplement to the Augsburg College Catalog and is published for the convenience of Augsburg Weekend College students. Weekend College is a program of Augsburg College and is subject to the policies and provisions as stated in the Augsburg College Catalog. able of Contents . ACADEMIC CALENDAR FOR 1988-1989 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 .................. 2 GENERALINFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College ....................... 4 Information Sessions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 FREQUENTLY CALLED TELEPHONE NUMBERS I I I 1 I I I Characteristics of the Eductional Program .........................6 StudentSupportServices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Careerplacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Tutoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7. Veterans of Military Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 ACADEMIC INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DegreesandMajors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Business Administration ......................................9 Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -11 Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . + . . . . 13 Teaching Licensure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 . Coaching Endorsement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15 Management Information Systems (MIS) ....................... 16 Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Socialwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18 Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Dean'sList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Probation and Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Grading Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20 Withdrawal from College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22 Graduation with Distinction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .- 2 2 22 Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) ......................... CLASS SCHEDULE 1988.89 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-.3 0 ADMISSIONSIFINANCIAL INFORMATION ......................66 Admissions Requirements and Procedures ......................-66 FinancialAid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Fees and Payment Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68 Paymentoptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 .. Refund Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-69 . ABOUT AUGSBURG COLLEGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .-70 CAMPUS LOCATION .......................................... 72 Introduction to Augsburg Weekend College Purpose Augsburg Weekend College provides an educational alternative to adults who desire college experience but who work or have other commitments during the week. It is a means by which men and women may earn a bachelor's degree, gain skills for professional advancement, prepare for career change, or pursue a personal interest in one or more areas of the liberal arts. The Adult as Student The Augsburg Weekend College program is designed to meet the needs and preferences of adult learners. The program is based on the assumption that the men and women who enroll in Weekend College will be mature, self-disciplined and well-motivated adult learners who seek a balance of classroom experience and individualized study. Each course is therefore divided into periods of concentrated on-campus study separated by time for independent study and class preparation. Alternate Weekends To accommodate this format for learning, classes meet on alternate weekends for three and a half hours on either Friday evening, Saturday morning, Saturday afternoon, or Sunday afternoon.* Each class selected by the student involves commitment to one of these four class periods. Weekend College students may take from one to four different courses by attending class every other weekend. Community of Learners Essential to the goals of Augsburg Weekend College is participation in a community of adult learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement to become involved in interaction both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of both men and women with a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages Weekend College students to make use of college facilities such as the library and college center, to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks, to participate in optional lunchtime seminars, and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. *Laboratory sections or additional class hours may be scheduled on evenings during the week. Information Sessions Adults who are interested in Augsburg Weekend College are encouraged to attend one of the information sessions that are scheduled throughout the year. These information sessions are free of charge and are approximately 2 hours in length. Please call the Weekend College Office (330-1782) to receive further details on these information sessions or to sign up for one of the following dates: For Fall Trimester, 1988 Saturday, May 14 Saturdav, Tune 4 Saturday, June 25 9:00 AM 9:00 AM 9:00 AM Saturday, July 16 Thursday, July 28 9:00 AM 6:00 PM Tuesday, August 9 6:00 PM For Winter Trimester, 1989 Saturday, October 8 9:00 AM Saturday, November 5 Saturday, November 19 9:00 AM 9:00 AM - - 1989 For S ~ r i n Trimester, e Saturday, January 14 O 9:00 AM M Tuesdav. March 7 6:00 PM For more information write or call: Augsburg Weekend College Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 Characteristics of the Educational Program Educational Mission For over a century Augsburg College has emphasized intellectual freedom in the search for knowledge. Our academic program builds on a liberal arts foundation to help students understand the past, interpret the present, and plan for the future. As in the weekday program, Augsburg Weekend College offers students a unique combination of the liberal arts disciplines and professional education. Our goals are to help students develop the intellectual skills and attitudes to be life-long learners, increase their competence in selected areas of professional work, and accomplish a higher level of personal growth. Accreditation and Affiliations Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools and The National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (Secondary and Elementary). Our programs are approved by The American Chemical Society, The Council on Social Work Education and the National League for Nursing. We are a member of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities (ACTC), Lutheran Education Council in North America, Minnesota Private College Council, National Association for Music Therapy, Inc., and are registered with the Minnesota Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB). Faculty Augsburg College prides itself on its highly qualified faculty. Members of the faculty serve as academic advisers to students who are in the pre-major stage of planning as well as to students in declared major fields. Library Students and faculty use a carefully selected library of some 150,000 volumes plus audio-visual materials, with access to over 5,000,000 volumes through the Twin Cities private college consortium and Minitex. Internships Internships on and off campus are an established part of most academic programs, helping students make career choices and develop experience in their chosen fields. Student Support Services Augsburg Weekend College provides a number of student services to assist adults in making educational and career plans, accomplishing the academic tasks of a college education, working on their own personal development, and participating in activities beyond the classroom. Some of these services are: Academic Planning All Augsburg Weekend College students will have access to expert academic advising services on an on-going basis to provide for efficient, effective planning. Students enrolling in Weekend College who have had college experience will have their previous work evaluated early in the admissions process. Career Planning Services Staff from the Career Planning and Placement Office will assist adults in assessing their career goals and personal abilities. This service, in combination with sound academic advising from faculty in a chosen major field, can result in an appropriate and manageable educational and career plan for the individual involved. Academic Skills Center This center exists to help students enhance their skills in the areas of writing, reading, math, time management, and study skills. Academic tutors in specialized course areas are also available through the center. CounselinglSupport Groups Individual and group activities are available to students who wish to work on a personal growth interest or concern or who simply want to have the experience of being in a support group of people who share some similar characteristics andlor interests. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training. Veterans should consult with the Office of the Registrar about completion of the enrollment certificate and the forwarding of other information to the Veterans Administration. (Please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog for more detailed information.) 1- cademic Information Degrees and Majors Augsburg Weekend College allows adults to begin a bachelor's degree program or to continue their education after beginning at another time or institution. It also enables adults to add a second major to an already completed college degree. The following information outlines what is involved in completing a degree or major in Augsburg Weekend College. (For more detailed information regarding graduation requirements, please refer to the Augsburg College Catalog.) Bachelofs Degree The bachelor's degree program in Augsburg Weekend College is essentially the same as the weekday program. A total of 35 semester courses are required to graduate and may be fulfilled through combinations of transfer of previous college credit, assessment of previous learning experience, and Weekend College courses. (Augsburg semester courses are valued at 4 semester credits and 6 quarter credits.) Included in the 35 total courses must be an approved major program, eleven upper division courses, and courses selected from the following liberal arts spectrum (transfer courses and courses taken in the major may also be counted for distribution requirements): One approved course from each of seven areas: 1. ArtlMusic 2. HistorylPhilosophy 3. EconomicslPolitical Science 4. English - Speech, Communication and Theatre Arts (devoted to the study of literature) 5. Psychology 1051Sociology 121 (or the equivalent transfer course) 6. ChemistrylBiology 7. MathematicslPhysics A course in writing (English 111)or demonstrated proficiency Two courses or demonstrated competence in a second language Three courses (or one course per year of study) in religious studies One course in the area of urban concerns, women's studies, or minority studies In addition to the 35 total courses, a student must demonstrate proficiency in two lifetime sports. Majors Augsburg Weekend College students may select from 7 separate majors, several with a number of career concentrations. A minor is available in each of these academic areas as well as economics, psychology, religion and sociology. Business Administration This major prepares students in the areas of management, financial accounting, finance, and marketing. To provide a combination of applied skills and theoretical background, each of these majors is interdisciplinary in approach, including an average of ten business administration courses and six courses from supporting fields such as economics, computer programming, communications, philosophy, and mathematics. Majors in Business Administration are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Core Courses All students who pursue a major in Business Administration will complete the following core courses: BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO ECO or or ECO 175 221 222 242 252 279 331 391 112 113 311 312 315 313 Computers for Business and Economics Principles of Accounting I Principles of Accounting I1 Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Financial Management Business Law Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Public Finance Intermediate Macroeconomics Money and Banking Intermediate Microeconomics Accounting Concentration Students who wish to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in accounting will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS BUS BUS or or 322 323 324 326 423 425 Accounting Theory and Practice I Accounting Theory and Practice I1 Managerial Cost Accounting Tax Accounting Auditing Advanced Accounting Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics Those planning a career in accounting are strongly encouraged to complete the remaining courses in the 326,423 and 425 sequence. Finance Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in finance will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS BUS ECO or or 322 433 438 318 415 479 Accounting Theory and Practice I Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Investment Theory Management Science Managerial Economics Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS BUS BUS ENG PHI 324 326 399 223 120 Managerial Cost Accounting Tax Accounting Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics Management Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in management will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS ECO PSY or SOC 340 440 318 373 Human Resource Management Operations Management Management Science Organizational Psychology 301 Complex Organizations Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS 399 Internship ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions PHI 120 Ethics PSY 371 Psychology of the Individual SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 354 Interpersonal Communications Marketing Concentration Students wishing to pursue a Business Administration major with a concentration in marketing will complete the following courses in addition to the core: BUS BUS ECO BUS 352 450 415 355 Marketing Research and Analysis Marketing Management Managerial Economics Marketing Communications Students in this major should seriously consider one or more courses from the following list: BUS ENG PHI SPC SPC 399 223 120 351 352 Internship Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics Argumentation Persuasion Business Minor BUS BUS BUS BUS ECO ECO 221 242 252 331 112 113 Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Financial Management Principles of Macroeconomics Principles of Microeconomics Other configurations of the Business Administration minor may be permitted on consultation with department chairperson. Communication Communication is an interdisciplinary major which is broad in scope and practical in application. The program consists of 15 courses; five in related supporting fields such as psychology, sociology, speech, and philosophy. Included is at least one course of internship experience in a work setting serving the career goals of individual students. Students may focus their lecture courses toward the development of career skills in public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory management. Majors in communication are candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Required Communication Core ENG 223,225,226 or 227: An Advanced Writing Course SPC 342 Mass Communications in Society SPC 351 Argumentation or 352 Persuasion SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SPC 399 Internship Required supporting courses: PHI 130 Logic PSY 105 General Psychology SOC 121 Principles of Sociology or 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology SOC 375 Social Psychology SPC 111 Public Speaking Major also includes satisfactory performance on competency tests in writing and typing. A literature course may be substituted for SOC 121 or SOC 375. Communication Electives With the help of an academic adviser, the student will select five (5) elective courses designed to meet additional background and skill requirements in the career areas of public relations and advertising, marketing communications, human relations, or supervisory management. The following are some of the electives recommended in each area: Public Relations and Advertising Students interested in the Public Relations emphasis are strongly urged to take ENG 227 (Journalism)as part of the major. BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 355 Marketing Communications ENG 226 Creative Writing ENG 227 Journalism PSY 373 Organizational Psychology SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPCl ART 132 Photography SPCl ART 224 Publication Design SPCl ART 2251230 Visual Communications I, I1 SPC 345 Organizational Communication SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications Marketing Communications BUS BUS BUS BUS SPC 252 352 355 450 480 Principles of Marketing Marketing Research and Analysis Marketing Communications Marketing Management Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications Human Relations PSY PSY SOC SOC SOC SPC SPC SPC SPC 373 485 231 265 301 329 345 355 480 Organizational Psychology Counseling Psychology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Complex Organizations Intercultural Communication Organizational Communication Small Group Communication Public Relations Promotional Communications Supervisory Management BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS BUS PSY SOC SPC SPC SPC 175 242 279 340 355 355 373 301 345 355 480 Computers in Business and Economics Principles of Management Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business Human Resource Management Marketing Communications Operations Management Organizational Psychology Complex Organizations Organizational Communication Small Group Communication Public RelationslPromotiona1Communications Communication Minor Five courses approved by the department. Education Teaching Licensure Teaching licensure programs are offered for Kindergarten-Elementary and selected Secondary fields through Weekend College. Individualized programs are worked out with an adviser in either Elementary or Secondary education. To be admitted to the Education Department the student will have achieved an overall 2.5 G.P.A. plus a 2.5 G.P.A. in hislher major field. All professional courses with the exception of Clinical Experience and Student Teaching are available in the weekend schedule. In addition to Kindergarten-Elementary,Augsburg Weekend College grants secondary licenses in English-Language Arts and Social Studies. Students may also work individually on the following majors offered in conjunction with day school: French, German, Health, Life Science, Mathematics, Physical Science (Chemistry or Physics), Science (grades 5-9), Spanish, Speech, Theater Arts, and in the special areas of Art (K-V), Band (K-12) and Classroom Music (Grades 5-12), Orchestra (K-12) and Classroom Music (5-12), Vocal and Classroom Music (K-9), Vocal and Classroom Music (5-12), and Physical Education (K-12). Contact an Education Department adviser for information in your field of study and for application for admission to the Department of Education. All students must apply for acceptance into the Education Department before beginning professional courses. Elementary Education EDE 253 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* (.5course) EDE 341 Media Technology (.5 course) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments* (.5 course) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading EDE 363 Clinical Experiences (.5 course) EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies ( 2 5 course) EDE 377 K-El Science (.25 course) EDE 379 K-El Art ( 2 5 course) EDE 380 K-El Music ( 2 5 course) EDE 382 K-El Math ( 2 5 course) EDE 386 Children's Literature (.5 course) EDE 387 Language Arts (.5 course) EDE 388 K-El Health ( 2 5 course) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education ( 2 5 course) EDE 481 Student Teaching EDE 482 Student Teaching EDE 483 Student Teaching EDE 484 Student Teaching EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course) HPE 114 Safety Education (.5 course) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course) SWK 260 Humans Developing College Level Math Course Academic Minor or Second Major *Field Experience Separate Secondary Education EDS 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting* (.5 course) EDS 341 Media Technology (.5 course) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5 course) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments* (.5 course) EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course) EDS 477 School and Society Seminar (.5 course) EDS 481 Student Teaching EDS 482 Student Teaching EDS 483 Student Teaching EDS 484 Student Teaching EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar (.5 course) HPE 114 Safety Education (.5 course) HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (.5 course) PSY 105 General Psychology Special Methods in Licensure Field "Field Experience Separate Major for Secondary Teaching Licensure in Social Studies Students preparing to teach social studies on the high school level must complete, in addition to the professional requirements to be met within the Department of Education, a competency program designed to provide a broad foundation in the social sciences. Students must complete a major in one of five fields - Economics, History, Political Science, Psychology or Sociology (the History major is described below) plus 7 courses (ECO 112 or 113, Human Geography, HIS 222, POL 158, PSY 105, SOC 121 and 336). Students considering a career in social studies education should consult, as soon as possible, the Augsburg Department of Education and the Social Studies Coordinator. History Major: 8 courses plus 1seminar. At least four of these courses must be upper division. A major must have at least one course (either survey or upper level) from each of the four areas: Ancient and Medieval; Modern Europe; U.S.; and non-Western. Coaching Endorsement Students interested in adding a coaching endorsement must complete required courses in the Physical Education program. If interested, please contact the Education Department at 330-1130 for further information. English Those who study English believe that an intense concern for words, ideas and images helps us understand who we are and who we can become. Writing helps us clarify and share our thoughts. Literature helps us contemplate the pains and joys of human existence. Through English study we see life's complexity, experience life as some others do, and understand better the world in which we live and work. English relates closely to other majors. With the other arts, English is concerned with the pleasure that comes from artistic creation and with the contemplation of works of art. With psychology and sociology, English is concerned with individual and group behavior. With philosophy, English is interested in ideas and the relation between meaning and language. With science, English is interested in discovering order and determining structures. With speech and communications, English studies the effective use of language. With history and the other social sciences and humanities, English studies the way people have acted and thought at different times and in different cultures. Major: 9 courses above 111, including 225; one course in American literature; one course in Western literary tradition (271or 272); and three courses in British literature, one on literature before 1660 (for example, 331 or 438) and one that surveys a number of writers (336,337, 423). Majors are encouraged to take ENG 245 early in their college work and to consult their departmental advisor regularly. A student with a double major or special program that involves considerable work in the English department should also work closely with an advisor in the department. English-Language Arts Teaching Major: 10 courses, including those listed under the major, a course in linguistics, and an internship in the teaching of writing. One course must include a component in nonWestern literature. In addition, the ACTC courses Communications Skills in the English Classroom and Teaching Mass Media are required. Courses in early American literature, Shakespeare, and film are recommended. Several of the required courses are not offered on Weekends. Students in this program must work with advisers in the English Department and the Education Department in order to meet the professional requirements within the Education Department as well as requirements in the major. New licensure rules become effective July 1, 1989. Students who seek licensure after that time will be subject to the new licensure rules. Minor: 5 courses above 111including one course in British literature and one writing course above the freshman level (223, 225, 226, or 227). Management Information Systems (MIS) This MIS major prepares students to work in the growing field of information management. The major combines courses and skills from both the business and computer science majors to help students learn about the identification, organization, analysis and processing of information in a business setting. MIS Major BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 331 Financial Management ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics CSCl M I 7 4 Math for Computing I CSCl M I 7 5 Math for Computing I1 BUS 370 Advanced Computing for Economics and Business BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design BUS 476 Information Systems Projects BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business ECO 318 Management Science Students in this major should seriously consider one or more of the following courses: BUS CSC ENG PHI 399 340 223 120 Internship Digital Communications and Computer Networks Writing for Business and the Professions Ethics MIS Minor BUS BUS or BUS BUS BUS ECO 221 242 252 370 375 475 113 Principles of Accounting I Principles of Management Principles of Marketing Advanced Computing for Business and Economics Information Systems in the Organization Information Systems Analysis and Design Principles of Microeconomics Nursing Augsburg Weekend College offers registered nurses an upper division nursing major as a second step toward the completion of the Bachelor of Science degree. Fully accredited by the National League for Nursing, this major is a professional program that is accessible on weekends to nurses who are unable to attend classes during the weekdays. Classes are primarily scheduled on alternate weekends, but all courses in the major may have additional class or lab hours beyond the weekend schedule. Admissions Procedures Admission to the nursing program includes first being accepted into Augsburg Weekend College through the procedures described on page 66. As candidates for the nursing major, RNs must demonstrate evidence of completion of an associate degree or diploma program, current nursing practice, and Minnesota licensure. While an RN may take general education courses and prerequisite courses for the nursing major, further progress in the major is contingent upon: 1. Satisfactory completion at a college or university of the prerequisite courses: Anatomy and Physiology, Microbiology, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic or Biochemistry, English Composition, Introductory Sociology and Introductory Psychology. 2. A cumulative gradepoint average of at least 2.5 3. Successful completion of testing to validate lower division nursing knowledge. Required Courses in the Nursing Major NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR NUR 305 306 310 311 330 350 403 404 423 427 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication* Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* Community Health Nursing I* Community Health Nursing 11: Practicumx* Trends and Issues in Nursing* Introduction to Nursing Research* Contemporary Nursing 111: Families* Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management* Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and Management** *These courses may require extra class or lab sessions. **Thesecourses require extra time and cost for clinical work. Required Supporting Courses PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care or REL 483 Christian Ethics, or an approved ethics course PSY 353 Brain and Behavior Social Work Accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, the Bachelor of Science in Social Work degree program at Augsburg College is built on a solid liberal arts foundation, on theory-based training, and on professionally directed field experiences. As important, social work education at Augsburg is built on an appreciation for the needs, concerns, and values of the individuals and groups who constitute today's multi-cultural society. The Social Work major in Augsburg Weekend College includes seven courses from the departments of psychology, biology, and sociology. Concentrations are possible in the areas of aging, chemical dependency, corrections, social ministries, and youth work. Field work is an important component of the program. Social Work Courses* SWK 257 SWK 260 SWK 361 SWK 363 SWK 364 SWK 461 SWK 462 SWK 463 SWK 465 SWK 466 SWK 467 SWK 469 Exploring Human Services Humans Developing Social Response to Human Needs Methods and Skills of Social Work Field Work I Advanced Methods and Skills in Social Work Field Work I1 Community Development and Organization Social Policy: Analysis and Development Field Work I11 (.5 course) The Social Worker as Professional Field Work IV Required Supporting Courses* BIO PSY SOC SOC SOC SOC SOC 101 105 121 231 265 365 375 Human Biology General Psychology Principles of Sociology Sociology of the Family Racial and Minority Group Relations Quantitative Analysis and Program Evaluation Social Psychology *Students interested in Social Work should begin their program with the required supporting courses. The professional sequence will be offered when a sufficient number of students are ready for that portion of the program. Social Welfare Minor 6 courses including 257 or department approved alternative internship, 361, 463; Psychology 351 or Sociology 375; Sociology 265; and Political Science 121or 158 or 325, or Social Work 465. Minors In addition to minors offered in Business, Communication, MIS and Social Welfare (listed under each respective major), Weekend College students are able to complete minors in the following areas: Psychology Minor 5 courses including 105, with a minimum of 2 courses at Augsburg. Not more than one course from 299,399 and 499 may be counted toward the minor. Religion Minor 5 courses approved by the department. Sociology Minor 5 courses including 121 and two upper division courses (numbered 300 and above). Dean's List The Dean's List is compiled after each semester, listing students whose grade point average for a semester is 3.5 or better, based on a minimum of two full courses, or equivalent, graded on the traditional grading system, with no incompletes in courses offered for credit. Probation and Dismissal A student will be placed on scholastic probation at the end of the term if his or her achievement is unsatisfactory. Dismissal from the College is not automatic. Each case is reviewed by the Committee on Student Standing. A student who has a poor academic record may be strongly advised to withdraw before the end of the term. A student who has been on probation for two terms and withdraws from the College voluntarily must have special permission to re-enroll. See Augsburg College Catalog for complete explanation. Grading Procedures Evaluation and Grading Student achievement in courses is measured primarily by final examinations. Shorter tests, written papers, oral reports, and other types of evaluation also are used. Most courses are offered with grading options - traditional grading on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale or the PasslNo Credit system, in which P means a grade of 2.0 or better and N means no credit and a grade of less than 2.0. Students are cautioned to use the PIN grade option with care since some graduate and professional schools do not look favorably on a large number of Pgraded courses, or rank each as a "C." Transfer students are cautioned that P-graded courses do not count in the requirement that 14 traditionally graded courses be earned at Augsburg in order to be considered for graduation with distinction. See PIN limitations under Graduation Requirements in the Augsburg College Catalog. Certain courses are offered on one grading system only. Sociology 265 is graded only on the PIN grading system and some education courses are graded only on the PIN system or only on the traditional system. English 111is graded P or N, or 2.0-4.01N. Some other courses are graded only P, 1.0, N. Lifetime Sports are graded P1O.O. In courses where this is a choice, students will be graded on the traditional system unless they indicate on their registration that they wish to use the PIN grading option. Any changes in choice of grading system must be made according to dates published each term. A fee is charged for any changes made after Registration. Explanation of Grades Number grades are used with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards 2.5 2.0 Meets basic standards for the course 1.5 1.0 performance below basic course standards 0.5 0.0 Unacceptable performance (no credit for the course) Grade of P (Pass) or N (No credit) are not computed in the grade point average. A grade of P represents work at or above the 2.0 level; N represents work at the 1.5 or below level. An incomplete grade may be given only in the case of extreme emergency. To receive it, a student must file a petition with the Committee on Student Standing stating the reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing it, and comments from the instructor. If permission is granted, the incomplete must be removed during the following semester, or it becomes the grade submitted by the teacher along with the incomplete. Internships, independent studies, and directed studies may sometimes last longer than one term. When this is the case, they must be completed by the grading deadlines within one year from the beginning of the first term of registration. A grade of X is given by the instructor to indicate that the study is extended. It is expected that students given X extensions will continue to communicate with their instructors and demonstrate that satisfactory progress is being maintained. The Registrar's Office will automatically continue the registration in response to an X grade. A final grade will be issued at the end of the term in whcih the work is completed and evaluated (but not longer than one year). An instructor reserves the discretion of not giving an X where satisfactory progress is not demonstrated. Withdrawal from college, or dropping these continued courses will terminate their registration. Under this circumstance, a reregistration as 1X by the student would be necessary if done during registration periods within one year of initial registration; if done after one year a new registration would be necessary. Auditing Courses Students who wish to take courses without credit or grade may do so by registering for Audit (V). The charge for auditing a course is listed under Fees and Payment Schedule. Students who audit a course should confer with the instructor within two weeks of the beginning of the term to determine expectations, attendance and any other requirement. If expectations have been met, the course will be listed on the transcript as having been audited. If expectations have not been met, the course will be listed with a grade of W (Withdrawn). Grade Point Average The grade point average (GPA) is based on final grades for all work at Augsburg. It does not include credit and grade points for work transferred from other colleges. Courses taken on the PIN grading option are recorded, but not computed in the GPA. Classification Students are classified in August and at the end of fall and winter terms. Sophomores - 7 courses completed with at least 14 grade points. Junior - 16 courses completed with at least 32 grade points. Seniors - 25 courses completed with at least 50 grade points. Withdrawal from College Students are urged not to abandon courses for which they are registered, since this results in a failing grade on the official record. Cancellation of courses or withdrawal from college must be done in the Registrar's Office. Withdrawal from college cannot occur during final examination week unless a petition is approved by the Student Standing Committee. Withdrawal from college and resulting adjustments in accounts are effective as of the date the completed Withdrawal From College form is returned to the Registrar's Office. Graduation with Distinction Graduation with distinction is determined as follows: Summa cum laude 3.8 to 4.0 cumulative GPA Magna cum laude 3.6 up to but not including 3.8 cumulative GPA Cum laude 3.3 up to but not including 3.6 cumulative GPA To qualify for graduation with distinction, transfer students must have completed two years (14 traditionally graded courses) of work at Augsburg . Assessment of Previous Learning (APL) Augsburg College recognizes that learning can and does take place in many life situations. Some of this learning may be appropriate for credit recognition within the disciplines that compose the academic programs of a liberal arts college. The APL program (Assessment of Previous Learning) at Augsburg provides a means by which a student's previous learning, other than that which is transferred from another accredited institution, may be presented for examination for possible credit toward the completion of a bachelor's degree. Not all learning from life experience, however, is appropriate for credit recognition at a liberal arts college. Such learning must meet two essential criteria: (1) it is relevant to coursework in a field of study within the Augsburg liberal arts curriculum and (2) it can be objectively demonstrated either by comprehensive examination or committee evaluation. The APL program at Augsburg provides several means by which students may have their previous learning assessed for credit recognition: CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Students who achieve acceptable scores in CLEP exams may receive academic credit in Augsburg College. CLEP exams are available in a variety of general and specific subject areas. For more information, contact Weekend College Admissions (330-1792) or the regional CLEP center at the University of Minnesota (624-3323). Departmental Assessment Students who wish to receive credit for a specific academic course and do not have transcript evidence of completed work may request a departmental assessment of previous learning. This will most often include an examination that covers the essential components of the course involved. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). CAP (Credit Assessment Process) This is a credit assessment alternative in which a faculty committee completes a credit evaluation of a learning portfolio submitted by the student. Informal meetings and consultation are provided for students who wish to prepare a portfolio of previous learning for credit assessment. Students may apply for CAP after completing at least four courses of academic work at Augsburg College with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.5. For more information, contact the Registrar's Office (330-1036). 'lass Schedule 1988-89 Fall Trimester, 1988 Class Schedule - Friday Evening (6:OO 9:30) BUS 355 Marketing Communications BUS 242 Principles of Management ECO 112 Principles of Macro-economics EDE 253 Orientation to Education (919-1114)(.5) EDS 264 Orientation to Education (919-1114)(.5) EDE 379 K-El Art (919-1017) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math (10121-1219)(.25) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (919-1114)(.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 245 Introduction to Literature MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts* NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication* PHY 101 Astronomy* REL 363 Religion in America SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPC 345 Organizational Communication Saturday Morning (8:30-1200) BIO 185 Biology of Aging BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting BUS 495 Risk Management and Insurance CHM 109 General Chemistry* CSCl M I 7 4 Math for Computer Science* ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (9110-1115)(.5) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments (9110-1115)(.5) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (10122-11119)(.25) EDE 377 K-El Science (9110-1018)(.25) EDE 388 K-El Health (9110-1018)(.25) ENG 227 Journalism* ENG 336 British Literature: 17th and 18th Century MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra (no credit) NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing * PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy POL 342 Mass Communications in Society SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SPC 113 Public Speaking SWK 257 Exploring Human Services . - Saturday --Afternoon (1:15-4:45) ART 352 Women's Art History BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 322 Accounting Theory and Practice I BUS 391 Business Law BUS 495 Ethics in Business ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics EDE 341 Media Technology (9110-1115)(.5) EDS 341 Media Technology (9110-1115)(.5) EDE 380 K-El Music (11119-12110) (.25) EDE 386 Children's Literature (9110-1115) (.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing* HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World HPE 114 Safety Education (EIS) (9110-1115)(.5) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I1 * ** PHI 130 Logic * PSY 105 General Psychology PSY 355 Brain and Behavior REL 215 Archaeology and the Bible SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I* SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication SWK 361 Social Response to Human Needs Sunday Afternoon (1:15- 4:45) ART 132 Photography BUS 175 Computers in Business and Economics BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization BUS 423 Auditing EDE 351 Techniques for Teaching Reading (9111-12111) EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (10123-11/20)(.25) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (9111-1019) (.25) EDS 364 English Methods (9111-1214) EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods (9111-1116) REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations SPA 111 Beginning Spanish I * SWK 260 Humans Developing . I - Student Teaching (Dav Schedule Onlv) Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are available during fall trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. *Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additionalclinical fee required. Winter Trimester, 1989 Class Schedule Friday Evening (6:OO-9:30) ART 106 Calligraphy BUS 242 Principles of Management EDE 253 Orientation to Education (116-2124) (.5) EDS 264 Orientation to Education (116-2124) (.5) EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (116-2124) (.5) EDE 388 K-El Health (3110-3131) (.25) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (S) (116-2124)(.5) ENG 282 Topics in Literature: Women in Fiction NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research * NUR 432 Topics in Nursing: Critical Care Nursing * PHY 111 Physics, Computers & Society* PSY 373 Organizational Psychology REL 111 Introduction to Theology SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication Saturday Morning (8:30- 1200) BIO 101 Human Biology BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis BUS 391 Business Law BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice CHM 110 Organic and Biological Chemistry* CSCl M I 7 5 Math for Computer Science 11* ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics EDE 341 Media Technology (117-2125) (.5) EDS 341 Media Technology (117-2125) (.5) EDE 363 Clinical Experience Seminar (3111-3118)(.5) EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (3111-3118)(.5) EDE 379 K-El Art (117-1128) (.25) EDE 382 K-El Math (117-2111) (.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing* NUR 310 Community Health I * NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV * POL 342 Mass Communications REL 445 The Bible, Language and Interpretation SOC 375 Social Psychology* SPC 111 Public Speaking SPC 329 Intercultural Communication SWK 363 Basic Methods and Skills I I I Afternoon (1:E-445) .Saturday BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods ECO 113 Microeconomics ECO 415 Managerial Economics EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (2111-411) (.5) EDS 363 Creating Learning Environments (2111-411) (.5) EDE 377 K-El Science (117, 1114,214) (.25) EDE 386 Children's Literature (2111-411) (.5) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (117-1128) (.25) EDS 477 School and Society (117 - 2/25) (.5) ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions* ENG 396 Highlights of British Literature HIS 222 U.S. History since 1877 INS 231 Religion in African American History MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences* NUR 432 Topics: Critical Care Nursing PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care SOC 121 Principles of Sociology SPA 112 Beginning Spanish 11* SPC 352 Persuasion SWK 364 Field Work I - I I I I I Sunday Afternoon (1:E 445) ART 224 Publication Design BUS 326 Tax Accounting BUS 440 Operations Management BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design ECO 315 Money and Banking EDE 364 Interdisciplinary Studies (2112-3112) (-25) EDE 376 K-El Social Studies (118-1129) (.25) EDE 380 K-El Music (118-1129) (.25) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (118-2126) (.5) FRE 111 Beginning French I* HPE 115 Chemical Dependency Education (EIS) (1129-3119) (.5) NOR 111 Beginning Norwegian I* REL 475 Judaism SPA 112 Beginning Spanish 11* SWK 260 Humans Developing Student Teaching (Day Schedule Only) Student teaching courses in elementary and secondary education are available during winter trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. *Extra class or lab session required. **Additionalclinical fee required. Spring Trimester, 8 8 9 Class Schedule I I Friday Evening (6:OO- 10:OO) BUS 242 Principles of Management BUS 252 Principles of Marketing EDE 380 K-El Music (612-6123) (-25) EDE 382 K-El Math (515-6116) (.5) ENG 261 Modern Fiction HPE 114 Safety Education (EIS) (417-5119) (.5) INS 265 Women in American Culture MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts PHY 103 Physics for the Life Sciences* REL 263 World Justice and Hunger: Dev. a New World View SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotiona1Communications Saturday Morning (8:OO- 1200) BIO 108 Microbiology* BUS 279 Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business BUS 391 Business Law CSC 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts CSC 340 Digital Communication and Computer Networks ECO 113 Principles of Micro-economics ECO 318 Management Science EDE 341 Media Technology (418-5120) (.5) EDS 341 Media Technology (4186120) (.5) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (418-6124) EDE 377 K-El Science (613-6124) (.25) EDS 477 School & Society (418-613) (.5) ENG 111 Effective Writing* ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 HIS 440 Topics in World History HPE 115 Chemical Dependency (418-5120) (.5) MAT 114 Elementary Functions* NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11* ** NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership & Management * ** PHI 120 Ethics REL 483 Christian Ethics SOC 231 Sociology of the Family SPC 351 Argumentation SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills Saturday Afternoon (1:OO - 5:OO) BIO 105 Biology and Society BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 BUS 252 Principles of Marketing BUS 331 Financial Management BUS 370 Advanced Personal Computing BUS 425 Advanced Accounting BUS 438 Investments BUS 450 Marketing Management ECO 132 Principles of Macroeconomics ECO 311 Public Finance EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments (5120-6124)(.5) EDS 363 Creating Learning Environments (5120-6124) (.5) EDE 363 Clinical Experience Seminar (5120-6117) (.5) EDS 352 Clinical Experience Seminar (5120-6117) (.5) EDE 386 Children's Literature (418-613) (.5) EDE 388 K-El Health (418-516) (.25) EDS 468 Student Teaching Seminar (418-613) (.5) ENG 327 Advanced Journalism * NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing* NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research* PHI 130 Logic POL 158 Political Patterns and Processes PSY 105 General Psychology REL 369 Religious Imagination in Modern Literature SOC 301 Complex Organizations SPC 355 Small Group Communication SWK 462 Field Work I1 Sunday Afternoon (1:OO - 5:OO) ART 107 Drawing BUS 340 Human Resource Management BUS 476 Structure Systems Analysis and Design ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics EDE 253 Orientation Education (419-5121) (.5) EDS 264 Orientation to Education (419-5121) (.5) EDE 379 K-El Art (614-6/25)(.25) EDE 387 K-El Language Arts (5121-6125) ( 5 ) EDE 389 K-El Physical Education (419-517)(.25) FRE 112 Beginning French 11* NOR 112 Beginning Norwegian 11* SOC 365 Quant. Methods & Program Evaluation Student Teaching-.(Day Schedule Only) Student Teaching courses in elementary education are available during spring trimester. The Student Teaching Seminar (EDS 486) is available on an arranged basis. - "Extra class or lab sessions required. **Additionalclinical fee required. I f ~ o t l r s Descriptions e 7I ART 102 Environmental Aesthetics Fine arts in the urban and world setting. Concern for the visual content of experience in the environment leading toward appreciation and criticism. Individual and group projects exploring design problems in representation, symbolism and abstraction. Distribution: Urban Concerns ART 106 Calligraphy Study of the art and craft of calligraphy. Development of calligraphic skills in pen and brush with ink and paint. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 107 Drawing Drawing in graphite pencils, pens, and pastel pencils. Subjects include still-life, figures, building interiors and exteriors and experimental work. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 118 Painting I Introduction to painting media and techniques in acrylic and oil. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 132 Photography The camera used as a tool for visual creativity and expression with attention to black and white photography process. Need access to 35mm single lens reflex camera (materials will cost $125-150). Distribution: ArtlMusic Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major ARTISPC 224 Publication Design An introduction to traditional design concerns and procedures related to publication design as well as design for desktop publishing. Theory and practice of coordinating visual images and typography with content in publications. Study of design in magazines, newspapers, newsletters, books, and miscellaneous publications. Students design and produce a publication as a group project. Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising major ART 225 Visual Communications I The theory and practice of visual perception and communication using elements such as color, line, shape, type, and pictoral images. Emphasis wil be placed on the creative thought process. Distribution: ArtlMusic Major: Elective in Public RelationslAdvertising Major I I I ART 240 Art History Survey A survey of art from prehistoric to modern times. Includes reading, research, viewing of slides, and visits to museums. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 250 Ceramics I An introduction to the making of pottery with an emphasis on handbuilding and glazing. Distribution: ArtlMusic ART 352 Women's Art History A study of the place of women in the history of the visual arts - as artists, as subjects, and as patrons. Distribution: ArtlMusic, Urban ConcernslMinority Studies, (upper division) BIO 101 Human Biology Basic biological concepts from an anthropocentric point of view. An attempt to answer such questions as: What makes man just another member of the biotic fold? Does man have a niche in the ecosystem? What influence does man have on the environment? What influence does the environment, especially the urban environment, have on man? (A student may not receive credit for both 101and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology Major: Required supporting course in Social Work BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology A professional course in the structure and function of the human body. Lecture and laboratory. (A student may not receive credit for both 101 and 103. Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: ChemistrylBiology Major: Required prerequisite for BSN major BIO 105 Biology and Society What are some of the biologically-based problems with which our society must deal? What threats are posed by pollution, the prospect of war, and by shortages of food, water and non-renewable resources? What are the implications of genetic research, scientific racism, sociobiology, and inequities in the delivery of health care? (Does not apply to the major or minor.) Distribution: Biology or Urban Concerns BIO 108 Microbiology Basic microbial features are considered as well as applications of microbiology to the field of medicine and sanitation. For student nurses, health majors or consent of the instructor. (Prereq: CHM 110 or consent of instructor. Does not apply to major or minor.) Distribution: Biology Major: Prerequisite for the BSN major BIO 185 The Biology of Aging At some time or another in our lives most of us will either directly experience aging or be influenced by people undergoing age-related changes. This course will concentrate on the biological aspects of such changes. Distribution: ChemistrylBiology BIO 231 The Biology of Women The objective of this course is to provide a basic understanding of the structure and functioning of the female human organism as well as to evaluate misconceptions about women that have arisen in the history of biology. Distribution: ChemistrylBiology or Women & Minority Studies BUS 175 Computers for Business and Economics An introduction to computerized data processing. Learn a higher-level language (BASIC). Learn about computerized spreadsheets (LOTUS) and data bases (DBASE). Learn about word processing and computerized business graphics. (Prereq. : Math Placement Group I1 or high school algebra) Major: Required in Business Administration core and MIS major; elective in Supervisory Management major BUS 221 Principles of Accounting I Introduction to business activities, basic concepts, and fundamentals of accounting, the accounting cycle and preparation of financial statements. Major: Required for Business Administration and MIS major BUS 222 Principles of Accounting I1 Introduction to business activities, basic concepts and f u n d a ~ e n t a l of s managerial accounting. Planning and controlling processes, decision-making and behavioral considerations. (Prereq: BUS 221) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 242 Principles of Management Development of the theory of management, organization, staffing, planning and control. The nature of authority, accountability and responsibility, analysis of the role of the professional manager. Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Supervisory Management majors in Communication BUS 252 Principles of Marketing Principles of basic policy and strategy issues in marketing. Legal, ethical, competitive, behavioral, economic and technological factors as they affect product, promotion, marketing channel and pricing decisions. Major: Required in the Business Administration core, elective in Public RelationslAdvertising and Marketing Communications major BUSlECO Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business 279 An introduction to quantitative reasoning, descriptive measures, probability, sampling distributions, inference and estimation with emphasis on their use in applied problems in business and economics. (Prereq: Math Placement I11 or a grade of 2.0 or better in MAT 104) Major: Required in the Business Administration core and MIS major BUS 322 Accounting Theory & Practice I An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to financial statements, income concepts, capital stock and surplus account, current and long- term assets. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113) Major: Required in the Accounting and Finance majors (upper division) BUS 323 Accounting Theory and Practice I1 An analysis of accounting theory pertaining to investments, tangible and intangible fixed assets, liabilities and reserved, actuarial topics. Additional emphasis on income determination considering price level changes. (Prereq: BUS 322) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 324 Managerial Cost Accounting Accounting tools for planning and control of economic activities. Planning, budgeting, standard cost systems, as well as other quantitative and behavioral topics. (Prereq: BUS 222,242,252,279 or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 326 Tax Accounting The more common and important provisions of federal income taxes for individuals and various forms of business enterprises. (Prereq: BUS 221,331, ECO 112, 113, or consent of instructor) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 331 Financial Management Theory of acquisition, allocation and management of funds within the firm; sources and uses of long and short term funds, cost of capital, capital budgeting, leverage, dividend policy, and related topics. (Prereq: BUS 222, ECO 113) Major: Required for Business Administration core and MIS major (upper division) BUS 340 Human Resource Management Personnel function in business, acquisition and utilization of human resources, desirable working relationships; effective integration of the worker with the goals of the firm and society. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required for Business Management major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 352 Marketing Research and Analysis Research process as an aid to decision making in marketing management; research methodology; marketing research results; evaluation of the effectiveness of research in marketing. (Prereq: BUS 252,279, ECO 113, or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 355 Marketing Communications A look at the communications aspects of marketing by integrating advertising, public relations, sales promotion, and personal selling into a coherent promotion mix. Emphasis will be placed on the design and evaluation of marketing communications programs, particularly advertising; selection of media; copy-creative effort; advertiser-agency relationship; management of the personal selling function including salesforce selection, compensation, territorial design, and performance appraisal. (Prereq: BUS 252) Major: Required in the Marketing major, elective in Marketing Communication major, Public RelationslAdvertising major, or Supervisory Management (upper division) BUS 370 Advanced Computing for Business and Economics Current topics &volving programmable spreadsheets (LOTUS), programmable data bases (DBASE), graphics, information retrieval using- telecommunications, and other packages (statistical analysis, project management, expert systems, etc.). Solve common problems in economics, finance and marketing. (Prereq: One computer course such as BUS 175 or CSC 145, 170 or 174. Recommended BUS 279.) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 375 Information Systems in the Organization Use of systems approach in analyzing the use of information systems in the organization. Analyze business needs and information requirements, identify relevant solutions and communicate recommendations. Emphasis on management consulting skills including written and verbal communications. (Prereq: Two computer courses such as BUS 175 and 370) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 391 Business Law Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and business organizations under the Uniform Commercial Code. Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) BUS 423 Auditing Internal and external auditing procedures. Emphasis on internal checks and control for accounting systems. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 425 Advanced Accounting Accounting for business combinations, governmental accounting, partnership accounting and fund accounting. (Prereq: BUS 323) Major: One of a choice of 3 required courses in the Accounting major (upper division) BUS 433 Financial Theory: Policy and Practice Advanced financial theory; a systems approach to financial structure and policy. Emphasis on decision-making, presentation through literature, readings, lectures and case material. (Prereq: BUS 331) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 438 Investment Theory Appraisal of the risklreturn relationships of various types of securities from the viewpoint of both individual and institutional investors. Extensive coverage of capital markets and portfolio management. (Prereq: all core courses or consent of instructor) Major: Required in Finance major (upper division) BUS 440 Operations Management Concepts and principles related to the management of operating functions. Examples from service industries, nonprofit organizations and manufacturing. Taught from a managerial point of view. Topics include: an overview of operations, planning operation processes, productivity measurement, standards, forecasting, concepts of quality, inventory management, principles of scheduling, and operational control information systems. (Prereq: BUS 242) Major: Required in the Business Management major and an elective in the Supervisory Management major (upper division) BUS 450 Marketing Management Integration of marketing with other business functions; marketing management and decision making, planning marketing programs, channels of distribution, pricing, product selling and promotion policies. (Prereq: BUS 352) Major: Required in the Marketing major and an elective in the Marketing Communications major (upper division) BUS 475 Information Systems Analysis and Design Analyze information requirements and design systems specifications. Utilize relational data base software to quickly implement several system designs. Utilize project management software to manage the life cycle process including documentation and implementation. (Prereq: all lower level core courses, BUS 375. Recommended: BUS 370) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUS 476 Information Systems Projects Using skills developed in BUS 375 and 475, complete information analysis and systems design for several business situations. Utilize both case studies and actual businesses. (Prereq: BUS 375,475. Recommended: BUS 479) Major: Required in the MIS major (upper division) BUSlECO Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and 479 Business Utilizing computer packages relevant to statistical analysis. Programming tools include spreadsheets, Minitab, SPSS and other statistical packages. Areas of interest include statistical descriptions, analysis of variance and statistical inference plus linear models, queuing models and Monte Carlo simulations. (Prereq: BUS 175, 279, Math Placement Group IV or a grade of at least 2.0 in MAT 114, 121, or 122. Recommended: BUS 370) Major: Required for MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) BUS 495 Topics: Risk Management and Insurance A study of risk management. Emphasis on the function of (1) determination of exposure to risk; (2) analysis or risk and losses; (3) methods of combating risks; and (4) administration of risk insurance program. How to recognize and evaluate the property liability and personnel risks facing a business, a non-profit organization, a government unit, or an individual or family. How to select and deal with an insurer. Public policy issues such as availability of insurance are examined to identify and evaluate the role of insurance in the financial framework of the economy. Major: Elective for Busines Administration major CHM 100 Chemistry for Changing Times This is a non-laboratory chemistry course based on the very popular book by John H. Hill of the same title. It is not a traditional chemistry course and does not assume a science background. Most of the problems we face are molecular in nature. What then but chemistry can help us to understand ourselves, our society, our world, and our universe? Come join us as we take a molecular look at the human condition. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry nor does it meet any prerequisite chemistry requirements. Distribution: ChemistrylBiology CHM 109 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Designed for students who need a survey of the fundamentals of general, organic and biological chemistry for careers in allied health areas such as nursing (including Augsburg's upper division program). Open also to other students. First term, general chemistry principles and an introduction to organic chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. This course does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required prerequisite for Nursing major CHM 110 General, Organic and Biological Chemistry Continuation of Chemistry 109. Organic and biological chemistry with special applications to human psysiological chemistry. Will include arranged time for laboratory work. Does not apply toward the major or minor in chemistry. Distribution: Chemistry Major: Required for MIS major CSC 145 Computing for the Liberal Arts An introduction to computers, programming, and computer applications, as well as some of the social and philosophical issues associated with computers. Primarily for students in non-science areas. Does not apply toward the computer science major or minor. CSClMAT Mathematics for Computing I, I1 174,175 A study of discrete and continuous mathematics with applications to computer science, integrated with learning structured programming. Primarily for students planning to major in computer science. Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 114 or Placement Group IV for MAT 174; MAT 174 for MAT 175) Major: Required for MIS major CSC 240 Survey of Computer Sciences An introduction to computer organization and structure, assembly and machine languages, computer logic design, number and character representations, and functions of components of computer systems. Continued development of structured programming concepts. (Prereq: MAT 175; or both 170 and MAT 124 and concurrent registration in MAT m) Major: Elective for MIS major CSC 340 Digital Communications and Computer Networks Principles and methods of data communications, distributed processing systems, network protocols and security, and general computer interfacing. (Prereq: CSC 240) Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division) CSC 352 Database Management and Design Structure of database management systems, query facilities, file organization and security, including the development of an elementary database system. (Prereq: CSC 240) Major: Elective for MIS major (upper division) ECO 112 Principles of Macroeconomics An introduction to macroeconomics; national income analysis, monetary and fiscal policy, international trade, economic growth. Application of elementary economic theory to current economic problems. May be taken independently of ECO 113. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 113 Principles of Microeconomics An introduction to micro-economics, the theory of the household, firm, market structures and income distribution. Application of elementary economic theory to market policy. May be taken independently of ECO 112. ECO 112 and 113 may be taken in either order. Distribution: EconomicslPoliticalScience Major: Required for Business Administration core ECO 311 Public Finance Analysis of the principles of taxation and public expenditures; the impact of fiscal policy on economic activity; debt policy and its economic implications. (Prereq: ECO 112, 113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 312 Intermediate Macroeconomics Determinants of national income, employment and price level analyzed via macromodels. Attention paid to areas of monetary-fiscal policy, growth and the business cycle. (Prereq: ECO 112) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 313 Intermediate Microeconomics Theory of resource allocation, analysis of consumer behavior, firm and industry; the pricing of factors of production and income distribution; introduction to welfare economics. (Prereq: ECO 113) Major: Required for Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 315 Money and Banking Functioning of the monetary and banking systems, particularly commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System and its role in relation to aggregate economic activity. Emphasis placed on monetary theory and policy. (Prereq: ECO 112,113) Major: One of a choice of three required courses in the Business Administration core (upper division) ECO 318 Management Science Provides a sound conceptual understanding of the modern techniques of management science to prepare students to make better business and economic decisions. Emphasis is on applications, which are taken from the areas of transportation, marketing, portfolio selection, environmental protection, the shortest route, inventory models, information systems, etc. (Prereq: ECO 313) Major: Required for Business Management major and MIS major and one of a choice of 3 required courses for the Finance major, elective in Supervisory Management major (upper division) ECO 415 Managerial Economics Integrates economic theory and corresponding practices in business. Among the topics considered are theories and practices in forecasting, estimation of demand and cost functions, price and non-price competition, production and cost considerations, and an analysis of economic problems of relevance to management. (Prereq: ECO 313, BUS 279) Major: Required in the Marketing major and one of a choice of 3 required courses in the Finance major (upper division) ECO 479 Intermediate Quantitative Methods for Economics and Business (See under Business.) EDE 253 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course) Study and investigation of various aspects of the teaching profession as students evaluate their interest and suitability for a career in teaching. Open to all students. Suggested as first course to be taken. Major: Required for Elementary major EDElEDS Media Technology (.5 course) Psychological and philosophical dimensions of 341 communication through the use of instructional technology. Selection, preparation, production, and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingllearning situations. Computer training will be included in this course. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary Education major (upper division) EDE 350 Creating Learning Environments:Kindergarten-Elementary (.5 course) The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuro-scientific theories. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 351 Techniques of Teaching Reading (1.0 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources in the teaching of reading and the diagnosis and correction of reading problems. Field placement requirement included in this class. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 363 Kindergarten-Elementary Clinical Experiences (.5 course) Includes 160 hours in-class experiences. Register for 2 seminar sessions in addition to the 160 hours. A video tape of classroom or simulated teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Students must apply in the Education Department for Clinical at least 2 months prior to date they intend to begin Clinical. Enroll for course approximately halfway through the K-Elementary course sequence. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 364 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Interdisciplinary Studies (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for integrating specific skill developments through various subjects at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 376 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Social Studies (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for social studies at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 377 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Science (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for science at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 379 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Art (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for art at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 380 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Music (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for music at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 382 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Mathematics (-5course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for mathematics instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 386 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Children's Literature (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for children's literature at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 387 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Language Arts (.5 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for language arts instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. (Prereq: EDE 253 or EDS 264) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 388 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Health (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for health instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 389 Kindergarten-Elementary Curriculum: Physical Education (.25 course) Examination and preparation of materials and resources for physical education instruction at the kindergarten and elementary levels. Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDE 481, 482, 483, 484 Student Teaching K, K-6, or 1-6 Students must apply to student teach at least three months prior to date they intend to student teach. A minimum of three courses (481,482, 483) unless otherwise advised by the department. Observing and facilitating learning at the kindergarten and elementary levels under the supervision of college and elementary school personnel. Admission into the Education Department is required prior to student teaching placement. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. (Prereq: All K-Elementary coursework satisfactorily completed or permission of Department for exception.) Major: Required for Elementary Education major (upper division) EDS 264 Orientation to Education in an Urban Setting (.5 course) Investigates various aspects of the teaching profession. Open to all students. Suggested as one of the first courses to be taken. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 350 Reading in the Content Areas (.5 course) The study and utilization of a variety of techniques and resources to assist students in teaching reading through the content areas. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 352 Clinical Experience (.5 course) Students must apply in the Education Department for Clinical Experience at least 2 months prior to the date they intend to begin Clinical Experience. Students should enroll for course approximately half way through the Secondary course sequence. Includes 70 hours in-school experiences, seminars. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 353 Creating Learning Environments: Secondary (.5 course) The study of strategies and methods of teaching and learning in the contexts of educational, psychological, sociological and neuroscientif'ic theories. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 364 English Methods (1.0 course) Materials and methods suitable for students in secondary schools. Emphasis on the preparation of lesson and unit plans. Some teaching experience in a local high school. The study of adolescent literature is included. (Prereq: EDS 264 and 353 or consent of instructor.) Major: Required for Secondary Education English Language Arts major (upper division) EDS 366 Foreign Language Methods (.5 course) Language learning theory. The theory and practice of language teaching. (Consult with the Foreign Language Department.) Major: Required for Secondary Education Foreign Language major (upper division) EDS 375 Social Studies Methods (.5 course) Introduction to the teaching of social studies and history in secondary classrooms. Emphasis on instructional strategies and curriculum development. Major: Required for Secondary Education Social Studies major (upper division) EDS 388 Human Relations (.5 course) Emphasis on the study of values, of communication techniques, and of the major minority groups in Minnesota for the development of interpersonal relations skills applicable to teaching and other professional vocations. Open to all. Major: Required for all Elementary and Secondary Education majors (upper division) EDS 477 School and Society (.5 course) The emphasis in this course is on the school in relation to society. Current major issues in education will be studied. Students should enroll as closely as possible to the same term as their student teaching. (Prerequisite: Introduction to Education, Creating Learning Environments and Methods in Subject Area) Major: Required for Secondary Education major upper division) EDS 481, 482,483 484 Student Teaching Students must apply to student teach through the Education Department at least three months prior to the date they intend to begin student teaching. Observing and directing learning at the secondary level under supervision of college and secondary school personnel. A minimum of two courses, except three courses required of Art, Music, Physical Education majors. Membership in one of the professional organizations is required. (Prerequisite: ALL Secondary Education and major coursework successfully completed or permission of the Department for an exception.) Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) EDS 486 Student Teaching Seminar (.5 course) Companion course to student teaching. In-depth analysis of teaching effectiveness and problem solving. A video tape of classroom teaching will be prepared by each student. Membership in one of the professional teacher organizations is required. Enroll for this course in same term as student teaching. Major: Required for Secondary Education major (upper division) ENG 111 Effective Writing Emphasis is on exposition, including learning research techniques and writing critical reviews. At least one work of literature is assigned. Attention is given to increasing students' effectiveness in choosing, organizing and developing topics, thinking critically, and revising for clarity and style. A Writing Lab is provided for those needing additional help. The minimum passing grade for this course is 2.0. Distribution: Required for graduation ENG 209 Grow Old Along With Me This course will focus on what poets, dramatists, and novelists have to say about the aging process. Students will be expected to interview older people to discover how they feel society regards the aging. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech ENG 223 Writing for Business and the Professions A practical course designed with emphasis on expository writing skills for those preparing for business and professional careers. The writing of reports, letters, and proposals will be emphasized. Students will be encouraged to use the material from their own areas of specialization. (Prereq: ENG 111or equivalent) Major: Recommended elective for Business Administration major. Meets writing requirement for Communications major. An elective for English major. ENG 225 Intermediate Expository Writing The development of essays in a variety of rhetorical modes, which may include identification, definition, classification, illustration, comparison and contrast, and analysis. Particular attention will be given to stylistic and organizational matters through the course's workshop format, in which students' papers are read and discussed. (Prereq: ENG 111) Major: Required for English major, meets writing requirement for Communication major. ENG 226 Introduction to Creative Writing The purpose of this course is to introduce students to the process of creative writing and to various genres, emphasizing poetry and short fiction but including journal keeping, drama, and creative prose. (Prereq: ENG 111) Major: Meets writing requirement for Communications major. An elective for English major. ENG 227 Journalism This is an introductory newswriting course. Emphasis will be placed on writing for the print media, but students will learn to write for radio and television as well. Students will consider: how to recognize news, how to gather and verify facts, and how to cover basic copy preparation and editing practices. This includes an introduction to legal and ethical questions faced by journalists. (Prereq: ENG 111) Major: Required for Public Relations major, meets writing requirement for Communications major, an elective for English major ENG 2401 The Short Story 340 The course will involve practice in ways of approaching literature and will include study of the basic critical terminology. It is an appropriate course for students who have not yet studied literature at the college level. Effective Writing is not a prerequisite but students will be expected to write with clarity. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: An elective for English major ENG 245 Introduction to Literature An introduction to the study of fiction, drama, and poetry. Particular attention will be devoted to developing critical and analytical skills in reading and writing about literature. Strongly recommended for English majors and minors. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Strongly recommended for English major ENG 250 American Literature to 1920 Reading and analysis of some significant works of selected American writers from colonial times to the emergence of literary naturalism. Attention is also given to the writer's contribution to the historical development of American literature. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets American literature requirement ENG 261 Modern Fiction Significant works of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of the twentieth century. Some non-western writers will be included. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: An elective for English major ENG 271 European Literature: Homer to Dante A study of major works of Greek and Roman literature, for example the epics of Homer and Virgil, the tragedies of Aeschylus, Sophocles, and Euripides, the comedies of Aristophanes and Ovid's Metamorphoses. Dante's Inferno will be studied as a work in which the Christian and the classical traditions are combined. These works will be studied with reference to their mythological foundations, their cultural background, their influence on later literature, and their enduring relevance. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets Western tradition requirement ENG 272 European Literature: From the Renaissance to the Modern Period A study of masterpieces of literature, chiefly European, from the medieval to the modern period, including such authors as Moliere, Cervantes, Montaigne, Goethe, Dostoyevsky. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets western tradition requirement ENG 2821 482 Topics in Literature Individual courses designed to investigate specific themes, movements, authors, or works. The subjects selected for study in any year will be listed in the class schedule for that year. Recent offerings have included Scandinavian literature, Twentieth Century Poetry, Comedy, and Women and Fiction. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: An elective for English major ENG 327 Advanced Journalism:Interviewing and Editing Emphasis is placed first on interviewing and then on organizing and writing the interview story. The second half of the course will concentrate on editing the work of others and learning layout and design. The course will include workshop sessions during which students conduct interviews and critique the interview skills of fellow students. There will also be laboratory sessions devoted to layout and design. (Prerequisite: ENG 227) Major: An elective for English and Communications majors (upper division) ENG 331 British Literature, Chaucer to the Elizabethans Chaucer and the medieval milieu will be studied as well as the development of English poetry and drama in the English Renaissance. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 336 British Literature, Seventeenth and Eighteenth Centuries Reading, analysis and discussion of works of selected writers from the metaphysical poets up to Blake, with attention to the historical, intellectual, and social influences and the major literary movements. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 337 British Literature, the Romantics and the Victorians A study of major writers of the nineteenth century, emphasizing Romantic poetry, Victorian poetry, Victorian prose and two or three novels of the period. Relationships among these writers and their influence on one another will be emphasized as well as their relationship to their own age and their lasting contribution to the forms of poetry and prose. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 351 American Literature Since 1920 A study of some recent and contemporary writers and literary movements. Attention is given to the dynamics of American society and its intricate relationship to the literature. Special emphasis is given to the city as setting and symbol in modern American literature. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech, Urban Concerns Major: Meets American literature requirement (upper division) ENG 396 Highlights of British Literature Works by major British authors such as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Swift, Wordsworth, Austen, Dickens, and Woolf. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 399 Internship The department offers on-campus internships in teaching writing or English as a Second Language and various offcampus internships. Interested students should consult the department chairperson. (upper division) ENG 423 Studies in the British Novel A survey of the development of the novel in England from its eighteenth century beginnings up to the twentieth century. Novels studied will be selected from the works of such authors as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, Austen, Dickens, BronG, Thackeray, Eliot, Hardy and Butler. Attention will be given to the conditions contributing to the rise of the novel and its emergence by the twentieth century as the dominant literary form. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 438 Shakespeare Study of ten or twelve major plays - comedies, histories, tragedies - with attention to the development of Shakespeare's dramatic and poetic art. Additional plays assigned for reading analysis. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech Major: Meets British literature requirement (upper division) ENG 499 Independent Study Open to junior or senior English majors with a grade of 3.0 or consent of department chairperson. Provides directed independent study in the area of the student's choice. FRE 111 Beginning French Designed to introduce the student with no previous background in French to the language and to French culture. The pronunciation system and basic sentence structures are taught to enable understanding and expression on a rudimentary level. Distribution: Foreign Language FRE 112 Beginning French Continuation of FRE 111. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 111 Beginning German Course 111is for students with no previous background. Aims at developing basic skills. Classroom practice in speaking, understanding and reading basic German. Goals: ability to read extended narratives in simple German, insights into German culture and participation in short conversations. Laboratory materials available. Distribution: Foreign Language GER 112 Beginning German Continuation of GER 111. Distribution: Foreign Language HIS 103 The Modern World A study of the main currents in western civilization from the time of Napoleon to the present. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 104 The Modern Non-Western World An introduction to various centers of cultural and political power in Asia and Africa of the last 200 years. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 162 20th Century South Asia This geographic area has produced the largest working democracy in the world today; it is a standard example for population crisis and world hunger illustrations. This course is designed for the student who has interest but little or no background in non-western subjects. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 2191 419 Myths and Myth Making A myth is not something patently false or absurd, although popular usage has emphasized its fictional quality. Myth is the means by which people and cultures explain themselves to others and to themselves. In this course we will examine mythopoeic thought and the myths which that process evolved in the ancient Near East. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 222 U.S. History Since 1877 An assessment of the century which precedes our modern day. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy HIS 341 Topics: European History - Europe in the Era of World War I1 Beginning with the rise of facism in the 1930's, this course will emphasize the unsuccessful attempts at appeasement, the course of the war, and conclude with the development of the cold war to 1950. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy (upper division) HIS 440 Topics in World History This course will investigate topics in world history which are not included in regular course offerings. The specific topics to be offered will be announced prior to registration. (upper division) HPE 114 Health and Safety Education (.5 course) Principles and practices of safety education in school and community life. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children, and American Red Cross First Aid course. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary major HPE ll5 Health and Chemical Dependency Education (.5course) An analysis of chemical abuse and what can be done for the abuser. Includes information about school health programs and prevalent health needs and problems of school age children. Major: Required for Elementary and Secondary major INS 233 Women: A Cross-Cultural Perspective This course will examine a variety of issues concerning the biological, evolutionary and historic origins of women's roles and status in human society. Emphasis will be placed on the comparative roles of women in different cultures. This comparison will include such North American models as the Pygmies and other tribal groups, and the peasant societies of eastern Europe, Mexico, and the middle East and rural China. Distribution: Urban ConcernslWomen's Studies MAT 103 Basic Mathematics A self-paced course for students needing a review of arithmetic and transition to algebra. Topics include integers, fractions, decimal numbers, ratios, percents, metric system, exponents, radicals, and evaluation of algebraic expressions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Test. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Placement Group I. PIN grading only.) MAT 104 Intermediate Algebra A self-paced course for students needing a review of basic algebraic skills and concepts. Topics include operations with polynomials and rati~nalex~ressions; exponents and radicals; solving linear and quadratic equations and inequalities; and graphing of linear and quadratic functions. Counts as one course in semester's load but does not give credit toward graduation. Admission only by Augsburg Mathematics Placement Exam. Meets weekly. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11. PIN grading only.) MAT 114 Elementary Functions A study of functions: algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric. For students planning to take 124 or 174. Students who have completed 124 or 174 may register for credit only with consent of instructor. Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Math Placement Group 111) Distribution: MathlPhysics Major: Strongly recommended for Business Administration major prior to taking BUS 279 MAT 122 Calculus for the Social and Behavioral Sciences Differential and integral calculus of a single variable with applications to the social and behavioral sciences. Students who have completed 124 may not register for credit. Meets weekly. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111) Distribution: MathlPhysics MAT 131 Math for the Liberal Arts An examination of the interaction between the development of mathematics and that of civilization. Primarily for students not intending further mathematics. (Prereq: MAT 104 or Placement Group 111) Distribution: MathlPhysics MUS 130 Introduction to Music in the Fine Arts Relationship between music of each period and the other fine arts. For non-music majors. Distribution: ArtlMusic NOR 111 Beginning Norwegian Introduction of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Stress on spoken rather than literary Norwegian. Laboratory work expected. Distribution: Foreign Language NOR 112 Beginning Norwegian Continuation of NOR 111. Distribution: Foreign Language NUR 305 Contemporary Nursing I: Communication A transitional course that introduces the components of the professional role and begins the professional socialization process. A communicative process is emphasized as one means by which the nurse-client relationship is negotiated. Interactive and group theories are explored for their applicability to changing professional roles and practice. (Prereq. or concurrent enrollment: PSY 355) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 306 Contemporary Nursing 11: Paradigms in Nursing An introduction to theories and conceptual thinking in the process of professional development. The function of theory in guiding nursing practice is emphasized. Selected nursing conceptual models are studied and their application to practice is examined using the nursing process format. (Prereq: NUR 305) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 310 Community Health Nursing I This course focuses on community health delivery systems and the practice of nursing within them. Concepts of health are examined as they apply to current community health problems and issues. Clinical application of course content will involve making a health related assessment and exploring a community health issue. Ethical issues related to community health decision making with aggregate groups are explored. (Prereq: NUR 330) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 311 Community Health Nursing 11: Practicum** This course provides a basis for understanding community characteristics and cultural diversity related to health care. The nurse's role as a generalist and as a member of the health team is explored. This course is primarily a clinical course. The student will demonstrate knowledge of community health concepts in providing care to a selected caseload of clients. (Prereq: NUR 310) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) **Thiscourse involves an additional clinical fee. NUR 330 Trends and Issues in Nursing This course is designed to investigate the current responsibilities of the professional nurse. Contemporary economic, social, political and professional trends and issues are explored in relation to their implications for nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 306, REL 483 or PHI 380, or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 350 Introduction to Nursing Research The research process and methods appropriate to nursing are the focus of this course. Issues of ethics in nursing research are explored. Students critique nursing research for its applicability to nursing practice. (Prereq: NUR 330, may be taken concurrently with NUR 310) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 403 Contemporary Nursing 111: Families This course provides a theoretical basis for family nursing care. Content includes family as a primary group and family dynamics in light of situational and developmental events. Consideration is given to the role of the nurse in family health care. (Prereq: NUR 311, NUR 350, may be taken prior or concurrently with NUR 423) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 404 Contemporary Nursing IV: Leadership and Management This course provides a theoretical basis for leadership and management as emerging professional nurse roles. Concepts of change, conflict, communication, and system dynamics are explored. Ethics, accountability and advocacy provide the basis for role development and professionalism. (Prereq: 403) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) NUR 423 Practicum in Nursing I: Nursing of the Family** A clinical practicum offering the student an opportunity to apply content from 403 in providing complex nursing care to families in a selected practice setting. (Prereq: NUR 403 or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) ""This course involves an additional clinical fee NUR 427 Practicum in Nursing 11: Leadership and ManagementH This clinical practicum utilizes knowledge and skills from 404. Opportunity is provided to apply leadership and management theory in a selected agency setting. (Prereq: NUR 404 or concurrent enrollment) Major: Required for nursing major (upper division) **Thiscourse involves an additional clinical fee NUR 432 Topics in Nursing A course designed to provide in-depth exploration of selected topics in nursing. The subjects studied will vary depending upon the needs and interests of the faculty and students. (Prereq: Senior standing or consent of instructor. On demand.) NUR 499 Independent Study This learning experience provides the opportunity for the student to study a selected topic or issue in depth. Students consult with faculty and submit written study proposals, objectives, and methods of evaluation prior to registration. PHI 110 Introduction to Philosophy: Ideas and Method Though each person has his or her own set of ideas and beliefs, rarely have they been critically analyzed or evaluated for their consistency, adequacy or truth. One reason for this is that individuals lack the needed skills. Another is that they may have had little opportunity to examine critically some of the ideas basic to western culture. The purpose of this course is to provide the student with some experience in examining ideas, and thereby to sharpen the critical and analytical skills required to evaluate and construct a system of ideas and beliefs. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy PHI 120 Ethics Sometimes you say that a certain action is right or condemn it as wrong. Why do you think it is right? Because you like it? Are there better reasons for thinking something right or wrong? This course takes a long, hard look at possible grounds for making moral decisions, and at the moral judgements about personal and social issues resulting from them. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy Major: Recommended elective in Business Administration major PHI 130 Logic Suppose someone gives you reasons, and then says you must accept a particular conclusion. Must you? When does a conclusion validly follow from premises? Here we examine the rules which govern valid arguments and work to develop your ability to recognize and construct sound arguments. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy Major: Required supporting course for Communication major PHI 380 Ethics of Medicine and Health Care Application of ethical principles to problems which arise in the areas of health care and delivery, human experimentation, human engineering, abortion, care for the dying and euthanasia. Distribution: HistorylPhilosophy Major: PHI 380 or REL 483 required for Nursing major (upper division) PHY 101 Astronomy A descriptive course covering our solar system, stars and galaxies that requires elementary algebra. The necessary optical instruments are explained and use is made of a 12-inch reflecting telescope, and eight-inch Celestron, and a 3-inch Questar. Occasional night viewing. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: MathlPhysics PHY 103 Physics for the Life Sciences An introductory course in which the applications, problems and experiments are selected not only to illustrate fundamental principles, but also to demonstrate the relevance of physics to the life sciences. The course is designed to serve students in biology, psychology, physical education (therapy programs), medical technology and other health science programs. The course is also a very suitable elective or distribution requirement for the liberal arts student. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 111) Distribution: MathlPhysics PHY 106 Introductory Meteorology A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas: observing the weather (including state of the art instrumentation), understanding weather patterns, forecasting weather changes and understanding the world's climate. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: MathlPhysics PHY 111 Physics, Computers, and Society A study of the historical development of selected topics in physical science. Attention will be given to the interaction of physics and its associated technology with philosophy, religion, and culture. Study of mechanics, electricity, and digital electronics will lead up to discussion of the meaning of twentieth century physics and of the role of electronics and computers in modern society. Microcomputers will be used extensively in the laboratory. (Prereq: Math Placement Group 11) Distribution: MathlPhysics POL 160 World Politics Introduction to the processes of international politics, including the dynamics of the international system, theories of international relations, and a focus on recent problems. Distribution: EconomicslPoliticalScience POL 170 Law in the United States A survey of American law and legal process. Theories of law; law and society; roles of courts, police, lawyers, and juries; the United States Constitution as "supreme" law; law as politics; historic and contemporary legal issues. Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science POL 326 Political Parties and Behavior The political behavior of the electorate emphasizing public opinion and political parties in the electoral process. Field work with political parties and interest groups and media in presidential elections. (Prereq: 1course in Political Science or consent of instructor) Distribution: EconomicslPolitical Science (upper division) POLISPC Mass Communications in Society Effects of mass communications on individual behavior; the 342 uses and control of mass media for political and social purposes including a study of censorship, newsmaking, entertainment and public affairs programming. Distribution: Urban Concerns or EconomicslPolitical Science Major: Required for the Communication major (upper division) POLISPC Topics in American Politics: Uses of Mass Communications 421 This course offers advanced study in mass communications. Topics include "Comparison of World Wide Media Systems," "The Role of Government Regulations and Law in Shaping American Mass Media," "The Impact of Media on American Society, Politics, and Culture." (It is desirable to have taken 342, Mass Communications. If not, talk with instructor before registration.) (upper division) POL 461 Topics in International Politics: Challenges for American Foreign Policy Examines foreign policy strategies, analyzes how foreign policy decisions are made, and looks at major issues being debated by American leaders in a changing world economy. (Prereq: one course in Political Science or consent of instructor) (upper division) PSY 105 General Psychology An introduction to the methods and approaches used in psychology for the purpose of understanding behavior. The structure of the field of psychology, including its major subareas, is emphasized. Distribution: PsychologylSociology Major: Required supporting course for the Communication majors and Social Work major, a prerequisite for advanced courses in psychology. PSY 355 Brain and Behavior A survey of the functions of the nervous system which are responsible for behavior in animals and human beings. Major topics include: sleep and wakefulness, motivation and emotion, learning and memory and mental disorders. (Prereq: PSY 105 and one course in biology) Major: Required prerequisite course for nursing major (upper division) PSY 356 Environment and Behavior A study of the influence which the environment, both natural and man-made, has on behavior. Major topics include: overcrowding and environmental stress, territoriality, defensible space and crime, and built environments such as rooms, buildings and dties. (Prereq: PSY 105) Major: Urban Concerns (upper division) PSY 373 Organizational Psychology Theoretical conceptualizations of organizational behavior. Factors and practices such as management styles, evaluation and maintenance of work effectiveness, and social influences. (Prereq: PSY 105) Major: Required course for Business Management major and elective for three Communications majors (upper division) PSY 485 Counseling Psychology Principles, methods, and attitudes involved in the counseling process. Consideration given to goals and ethical guidelines for a counseling relationship. (Students with 2 or more completed courses in Psychology will have priority in registration. Others may be accepted if space is available AND if they receive consent of the instructor.) Major: Elective in the Human Relations major (upper division) REL 111 Introduction to Theology An introduction to the academic discipline of theology and to the dialogue between the church and the world which concerns Christian doctrine. Distribution: Religion REL 215 Archaeology and the Bible Discussion of archaeological method, problems in biblical archaeology, and review of some current findings. Distribution: Religion REL 221 Biblical Studies The origin, literary character, and transmission of the biblical documents. The task of biblical interpretation. The history of Israel and the emergence of the church. Distribution: Religion REL 263 World Justiceand Hunger: Developing a New World View The course will survey the most recent reports and analysis of the current holocaust of global hunger including the root causes, the interconnectedness of other issues, the biblical mandate and the role of justice education. Attitudes toward poverty and wealth, justice and charity, oppression and liberation will be discussed. The purpose will be to build greater global awareness, become sensitized to ethical choices, energize us for action and responsible living, and explore pedagogical principles for social justice. Distribution: Religion REL 353 Denominations and Religious Groups in America A study of the beliefs and worship practices of the major denominations and religious groups. Some contemporary cultic movements will also be considered. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 356 History of Religions An introductory survey of some of the major living religions of the world, including Hinduism, Buddhism, Confucianism, Taoism, Shinto and Islam. Lectures plus some discussion of primary documents from these religious communities. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 360 Religion and Society An eiamination of the interaction of religion and society in terms of sociological analysis with particular emphasis on contemporary sociological research on religious movements in American society. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 363 Religion in America A study of the development of religion in America. Special attention to the rise of religious liberty, revivalism, denominations and the responses of religion to the challenges of its environing culture. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 475 Judaism A survey of the history of Judaism from the end of the Old Testament period to modern times, with emphasis placed upon the religious development. A special interest in such modern Jewish thinkers as Buber and Heschel. The Jewish Chataqua Society annually makes a grant to Augsburg College in partial support of this course in Judaism offered in the religion department. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 481 Contemporary Theology An introduction to some representative trends in Christian theological thought today, as seen from the systematic perspective, in the light of the continuing theological task of the Christian Church. Distribution: Religion (upper division) REL 483 Christian Ethics The basis of Christian social responsibility, in terms of theological and sociological dynamics. Emphasis on developing a constructive perspective for critical reflection upon moral action. Distribution: Religion (upper division) Major: REL 483 or PHI 380 required for nursing major REL 486 Psychology of Religion and Theology A study of current psychological views of religion in the context of the traditional Christian view of human nature. Special attention will be given to the classics in the field by Freud, Jung, and William James, and to those Christian theologians who have been influenced by them. Distribution: Religion (upper division) SOC 121 Principles of Sociology Sociology as a mode of analysis or way of knowing. Its application to an understanding of basic aspects of society; socialization, family life, social inequalities, large-scale institutions, etc. Sociology as an academic discipline and profession. Distribution: Sociology Major: Required supporting course for Communication major and Social Work major SOC 231 Sociology of the Family An examination of the family as a social institution. The relationship of the family to its institutional and cultural context, from a sociological perspective. Major: Required supporting course in Social Work major and an elective in the Human Relations major SOC 265 Racial and Minority Group Relations The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused upon prejudice, racism, and the role of self-understanding. (PIN grading only) Distribution: Minority Studies Major: Required supporting course for Social Work major and elective supporting course in the Business Management major SOC 336 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology The concept of culture examined in anthropology and in the way we see and live in the world. An analysis of basic assumptions underlying the ideas of "primitive:' "civilized," and "progress." The person's relation to culture. An analysis of selected aspects of Western culture. (Prereq: SOC 121or consent of instructor) Major: An alternative in the core of the Communication major, recommended elective in Business Management major (upper division) SOC 349 Complex Organizations There is little in contemporary American life that is not somehow affected by organizations. This course sociologically examines (both theoretically and empirically) how organizations survive as entities and what life is like for people within those organizations. Through lecture, discussion, guest speakers, and participation we will explore the topics of organizational goals, technology, structure and process; as well as corporate and white collar deviance, gender issues, and organizational change. (Prereq: Soc 121or permission of instructor) Major: Recommended elective in Human Relations, Public RelationslAdvertising, and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SOC 375 Social Psychology An examination of the idea of "group," its relationships to individual behavior and society. An analysis of the ideas of "self' and "identity" and what part they play in understanding interpersonal relations and human behavior. A sociological view of mental health. A look at the major assumptions and processes underlying our everyday life - a look at the trivial, the ordinary and the taken-for-granted. "Symbolic interaction," an important orientation in social psychology, will be used as a way of dealing with the major issues in the course. (Prereq: SOC 121) Major: Required supporting course for Communication major and Social Work major, elective supporting course for Business Management major (upper division) SPA 111 Beginning Spanish Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading and writing of elementary Spanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish- speaking world. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Distribution: Foreign Language SPA 112 Beginning Spanish Continuation of SPA 111. Distribution: Foreign Language SPC 1111 311 Public Speaking Theory and practice of effective speaking and critical listening. Students have the opportunity to give several speeches and receive feedback about their performance from the class and the instructor. The course focuses on such topics as developing self-confidence, speech preparation and organization, audience analysis and adaptation, effective delivery, style and language, and critical thinking and listening. Major: Required supporting course for Communication major, elective supporting course in Business Management major SPC 222 Introduction to Theatre A survey of dramatic art including dramatic structure, principles, and values with a focus on major historical periods, plays, and artists. This class will discuss the basic concepts of the play production process. Major: EnglishlSpeech SPC 224 Publication Design See ART 224. SPC 329 Intercultural Communication This course will explore both the problems and the potential of communication between persons of different cultural groups. Factors such as ethnocentrism, stereotyping, prejudice, role expectations, values, and non-verbal symbols will be examined in this course. Major: Recommended supporting course in Human Relations major (upper division) SPCIPOL Mass Communications in Society 342 (See course description under POLISPC 342) SPC 345 Organizational Communication An examination of the dynamics of communication in organizational settings. Focuses on topics such as superiorsubordinate relationships, formal and informal communication networks, management styles, power and authority, motivation of employees, organizational culture, performance appraisal, effective use of meetings, and sources of communication problems in the workplace. Designed to enhance communication skills of both managers and subordinates. Students both investigate the literature on organizational communication and attempt to apply it to their own experiences in organizations. Major: Elective for 3 of the Communication majors (upper division) SPC 351 Argumentation Application of standards for sound evidence and reasoning in public speaking, discussion, and debates. Key objectives include increasing skill in analyzing argumentative claims, being able to distinguish between strong and weak arguments, understanding test for evidence and fallacies in reasoning, and learning to apply principles of argumentation to contemporary public issues. Students have the opportunity to enhance their skills in debate and discussion and also learn to analyze and critique arguments they encounter in their daily lives. Major: This course or SPC 352 is required for the Communications core (upper division) SPC 352 Persuasion Theory of how people are influenced to change attitudes and behavior. The course deals with a broad range of topics, including obstacles to persuasion, cultural dimensions of persuasion; the use of logical and psychological appeals, empirical research in persuasion; how persuasion is used in politics, sales, advertising, and interpersonal contexts; the nature of mass movements and campaigns; the impact of the mass media on persuasion; and ethical issues related to persuasion. Students analyze persuasive messages in contemporary society, with practical work in speech and promotional projects. Major: This course or SPC 351 is required for the Communications core, elective supporting course in Marketing major (upper division) SPC 354 Interpersonal Communication A study of the dynamics of human interaction through verbal and non-verbal messages; emphasis on factors that build relationships and help to overcome communication barriers. This course combines theory and practice to help the student understand and manage communication problems more effectively. Major: Required for Communication core, elective supporting course in Business Management major (upper division) SPC 355 Small Group Communication A study of group dynamics and leadership with emphasis on factors related to decision-making, styles of leadership and conflict management. This course combines lecture with practical experience to help the student become a more effective and productive member of a small, task-oriented group. Major: Recommended for supporting course in the Business Management, Human Relations and Supervisory Management majors (upper division) SPC 361 Theatre History and Criticism I Overview of theater history; examination of plays from various periods. Attendance at local theater productions. Introduction to theories of drama, dramatic production, and dramatic criticism. Distribution: EnglishlSpeech (upper division) SPCIPOL Uses of Mass Communications: Advanced Topics (See course description under POLISPC 421) 421 SPC 480 Public RelationslPromotiona1 Communications Public Relations in the modern world of communication, marketing and business. An overview of public relations as a career and a survey of basic promotional communication in profit and non-profit organizations. Major: Elective in all Communication majors (upper division) SWK 257 Exploring Human Services With faculty approval, student selects a placement for 80 hours per term as a volunteer in a social agency or institution. Opportunity to know human service professionals, minority professionals, social service delivery systems, and career aspects of the helping vocations. Independent study with a term paper report and weekly review conferences. Career exploration: open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major SWK 260 Humans Developing This course provides the knowledge basic to an understanding of human growth through the life cycle, and of the interplay of sociocultural, biological, and psychological factors which influence the growth of individuals and families in contemporary American soceity. Emphasized is the role of the "nurturing environment" in relation to human growth, the impact of the "sustaining environment" factors, and other special stresses relevant to growth. Growth related to populations and groups which represent ethnic andlor life-style diversity is also a focus. Students will gain selfunderstanding through use of their own experiences. Open to all students. Major: Required in the Social Work major and Elementary Education Licensure. SWK 361 Social Responses to Human Needs This course describes the historical and contemporary systems of human service and diversity of professionals and client groups. The major assumptions and social movements which have contributed to the charitable and governmental responses to human needs will be emphasized. Guest speakers and agency visits highlight the course. (Prereq: Junior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 363 Methods and Skills of Social Work Basic features of the helping process; theoretical foundations, principles and techniques of social work interventive methods, and practical experience necessary for social work practice with individuals and small groups with a diversity of professionals and client groups; development of the student's repertoire of relationship building skills. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 364 Field Work I Beginning supervised professional experience in a social work agency focusing on interviewing experience and relationship building. Ten hours per week, plus one small group supportiveldiscussion seminar per week. (Prereq: SWK 361, Junior, concurrent with SWK 363) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 461 Advanced Methods and Skills Enlargement and refinement of practice skills recognizing adaptations of the problem-solving model to diverse populations through lecture, classroom exercise and regular class work. Enlargement of social group work skills, emphasis on development of generalist practice skills and eclectic and client approaches with a focus on diversity of professionals populations. Lectures andlor laboratory exercises each week. (Prereq: 2.0 in SWK 363 and 364, candidacy status. Concurrent with SWK 462.) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 462 Field Work I1 Progressively responsible supervised professional and social work experience including work with individuals, families, groups andlor communities in a social service agency. Ten hours per week, plus one supportiveldiscussion seminar per week. (Prereq: concurrent with SWK 461, candidacy status) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 463 Community Development and Organization Locality development and social change through community organization, social planning, and social action. Emphasis on: 1)survey of historical forms of community organization and social change, 2) understanding the theories, basic issues and strategies relevant to social protest and change, 3) examination of the role of staff, and of the functions and interrelationships of community organizations, and 4) knowledge of and actual practice in the essential principles and techniques of organizing. Open to all students. (Prereq: Senior or consent of instructor) Distribution: Urban Concerns Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 465 Social Policy: Analysis and Development Includes the study of theories of Social Policy formulation and methods of analysis associated with needs and services, and analysis of the impact of policy on social work practice. Development and implementation will be viewed first hand through work with an elected public policy maker. Readings and analytical paper integrate class concepts with practical experience. (Prereq: SWK 361,463 and senior or consent of instructor) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 466 Field Work 111 Continuation of SWK 462. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 461,462, 463) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) SWK 467 The Social Worker as a Professional Ethical practice, bureaucratic survival, professional job attainment, affirmative action and sexual harrassment issues, personnel policies and practices, organizational theory, and resource development will be studied in the course. The field work practice becomes the laboratory for class exercises. (Prereq: Candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 461, 462, 463) SWK 469 Field Work IV Continuation of 466. (Prereq: candidacy status, 2.0 in SWK 466, concurrent with SWK 467) Major: Required in the Social Work major (upper division) I dmissions and Financial Information Admissions Requirements and Procedures Who May Apply Men or women who have: 1. Graduated from high school or have earned a G.E.D. Certificate. 2. Demonstrated academic ability with satisfactory performance in high school or previous college work. Admissions Process 1. Complete the application form and return it along with $15.00 to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. 2. Have official transcripts from all previously attended post-secondary institutions sent to the Augsburg Weekend College Office. Applicants with less than one year of previous college work should include their high school transcripts or G.E.D. Certificates. 3. The Augsburg Weekend College Admissions Committee will review the application materials and notify students regarding acceptance and registration procedures. The Admissions Committee may request that the student submit a personal statement or have a personal interview with a Weekend College facultylstaff member or submit letters of recommendation to the Committee. 4. Students who are transferring previous college work to the Weekend College program will be informed with their acceptance notification as to the number of courses and degree requirements that remain to be completed for the bachelor's degree. I 5. Students who wish to apply for financial aid should refer to that section of this bulletin. Application Deadlines Fall Trimester 1988 - August 15,1988 Winter Trimester 1989 - November 28, 1988 Spring Trimester 1989 - March 6, 1989 Financial Aid There are a number of ways in which students may receive assistance in meeting the costs of Augsburg Weekend College. The Financial Aid Office will assist adults in assessing financial need and constructing an aidlpayment program from the following alternatives: Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies, and corporations offer full or partial tuition assistance to employees who participate in work-related or degreeoriented college programs. Augsburg provides a payment plan by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Pel1 Grant This is a federal aid program, based on need, that is available to students who take at least one course in Weekend College. Awards range from $150-2100 per year. Minnesota Part-time Student Grant Program The State of Minnesota provides an aid program, based on need, for state residents who take one course at Augsburg. Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program The Minnesota State Scholarship and Grant Program is available to Minnesota residents, attending at least half-time per term, based on financial need. Awards ranged from $100 to $3172 for 1987-88. Augsburg Tuition Grant Augsburg College may provide grants and scholarships to Weekend College students who show academic potential and have financial need Guaranteed Student LoanlMinnesota State Student Loan Program Students must carry at least one-half the normal full-time load. Eligibility for the loan is determined by the Office of Student Financial Services. When repayment begins, the student pays the full interest at 8%. The maximum loan is $2625 per year for the first two years of undergraduate study and $4000 for the remaining years of undergraduate study or the cost of education, whichever is less. The aggregate undergraduate maximum is $17,250. Loan applications are available at Augsburg. To Apply for Financial Aid 1) Complete the Application for Admission and indicate your desire to also apply for financial aid. 2) The Financial Aid Office will send you the necessary application forms (or you may pick them up at the Financial Aid Office, 152 Science Hall or the Weekend College Office). 3) All students transferring from any post secondary institution must have a Financial Aid Transcript on file with Augsburg from each previously attended institution even if you did not receive aid. 4) Complete and return the financial aid forms by the deadlines indicated. 5) Accept the financial aid offered, in whole or in part, within the deadline stated. Fees and Payment Schedule Avvlication Fee (vavable once, non-refundable) Tuition (per trimester course) (one course 6 auarter credits or 4 semester credits) Tuition (per summer course) (tuition charge for 1988 summer terms) Audit a Course $15.00 $595.00 $390.00 $298.00 Lifetime Sports: Fee for course Fee for Assessment of Previous Learning $50.00 $20.00 Nursing Clinical Fee Education Clinical & Field Experience Fee $150.00 $150.00 Late Fee $10.00 per day (Five working days after Registration are allowed to complete late registrations) Charged to any student registering after the scheduled registration date. Late registration includes incomplete registration as defined: a,) Unsigned Registration Form b.) Unapproved Payment Plan $5.00 Registration change after first class meeting (cancelladdlchange grade option, or combination at one time) $2.00 Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) - - Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Payment Options Tuition is set on an annual basis payable in 3 equal installments at the beginning of each Trimester. Registration is permitted only if the student's account for a previous term is paid in full as agreed. Augsburg College will not release diplomas or academic transcripts until all student accounts are paid in full. This also applies for student loan funds administered by the College (Perkins Student Loan). They must be current according to established repayment schedules. Augsburg Offers the Following Payment Options: 1) Trimester payments in full on day of Registration. 2) Payment Plan - Upon application and after College approval, a 3-payment plan is available each trimester. Payment plans will be approved only if previous plans have been adhered to. 3) Company Reimbursement - Full courses, or equivalent, which are company reimbursed require a deposit of $100 per course reimbursed, with full payment due within 45 days from the end of the term. *A non-sufficient fund check used for payment at registration will declare that registration invalid and could affect further credit extended by the college. Refund Schedule A per course tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (Students are responsible for cancelling courses with the Registrar's Office in order to be eligible for the tuition refund.) Prior to the first scheduled class meeting - 100% (less a $75 Administrative Fee if withdrawing from current term entirely) Prior to the second scheduled class meeting - 80% Prior to the third scheduled class meeting - 60% No refund after the third scheduled class meeting. The refund schedule is effective whether or not a student has attended classes. All refunds of charges will be applied to the account of the student and all adjustments for aid, loans, fines, and deposits, etc. will be made before eligibility for a cash refund of any resulting credit balance is determined. Please allow two weeks for a refund. History I Augsburg College was founded in 1869 in Marshall, Wisconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. The name Augsburg College and Seminary changed in 1963when the Lutheran Free Church merged with The American Lutheran Church. Location Augsburg's 23 acre campus is in the heart of the Twin Cities metropolitan area, only blocks from downtown Minneapolis and the intersection of Interstate Highways 94 and 35W. Adjacent to the campus are Fairview and St. Mary's hospitals, the West Bank campus of the University of Minnesota and the Mississippi River parkways. Campus Skyways, tunnels and elevators provide accessible connection between 10 of the 15 major buildings - student housing towers, College Center, main academic and administrative halls, the Library, Music building and Foss Center for Worship, Drama and Communication. Accessibility We have made a major effort to become one of the most accessible campuses in the region. Our skyway-tunnel system lets you reach any of 10 major buildings without going outside. In addition to building changes, we have a student-run program to increase awareness and provide extra help for students with disabilities. Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lutheran Church in America. About 51% of the students are Lutheran, 15% other Protestant and 15O/0 Roman Catholic. Several other affiliations are represented among students and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Augsburg College does not discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 as amended in its admission policies, educational programs, activities, and employment practices. I I I Augsburg College 1. Admissions 2. George Sverdrup Library 3. Science Hall 4. Old Main 5. West Hall 6. Mortensen Tower 7. Urness Tower 8. College Center 9. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11.2222 Murphy Square (Weekend College Office) 12. Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage I1 Theatre l5. Center for Global Education 16. Scandinavian Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Youth and Family Ministry A. Admissions Parking B. Student Parking C . Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. FacultylStaff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview-St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts Accessible Entrance I I To Find Augsburg From Minneapolis I Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. I From St. Paul I Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside Avenue to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. I Parking I I All posted Augsburg College parking lots are free and open for student use from 4:30 pm Friday through Sunday evening. Lots are located on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenues and south of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. Most street parking is 2 hour parking, seven days a week. Additional parking is available in the St. Mary's Hospital ramp, or U of M parking lots on the north side of Riverside Avenue.
Show less

Title: Master of Arts in Leadership (MAL) Catalog, 1988-1989
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Augsburg College 1988-1989 I . I ·. I Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and intuitively the people who might be theix followers, and the society in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the values of our common culture, past and present, know ho...
Show more Augsburg College 1988-1989 I . I ·. I Those who hope to lead had better understand both rationally and intuitively the people who might be theix followers, and the society in which they are embedded. They had better comprehend the values of our common culture, past and present, know how our political and economic systems work, and understand how and why science has changed the world ... Leaders need specialists as advisers and staff members. But leaders themselves are generalists ... At higher levels of leader hip they cannot achieve their full potential without considerable breadth of knowledge. Only this way can they shape the contexts for decisions where expert knowledge is used. -- John Gardner Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1787 IJnformation Sessions Individuals in terested in the Master of Arts in Lead ership program at Augsburg ollege are encouraged to attend an information session. These free, two-hour sessions are scheduled at various times prior to the beginning of each trimester. Please call the Graduate Program Office (330-1787) to receive further details or to register for one of these information sessions: Saturday, April 16, 1988 9:00 - 11:00 AM Thursday, May 26, 1988 6:00 - 8:00 PM Tuesday, June 21, 1988 6:00 - 8:00 PM Tuesday, July 19, 1988 6:00 - 8:00 PM Saturday, October 22, 1988 9:00 - 11:00 AM Saturday, February 25, 1989 9:00 - 11:00 AM Saturday, April 22, 1989 9:00 - 11:00 AM Thursday, May 25, 1989 6:00 - 8:00 PM Tuesday, June 20, 1989 6:00 - 8:00 PM Tuesday, July 18, 1989 6:00 - 8:00 PM For more information write or call: Graduate Program Office Augsburg College 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 612/330-1787 Information Sessions .................... . .. . . . . . . . . . .. .... . 2 Calendar for 1988-89 .............. .. ... . . ..... ...... .. .... .4 Introduction to the Master of Arts in Leadership ..... . ..... .. .. . 6 Leadership Development Model ............. ... . .. . . . ..... . . 7 Curriculum Design ........... .. ... .. ... . ... ............... 9 Course Descriptions ... .. ................... ...... . .. .. ... . 10 Graduate Faculty .................... .. . . ................. 12 Library ..................................... . ..... ...... . 12 Accreditation and Affiliations ........ . . .. .. ... ... . .. ... . .... 12 Student Support Services .. .............. . .. . .. .. ... .... . .. 13 Student Rights .. .. .... .. .................. . .. . ..... .... .. 13 Admission Requirements ... . ...... .. ..... . .... ·.... ....... . 14 Application Procedures ....... .. .......... . . .. . ............ 14 Deadlines ...... .. . .. . ......... .. .. .... .... .. ... ... ..... . . 14 Evaluation Standards ......... .. ............ . . .... . .. . .... . 15 Academic Policies . . .... .. .... .. .... .. ...... .... .... .... . . . 16 Fee and Payment Schedule ...... . ........ . . ............ . .. 17 Financial Aid ..... .. ......... . ..... ... ..... ...... ...... ... 18 About Augsburg ..... . ..................... ... ..... .. . ... . 19 Campus Map ............................. . . . .. ..... .. .. . 20 Campus Location .. .. . . . .. .. ... .... .. ... ............. ... .. 21 Faculty and Administration ................. .... . . ......... 22 Advisory Council to the Graduate Program ... .......... . . . ... 24 lllaster of Arts in Leadership 1988-89 Calendar Saturday Schedule: 8:30 - Noon and 1:15 - 4:45 PM Thursday Schedule: 6:00 - 7:30 PM and 8:00 - 9:30 PM Fall Trimester, 1988 - I· Monday, August 15, 1988 Saturday, August 27 Thursday, September 8 Saturday, September 10 Thursday, September 15 Saturday, September 24 Thursday, September 29 Saturday, October 8 Thursday, October 13 Thursday, October 20 Saturday, October 22 Thursday, October 27 Saturday, November 5 Thursday, November 10 Saturday, November 19 Wednesday, November 23 Saturday, December 3 Saturday, December 10 Monday, December 19 Application Deadline Orientation/Registration Classes Begin Leadership Practicum Leadership Practicum Last day to Withdraw Last Class Final Grades Due Winter Trimester, 1989 Monday, November 28, 1988 Thursday, January 5, 1989 Saturday, January 7 Saturday, January 14 Thursday, January 19 Saturday, January 28 Thursday, February 2 Saturday, February 11 Thursday, February 16 Thursday, February 23 Saturday, February 25 Thursday, March 2 Thursday, March 9 Saturday, March 11 Thursday, March 16 Saturday, March 18 Thursday, March 23 Monday, April 3 Application Deadline Classes Begin/Registrati n Leadership Practicum Leadership Practicum Last day to Withdraw Last Class Final Grades Due Spring Trimester, 1989 Monday, March 6, 1989 Thursday, April 6 Saturday, April 8 Thursday, April 13 Saturday, April 22 Thursday, April 27 Saturday, May 6 Thursday, May 11 Thursday, May 18 Saturday, May 20 Thursday, May 25 Saturday, June 3 Thursday, June 8 Thursday, June 15 Saturday, June 17 Saturday, June 24 Thursday, June 29 Monday, July 10 Application Deadline Classes Begin/Registn1lion Leadership Practicum Leadership Practicum Last day to Withdraw Last Class Final Grades Due ~ntroduction to the Master ofArts in Leadership Developing Leaders for Organizations and the Community Th Mtt ·ter o( ArlS in Lead r hip•" ponds to th lead r hip d vclopm nt n ed - of profit and nut-for-profit org<1niz.11tion . While diff rent in stru lur and pm po e, mo tor <1niz.nti n s ek leaders with the fo llowi ng qunlitie : • a vision which is ethically <md mornlly responsible, extending beyond immediate concerns; • an understanding of how change occurs and ciffects the immediate environment; • a sensitivity to the omplex problems organizations face, cind an ability to achieves lutions consistent with an organization's mission; • th abili t to motivate and inspire individui11S and groups to work toward a common goill; and • th e ability to effectively represent the organiu1tion both internally and externally. The Ma ter of Arts in Lend rship provides a mean by which individuals aspiring to enhance th ii' I , d , r hip skills mny di cover and refin lhes nnd th r abilitie and awnre nesses fundmnental to effective leadership. Accommodatin!? the Full!fime Work Schedule The Mast r of Arts in Lead r hip pmgr<1m is de i ned to meet the n ds and pi: ~ f .•r n es of working fldults. The prog rnm is based on th a umption that th m n and women wh enr 11 are employed, self-disciplined and well-motivated individuals who s ·ek a balance of clas room experience, group interaction and individual study. fa1 h CO lll' e i , th refore, divid d into period of . tudy, group ffor ts and cliiss preparntion. lo accommodat this ormal f 1· learning, each d o s m ts on alternate Sah1rday for tl11: e and one half hours and all' mate Thur day evenings for on and ne hnlf hours. leadership Development Model The Master of Art in Lead rship program promt,te lead 1· hip as a pro ess which 1) inspires cooperation am ng people who must compete fo r limited re our es, 2) promotes productivity within and beyond th organizati n and 3) w rks toward progres . To nccompli h thi , individuals aspiring to position. of I aders hip mu t po es three k y attribute : a ens of vision, th ability to persuade and the ability to dir ct ac tion. Und rlying these ri th·ibutes i a road rai1g of abilities and awnre nesses. These abilities and awar ne e 1 outlin d in the diagram on pn e 7, ·erve a specific utcom ·for the Master of Arts in Lead r hip. Aug burg's m d I of lead rship d ev lopm nt is designed to assess, promote, enhance and refine these capabilities within the individual. Leadership Development Model ~Gl1"1l lW i1.l1 \i ·f or for.~q,ioi n C> 11i(in ttitfon !tii•:a~d of \'i· t1.1n Ai: ~i.cm /~ /\ C ulturally ware Communka.live • • 0 ial a\v;i ren • • • awnreness Environmenta l s Tolerance o[ r ligiuus and philosophical diffe rences Appreciati on f s ituational complexity Long-term pers pect ive Flexibilitv Adaptability Innovativeness • • • • • • • • Ri sk As sumptive • • • Curio- ity Achievement motivation Self-esteem Effective Ii 'lener -ffectivc speaker Effective writer Diplomatic ability Effe tive team 'm ember Jnterp rsonal sensitivit)' Oecis.ive • • • • • • Selfconfidence Analytical ability Ability to think critically Understanding of research Ability to manage conflict • Appreciation f r cu ll ural differences World-view pers pective Tolerance of individulll differenc Community of learners Essential to the goals of the Master of Arts in Leadership is participation in a community of learners. Learning can be enhanced when the student is involved in a stable community that provides opportunity and encouragement for active participation both in and out of the classroom. This community will be enriched by the presence of men and women who bring to the program a variety of work and life experiences. To facilitate this kind of community interaction, Augsburg encourages graduate students to make use of college facilities such as the library, meeting rooms and college center; to take the opportunity of having shared meals and coffee breaks; to participate in optional lunchtime seminars; and to attend other college activities such as music and dramatic presentations and athletic events. leadership Practicum . I· Master of Arts in Leadership students enroll in a half course called "Leadership Practicum." Students are required to enroll in this professional assessment and development course for six terms during their graduate work at Augsburg. Upon completion of the entire practicum, students receive a half course credit. In each term, one Saturday and one Thursday evening are devoted to "Leadership Practicum." Early in the program a major component of this practicum is a fullday professional assessment to determine students' abilities and potential relative to each of the outcomes of the Leadership Development Model (see page 7) . Assessment instruments include paper and pencil exercises and simulation and group experiences. Following the assessment students meet individually with a trained assessor who provides guidance in personal goal setting and in the creation of a professional development plan or "blueprint:' In subsequent terms "Leadership Practicum" includes workshops designed to meet the needs of the students in the following areas: communication skills, self-assessment measures, group processes, and other professional development topics identified by graduate students and staff. "Leadership Practicum'' concludes with a final assessment followed by an individual meeting with a trained assessor. The Master of Arts in Leadership program is composed of 12 courses. Each course unites two or more liberal arts disciplines, ncournge pursuit of the designated outcomes, and uses a variety of learning t clrniqu app ropriate to adult learners. In tructional techniques ar varied, u h as ca e tudy, d bate, written and oral presentations and group c ctivity. Th s tech niques, which have had demonstra ted ·ucce in advanced cour e , d v lop targeted l ader hip abilities and understandings. Continual reinforcement occur·, s students employ these capacities in multiple c urses. Students ar encouraged to c abilili sand understandings as Goss-d is iplinar 1 and to e · co.ntent area a integrated . Th very form of the pr gra m reflect the vi w that lhe world in whi h we operate i complex and that dealing with it successfu lly requires well developed integrative ability. Required Courses Include: ML 510 ML590 ML591 ML592 ML500 Foundations of Leadership (to be taken during on e of the first three trimesters) Thesis-Research Seminar I Thesis-Research Seminar II (These two seminars are to be taken in a student's last two consecutive terms.) Thesis Consultation (a half course to be taken simultaneously with ML591 and in the term in which the thesis is completed) Leadership Practicum (a half course which spans six trimesters) Students are required to complete eight additional courses chosen from the following courses: ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth ML 520 Methods of Critical Thought ML 521 Ethics in Communication ML 530 ML 531 The Dynamics of Change Politics, History and Leadership ML 540 Analytical Reasoning for Qualitative Decisions ML 545 Decision-Making Technology ML 550 Developing a Multi-Cultural Perspective ML 560 Other courses as added D ourse Descriptions ML 510 Foundations of Leadership lnh'oduction to the co n ept of leader hip, pr viding an hi t rical and philosophical fram work for th pr gram. Thi ourse views the nature and purpos o leadership from a variety of disciplin and per pectives. Th role of the liberal arts, various learning tyle , method of research and inquiry, student outcomes and program expectations are examined. ML 511 Creativity and the Problem-Solving Process Exploration of creativity from the perspective of traditional aesthetics as well as contemporary organizational thinking. This ourse uses creativity as a method and it examines techniques for ol ing problem in organizations, for enhancing innovation, and for . eking an integrativ world-view. ML 520 Self-Identity, Values and Personal Growth tudy of the c n epts of self-identity, alue and per nal grow th a · r lat •d to professional and per ona l life. Thi course may employ psycho!()gical, philosoph.ical, and the logi al perspective to expl re the role of the individual in the laTger social context. Major topics in Jude the acquisition, development and evolution of self- identity and values, the influence of sex roles, and the relationship to spiritual growth. ML 521 Methods of Critical Thought lnvestigntion of the proce se of critical thinking drawing from ur e f cu e n th philosophy and other disciplines. Thi relation hips betwe n idea and th expre si n and application of id as. St uden apply dial ctical pruces e in the ffective formation, presentation and use of ideas in organizational structures. ML 530 Ethics in Communication Interdi ciplinary study of ethics and communication through the inv tigation of a variety of ethical perspectives within human communication. This course places particular attention on the use and abuse of communication in politics, adverti ing and interpersonal relationship . It emphasizes a en itivity to ethical conflict which aris in social and rganizati nal setting . ML 531 The Dynamics of Change Examination of the proce es by which change occurs. This course applies economic and ociological theories to such critical social issues as human , nd natural resume management. Dmph i is on identifying th .tl ed for hang , th >m ans of initiating it <lnd the adaptation of so ial grnup to ha ng . ML 540 Pol itics, History and Leadership Analy i · of th politi al 11 p ts of nation-states and oth r organizations. This ours focuses on th pro ess of a hi ving individu, I, group or nationnt go;il . Ornwing on a vari ty of culture and nations, it examines significanJ hi ·tori al ent ;in I the leaders who shaped them. ML 545 Ana lytical Reasoning for QuaJitative Decisions Exploration of the m thods f mathemati al reasoning as rt ·truclure for apprort hing probl ems. This COlll's Io u ·e n th logic and ratitmale und rlying m. thematica l models, nd , n I ti al d is ion making te hniq ues. ML 550 Decision-Making and Technology Historical, nalysis of th decision making and p.robl 111 s 1lving process. This coms focu . nth d •wlopment oft 'Chn logy as both th ' ciuse fin th · solution of prob! ms by invesl1gatLng various cases. ML 560 Developing n Multi· ultu.ral Perspective Investigation of il'lter-cultuJ'al i ues. This rnurs · n han e · the 11bilily lo I •ad cind 1·v ork more eff> tively with people of different ullur, l b11 kgrounds through U1c st udy of d ivers va lues, b Hers and trad ition 1·vithin th, globa l commun ity. ML 590 Thesis-Research Seminar I: Research in Leadership Firstha lfof. two- ·u ur ·e"capston " ·eq u n efor !h M cislerof Art s in Leadership prngram . This rnurse provide , h individu, I the opportunity lo develop <1 resea rch l pie to synth siz pr viou. stLldy 11nd work xperience, nd to d monstrate an ·und erstnnding of the program's principles. rnd don, P/1 bci:;i '. ML 591 Thesis-Research Seminar II: Synthesis of Findings onlinu ticm of the "cap tone" eminCll'. Th i e minnr focu s> on th - method of inqu.iry and results Llf individual projects. l\t the completion of the seminar students pres nl th ir fin, I resul orally and s ubmit written theses. rad don a P/N basis. ML 500 Leadership Practicum A profo -· ional <1ss s me nt and development course which spans si terms. This Colli' e includes a full-day professional assessment and st1bsequ nt workshops in the following cir as: ommuniration skills, s lf-asse sment m a ures, group processes. 111 ours culminates .in a fin a l prof ssion, I ass1t. s men l. I iRl f r>dil. ,rad<"d on a PIN basis. ML 592 Thesis Consultation A eries of m eling with" f, ully thesis ad vi er simul taneous with ML591. and during the trimest r in whi h th thesis i ·being pr -'pilred for final ubmission . H, If credit. raded on l I basis. Students not completi ng the th ·is durin • th sci m •term in whic h th!:!y a r e nrolled in ML 591. re requi l"'d tor gist r for "Thcsi · on ultalion" during ead1 s ubseq uent term until the th s is is completed. I.tlraduate Faculty Faculty teaching in th grad uate program are full-Lim enior faculty with doctorates or appropriate professiona l d grees. 0 111 ou rse ai;e team taught, by bringing together facu lty from different disciplines or combinin a faculty member with professionals from r 1 v<1nt fields. In these ituati n. , at least one member of the team ha <1 Ph.D. and ub tantial teaching experience. All of th program faculty have extensive exp rience teaching ad ult learn r . .rnduate fo ulty are Ii t d at the · n,d of thi bulletin . •· The Aug burg librnry h u o er 160,0 0 b kl, pcri dical , records, tapes and fiJms. lu ic, h mi IT' and Art 1 istory libraries Cl!' located within !he departmental rea . Access to ov r 1,000,000 volumes i ava ilable via daily interloan and courier service among seven private liberal arts colleges and the Hill Reference Library. Thr ugh Minitex, lhe statewide network, the additional resources of the Minnesota and Wisconsin libraries are accessible to Augsburg faculty and students. Blccreditation and Affiliations tudents who uccessfull y ·ompl t Aug bur 's lead rship program wi ll receive a Master of Art Degr . Augsburg i fully , ccred ited by the orth Central A sociati n of liege · and chools. he coll ge is a member of th A ~o i<Jt d olleg · of the Twin Ci li (ACTq, Lutheran Ed ucation ouncil in orth America and Minnesota Private College Council. Aug ·burg College is registered with the Minn sota Higher Education oordinating Board. R gi tration i not an -ndorsement of the in tituti n. Regi trati n do snot (necessarily) mean that credit ea rned at th in tituti n ca n be tran ferr d to ther institution or that the quality of the educational progr, m would meet the tandards of every student, ed ucational institution, or employer. l#Jtudent Support Services Thi:' u burg rndqate Pn1gram a ist · hi dents in making education and career plans, in workin on their per (ll1al d velopment, and in particJpating in activities beyond th la sro m. om of these rvice are Ii ted b low. Academic Planning In additi n t the fa ulty who provide c nsllltation and advice, a ademicplimning is g uided by the Leader hip Practicum assessors, the i advi. ers, and the Grad uate Program staff. Career Planning Services Career Services available are • professional assessment through the Leadership Practicum • self/career assessment counseling through the Career Services Office (330-1162) • developm nt of a resume and a career-search plan through the Career ervices Office • work experience related to a student's field of specialization through the Cooperative Education Office (330-1148) The olleg ha ado pted a stat ment of student rights and re pon ibilities and ha provided fo r du proces · in the matter of di ciplinary, ction, grievance and grade appeal. Any student wh wish s to identify appropriate pro edur f r a complaint hould contact the Vice Pre idenl for Sh1d nt Affairs. (I hone 330-1160) The ollege op Tates in compliance wifh the Family Rights and Priva y Act and Title IX. Students have the right to inspect all official record. which pertain to them and whi hare maintained in the Registrar's Hi e and the Placement Office ( c pt wher a waiver of acces ha b en igned) and to challenge inaccurate or misleading information. Student have a right to peri nee ducatio.n fr e fr m di c.riminalion ba ed on sex, race, ethnic or cultural background, handicap, creed, marital status or age. 'BJdmission Requirements Applicants to the program must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited four-year college or university. Applicants to the program are expected to have a minimum undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 (on a scale of A=4.0). Applicants to the program must have fiv years of e, perien (or equivalent) with one or m i·e organizations Jn a position(s) of leadership or position(s) demonstrating leadership p Jtentinl. Decisions about admission to th pmgram will be made on an individual basis by the Grnduate Program Committee. Admis ion tu each entering graduate clas will be given tu th must highly qualified individuals. Selection of candidates wi!l be made on th ba i · of a comp ite compari ·on f each applicant's • • • • • previous college record, letters of recommendation, experience and organizational background, Miller Analogies Test scores and written statement and possible interview. Alpplication Procedures To apply, students must submit the following materials to the Graduate Program Office: • • • • • • • ompleted application form with $25 (non-refundable) application fee . Written tat ment relating the applicant's career and life goals focusing on leader hip aspirations. Letter of recommendation from an immediat supervi ·or, assessing leadership potential. Letter of recommendation from a co-worker (at the ·ame level) describing applicant's work style and potential as a leader. Official transcripts of undergraduate and gradurite work from each in stitution attended indicating degrees conferred. Official set of results on the Miller Analogies Test. Possible interview with graduate program staff member. ffeadlines Fall Trimeste1; 1988 - Monday, August :15, 1988 Winter Trimeste1; 1989 - Monday, November 28, 1988 Spring Trimester, 1989 - Monday, March 6, 1989 Fall Trimester, 1989 - Monday, Augu t 14, 1989 D valuation Standards Evaluation of academic performance for the Master of Arts in Leadership will be based on number grades using a 4.0 point scale with these definitions: 4.0 Achieves highest standards of excellence 3.5 3.0 Achieves above basic course standards 2.5 2.0 Achieves the minimum passing standard P Achieves at or above the 2.0 level (not computed in grade point average) N Does not meet minimum course standards (no credit and nonpunitive - not computed in grade point average) W Grade given when course is dropped Incomplete grade given in case where student is unable to complete course requirements for reasons beyond the student's control (to receive an incomplete, a student must file a letter with the Graduate Program staff stating reasons for the request, the plan and date for removing the incomplete grade, the signature of the instructor, and any other necessary documentation) . Not more than two courses with a grade below 3.0 will count toward the degree. Not more than two courses with a grade below 2.0 can be repeated . Only the credits and grades earned the second time are counted in the grade point average. Alcademic Policies Academic Probation and Dismissal Students must maintain a 3.0 cumulative grade point average. If a student falls below a 3.0 average, the student will be placed on probation for the following term. A 3.0 cumulative grade point average must be restored in order for a student to be removed from probation. If a student receives a grade of Nin a course, the student must petition successfully with the Graduate Program Committee before being permitted to continue in the program. A plan for the student to follow would be outlined at that time. If the cumulative grade point average again falls below 3.0, the student may be dismissed from the program by the Graduate Program Committee. Students also may be dismissed by the Graduate Program Committee for behavior detrimental to the program such as a gross violation of college policy (as published in the Student Guide). Dismissal would occur only after established procedures were followed. Credit for Prior Education, Training and Experience · Due to the interdisciplinary nature of the courses in the Master of Arts in Leadership program, it is unlikely that courses taken elsewhere may be substituted for a particular course in the curriculum. Students may petition the Graduate Program Committee for approval of any variation in the curriculum including the transfer of credit or the receipt of credit for other training. Credit and Contact Hours Each graduate course in the Master of Arts in Leadership program is the equivalent of four semester credits or six quarter credits. Students meet in class a total of 30 hours (excluding finals) and are responsible for a significant amount of individual study and preparation. Enrollment Policy/Leaves of Absence Students may take either one or two courses each trimester. Enrolling in two courses per trimester enables a student to complete the program in two years. All students are required to complete the program within four years. Extensions beyond four years will be considered on the basis of petition to the Graduate Program Committee. Students who leave the program for more than one term must request a leave of absence in writing from the Graduate Program Committee. Last Date to Withdraw from Class The last date on which students may withdraw from a class and receive a "W" on their records is the date of the eighth class session. $25.00 Application Fee (payable once, non-refundable) $695.00 Tuition (per trimester course) (one course = 6 quarter credits or 4 semester credits) $100.00 Enrollment Reservation Deposit (non-refundable) Leadership Practicum Fee (per term for six terms) $100.00 $10.00 Late Fee (chm-g d to any tud nt registering after per day tht' ·ch du ! d regi !ration date. l....1te regi tration in lude incomplete regi trati n as defined: a) Unsigned Regish-ation Form or b) Um1ppr ved Payment Plan) $5.00 Registration Chang After First Cl,1 s Meeting (cancel/add/change grade option, or ombination at one time) Transcript Fee (per copy after first, which is free) $2.00 Finance Charge: A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any account with an open balance of 30 days or more. Fees The applicati n fe ($25) i ' due on orb fore the appli ation deadline for a given term. The $100 non-refundable dep it r serv · a plac in th pmgram in a given term, once a person is accepted. Tuition i due at th time of r gistralion. Payment Options* 1) Payment in Full: Due Day of Registration. 2) Pay ment Plan: Upon application and after college approval, a 3- pay plan is available each trime t r. Paym nt plan will be offered only if previ u plans hav been adhered l . 3) ompany R imbur eme nt : Full cm11 e , r equivale nt, wh ich ar company reimbur ed requir a d posit of $150 per cow e rei mbursed, with full payment due wi thin 45 days aft r the end of the term . A finance charge is applied at a simple rate of 1% per month on any amount with an open balance of 30 days or more. Tu iti .n is s t 0 11 an annual ba is, pay<ible in 3 qua! in tallment al the b ginning of each trim ster. Registration is permitted on'ly if the stud ent's account fo r a pr viou term is paid in fu ll as agreed . II g will n t release dip! ma r academic tran cripts Augsburg until all student accounts are paid in foll. This also appli s f r student loan funds administered by the college (Perkins Student Loan); they must be current according to established repayment schedules. "'A no n-sufficien t-fund check wi ll declare your reglstriltion inva lid <md cou ld affect fu r ther credit exte nded by the college. Refund Schedule A per-cour e tuition refund will be made on the following basis: (In order to be ligible for the refund, students are respon ible for cancelli11g courses with the Regish·ar's ffice.) Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to Prior to the fir t scheduled clas meeting - 100% the second d1eduled class meeting - 90% the third cheduled class meeting - 80% the fourth scheduled class meeting - 70% the fifth cheduled class meeting - 60% the ixth sch duled class meeting - 50% B inancial Aid . •, ..... . . : ·. In, number of way , students may receive assistance in meeting Graduate Progi·am cost . Enrollment in two com e per trimester allows the student to be classified as full-time. One course is considered half-time enrollment. The Financial Aid Office (330-1046) will assist students in assessing financial need and constructing an aid/payment program from available alternatives, including the follow ing: Company Tuition Assistance Programs Many companies, agencies and corporation ffe.r full or partial tuition assi tqnce to employees who participate in work~relat d or degree-related college programs. Augsburg College provides several payment plans by which employees may handle tuition reimbursement. Federal and State Aid Programs The Financial Aid Office will assist student in determining eligibility for m1y Federal or State grant or loan programs available to graduate students. Determination f eligibility will be based on standard nationally accepted form · and methodologies including: • Family Financial Statement (FFS) • Financial Aid Form (FAF) • Graduate and Professional Scholastic Aid Service Funded Scholarships Augsburg actively pur ue outside funding for special scholarships to facilitate the participation of qualified candidates with limited financi11l resources. The availability of such scholarship enables the program to guarantee the participation of Individuals of Limited financial means as we!J as individuals working for volunteer agencies and other organizations not likely to provide tuition reimbursement. Alternative payment plans will be available to all students for the payment of tuition. Veterans of Military Service Augsburg College is approved by the State Approving Agancy for Veteran's Training. Veteran should contact the Registrar's Office about completion of the enrollment certification and forwarding other information to the Veteran's Ad mini tration . AJbout Augsburg History Augs bu rg was th e first seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans in Ameri ·a. Named after the confession of faith presented by Lulhern ns in Augsburg, Germany, in 1530, Augsburg opened in Se pt m b "!' 1869 in Marshall, Wi sconsin and moved to Minneapolis in 1872. Campus Location Augsburg's campus is located in the henrt of the Twin ities, ; urrmind ing M urp hy Squnrc, th fi rs t of 155 parks in the "City ()f Lak ·s." Ad jace nt to the ca m pus ar fairv iew and St. Mary's Hospitil ls, the West Bank cam pus of th e Unive rsity of Minne ota and Mlssis ip pi Rive r P<rkway . Accessibility Augsbm g olfege Im made ii major effort to become o ne of th e mo t accessible ca mpuses in th region . Skyw11ys, tunnels and •levato rs provide acce sible connectio ns b twe n 9 of the ·14 majo r building - stud · nt hou si ng tower , College Center, main ncndemic a nd admini ·trali ve h. 11 ·, the library and mu ic building. In addition, there is a program for students with learning or physical disabilities . Church Affiliation Augsburg is a college of The Evangelical Lut he rnn Church in A mericct. About 59% of the stude nts are Luthcrnn, 14% other Protestant and 19% Roman Catholic. Several oth er affiliations are represented among stude nts and faculty. Non-Discrimination Policy Aug ·burg oil · g " does no t d iscriminate nn the basis f rnce, creed , tion, I or thnic origin, age, mnri tal status, sex or hnndica p as r ' 'JU ired by Ti tl · IX of the 1972 Ed ucatio nal Amend me nts of Section 504 of th'e Re h, bilit, tion Ac 1lf ·1973 r. ctmended in its ndmissio n policies, educational programs, activities, and employme nt practices. 11< a ampus Map 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Admissions House George Sverdrup Library Science Hall OldMain West Hall Mortensen Tower Urness Tower College Center Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall 10. Music Hall 11. 2222 Murphy Square 12.Melby Hall 13. Ice Arena 14. Stage II Theatre 15. Center for Global Education 16. Scandinavian Center 17. Foss, Lobeck, Miles Center for Worship, Drama and Communication 18. Youth and Family Ministry A. Admissions I arking B. Student Parking C. Visitor Parking D. The Quad E. Faculty/Staff Parking F. Murphy Square G. Anderson-Nelson Athletic Field H. Fairview/St. Mary's Parking Ramp I. Husby-Strommen Tennis Courts I<5'. I Accessible Entrance Parking All p ted Au sburg lleg parking Lots are free and open for student use fro m 4:30 p.m. Fridcy through Saturd ay even in . Lots are l ated on 7th Street between 21st and 22nd Avenu and uth of 8th Street on 21st Avenue. R ampus Incation I I I N I I $ From Minneapolis Interstate 94 east to 25th Avenue exit, left to Riverside Avenue, left to 21st Avenue South, left to Augsburg sign. From St. Paul Interstate 94 west to Riverside exit, right on Riverside to 21st Avenue South, left at Augsburg sign. liaculty and Administration The following faculty and administrators are currently involved in · the Master of Arts in Leadership program: Ruth Aaskov, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. BA, Augsburg College; MA, Middlebury College; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Earl Alton, Professor and Department Chairperson of Chemistry. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Ph.D., University of Michigan. Margaret Anderson, Associate Professor, Head Librarian. BS, MA, University of Minnesota. Raymond Anderson, Professor of Speech, Communication and Theatre. BA, MS, Ph.D., University of Minnesota . .. .. : .· Kenneth Bailey, Professor of Philosophy. BA, St. Olaf College; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. John Benson, Professor of Religion. BA, Augsburg College; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, Ph.D. Columbia University. Maria Brown, Assistant Professor of Social Work. BA, MA, American University; MSW, University of Minnesota. Robert Clyde, Associate Professor of Sociology, Institutional Research Analyst. BA, Coe College; MA, Rockford College; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Larry Crockett, Assistant Professor of Mathematics/Computer Science. BA, MA, Pacific Lutheran University; M.Div. Luther Theological Seminary. Grace Dyrud, Professor of Psychology. BA, MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Norman Ferguson, Professor of Psychology. BA, Franklin and Marshall College; MS, Ph.D. , University of Wisconsin . Mark Fuehrer, Associate Professor and Department Chairperson of Philosophy. BA, College of St. Thomas; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Jerry Gerasimo, Professor of Sociology. BA, Lake Forest College; MA, Ph.D., University of Chicago. Arlin Gyberg, Professor of Chemistry. BS, Mankato State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Paul Halvorson, Lecturer in Business Administration and Economics. BA, Augsburg College; MA, The American University. Milda Hedblom, Professor of Political Science. BA, Macalester College; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Edwina Hertzberg, Associate Professor of Social Work, Director of Faculty Development. BA, Cedar Crest College; MSW, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Garry Hesser, Professor of Sociology, Director of Cooperative Education Program. BA, Phillips University; M.Div., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., University of Notre Dame. Khin Khin Jensen, Professor of History, Director of East and Southeast Asian Studies. BA, Rangoon University, Burma; MA, Bucknell University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Barbara Johnson, Assistant Professor of Sociology. BS, Gustavus Adolphus College; MS, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Joanne Karvonen, Graduate Program Coordinator. BA, Gustavus Adolphus College; MA, University of Georgia. Edith Kromer, Weekend Librarian. BA, Hamline University; MA, University of Minnesota. Ryan LaHurd, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Dean of the College and Director of the Graduate Program. BA, Mt. Carmel College; MA, University of Chicago; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Rosemary Link, Assistant Professor of Social Work. MSc, London University (Bedford College); Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Marie McNeff, Associate Professor of Education. BS, M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Nebraska. Thomas Morgan, Assistant Professor of Business Administration and Economics. BS, Juniata College; MBA, University of Denver; MS, University of Oregon. Gordon Nelson, Professor and Department Chairperson of Sociology. BA, MA, University of Minnesota; BD, Luther Theological Seminary; MA, Ph.D., University of Chicago. Richard Nelson, Professor and Department Chairperson of History. BA, University of Nebraska; MA, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Beverly Nilsson, Associate Professor and Chairperson of Nursing. BSN., MS, University of Minnesota. Norma Noonan, Professor of Political Science. BA, University of Pennsylvania; MA, Ph.D., University of Indiana. Noel Petit, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. BA, St. Olaf College; MS, Ph.D., University of Minnesota. Diane Pike, Associate Professor of Sociology. AB, Connecticut College; Ph.D., Yale University. Larry Ragland, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. BS, MA., Central Missouri State College; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin. Bruce Reichenbach, Professor of Philosophy. BA, Wheaton College; MA, Ph.D., Northwestern University. Carol Stack, Director of Admissions. AB, Macalester College. Myles Stenshoel, Professor of Political Science. BA, Concordia College, Moorhead; MA, Ph.D., University of Colorado. Richard Thoni, Director of Weekend College and Assistant to the Dean. BA, St. Olaf College; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. iAJdvisory Council to the Graduate Program Linda Geisen, Training and Development Manager, City of St. Paul. Dan Hanson, Vice President, Food Ingredients Division, land-0- lakes, Inc. Cynthia Marsh, Ph.D. Consulting Psychologist, Personnel Decisions, Inc. Dean Newman, Consultant. Robert Odom, Senior Vice President of US Specialty Divisions, HB Fuller Company. Richard Ploetz, Customer Education Manager, Medtronic, Inc. Rosemarie Ramirez, Human Resources Officer, St. Paul Companies, Inc. The provisions of this document are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at C!ny time within the student's term of residence. Augsburg Collegu 731 2!ST AVENUE SOUTH MINNEAPOLIS, MN 55454 '· . .,. .. ~
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Summer Catalog, 1989
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: Central Location Low Tuition Convenient Class Time Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accrcclitcd liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Clii~rcliof America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, tlic s~liallcollege environment, about 2100 studcnls du...
Show more Central Location Low Tuition Convenient Class Time Augsburg College is a four-year, fully accrcclitcd liberal arts college affiliated with The Evangelical Lutheran Clii~rcliof America. Located in the heart of Minneapolis and St. Paul, tlic s~liallcollege environment, about 2100 studcnls during the academic year, is cnriclied by tlic liiany cultural, sport ancl recreational activities found in this vibrant ~iietropolitanarea. An active s u m m e r combining classes and participation in mctl.oyolitan events is a dcliglitful a n d broadening cxpericncc. Augsbuvg in the Summer Augsburg Collegc provides a diverse sulnliier curriculum including regular courses, internships, inclependent studies and student teaching over t w o terms. Term I runs from May 30 - J u n e 23, l e r m 11 runs from J u n e 26 - August 4. This brochure presents the Summer Scliool Program a n d was correct a t tlic ti~iieo f publication. Calendar Summer 1989 Term I Term I1 Preregistration with Tuition Discount April 12 April 12 May 30 J u n e 26 Last Day to: Change Grading Option Drop Class Without Notation Register with a Late Fee of $10 (no registrations will be accepted after this date) June 1 J u n e 28 Holiday None July 3 & 4 Last Day to Withdraw from Class (W) J u n e 13 July 17 Classes End J u n e 23 August 4 Grades Due in Registrar's Office J u n e 28 August 9 Confirmation of Registration Classes Begin Balance of Tuition Due I Summer Students may take one coursc 'luring T c r ~ nI and two courses during Term 11. Unless otherwise indicated, all C O L I ~ S C Scarry a value of one coc~rsccredit, I ~ crcdils or six rl~lartcrcredits. C o ~ ~ r s fulfilling cs the ecluivalcnt of ~ O L semester Augsburg distribution rccluircments arc so notccl in the course descriptions. Course Levels arc indicated by [lie first digit of tlie three digit co~rrscn~rmbcr:1 or 2, lower division, primarily for fres1imc:n and sophomores; 3 or 4, upper division, primarily for juniors and seniors; and 5, graduate level. Courses Regularly Taught during tlic academic year arc morc fully described in tlic Augsburg College Catalog. If you nccd morc information about a special summer offering, please contact tlie Summer School Office. Independent Study and Internships, in addition to those listed, may be pursued during the sumnicr in a number of departments. Internships involve work experience related to the academic prograni in an agency, government, or industry. Consult tlic Summer School Office for information. Students Needing Housing may obtain information from the Director of Ilousing. Persons Planning to Attend Summer School arc advised to preregister as soon as possible, since courses without substantial demand may bc dropped. The College Reserves the Right to cancel listcd courses. Information and Forms Eligibility Additional information and registration forms may be obtained from the Summer School Office. Write or call: Persons in Good Standing at regionally accredited colleges and universities, graduates of such institutions, and students admitted for the next Fall Term are eligible to attend Augsburg Summer School. Good standing implies that the student has been admitted and not subsequently dropped by that institution. AUGSBURG COLLEGE SUMMER SCHOOL OFFICE Murphy Place 731 21st Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55454 (612) 330-1786 Elizabeth VanderSchaff Director Financial Aid Financial Aid is limited to the Guaranteed Student Loan. Any student taking 1 course is regarded as a half-time student for the summer and is eligible to apply for a Guaranteed Student Loan. Contact the Financial Aid Office to make loan arrangements (330-1046). Other Persons wishing to take summer school work should contact the Director of Summer School to ascertain eligibility under special circumstances. Acceptance as a surnmer student does not imply admission as a regular student of Augsburg College. Those wishing to begin a degree program at the College should apply for admission through the Office of Admission. C -.-- Term I Summer School studcnts arc r e q ~ ~ i r ctod confirm their regi~tr~itions on May 30. Terin 11 rcgistrations ~iiustbe confirmed on June 26. l'his procedure includes confirmation of all prercgisterccl coi~rscsand applies to internships and independent sti~diesas well as to rcgi~larlyschccl~~led COLI~S~S. Confirmation of Registration will take place at the Registrar's Office, 114 Science Hall, between the hours of 8:30 a.lii. a n d 6:30 p.111. o n May 30 'ind June 26. The Balance Owing for tuition must be paid beforc registration is confir~iied. Augsburg students please note: Balance due on Augsburg account from previous termls must be paid in full before confirmation of registration. A Late Fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Term I registrations co~iipletedon May 3 L and June I. A late fee of $10.00 will be assessed for Tcrni 11 registrations completed on June 27 and June 28. Registrations will not be accepted after these dates. To Change Your Registralion, r ~ t ~ cyour c l rc,gislra[ior~,ildd a c t ~ ~ ~i)r~drop ~ s ta~ , C O U I ~(ind S ~ ~ 1 i r ~in ~ 1dlloii1~'r 1 ct)urfic, ('ill out 3 C , ~ l i ~ ~ = l litrm A d ~at l LIII~ [Zcgistl-iir's 0ffic.c. 'lhcrr i s a rhnrgc 4)t $5.00 ~ L I I c . l~~ingin ,I grrt;islralir~~~ ,it'trr Lhc first cl;~!? of oilch Icrnm. 'l'hisI I I L I N ~ clt)n~'t ~ y3:30 p.111.0 1 1 JISIII*1 il)~ 'I'P~III I ct)ltrsrs anrl t ~ y 331) p.m. LIII lunc. 2s [c~r'fPrnl 11 courscs. 'I'his proccrlurc app1ic.s to intv~,nships,i~-rd i~~ciepvndcnt studies as wcll as s~~licdulcil t.c)ilrscs. Any ~C'IIIIILI~ I I. *~ C I ~ L I S I I I I C ' 01 I~~ fcus is Jctcrmit>rJ sccol-~ii~ig to thc "'('i~iliot~ liCftrt~dP<rlicy." b ~ b Fees The Tuition Charge for 1989 S i ~ m m e r School courses is as follows. $450.00 for full-credit courses, $320.00 for half-credit courses, and $160.00 for fourth-credit courses. Audits are charged at the tuition rates listed above. Laboratory and special fees, including those pertaining to student teaching, are given with the individual course descriptions. A Tuition Discount is available to students who preregister on April 12 for Term I and Term I1 Summer Scl~ool courses. Courses that you sign LIP for on this date are billed at the following rates: $420.00 for full-credit courses, $310.00 for half-credit courses, and $150.00 for fourth-credit courses. To receive this tuition discount, a deposit of $50.00 per course is required. Please note: This tuition discount applies only to courses so designated on April 12. The $50.00 per course dcposit is non-refundable except when a course is cancelled due to low enrolllnent. When this happens, you may elect to receive a deposit ref~mdor substitute another course without loss of discount. After April 12 you may preregister for Summer School courses at the Registrar's Office on an ongoing basis during regular office hours. Each course preregistration must be accompanied by a $SO.Ol) 111ition deposit. This deposil i s ,lpplicd to drsignatcd ctwrsc tuitioti drirl is non-rpfundahlr and nun-translcrable except when a course is cancelled. To Avoid Disappointment in course selection, preregistration is recommended. Some courses with limited enrollment fill early. Conversely, courses with low preregistration enrollment may be cancelled before the first day of the term. I I I Tuition Refund Policy The $50.00 per course deposit is not refundable. Refund of all or part of the remaining fee is calculated from the first day of the term to the date of the student's official course cancellation at the Registrar's Office. Schedule of Refunds (No refund after the dates listed.) Refund Term I Term I1 100% 90% 80% 70% 60% May 30 May 31 June 1 June 2 June 5 June 26 June 27 June 28 June 29 June 30 Campus Location DOWNTOWN MINNEAPOLIS MISSISSIPPI 35W from the North Take Washington Avenue exit and turn left on Washington (turns right onto Cedar Avenue), turn left at Riverside, right at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 East from Minneapolis Take 25th Avenue exit, turn left at 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 1-94 West from St. Paul Take Riverside exit, turn right at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. 35W from the South Follow 1-94 St. Paul signs (move right lane after each of two mergers). Take 25th Avenue exit and turn left on 25th Avenue, turn left at Riverside, turn left at 21st Avenue S. Nondiscrimination Policy di8Crimhakonthe basis &ace, creed, national or Au&sbqgCollege doe6 ethnic on@, age,marital ~~IIzs, w of handicap asrequkd $ Title IX of the 19TLE#uWonaI AmendmmB of M i o n YH of the I P e h a i o n Act of 1973, as amended, in its admission policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. mnoo moo May 30-June 23, 1989 ECO 112-8029 PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS ART ART 107-8155 DRAWING Williamson D r a w i n g i n pencil, charcoal, ink, pastels, Subjccls i n cludc still-life., figi~rcs,b u i l d i n g inlcriors, cxlcriclrs, cxpcrimcntal w o r k . Dist.: Yes. ~.00-8.00}I.III. M,T, W.1'11 OM'' ART 352-8156 WOMEN'S ART HISTORY K. Anderson Study o f wolncn's image i n 1111. visual arts i n relalionship to women's place w i t h i n t ~ i c~UIILIIYII, cconclmic, and sociological cnvironnicnt o f each period. Dist.: Yes. 12:lJll-3:011 p.111. M,T,W.l'lr BUSINESS ADMINISTI<A'I'ION EDUCATION EDE 253-8033 264-8163 ORlENTATION TO EDUCAT1ON I N AN URBAN Germundsen Stildy a n d investipation o f various aspects o f the tcaclii n profession. Dist.: Yes, w h e n c o m b i n e d \\fit11 EDE 365 o r EDS 352. (112 coursc) OM16 G:llO-9:lJfl /I,III. Ad, W EDE 351-8034 BUS 221-8014 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I Jntrq$wtibn h, b w h o s s activities, basic concepts ancl &dnl?.p&kl re ~ 'I Gupta I n t r o d u c t i c ~ n to macl-11-cconc~mics; n a l i u n a l i n c o m e analysis, m o n c l a r y a n d fiscal p o l i c y , intcl'nalional trade, econc~~uic ~ r o w l l i .Disc.: Yes 9:,31J 51Jfl,lll, ,$.f.,w,~fyl,l: OM11 Struss f a r m u n t i n g , the accountin 7 cycle a n d f&noflmr,rinl sta!cmcnts. Dist.: ~ #?tit. ~M;r,W,' $ r'l~,I I l I&. BUS 252-8159 Meziou BUS 322-8160 ACCOUNTING THEORY A N D PRACTICE I . Kader Analvsis o f accountinc theor\,, pertainin,: t o financial statc;iicnts, income cc;~ice~ts, current a n a n o n - c u r r e n t asscts. ~ . Disl.: -. No.~ Prerequisites: BUS 221, ECO 113. G:l10-9:OO 11.11~M,?', W . ? ~ I BUS 340-8220 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT Cerrito O M 11 BUS 495-8221 BUSINESS ETHICS: CORPORATE CRIME A N D VIOLENCE A gudy ofWii!st#p%ibitik kr m i c t y i n c l u i i i n g p ~ ednms mvidue,q,w, md b& apbrcs persons h i e i n a PWr(d, f,mm mllral WM rw~~ian,P;P"T~hDna,(hr sysa n d behavior. reascln . te&&Ily Dish,:NoJ- $ budncsa wnduct 1:0~~4:1Jfl paIII~ M,T, W,'lh OMI3 BUS 199-8019 INTERNSI-IIPS Kader Arranged w i t h i n d i v i d u a l faculty i n the D e p a r t m e n t o f Business Administration & Bcono~nics. ECONOMICS ECO 110-8028 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES Sabe,la ,: Study o f economic implications o f ~ ~ r o b l c mfacins s m e t r o - u r b a n c n v i r o n l n c n t . By i n c p e n d c n t st11 y Dist.: Yes. EDE 375-8036 DISCOVERY IN THE WORLD OF KINDERGARTEN Endorf EDE 379-8182 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Scott ART E x a m i n a t i o n a n d re. a r a t i c ~ no f m a t e r i a l s a n d resources for art at t$e R i n d c r p t r l e n a n d elementary levels. Lab. cx wrienccs. Dist.: No. (114 coul.sc) LI 2:OlJ-5:00 ,.II. h' EDE 382-8183 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: MATHEMATICS Drewlow Examination a n d preparation o f materials a n d resourccs for m a t l i c m a t ~ c sinstruction at the k i n d e r levels. Dist.: No: (112 coursc) OM16 EDE 383-8184 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: Lindow ,,laterials and ~~~~~~~~~lP~~~~ r c x ~ u r c e sfur physical e d u c a t i o n a n d h e a l t h a t t h e k i ~ i d e r v r t e na n d elementary lei~els.Lab. cxpcrienccs. Dist.: h o . (112 course.) OM9:3lJ-11:50 fl.111. M,?',W.TII,F (MII!~30-11111c9, - EDF 388-8185 -- - . .- - EDS 388-8201 Mueller HUMAN RELATIONS on Ith &n$g,of v?lues, ?f c~rnrnunicaiiun &I ted!niquw+ and or 4 r major mrnor!ty gntups in Minnemtn fnt , e &vrluprnent of I n t e r c r u r * n a l +kiliso$&& a h a , teai-hin and l h f r p r o b r $ I ~ Awmtions * I all. DI$: NI. l l R ruuswl R v Y r e d br all , ptay and Scrlndaq FAuca~tirm ,a majors. 5:00-8:f10 I~.II~. M ,W EDS 350-8202 Heikkila READING IN THE CONTENT AREAS Sludy and utilization of a variety of tccliniqi~csand resources to assist s t u d e n t s in teaching r e a d i n g through the content areas. Dist.: No. (112 cc~ursc) OM73 6:00-9:OU{I.111. M , W EDS 352-8203 CLINICAL EXPERIENCE (SECONDARY) Staff Inaludc~7 0 , h u u r s in-scl~oolcxpcrienccs, seminars. McrnEvdrp In clnc of the profcssiunal teacher orjianimtbns ~ u i r r dDist.: . Yes, when co~nbincdwith EDS HPE 410-8040 ADMINISTRATION AND SUPERVISION OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAM Borstad Hiaofcal background, legal bases, school health wrvi~eu,a n d relationships to community health q f a r n n n d resources. Dist.: No. Ftprc9uitsite: HPE 320 $$K&B,#I~.III,M,T, W,Tlr OM2.3 DEVELOPMENTAL A N D ADAPTIVE PHYSICAL EDUCATION to be added. Consult Summcr School Office for details. II HISTORY HIS 239-81861339-8195 EASTERN EUROPE IN THE 20TH CENTURY SPECIAL EDUCATION EDS 282-8204 INTRODUCTION T O SPECIAL EDUCATION Heikkila Introduction to tlie field of special education. An cxamination of the nature, causis, and educational inter- O M 10 ENG 261-8167 MODERN FICTION B. Andersen Significant wol'ks of selected prose writers, chiefly European, of tlie twentieth c e n t u r Some nonwestern writers will be included. Dist.:);cs. 2:00-5:00p.111. M.T. W,Tlr OM16 ENG 282-8168 ENCHANTMENT OF EVIL wttty, and even adn$rtlblr. Ewil Is also a I~ar. ma idfdradr Ilps emptlna o n d d e s p ~ r Whcm evB ip tke mast d f im nt, 11 k l~kelyto he w & u h o t trivial. cmc. 'the encliantment of evll." will b e e ~ nw ~ t ha studv of Rena~ssance writers l i k e ' ~ h a k c s p & r e , Marlowe 'and Milton a n d conclude with works of 20th century writers like C.S. Lewis, Tolkien, and Iris Murdocli. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50n.111.M,T, W.TII,F OM11 tbm-t SOREIGN LANGUAGES GER 111-8169 BEGINNING GERMAN I Steinmetz *wm, wcticc speaking, understanding and rcadh ~ i kce r ~ i i a nfol. s t u d e n t s witli n u previous mnd in Germa~i:,DisL.: Yes. OM73 ,BB&%:@ n.$,r. M,T, W , l r , ~ ,a SPA 111-8044 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section I) SPA 111-8170 BEGINNING SPANISH I (Section 11) Kin sley Aims to develop four basic skills: Undcrstaniin speaking, reading and writin 7 of elementary ~ p a n i s f ; Introduction to culture of kpanisli-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:30-10:50n.ri!. M,T,W,Tlr,F (Scctiorr I ) OM10 5:30-7:50p.ur. M,T, W,Tlr,F (Scctior~11) OM78 HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL CDUCATION HPE 114-8041 HEALTH AND SAFETY EDUCATION Enos Prlnclpals a n d pmUrccs af sbr rdwatiitn In school and comrnunIky Inrludes ilrdnktlaj~ahwt school health p r o m m u and pwvakn,t henlth n w d s a n d ~ h wa lge c11Uhn nnd h i n d m n lied problems Cross F~rstA1 cam. DM.:W V ( L ~ Z W W ~ ~ ? ) 12 00-3 00 p II! T,7 11 &. 01 II MUSIC 1I MUS 218-8205 MUSIC FOR SPECIAL NEEDS Griffin Evil, thou&~ r b e p t Edmulrd S p w e r , 1s a sort of eucmtmcdf, in teaturn, evil j5 atkn ~~ntercstlng, Be%%% II INTERDISCIPLINARY INS 399-8046 INTERNSHIPS Arrn~~ged ENGLISH ch S. Anderson brdnt!$ th@hAtIorknlily problem In Au\trla, Russla and German nnd the meation of new " n a t ~ o n a l stat-" n b &war. World War ll N ~ Loccu I 7atlon to ps1war %I& dqniinntton, the y t a l t of tlie &old War auw Fssl B u W g , n11g mure viyxnf cvc~llb D I S .~Yes T ~upper dlvlslcln c r e d ~ t Addltlotl~lWII re ~ I I for 9iWl1SBn.nr. M,T%, n1.r OM23 OM29 6 00-9 00 11 111, r,T11 NURSING . NUR 432-8172 HEAI.TH Enos . . - .- ...AND HUMAN DEVELOPMENT The cwm 411focus an plnlng a betlw bnderstnhdin& nf oner@Own hmlth and deveta mt 8s a human tmng; it wlll BIW dml d w h tl ways oI%&m others wth in h a areas. ~ r i s S ~ s t t c ErWuon, ~ulkr$P#rurnan. m i h . . e .m . Lncluhd. Own tn nun-nurdh~ '> studenis aa we1 ns n>&hgetydC'aty. Dist.: MI. 9;3&1150~~lr!rr. M.I",W,?k,F OM25 II in f i r SF$, &duva, PHYSICS PHY 111-8208 PHYSICS COMPWEKfi, A N D SOCIETY A siudur(vnfthwlritarial dcvdonmibnt aE sclectdd tnwcs in h y a d denm. ~ttt'lldanJill bcgiwn to lfw Giw~r physics md ik ~ O W P ~~ +, I I L , I ~?it! philuva hy, rcli#w, and cdiufe. bud ~ll lh ant?, up a d!~r find igita~elmc1rr1cs-w+ rusrinn nf the m~anincof twrrhtrttr cmturv L*~YNCS &d b;hc &,,of ckc&nics nd mmptrtcn ih *tm mei v t ~ f ~ ~ m p t t q ex$m!ve~y in the k++@&. hrrquhlr: Math Aamnrehh G w p I1 M$, . 43 I A 1 PHY 118-8209 SOCIAL WORK , and Lhes vtdw sthe Amlrayli at Chrll'd and ownwwv; UM. A ,held tdp'c&ree with ap rbximainly fit&rr day:, T e n t travatb t s varicrus dPas in *r sou+h-. DM: es. # Slr~rrrrrerSdloul Ofice. POLITICAL SCIENCE pol, '121.azll ~ m i C k GOYWMEMT N A M mmm M O W fhe polltin of Amefieap :~uvelrihIL'pIIncIttiiifig tlrrr WWUI p n r t f ~idsag; l the pttm OEparlidptiotv ~ke dynamfcs of cobgte&siona't,, prea'rdant~ialand, & e a ~ a a t t e pal& njaklng: and rwrrmt issues Lh m n wcw. ~,w. P3174XMl a.lr. M,qW,lkip OM27 ,At,: SWK 399-8152 INTERNSHIPS Arrnrlgerl M. Brown SWK 499-8154 INDEPENDENT STUDY Arrnrrp>d M. Brown SOC 121-8075 P I U N ~ Dl! L ~~ C m . ~ B. Johnson $mi& r u $ g m ~ r uan;rlpis f or way of knowlng Its b8 fin un&shnding of b a s ~ caspects of a p p;&&mtlM, ~i8~ &et tiJl%.:? iddbmumr@fion +Hti~ol *f th5 YW ~ n d ~ B *i ixi~ i m rlhni as em. we.: Terms 1 aid II, Fqur stl n a r 4 ~ M d n l h t m m i a n * I f l d e p ~ a d e ~wflttcn ~l w#nmahts, shwt h h & r Mny 31, JUT T4, uly 5, and fiiudonm muat anI'd -tmwJ . t@b~~:~~~m. tM38 I &MU ,iifc, social ~nequnllt~e\, Ye5 M;I+.W.~ OM 10 ltlBtllUrn* utc. SOC 231-8076 B. Johnson SOCIOLOGY OF THE FAMILY A n examination of the family as a social institution. The process of dating, mate selection, marital adjustllicnt and divorce. The relationshi of the family to its institutional and cultural contcxt. gist.: No. 9:30-11:50 n.111. M,T, W,'llr,F OM29 SOC 199-8078 SOC 399-8080 INTERNSHIPS Arrflrfgd Hesser SPGSM, COMMUNICA'I'ION AND '1 1 II:,Vl RI: ARlflS POL 199-8052 POL 399-8056 INTERNSHIPS A~rnr1,ycd Hedblom POL 499-8093 INDEPENDENT STUDY Topic by arrangement. Arrfllr$~.d Hedblom PSY 105-8215 Jesness GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY An bdmdudicm 10 the methods and a proaches u w d ose of un#er5tandlng bef~eldof psychology, Ine r n p h a s ~ ~ eD d ~ s t Yes OM10 RELIGION - REL 369-8218 smo L College Summer school BUS 315-9013 MONEY & BANKING ART 118-9001 ART 335-9005 Bollman PAINTING I A N D 11 MfnkWIpr -hcryIic; translating the visual w o r l d o f natwm, Irridscapes, still-life, i ~ s i n gdesign conccpls, Gupta Monelary a n d b a n k i n g systems, particularly comlncrcia1 banks, a n d the Federal Reserve System; m o n e t a r y theorv a n d volicv. Dist.: No. dcvelnpfnl; pem~nalcxpl-csslon a n d ex l o r i n g varlcty ut tcchniqtlm. W ~ u k l ycl.itiqi~cs.Dist.: $s. BUS 323-9012 ACCOUNTING THEORY A N D PRACTICE I1 Kader OM17 A n analysis o f a c c o u n t i n g t h e o r y p e r t a i n i n g t o i n vestments, tangible a n d intangible fixed assets, liabilit i c s a n d r c s c r v c d , o c t i ~ a r i a ll o p i c s . A d d i t i o n a l c~iiphasison income dclcrmination, considering price level changes. (I'rereqilisitc: BUS 322) Dist.: No. 6:00-9:30 }i.!!r. 7',711 O M 11 SkWiflfl p,llr. '!+,7'l/ ART 132-9006 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION D ART 132-9007 PHOTOGRAPHY (SECTION 11) Friederichsen Friederichsen The camera used '1s a tool for visilal crcalivitv a n d cxprcssion; black a n d w h i t e , color and p h o ~ o g r a h i c Erc!cesses N W ~ tl ~ a ~nllll ~ c~a n i c S r a "is,.: s t l ~ n a t c dcclsl o f film. ctc.: $125.00-$150.00. (Class slze limited.) 2:OO-5:30 {i.rrr. M , W (Sccfk~rr1) 6:llO-9:30 p.!rr. M , W (Scctror! 11) Ves, ART 223-9002 ART 368-9004 PRINTMAKING I A N D I1 BUS 199-9019 INTERNSHIPS Kader Arranged w i t h i n d i v i d u a l faculty i n the D e p a r t m e n t o f Business Administration a n d Econonlics. ECONOMICS Bollman Principles a n d methods o f p r i n t m a k i n g in a variety o f m c d i a i n c l u d i n g c t c l i l n g , silkscreen a n d w o o d c u t . Dist.: Yes. 5:30-9:00 11.11~T,Tlr O M 17 ECO 110-9030 ECONOMICS OF URBAN ISSUES ECO 113-9031 PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS Basic b i v l g i n l conubpts f r c l ~ na n ank$t!%%E f oint of view. An n t t e m p t to answer s u c h qupslions arr: R ~ i a rnakcs t man just another m e m b e r of thr biotic f d d ? DWh. man have a niclic i n the ecosyste~n?What influen* d o e m n have 011 the c n v i r o t i m @ n t ? Wllet influence does tlic environment, especially the u r b a n i n v i r o n ~ n c n t ,have o n m a n ? ( A student l n a y n o t rccclvc credit for b o t h 101 a n d 103.) k t . : Yes. 1:15-3:15 p.rrr. M,T, W,Vr Sabella I n t r o d u c t i o n to micro-economics. the t h e o r v of the household, firm, market s t r i l c t u r ~ sa n d i n c h c distribution. Application o f elementary economic Llieory to market policy. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30 / J . J I I . M, W OM23 ~ BIO 101-9010 HUMAN BIOLOGY Sabella Study o f economic implications o f p r o b l e m s facing a m e t r o - u r b a n e n v i r o n m e n t . Bv indck?enclent s t i ~ d v only. Dist.: Yes. Arrnrls19d ~~ - EDUCATION BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION EDE 341-9132 EDS 341-9133 MEDIA TECHNOLOGY Staff P s y c l i o l o g i v a I nnd p h i l n a l ~ p l i i c a ld i m e n s i o n s o f c o m m u n i c a l i o n through the u s e o f i n s t r u c t i o n a l technology. Scltrtion, p r e p a m t i o n , p r o d u c t i o n , a n d BUS 175-9015 COMPUTERS FOR BUSINESS A N D evaluation of effectiveau?io.vlsual ~ n a t c r i a l sfor teacli111 l l e a ~ n i n g siluations. D ~ s t . N : o . (112 course) OM23 6:~0-9:30 11 HI. T,Tlr (Irrl!y 18-Arrgrrst 3) m3NOMrcS Herzog lnl~durtinnto m m p u t e r l ~ e ddata p r o c c w n b . BASIC, L0Tb5. WB.456 wurd proccsslng, c o m p u l c r ~ ~ ebdu s l nesvpaphl~ls.Dbt.: N o prtwqueik! 1 I ~ w h o oalgebra l 6:1YI-950y.n. 2 W BUS 222-9016 PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING I1 S112 Solnick tlitroduction t a business a c l i v i t ~ c s . a c c o u n t i n c f o r corporation^. &sic concepts a n d f u n d a m c n t a ' f s o f m a n q ~ w l a lacrounllng. p l a n n i n a n d c o n t r o l l i n g puccsses, dfciston-ntaklnp a n t b e h a v i o r a l c o n - sidcratinns. DM.:No. I'rerequ~sitc: BUS 221. 8:30-955 n.!!~. M,T, W,Tlr,F BUS 242-9014 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT EDE 376-9155 KINDERGARTEN - ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: SOCIAL SCIENCES Endorf elementary levels. Lab. experiences. ~ i s i . ' : No. (114 course) 9:30-12:UU JIOU!~ M,W (Irrrre 26-/I,/!/ 10 - rro clnss or1 /rrl!y 3) EDE 386-9136 KINDERGARTEN-ELEMENTARY CURRICULUM: CHILDREN'S LITERATURE V. Olsen Examination a n d p r e a r a t ~ o no f n l a t e r ~ a l sa n d O M 1l relwurcw lor c h ~ l d r c n ' sFl)icrature at t h e k ~ n d e rarten cmd c l c r n e n l a ~levels L a b Cerrito OM17 rnursc) 9:3&7-1T:Br.t~t. T,TII experiences D ~ s t 1$o (112 L1 EDE 388-9137 HUMAN RELATIONS M b mx hd stud M. Mueller f vcttues. of mrnmunkwthn tetlniqws, and nl Xetlmajor minority youpti I* Minnesota far , h e rCcvebpwcpt d intdrperswrrsl rdf$hnu skDb appllcablr to teaching and uther'prufrssiona~uwaliw. open tcl aat.: NO. (2m murep) ulwd tni 011 Mrrnmtiy and h h & r y Mucation rnXB ENGLISH HIS 331-9140 A TALE OF TWIN CITIES: M r ~ m m L w S E :PAUL 1%g3.m Jenawold A 1 1 - h k f o r y m&vuslng 1hc Mlnndapullsat. Paul nicwpolly'drt'a ab a &SE study &w wn~inE%large cont h e m and v m m in US. urban histurv. TLIOICS OM16 ENG 264-9161 UNDERSTANDING AMERICA THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Palosaari Introduction to significant works of American literature and film. Selections studied as cultural documents as well as works of art. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: ENG 111 Tnu Irt fll Cnr~rpNont~o!y,So~idn~re, Norna!l. see %r. Pd'nlostmri. ENG 438-9138 SHAKESPEARE DEVELOPMENTAL AND ADAPTIVE PHYSICAL EDUCATION to be added. Consult Summer School Office for details. HISTORY ENG 225-9160 INTERMEDIATE EXPOSITORY WRITING 1140 n.111.-1:25p.111.M,T, W,Tlr HPE 320-9163 SCHOOL HEALTH CURRICULUM Borstad Techniques for d e v e l o v i n ~a course of studv based upon gkowth and devclop'hent for grades K-12. Special work units in nutrition and diseases. Dist.: N o . Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Arrfl~l~ed. and econo~nictrends, transportation, imtnieration and ethnicit urban politics and refc~rrn. Fie d t r ~s In cluded. bist.: Yes. (Topics course in U.S. History7 6:UU-9:30 p.111.M, W OM25 INS 399-9054 INTERNSHIPS Hesser NURSING Griffin NUR 432-9141 THE TEACHING COMPONENT IN A HELPING Enos RELATIONSHIP OM111 FOREIGN LANGUAGES GER 112-9139 BEGINNING GERMAN I1 Stein~netz Classroom practice in speaking, understanding a n d reading basic German. Lab. Dist.: Yes. 8:IO-9:55 n.rrr. M.T. W,Tlr OM13 SPA 112-9045 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section I) SPA 112-9152 BEGINNING SPANISH I1 (Section 11) Kingsley Aims to develop the four basic skills: understanding, speaking, reading, and writing of clc~ncntarySpanish. Introduction to culture of Spanish-speaking world. Dist.: Yes. 8:10-9:55 0.111. M,T, W,TIt (Srctiorr I ) OM10 5:30-7:15 p.t~r.M.T. W.TI1 (Sectio~r11) OM16. HEALTH EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION HPE114-9162 HEALTH AND SAFETY EDU ATION Borstad Phdpb. and p p d k of &ty education i n r h o o l andcsmmuntty Iifc. Includes htDmatlupl nhuk school hr Irh pra rams and pr~vslcnthealth n t d s a n d $blcrp o f wlml age ~L~Llildrdn,m d r\mviran Red rnFmt A?d,rpme. mt.:Nu.(112 &urn) 694:3U, pond.M,W Ifiw 26Jjrrly 72) OM29 PHILOSOPHY PHI 120-9165 ETHICS Creswell OM16 PHI 130-9166 LOGIC Creswell supwhoone @ v ~ ap u waauns, and then says au hrwt rKdept a g;arhler mhduman. Mid you? h e n t t w s a cimc+u on y lollow fmm p m i e ? Here ac exsrnlne the rul'ea which govqn veftd eFe,umnC and work 19 d e v e l ~ py4ur abilit ta niar nnd carrehrsct sund arguments. bid,: %&snpnr. ~,n &. C>,MZS - PHYSICS PHY 101-9060 ASTRONOMY Arge Study solar system, stars, galaxies. Ex lain optical instruments; use 12-inch reflecting tef)escope, 8-inch Celestron, 3-inch Questar. Dist.: Yes. Prerequisite: Math Placement Group I1 6:00-9:30 p.1n. T,TIt OM27 r POL 342-9153 SPC 342-9150 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom Effects of mass communlcatlons o n l n d ~ v t d u a lbe- S319 POL 199-9027 POL 399-9067 [NTERNSHIP SWK 260-9171 HUMANS DEVELOPING &1.; No. 1 30-3 15 p C POL 499-9028 INDEPENDENT STUDY Peters ,Pravldesknmwk!p sf w n gmrutir Mtfflu h tM lnfe ~ e mc~ , at. n&hy of d u c u i t u ~ ab i ~lfigia~, snd g s p l o & l farla*; whlch Influence khc $M&th ,dltnd dwta and f a m i b In cvntmmpmy A m i h n fadim. Gmdh rr?Ia+tld bopulahons aqd -up hick rsprwnt athn~can ~r tlfe-style divetsiv. 111. OM13 M,T,W,TI? Hedblom SWK 399-9023 INTERNSHIPS Arrorr~ed Brown Hedblom SWK 499-9148 INDEPENDENT STUDY Arrnr~.y~.d Brown PSYCHOLOGY SOCIOLOGY PSY 105-9167 Jesness GENERAL PSYCHOLOGY (B An ~ntroduct~on to the methods and a P P ~ W C ~ EBsed In psychology for the pur ose of u & ~ ~ n be-g hawor The structure of tRe f~eldof ps h ~ l v mIn:ludlng ~ t ma s or sub-areas, 1s e m p h a & ! + g l ~ l . : Yes. 11 4011 1 1 1 . - 1 . 2 11, ~ p M,T,W,TII OM10 SOC 265-9149 RACIAL AND MINORITY GROUP Bloom RELATIONS The dimensions of racial and minority group relations. Major attention is focused u o n pre'udlce, racism, and the role of self-understanling, ($/N grading only.) Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30 p.rrr, M , W OM27 PSY 351-9168 DEVELOPMENTALF$YM@6G)E: atrtP Je~w SOC 356-9080 Emphasis on n o r l d &k,dr?vdapmmt and khqvlar. ISSUES IN CONTEMPORARY Bloom Cons~derat~on of hea$H~dl~rrf~W usad Mr vlt!wihg CORRECTIONS Analysis of adult correctional programs and processes. the h l q n n e f l b l l seqaetlce-and QI'CYCV&. 119ttf1-y11nW d m L IfiFglImtiom and aunlY~~~otw ~f dab and Lectures, discussion, and site v i s ~ t sto correctional institutions and overnment offices. Dist.: No. 1:30-5:00 p.111.~ , T I I OM18 PSY 371 PSYCHOLOGY OF THE INDIVIDUAL: MALE A N D Bakker FEMALE SOC 199-9081 SOC 399-9082 INTERNSHIPS Hesser I I I I I SPEECH, COMMUNICATION AND THEATRE ARTS OM12 RELIGION REL 373-9169 Benson SPC 342-9150 MASS COMMUNICATIONS IN SOCIETY Hedblom (See course descri tion under POLISPC 342). 6:00-9:30 ~ . I , I .T , T ~ S319 I SPC 367-9085 THEATER IN THE TWIN CITIES Studying, viewing, and criti uing the acting a n d production of five lays. Dist.: d o . 6:00-9:30 P . M . T , T / 2815 41st Azrrr~ieSolrH~,Mpls., M N 55406 (Trl.: 721-2565) OM23 REL 486-9170 PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION AND Benson THEOLOGY A study of current psychological views of reli ion in the context of the trad~tionalChristian view of a u m a n nature. S ecial attention will be iven to the classics in the f i e l d t y Freud, lung, and fiilliam James, and to those Christian theolorrians who have been influenced by them. Dist.: Yes. 6:00-9:30 p.111.T,Tlr SPC 325-9178 Poole PLAYWRITING I S , p y i~mlntroductory course In wrltlng for the $la &u ents w11l learn the baslcs of dralnat~cstruc& m e ~ s d s c r l p t analysis, and techn~quesfor the devdmment af ~ l a v s c r ~ from ~ t s ~ d e ato f ~ n ~ s h e d " :;A :? Summer School 101
Show less

Title: Augsburg College Interim Catalog, 1990
Collection: Course Catalogs
Search Result: AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting S...
Show more AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Augsburg College Minneapolis AUGSBURG COLLEGE INTERIM 1990 Introduction ..*..* ...-....-...*.......2 • .......................................3 About this Catalog .....................3 Calendar Options .....l..4..tt...*H...*...MH1.1..II... 3 Visiting Students .......................4 .....................5 UMAIE Courses .......................48 Other Courses ...........................49 Augsburg Lifetime Sports ......50 Augsburg Courses Introduction t o Interim I n t e r i m is an integral part of the schoolyear at Augsburg College. The College follows a 4-1-4 calendar, with Fall and Spring semesters of approximately 14 weeks separated by a four-week~ a n u a r ~ Interim. Interim is particularly intended to be a time for both students and faculty to employ styles of teaching and learning and to investigate questions and topics in places and ways not possible during the regular term. Since one Interim course equals a full-time load, students should plan to spend the same amount of time in class and preparing for class as they would for a four-course load during Fall and Spring semesters. Students can register for only one course credit during Interim. There is no tuition refund for a student who chooses not to enroll in an Interim course. Most Interim courses are graded traditionally on a 4.0 to 0.0 scale. Students generally have the option to register on a Pass/No credit basis. A few Interim courses are graded only on the P/N system; this is indicated in the course description. Some courses are offered with either upper or lower division standing. Such Interim courses have two numbers listed and the student must select. Students registering for upper division standing should anticipate additional assignments and a more rigorous grading standard. To graduate, an Augsburg student is required to complete 35 courses of which at least three must be Interim courses (or one Interim less than the number of years of full-time enrollment at Augsburg; e.g., a transfer enrolled full time for two years is required to complete one Interim for graduation). It is the policy of Augsburg College not to discriminate on the basis of race, creed, national or ethnic origin, age, marital status, sex or handicap as required by Title IX of the 1972 Educational Amendments or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, in its admissions policies, educational programs, activities and employment practices. For More Information Interim Office (Memorial 230) Interim Secretary, Kay Thomsen, 330-1025 Interim Director, Dr. Don Gustafson, 330-1192(Memorial 114b) Interim Calendar 1990 ...............................Interim Registration .............................................Late Interim Registration ............................................................ s t Day of Interim October 30 - November 3 December 4 January 2 Class I 9:00 a.m. Class I1 la0 p.m. January 3 January 16 ....................................................Last Day for CanceUAdd .............................. Last Day for Determining Grading System with Regisbar January 19 .....................Last Day for Withdrawing from Courses January 26 .................................................................. I nt i Ends ....................... ................................................... Validation of Spring Class Registration January 30 January 31 Spring Semester Begins Thc time and number and length of meetings as well as the beginning Zimc will bc arranged the first day of class. The daily schcdule for Interim is divided into two blocks of time: Time I: 8:00 a.m. to Noon (on the first day of classes Time I classes will begin at 9:00 a.m.) Time 11: 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. Note: Martin Luther King Day will be observed at Augsburg with a special convocation on Monday, January 15, at 1 p.m. About This Catalog Tfwcataloglists coursesby departments. Departments atrlisted in alpkabctical odcr. At the end of the book are listings of other courses not offcrcd by Augsburg but recognized by the collegc for Interim crcdit. Further descriptions and information a h u t tltw courws are available in the Intcrirn Office, Mcmoria1230. Studcnts may aIsu rcgistcr for one of the li fctimc sports 1istcd a t t hc cnd of the Catalog. Options International Interim-Students arc invited to bc part of one of the 23 international interims offcrcdby the Uppcr Midwest Association for lntcmationfll Education (U M AIE). Thcsc course opportuni ties arc listed near the cnd of this catalog. Internships-January Interim internships must be planned in advance. Students electing an internship must meet departmental requirements and present a signed internship learning agreement plan to theInternshipOffice (Murphy Place, Rm. 8) no later than the last day of Fall classes (Friday, December 8). The Learning Agreement forms are available in the same office. Internships during Interim must involve full-time work placements for approximately 4 weeks. Assistance for planning your internship is available in the Internship and Cooperative Education office. Independent or Directed Study-Studentsmay elect a program of independent study (upper division 499) or directed study (lower division 299) for Interim. Faculty members are strongly discouraged from accepting responsibilityfor more than one independent study per Interim. Students choosing to pursue independent or directed study must: 1. Meet departmental requirements. 2. Present to the Registrar for approval a copy of the proposed study plan approved by the supervising faculty member. This proposal must be submitted at least one week before registration and no later than December 4. Appropriate study proposal forms can be obtained in the Interim Office. Interims at Other Schools-Augsburg students may enroll at any other 4-1-4 institution which offers a reciprocal Interim arrangement. Catalogs of these Interims can be consulted in the Interim Office. The Interim Secretary will help students in applying for registration at other schools. Registration for Interims at the other Twin Cities colleges will be at Augsburg during the regular registration period. Most courses taught during the Interim at other 41-4 schools are accepted for credit by Augsburg, but may not necessarily be accepted as meeting Augsburg's distribution requirements. This qualification particularly affects courses offered for the Religion requirement. Visiting Students Augsburg College welcomes students from other 4-1-4 schools for the January Interim without tuition charges provided the student's home institution agrees not to charge tuition to Augsburg students for the January term. The waiver of tuition does not include special fees, housing or board costs. Other students will be charged $650 for the Interim course. Students interested in registering for an Augsburg Interim should write to the Interim Director for application forms or use the forms provided by the Interim office at their own school. There is an applicationprocessingfee of $10. Students are welcome to stay on campus but are not required to do so. Requests for Interim housing should be made to the Interim Office. Courses Art The Florida Keys: Art, Biology and Creative Writing Instructors: Phil Thompson, Ralph Sulerud, & John Mitchell This interdisciplinary program of study will be based at Aupburg Collcg~and for about ten days at theNcwfound Harbor Marinc lnstitute and wiIl involve thrce distinct coursc offerings for credit: 1 1 Drawing and Wa tercolar, taught by Phil Thompsonof the Art.Dcpnrtrncnt; 2) Marinc t3iology Studies, taught by Ralph Sulcrud of the Biology Dcpartrncnt; and 3) Crcalivcr Writing: Ttie Prose Poem, taught by John Mitchcll of Ihc Englisl~Dcpartrncnt. The Interdisciplinarycon~porrcntwill involvc a t least thrce daysof ficld lripsconductudby tlicinsti tu tc and itsper.wnncl: patch rccfsrs,mangovcswamps, tide pools intcrtidnl cornmunilies, seagrass systems, ctc. Studcnts will also have opporlunitics to visit Kcy Wcst and thc Ernest Hcmingway House. The instrucloss will cadi provide introductory lccturcs and exercises on campus during thc first wcckbcforc departure, emphasizing thc rncthods and goals of Ihcir rcspcctivc disciplincs. Each studcnt will pnrticipa te in a projcct for cnch discipline as well as complete the rcqttircmcnts for thc coursc for which crrclit will be given. The fee for transportation, lodging, and most meals will be approximately $1200. Drawing and Watercolor in the Florida Keys ART 116-40011 Instructor: Phil Thompson An introduction to the fundamentals of design in nature and the basic techniquesof drawing and watercolor. There will be practice in drawing and watercolor media as a method of documenting and interpreting travel experience. We will study the visual implications and history of coastal landscapes. Evaluationwill be based on the quality of the drawings and paintings along with participation and artistic growth factors. Students will be required to provide their own drawing and painting materials. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 4 W Life Drawing ART 247-40001 Instructor: Norman Holen A study of undraped figures for art students and non-art students. The figure will be depicted in various settings with a variety of media for varying lengths of time. The poses will extend from three minutes to an hour. You will be introduced to the 2B and 4 8 pencils, colored pencils and the felt tip pen. Fee: $30 due the first day of class Distribution: Art-Music Time: I Room: Old Main 17 Biology Plants and Civilization BIO 102-40002 Instructor: Erwin Mickelberg Adiscussion of the impact that plants have made on almost every area of our society. Historically they have influenced world exploration, politics, military campaigns, health care, religious'beliefs, crime and many other areas of our social history. We will take a look at an array of topics ranging from the spice trade to the Lindbergh kidnapping and thc influence that plants played in each incident. Grades will be based on examinations. Distribution: Biology/Chemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 205 Viruses: At the Threshold of Life BIO 116-40003 Instructor: Robert Herforth Most biologists consider viruses to be the simplest form of life. Most viruses consist basically of a few genes surrounded by a protein coat. They are able to function and multiply only as parasites inside living cells. For all their seeming simplicity, some of the most dreaded diseases afflicting humans are caused by viruses, including polio, rabies, AIDS, and some forms of cancer. This course will begin with a short history of some major discoveries on viruses, followed by a study of the structure of viruses, and their multiplication in and effects on living cells. We will also look at the ways in which the body defends itself against viral invasion, at the development of vaccines and new anti-viral drugs, and at some important diseases caused by viruses, including AIDS. Grades will be based on several quizzes and exams given during the course. Distribution: Biology-Chemistry Time: I Room: Science 213 Florida Keys Marine Biology Sf-udies BIO 14040049;340-40050 Instructor: Ralph Sulerud The Florida Keys provide an excellent site for the study of marine organisms and marine ecology. About two weeks will be spent at the Newfound Harbor Marine Institute located on Big Pine Key. The institute offers laboratory facilitiesand field trips in addition to housing and a dining hall. Field trips will permit the study of diverse habitats suchas thoseof shallowbays, coral reefs, mangrove swamps and intertidal areas. Organisms from these communities and others will be investigated onsite and in thelaboratory. A marine biologist will be available to lead the field trips and conduct specialized classes. Preparation for the excursion to the keys will be made during the first week. This will include an introduction to marine biology utilizinga variety of audiovisual materials. The final week will be devoted to study and the preparation of a paper. The course will have an interdisciplinary component with students interacting with students from John Mitchell's writing class and Philip Thompson's art course and with each student completing a project related to one of the other disciplines. Evaluation will be based on overall participation in the program, a final examination and a paper on a selected topic related to marine biology. Upper division students will do a special research project. Further information will be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor and for upper division credit, Biology 111 and 112 or equivalent. Time: I Room: Science 212 Business Entrepreneurship BUS 295-40079 Instructor: John Cerrito Thc objcd of this c l ~ s is s to provide students who are not majoring in busincss with cntrcprcncurial skills for starting and running a small busincss. The student will be exposed to various aspects of small business management and will be required to prepare a business plan for a "model" busincss. The student will be evaluated on the basis of the "model" plan, on tests and performances on small business case studies. Business majors may not take this course for credit. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 3 Chemistry A Laboratory Introduction To Chemistry CHM 113-40005 Instructor: Earl Alton Substancesarc changcd in to ncw ma tcriaIs; colors change, solids wparatc out of solution. Chrrnislry is thc scict~ce which tries to ttnderstclnd tl-tcsc and many othcr changes occurring in rnatkr ~rourldus. Onc way to bccomc introduccd to chcmistr and 10 cxarnplcs of problem solving in thc scicnccs is to o lalwntory cxpcrfmcnts. This c o n r s prcscntsan i ~ ~ t r o d u c ttoi ochcmislry ~~ using thc laboratory as the dlief arena for inslruction. Students will bc intro- d duccd to rncasuremcnls, rcactinns,cl~cmicalproblcmsolving such as idcntificatian of simple ions in soIt~tionand dctcnnination of amounts of rnatcrials bawd upon the colors of solutions. A fcw expcrimcn ts may invcllvc m k ing ncw rnatcrials. Tn all cases, propcr attention to tcchniqucs and snfc practices in thc laboratory i s expected. Rc orts will bt rcquircd for each cxpcrimci~t.Tho course wi 1 meet cvcry wcckday afternoon for thrcc hours. 'I'hc gradc will bc bascd upon the qualiy of the laboratory work, tl~claboratory rcpnrts summanzing the work, and an exam at the end of the course. Distribution: BiologylChemistry Time: I1 Room: Science 322 P H High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics CHM 325-40004 Instructor: Joan Kunz High vacuum technology is crucial to many current "high technologies," including advances in experimental science in all fields, production of semiconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gases and "sensitive" materials. Despite this, general awareness of high vacuum technologies lags far behind their development. This course will acquaint the student with technologies currently employed in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with the physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Physics 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-based computer controllers and computer-compatible sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisite: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 319 Computer Science H Fortran CSC 270-40012 Instructor: Larry Ragland A study of the FORTRAN programming language for students wi th some previous knowledge of programming. This course will expand a student's knowledge of programming and programming languages through presentation of the features of FORTRAN together with programming techniques for using those features. This course will involve lectures and programming assignments in FORTRAN. Evaluation will be based on the programming assignments and examinations. Prerequisites: One course with a study of computer language (e.g., CSC 170 or MAT 175) Time: I Room: Science 112 Economics Principles of Microeconomics ECO 113-40006 Instructor: Satya Gupta An introduction to microeconomics: the theory of the household, firm,market structures and income distribution. There will be an application of elementary economic theory to market policy. Grades will be based on tests in class. Distribution: Economics/PoliticalScience Time: I Room: Library 1 Histo y of Economic Thought ECO 219-40013 Instructor: Richard Hemog A chronological study of the major economic thinkers in the context of the political, economic, and social settings of the time. Emphasis will be on tracing long-term secular trends in economic thinking in an attempt to provide a framework for understanding and analyzing current social problems. I. Ancient Economic Thinking 11. The Medieval Period 111. Mercantilism IV. Classical V. Socialist/Utopian VI. Modern Primarily lecture/discussion depending on class size. If small class (less than 101, seminar style may be more appropriate. A major research paper (minimum of 10 pages) would be required. Final exam would be essay on three of five topics. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 27 Business, Government and Society: Economic Analysis of the Legal Foundations of Business ECO 319-40007 Instructor: Milo Schield Objectives: To understand, utilize and evaluate, the policy tools from rnicroeconomicanalysis; the applicationof these tools to analyze social behavior (cf. marriage, children, divorce, crime, etc.); the economic analysis of basic legal topics (property, contract and tort liability); the economic analysis of the legal foundations of business (price controls, quotas, tariffs, taxes and strict liability); the use of economicefficiency as a normative criteria (Isan inefficient legal remedy an unjust solution?). Textbooks: Posner: The Economic Analysis of Law; Kuperberg & Beitz: Law, Economics and Philosophy. Math Level: No calculus; only geometry and verbal reasoning. Approach: Readings, lecture, discussions, weekly quizzes, paper and final. Evaluation: Quizzes (15%),final (30%),paper (40%)and participation (15%). Audience: Students interested in the relation between business, government and society (specifically those interested in strategic planning, public affairs or political economy). Prerequisites: Upper class standing and one of the following courses: Microeconomics, Political Philosophy, Law in the U.S.,Western Political Thought or Complex Organizations (Sociology) or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Murphy Place 2 Contemporay Economic Relations Between East and West ECO 319-40010 Instructor: Magda Paleczny-Zapp In this course, we'll explore motivations for economic cooperation between countries with different political and economic systems. This will be followed by the analysis of theconditions for East-West economiccooperation and its patterns. Wc'll focus on rcccn t developmcnts in joint cconomic and industrial cooperation. Students will share an understanding of cconomic relations at the national Icvcl and scc how nations with diffcrcnt cconomic and political systems employ the principles of politics and economics to their own domestic and international affairs. Using comparative means, institutions and systems that drive commerce and governance will be explored and clxplaincd i~~cluding rcccnt inst i tu tinnal changes in the directing of forcign tradc in ccntrally-planncd economics. Thcn, at thc global Icvel, the cffccts of GATT, EEC and CMEA on East-West economic relations will be examined. At the end of the course, we'll try to identify trends and alternatives in the 1980s. There will be a mid-tern test, a final exam (take home) and a research paper. Prerequisites: Economics 112 (Macro) Time: I Room: Foss Mini-Seminar H Economic Research Methods: Theory and Application ECO 495-40008 Instructor: Ed Sabella The primary objective of h i s course is to provide a rclativcl non-tcdmical cxposi tion of the more c~mrnonly usc research tcchniqucs in business administration and the social sciences. The basic assumptions of the classical linear re ression model will be presented along with methods or dealing with violations of those assumptions. Time permitting, other research techniques such as discriminant analysis, factor analysis, principal components and the Bayesian approach will be examined. It is assumed that the student has a limited but basic understanding of the techniques of statistical inference. Results will be generally presented without proof, with reliance placed on intuitive justification. Grades will bebased on weekly assignmentsand on a final. Prerequisites: Bus. Admin. 279 or equivalent course or consent of instructor Time: I1 Room: Science 213 d' 7 Education International Education EDS 3534054 Instructor: Rich Germundsen Modem communication, ease of intercontinental travel, and the proliferation of supernational corporate structures demand increased awareness of other nations' cultural infrastructures. This course presents anexamination and comparison of selected Western and non-Western educational systems as well as an investigationof possible careers in international education. Special attention will be directed toward Scandinavian, Central and South American models. There will be lectures, discussions and guest speakers. Student evaluation will be based on quizzes, class participation, and an investigative project. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, or permission of instructor; Orientation to Education; Principles of Sociology or a modern history course. Time: I1 Room: Library 4 Media Technology EDE 341-40015 Instructor: John Bowlis Students will be involved with the psychological and physical dimensions of communicationthrough the use of instructional and informational technology. Class members will be exposed to the selection, preparation, production and evaluation of effective audio-visual materials for teachingbeaming situations. Computer training will be included and each student will leave the class with word processing skills. Studentswill survey current softwarematerials foreducational and instructional settings. This is a hands-on course intended for elementary and secondary education majors. Grades will be based on projects, papers and final exam. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Foss 170 Discovery Learning in the World of Kindergarten EDE 375-40016 Instructors: Mary Endorf, Bruce Drewlow This class prepares students for the unique experiences and responsibilities of a kindergarten classroom. This class will: A. Stress kcy adul t/child relationships. B. Stress curricuIum developmcn t and instructional systems w I~iclzarc su pprtcd by current research and practices in cducation settings. C. Strcss kcy adult/child relationships. D. Strcss process-"how to learn". E. Sharc rcscarch-bascd findings about developmentally appropriate classroom organizational plans. F. Rccagnize canlinui tics and discontinuities in development (characteristics of the kindergarten child). G. Examine appropriate developmental instruction practices. H. Examine appropriate curriculum design and instructional programs meeting the needs of the kindergarten student. I. Explore current methodologies in the instruction of the kindergarten child. J. Include guest speakers and field trips. Objcctivcs of thc class: At the cornplction of this class thc studcnt will bc ablc to identify: c 1, Dcvelopmenbl ncods of t l ~ kindcrgartcn. Discuss thc diffcrcnt approachcs to kindcrgartcn 2. education and the theories bchind thcsc approachcs. 3. O r g a n i a~classroom cnvironmcnt to mce t khc Icaming needs of students. 4. Identify and create a curriculum plan for teaching kindergarten that meets both the students' needs and the teaching style of the teacher. Grades will be based on projects, discussion and examination. This is a onehalf credit course. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Library 4 Kindergarten-Elementa y Curriculum: ~ a n g u a g Arts e EDE 387-40014 Instructor: Vicki Olson This course will involve an examination and pre aration of materials and resources for language arts at the indergarten and elementary levels. It will be an on-site course taughtinconjunctionwi th Dimvcty-Lcamingin theworld of Kindergarten. TIICclass will mcct a t Willard Elementary School and will involve classroom work with children. This is a one-half credit course. Prerequisites: EDE 255 or EDS 265 Time: I Room: Library 4 E Human Relations EDS 388-40017 Instructor: Mildred Mueller This class provides vnluahle insight intu tile valrres, cornmunicalinn icchniquus, cr~llural Inorcs and otlicr unique cl~aractcristicsof major minority groups in Minnesota. T h i s class is taiight from n pcrspcctivc of minority group members with i r i l~ractionfrom class rncrnbcrs. How do you blend and honor the diverse cultures in a classroom setting? How might you gain more knowledge of our global society? Students will develop interpersonal relation skills applicable to teachine and other vrofessional vocations. This is a one-hafi credit couise. Prerequisites: Passing of PPST and admittance to Education program in process. Time: I1 Tuesdays, Thursdays and alternate Fridays Room: Old Main 21 Student Teaching EDS 48140018; EDE 481-40022 EDS 482-40019; EDE 482-40023 EDS 483-40020; EDE 483-40024 EDS 484-40021; EDE 48440025 Instructors: Marie McNeff, Ann Fleener, Vicki Olson Observing and directing Icarning under supervision of college and secondary scl~oalpersonnel. This is a full day experience in a school. Grading is P/N only. Prerequisites: Acceptance in Education Program and permission of instructor. The Prose Poem: Creative Writing in the Florida Keys ENG 234-40031; 345-40033 Instructor: John Mitchell The purpose of this course is to introduce students to creative writing and to refine the creative writing of more experienced students through attention to fidelity of imagery and integrityof simile,metaphor,rhythm, and sound. The prose poem is a friendly, productive form to achieve these goals because of its emphasis upon down-to-earth personal observation and reportorial response to the natural and human environment, which, in this case, will be the Florida Keys. Instruction in the history and techniques of the prose poem will be accompanied by some attention to the literary response of Ernest Hemingway and Wallace Stevens to Key West. Some interdisciplinary experience with Phil Thompson's course in drawing and watercolor and Ralph Sulerud's course in marine biology, as a way of facilitating "seeing." Grading will be based upon the quality and progress in writing ten revised prose poems. Students who take the course for upper division credit will be required to do additional reading and to make oral reports to the class based on this reading. Further informationwill be found listed under THE FLORIDA KEYS at the beginning of the list of courses. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor and, for upper division credit, one college course in creative writing. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 12 Re-visions: Contemporary Drama in English (1975-present) ENG 249-40026 Instructor: Douglas Green Questions of ethnicity, class, language, gender, and sexuality pervade recent drama in English. These issues are revitalizingboth contemporary drama and productions of classic texts. We will examine how dramatic works of the late 70s and the 80s, written in English, have been shaped by and have addressed issues ranging from racial tension and interactionto sexual preference,both here and abroad. For comparative purposes, we will also view a few filmson related topics and attend at least two productions in the Twin Cities. There will be moderate fees for three local productions. Students will keep a journal, write two in-class essays, and one short paper. (Theremay also be occasional quizzes.) A series of group projects, which include a long paper and some performance, will conclude the course. Distribution: English-Speech Time: I1 Room: Old Main 27 Five College Fiction Writing Workshops ENG 362-40027 Instructor: Julie Schumacher Participants in this fiction workshop will need energy, enthusiasm, a love of literature, and a dedication to their own--and to other students'-work. Students will write 25 to 50 pages of fiction in addition to in-classexercises and assignments. Although we'll study contemporary short stories by established and lesser-known writers, most of the class time will be spent on discussions of student fiction. (Participants will be responsible for the cost of duplicating their stories.) We'll work on establishing a sense of place or setting, on developing interesting characters and a distinctive "voice," on composing dialogue, and oncreatingeffectivestructures for our fiction. Conferences with the instructor will be an integral part of the class. Grades will be based on the originality, imagination and beauty of the written work, and on critical and helpful engagement in workshop discussions. Attendance is mandatory. Prerequisites: Some experience in fiction writing, one writing course beyond the freshman level, and permission of Professor John Mitchell. Time: I1 Room: Old Main 21 Erdich, Hassler: Two Contemporay Upper Midwest Writers ENG 364-40080 Instructor: Ron Palosaari Louise Erdrich and Jon Hassler are talented ana wellknown writers from this area. We will read several works by each, noticing each writer's strengths and weaknesses. We will, to a degree, place their work in the context of modem American literature. Each student will write two papers, each on a different author. One paper will be the basis of an oral report. The course grade will be based on the papers, the oral presentation, short quizzes and class participation. Students must have S tuggerford read before the first class. Prerequisites: One college level American literahue course or two other college literature classes. Time: I Room: Old Main 12 French French Literature in Translation FRE 243-40030 Instructor: Ruth Aaskov What is there about French literature that merits the English translation of so much of it? What is its attraction, its power, its human and artistic significance for the reader? With these questions in mind, we will read, react to, and analyse a variety of shorter French works available to us in English. We will explore masterpieces of earlier times like those of Rabelais, Montaigne, Voltaire, Balzac, and Flaubert, as well as significant 20th Century works. Reading and discussion of the common core works will be followed by your personal study of a chosen short work to be shared with the class via a short comparative paper. Mini-lectures and study guides will help attentive reading of the works and developing your communication and critical skills. Evaluation will include your progress in group work and discussion, your demonstrated understanding in reading, writing assignments, quizzes, and independent study. We hope to attend Bernstein's Candide as a class. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. Distribution: Literature Time: I Room: Old Main 25 General Studies Transitions: Women's Life Careers GST:245-40009 Instructor: Diane Busico Are you wondering how you cnn s u c c d in a "man's world"? Puzzling out your options for rnarriagc, coswr, and/or children? Troubled will) Iiow to practically and emotionally juggle all of your divcrse roles? This seminar is an exploration of the various pathways womenchoose in balancing home and work life. A1though it promises no concrete answers to compelling questions, it will arm you with some useful information for making choices for the present and plans for the future. The mdctal, familial, and individual forces sl~apingthe choices womcn makc conccming family and carccr arc sbdicd via texts, journnl nrticlcs, films, and p s r Iccturcrs. Shldcn t pcrforrnancc is asxsscd through essays and a rcsctlrch project. Time: I Room: Old Main 22 Health and Physical Education M Recreational Rhythms and Activities HPE 23240032 Instructor: Pam Schreurs Theory and practice in teaching and pcrfnrming Amcrican heritage and international folk daners. Exposure to New Games concepts and activities. Thc majority of the coursc grade is based on participation in classactivities,a teaching assignment, and a written test. This is a one-half credit course. Time: I1 Mondays, Wednesdays and alternate Fridays Room: Melby 202 W Sailing in the Virgin Islands .IL I HPE 455-40034 Instructor: Joyce Pfaff .Designed for thc beginning and in tcrmcdiatc sailor interestcc1 in the art and practice of sailboat:cruising. Thc course will focuson taking tho participant to a compctenl levcl of sailboat handling (anchoring,mooring, helming and crewing). The student will live aboard a 42-foot fixed-keel sailboat with fiveor sixother peopleand will functionasan active crew member. Acbal on-ihc-watcr instruction will bc the rnnjnr part of thccoursc. This will bc supplcmcnIcrl by scssions dcaling with safcty,boa t handling, boa t systcns, provisioning, trip planning, piloking and navigation. Sailing will includc cntiscs la various islands and cays in tl~cBritish and American Virgin Islands. Snorkeling and windsurfing will be available on an optional basis. + I l Evaluation will be based on individual demonstrated competencies in crewing and leadership in the role of "acting captain". A daily ships log will be kept by all participants and a final written exam will be given. P/N grading only. The course will last Januar-4-22.The fee of $2300includes round-trip transportation from Minneapolis, administrative fee, boat rental, snorkeling gear and two meals a day. Final payment is due October 31. Prerequisites: Permission of Marilyn Florian, Women's Athletic Director Distribution: Lifetime sports History Women in Refonn in Modem America HIS 225-40042 Instructor: John Jenswold "Reformer" was a role played early and frequently by American women in public life in the 19th and 20th Centuries, individually and collectively. In this course, we will investigate theevolutionof that roleand the way that it has been exercised in the past 150 years. We will study the interaction of women with reform movements in an effort to discover how women influenced major reform efforts and how, in turn, those movements reshaped the role of women in an industrializing and urbanizing society. Our investigation will include several books, primarily biographies of such reformers as Elizabeth Cady Stanton, Margaret Sanger and Jane Addams and studies of such movements as suffrage, antislavery, educational reform, political reform, women's rights, and peace activisni. Discussions of these readings will be supplemented by lectures on larger historical issues. Grading will be based on short papers, two essay exams, and class participation. Distribution: History-Philosophy Time: I1 Room: Old Main 13 H The Japanese-American Experience: Relocation and Redress HIS 240-40028; 340-40029 Instructor: Khin-KhinJensen This course will focus on Japanese-Americanexperiences in the U.S.A. Perspectives on immigration patterns, geographic settlements, literature and contributions to the American economy and society will be explored. Special attention will be given to the forced evacuation of the Japanese Americans during World War 11, how and why they were uprooted from their homes and businesses and placed in so-called "American concentrationcamps", their adjustments to life behind barbed wire and their attempts to overcome this trauma. The recent Redress Bill in Congress, the constitutionalimplicationsof the order of evacuation and the role of the Supreme Court will be explored. Content and Procedure: Lectures, class discussions, audio-visual~,student reports and student projects. There will be a final exam. Upper Division students will also write a paper and present an oral report in class. Lower Division students will do a project and reports on audiovisuals and readings. Fees: Students should budget about $15 for film rentals and an ethnic meal in a restuarant in the Twin Cities. Prerequisites: None for lower division; one college history course or instructor's permission for upper division Time: I Room: Old Main 13 History of Ancient Israel HIS 363-40038 Instructor: Richard Nelson The history of ancient Israel is the history of a peripheral state. Yet, this minor state is central in the development of western culture because of its unique religiousexperience. This course will consider the poli tical, social, and economic history of Israel within the context of the ancient world. We will begin with a consideration of the cultures which prefaced the rise of Israel, continue through Israel's classic age (Patriarchs, Exodus, Conquest, Monarchy, Exile, Restoration) and conclude with the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus in 70 A.D. and the formation of Christianity. Classes will include both lecture and discussion. Grades will be based on quality of discussion, two examinations, and a term paper (8 to 10 pages). Traditional grading. Prerequisite: A college level history course or permission of instructor. Time: I Room: Music 22 The capstone of t h e ~ ~ u ~ sFirst b u rYear ~ Experience (FYE) Program is a special Interim course designed for first year students. For the 1990 Interim there will be a single course with three sections, each taught by a different faculty member. The course will provide full credit and will satisfy the Fine Arts distribution requirement. Art and Idea: Aesthetic Experience in France, 1650-1900 INS 190-40035 Instructors: Julie Bolton, Marilee Klemp, Kristin Anderson How do we see? How do we listen? How do we respond to theatre? What is the nature of art? How are ideas conveyed in art forms? What do the visual arts, music, and theatre have in common? How do they reflect the society in which they were created? Is art timebound or timeless? All art forms are linked to a particular time and place. We see that the visual arts, music and theatre always reflect the spiritual and intellectual climate of its time. Using examples of music, art and theatre created in France in the years 1650-1900, the course will explore how to appreciate and understand the various art forms, examine the relationships among the arts, and consider the expression of enduring themes and ideas at different points in time. Students will participate in the course through various readings, including reading plays, studying scores and listening to recordings, and reading primary source material connected to the art pieces considered. Using the resources of the college and the city, students will also attend a special performance of the Augsburg Faculty Artist Series, visit art collections, including the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, attend music performances, including the Minnesota Orchestra or the St. Paul Chamber Orchestra, and attend performances of Bernstein's Candide at the Guthrie. Students will be expected to attend all required performances and museum visits, write analyses of the various art works or performances, and write a paper integrating the different arts and time periods studied. There will also be quizzes on material covered. Costs for tickets to performances should not be more than $15. Prerequisite: Freshman status Distribution: Fine Arts Time: 11, The class will normally meet during Time 11, but students will be expected to attend alimited number of off-campus events (some evenings andlor weekends) as a part of the class work. Room: Music-Sateren Interdisciplina 2 Appropriate Technology II Economics, The nvironment and INS 218-40043 Instructor: Tom Morgan The objective of this course is to develop a clearer sense of the critical importance the physical environment and our natural resources play in the economic well-being in our global economy. We will first briefly review historical relationships between the physical environment, technological and economicdevelopment. We willconsider alternative (appropriate) technological applications being experimented with as potential solutions to environmental problems. Course material will be presented through a blend of reading, lecture, discussion and site visits. Course grade will be based upon short papers and presentation of research into specificenvironmental/technologicalissues. Time: I1 Room: Science 319 An Introduction t o Islam INS 225-40045 Instructor: Amin Kader This course is designed by a practicing Muslim to present his perception of Islam to non-Muslims. The course will cover the ideological foundations of Islam, its basic concepts and tenents, Islamic law (Sharifah),Islamic economic and political systems and Islamic patterns of life. There will also be a consideration of the differences between the Islamic sects (Sunnis, Shi'its, Sufis, etc.). There will also be some effort to deal with the similarities and differences between Islam and both Christianity and Judaism, and a visit to one of the mosques in the Twin Cities. A paper and at least one examination will be required. Distribution: Minority-Urban Studies Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 1 Augsburg Goes To Business INS 321-40055 Instructor: Tina Wagner This seminar is an experiential opportunity for students with any major who wish to learn more about work environments and choosing career paths. The goal of the seminar is to provide a better understanding of the diversity in organizations, and the varied environments in which they must operate. The objectives of the class are: 1. to develop a more clear understanding of how the different functional areas of an organization operate on a day-to-day basis, and how these areas are integrated into the overall operation of a firm. 2. to develop and explore personal and career goals, and how a "fit" is established between an individual and an organization. 3. to examine the extent to which "textbook approaches" correspond to "real world" situations and are able to accommodate practical application. Class time will be divided between on-campus lecture, discussion and off-campus visits. Students will visit six different types of organizations in the metropolitan area including non-profit and corporate. Class discussions will focuson assigned readings, interpretations of the results of vocationally-oriented tests, and the issues relevant to the selection of career paths. Students will keep a journal of their experiences and observations. Grades will be determined on the basis of the journal, a class presentation, and on a research paper, the topic of which will be negotiated with the instructor. Prerequisite: Sophomore status or above Time: I1 Room: Murphy Place 3 H Finite Mathematics MAT 121-40044 Instructor: Suzanne Doree A study of the finite mathematics models involved in elementary statistics: sets, counting techniques, probability, averages, deviations, and distributions. This course should provide students with the mathematical tools sufficient to understand simple statistical and probabilistic information. Class sessions will include lectures, discussion, and group activities. Homework, a midterm exam, and final exam will be the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: Math placement: Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Math and its Applications: Succeed With Math MAT 132-40046 Instructor: Bev Stratton Are you a math avoider? Do numbers and symbols scare you? Do you wonder why a student majoring in humanities or social sciences needs to know some mathematics? Would you like to improve your math skills, be more at ease with math, and maybe even l e a n to like math (a little)? If you answered yes to any of the above questions, this course is for you. The course will focus on problem solving, puzzles, modeling, and some of the applications of mathematics to such areas as sociology, biology, and business. Students will learn the relevance of mathematics to many occupations and gain confidence in their abilitiesto work with numbers and quantitative reasoning. Evaluation will be based on short quizzes, a problem solving journal, and a project. Prerequisite: Placement Group I11 Time: I1 Room: Science 212 Cognizers MAT 235-40075 Instructor: Larry Copes The major goal of this course is to gain insight into how machinesand people think and learn by studyingattempts to get computers to do the same. We shall study the contributionsof a variety of disciplines, including artificial intelligence, psychology, neuroscience, philosophy, linguistics, and anthropology. Demonstrations of "intelligent" computer programs will lead to discussions of how closely their cognitive processes resemble those of humans. Evaluation will be on the basis of two half-session examinations and a full-session final. Prerequisites: one course of psychology, philosophy, computer programming or anatomylphysiology. Time: I1 Room: Science 112 Modern Geometry MAT 351-40036 Instructor: Bev Durkee A study of transformational geometry by synthetic and coordinate methods, including complex variables, and an introduction to hyperbolic non-Euclidean geometry. Emphasis will be on proof and methods of proof. Class Sessions will include lectures, discussion, and problem solving activities. Assignments will provide the primary basis for course grades. Prerequisites: MAT 122 or 125 Time: I Room: Science 319 Music Sounds and Sights of Europe MUS 179-40047 I Instructors: Robert Karlen and Roberta Metzler The churches and cathedrals of London, Cologne, and Munich inspired the building of places of worship in this country; the orchestras of these cities represent some of the oldest and finest of their kind; and have been long emulated by our ownensembles. Theoriginalscoresof Handel's "Messiah" in London's British Museum, the home and paintings of Rembrandt in Amsterdam, the awe-inspiring Cologne cathedral, are only a few of the highlights of our encounter with the sounds and sights of Europe. Theatre and concert performances, a Gilbert and Sullivan operetta in London, and visits to world-renowned museums and architectural landmarks are planned. For those with a special interest in music therapy, visits will be made to the Nordoff-Robbins Centrein England and hospitalsresearching music and medicine in Herdecke and Ludenscheid, West Germany. The comprehensive fee of $2,245 includes travel to nine cities in three countries (England, Holland and Germany), breakfast daily, five group dinners, and several cultural performances. Registration for this interim must be made before October 27at theInternationa1ProgramsOffice,2018 Eighth Street. This course is offered on a P/N basis only. Philosophy The Ethics of Killing and Letting Die PHI 146-40053 Instructor: David Apolloni Is abortion wrong? Is killing a terminally-ill person murder? Are there some crimes for which capital punishment is justified? Is there such a thing as a just war? These questions and the various answers proposed arouse deep emotions and often hostile confrontations among many groups in our society. All too often, complex moral issues get reduced down to simplistic slogans when these groups campaign to maintain or change laws on these issues. This course will utilize readings on these complex and burning moral issues as an introduction to ethics and critical moral thinking. We will consider some philosophical theories on the nature of moral obligation and personhood to help us get past emotions and slogans to a much deeper and informed understanding of the philosophical problcms which lic behind thc controversies surrounding aborlion, euthanasia, capital punishment, and war. The course will combine lecture and class discussion on some contemporary philosophical readings on killing. Students' work will be evaluated on the basis of four (2 to 3) page papers (each on some aspect of one of the topics) and class participation. Time: I Room: Old Main 11 Philosophy of Science PHI 365-40037 Instructor: Ken Bailey Sometimesitis said that welive in the Age of Science. What does that mean? In what sense(s)might such a statement be said to be true or false? On the other hand, some astrologers say that we have just begun the Age of Aquarius, the Water Bearer, who is supposed to usher in an age of peace and prosperity. Are these two notions in conflict? Are they compatible? Is it really true that only science can say something meaningful about Reality? Are there any limits to scientific method? What does science have to say about values? How do you recognize a pseudo-science? These and other questions about scientificmethods, scientific knowledge, and applications of science to human life will be examined. (Is your future written in the stars?) Primarily a discussion course. Grades will be based upon a mid-term and a final examination; course participation; and a study project. Prerequisites: Suggested Philosophy 130 (logic) and one course in a natural science Time: I1 Room: OM 11 Physics II Introduction to Weather r..lL .? - -. I -\- I I PHY 106-40052 .-, Instructor: Noel Petit A study of the science of meteorology which will provide a working knowledge of the principles of atmospheric science. Attention will be given to four basic areas observing the weathcr changes and understanding thc world's climate. Rclalccl topics to bc includcd arrr: hydrology (study of the carth's water cyclc), pollution, cconomic effects of the wcathcr, and wcatl~cr'simpact on world e m n ts. This coursc is clcsigncd to be an elective or satisfy t l ~ Mathematics-Physics c distribution requirement for the liberal arts srudcnt. The course will have two weeks of class lecture and laboratory followed by a two-week trip through the Southeast United States visiting major weather facilities. The itinerary will include stops at Kansas City, Missouri; Oklahoma City, Oklahoma; Vicksburg and Gulfport, Mississippi; Tampa, Miami, Cocoa Beach, Daytona Beach and Gainesville, Florida. At each site there will be a tour and explanatory program for the functions of that facility. Topics of the visits will be severe storms, control of the water in the Mississippi River basin, automated weather observation at sea, television station weather facilities, hurricane tracking, weather satellites, and agricultural weather. During the trip the student will maintain a jnurnal of weather and site visi ts. Daily wca tlwr maps will lw crcalcd using portablc wcai her sqlcllitc reception s y s tcm carried on the trip. This trip will not only allow visits of oprrational wcathcr facililics, but also will allow the student to experience the full range of climates across the U.S. from north to south. Daily quizzesand lectures will be given during the travd. Gsadcs will bc bawd upon the journal, two hourly examinations and an individual projcct completed during the trip. Thc cost will l x approximately $700. Initial deposit due by October 27, Prerequisites: High Scllool Algebra Distribution: Mathematics-Physics Time: I Room: Science 28 4 High Vacuum Technology and Gas Dynamics PHY 325-40039 Instructor: Mark Engehretson High vacuum tcchnolngy is crucial to many a]trcn t "high tmlmologies," i~icludingadvanccsin expcrimcntalscicncc in a11 ticlclq production of scrniconductors and superconductors, and manipulation of gascs and "sensitive" mat^ rials. Dcspitc this, gcncral awarcncss of high vacuum technologics lags far bchind thcir rlcvclopment. This courw wil I acquaint thc student wit 1.1 technologies currently crnploycd in producing and monitoring a high vacuum environment, and with thc physical behavior of gases and surfaces under vacuum conditions. Activities will include both seminars and laboratory sessions, some in conjunction with Chcmistry 325. Students will learn to use high vacuum pumps and gauges, a modern mass spectrometer, and PC-l~scdcnrnp~~ter controllers and compu ter-cornpa liblc sensors. Grades will be based on laboratory work, two quizzes, and a paper. Prerequisites: Chemistry 351 and 353, or Physics 245 Time: I1 Room: Science 30 Spreadsheet Physics PHY 151-40058 Instructor: Jeff Johnson Spreadsheets (e.g., Lotus 1-2-3)have been used extensively in business for years. However it is also possible to solve physics problems without using high-powered mathematics. Spreadsheets allow the student who is not an expert in mathematics to experience physics on a more intuitive level. We will use Lotus 1-2-3 to solve problems in a wide variety of physics areas including planetary motion and projectile motion. Some of the problems investigated might be in areas other than physics. Grading will bebased on spreadsheet projects, homework and a final exam. Prerequisites: Math Level I11 Time: I Room: Science 30 Political Science Social Justice in America POL 140-40059 Instructor: Andy Aoki Social justice is one of the burning issues of modem politics. For moral theorists, the nature of socialjustice is a continuing challenge; For practical politicians, it is a question which can bc ignorcd but not avoidcd. From pmatal caw for poor women to mcdical c a p for the elderly, most important public policy debates involve questions of social justice. To adequately consider these policy questions, one must have some conception of social justice. In this class, you will work to develop your ideas of social justice, and to understand how they apply to public policies. The policies to be considered will vary depending on student interest, but the range of possible issues is vast, including such topics as student financial aid, jobs programs, school choice, aid to the poor, Social Security, environmental protection, and military service. The majority of class time will be spent in discussions. Participation is essential. Reading will be fairly light, but everyone is expected to actively engage in class activities and discussions. No prior knowledge is needed, but an interest in public issues is important. Requirements will consist of short papers, class participation, and a brief final exam. Although the workload is moderate, the course is mentally demanding. Rigorous thinking about social justice can be troubling; some questions will be provocative and disturbing. Students should be willing to tackle difficult intellectual challenges; doing so will enable you to gain a better understanding of some of the most difficult problems of our time, and to make a greater contribution to efforts to deal with those problems. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I Room: Old Main 16 Politics in Scandinavia POL 250-40040 Instructor: Einar Vetvik The course objective is to give a basic knowledge of the political systemsand important current policy issuesin the Scandinavian countries. The course will present an overview of the basic structure and main features of government, politics, policy issues, political behavior and leadership in the Scandinavian welfare-state model. There will be one paper and one exam as assignments for the course. The model of teaching will consist of lectures, seminars and group discussions. Distribution: Economics/Political Science Time: I1 Room: Old Main 29 Difficult Judicial Choices: How the Courts Reshape Political Institutions POL 475-40041 Instructor: Phillip E Fishman The course is designed for political scienceand socialwork students and others who are concerned with institutional operation and change/reform. Text and case-studies will bemploycd to examine the role of the federal judiciary in: prison reform, mental health and the right to treatment, equal housing, school busing, police and immigration policy in the '90s. Coutsc objcctivcs are to assist the studcnk 1) to understand the judicial processand how judges makepolicy; 2) to learn how liability iscstabfishedand appropriate remedies are fashioned for rclicf; 3).to explore thc dynamic conflict between the federal bench and political and administrativeinstitu tions. The instructoruseslecture and hypothetical cases as key tools of instruction. There will be one exam and one mini-paper during the brief course. In addition, students will be assigned on-site field visits to a Minnesota penitentiary, a metropolitan police station, a United States immigration court and a mental health facility. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing Time: Tuesday, January 26-9:30 p.m., and each Monday and Wednesday thereafter Room: Old Main 16 Political and Cultural Diversity in the USSR and Eastern Europe POL 459-40073 Instructors: Norma Noonan and William Wright The course which begins in January and continues for 14 weeks into the spring semester is an overview of the political, cultural and national forces which both divide and unite the East European nations and the U.S.S.R. A joint course of the Associated Colleges of the Twin Cities and the University of Minnesota, this course will feature weekly guest lecturers, weekly discussions, extensivereadings and a research paper. There may also be shorter analytical essays and a final. This is a special course which will be offered only once. As designed, it is impossible to complete it within the four-week Interim period, so students able to take the course only for the January segment should not enroll or ask for an exemption to finish the course in January. No exemptions will be granted. Students may also register for this course as a spring term course and so take another interim course. Prerequisites: One course in political science or history dealing with the USSR or Eastern Europe; or permission of instructor. Time: Wednesdays 1:15-3:15 p.m. (January through March) Room: Science 315 Psychology The Self Symbols as~ e v e a l e din Myths and PSY 340-40061 Instructor: Norm Ferguson This course will explore concepts of self from psychological, cultural, and theological perspectives. A variety of myths and symbols will be examined with the intent of gaining knowledge about how they function as representations of "the self." The objective of the courstz is to gain a d e p m understanding of one's individual self and of how thc conccptualiza[ions of your w1f have t e n molded by a variety of social, cultural, and historical influences. The content of the courx willinclude topics such as: the impact of science on myth; thc mythologics of romantic love, war, and peace; the process of individuation; and metaphors of psyche logical transformation. Class time will be devoted mainly to the discussion of the assigned readings. Students will bc expected to bE p w pared for class by doing the readings and to be actively involved in the class discussions. Students will be given some of the responsibility for leading discussion. Evaluation will be based on: (1) class participation, (2) a course journal, and (3) four or five short (600-800 word) papers. Prerequisite: General Psychology Time: I Room: Old Main 21 Psychology of the Legal System PSY 335-40056 Instnr ctar: Nancy Steblay The US. Iegal system wilt be investigated from the p r spectivc of psychological theory, research and practice. A specificfocus will beon the social psychologyof courtroom procedures with considmation of such topics as jury sclectian, ~yclwitnessevaluation and jury decision making. Class readingsand discussion will also cover such broader areas as morality, justice, ethics and victimization. Guest lccturcrswill include members of the legal and psychological cornrnunities. Evaluation methods include tests and written work; students will also be responsible for contribution to classroom discussion. Prerequisites: A general psychology course Time: I1 Room: Old Main 16 1 Idealism and the Adolescent PSY 370-40074 Instructor: Duane Johnson Inquiry into the nature and presence of idealism in the life of the adolescent person. Theoretical bases for such idealism will be considered. Idealism directed toward other persons and society will be the main focus. Thiscourse will bcconductcd asa scminarwitha highlevel of studmt contribution and pasticipation. Attendance at each class %session i s wquired. Procedures wit1 include dass discussion, frequent short papers, and frequent oral rcprts. Studcnts will be requircrl to seek out and interview persons in the adolcsccnt level of development. Typing or equivalent word processing will bc required. Students are required to read The Moral Life of Children by Robert Coles before the start of the interim. This book will be available in the Augsburg Bookstoreby November 1st. Content of the book will be discussed in the first few class sessions and will provide a base for further learning in the course. This course is offered only on P/N basis. Time: I Room: Old Main 23 Religion Eastern Orthodoxy REL 420-40062 Instructor: Lynne Lorenzen Eastern Orthodoxy is the primary religion of Greece, Russia, and thc Bastcm Bloc countries. We will explore the history, theology, liturgy and sacraments in the Orthodox Tradition. Class will include Iccture, discussion, slide pncsentation and an evcning liturgy. Requirements incIude one exam and two short papera Tl~rccpaperback booksarerequir~d.Attendance at thest. GrcgoryofNyssa liturgy an January 10 at 6:30 porn.and at the icon slide presentation on January 17 are also required. Prerequisites: Religion 111or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation requirements.) Time: I1 Room: Old Main 25 The Lutheran Heritage REL 345-40057 Instructor: Eugene Skibbe The Lutheran Church is the largest Protestant church in the world. We will not only examine the Lutheran Church as it is at the present time, bu t also study its origin in the 16th century and its dcveloprnent and cultural influcncc during 450 years of history. One short text will introduce us to the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, formed in 1988; a second text will give us an insight into the global organization and broader social issues related to the Lutheran World Federation. A third book, writtcn by the President of the College, will show us the roots of the Lutheran Church in the Bible and the confessional writings; and a fourth text will give us an over-view of the history of this church. Lecture and class discussion will deal with explaining these things, plus noting the Lutheran witness to the gospel of JcsusChrist in art, music, missions, philosophy, sociology,and theology. Therewill be three examsplussome brief written assignments. Students will be expected to be present the first day of class and to purchase all required materials on that day in class for about $25.00. Please bring your check book or cash. Prerequisites: Religion 111 or 221 Distribution: Religion (Only one Interim course may be used toward graduation religion requirements) Time: I Room: Old Main 18 f The Other Side o Paradise: Tourism, The Mi i t a y and Cultural Confrontation in Hawaii [q "G' REL 251-40063;349-40067 Instructors: John Benson and Duane Addison We invite you to come to Hawaii with us for a special class. Other January Interim courses go to Hawaii as well, but this one will be distinctive. Saying "Hawaii" can conjure up images of beaches, palm trees, and winter tans. We will not ignore these aspects of Hawaii, but we will also probebeneath the image projected to most tourists. We will study how Hawaii "works"-politically, economically, and culturally. Three social problems in particular tourism, militarism, and cultural confrontation will provide the focus of this learning experience from a Christian ethical point of view. First we will look at some less attractive aspects of the tourism industry. Who benefits and who loses? Representatives of Hawaii's diverse peoples and viewpoints will offer insights into the ecological, economic, and political consequences of marketing the islands as a tourist paradise. Secondly we will learn to see the U.S. military presence on the islands in a new way. Many Americans associate Hawaii with the bombing of Pearl Harbor and World War 11. But the presence of the U.S. Pacificcommand continues to have significant implications for both the people and ecosystems of Hawaii. Finally, culturn1 conflict and confrontation in Hawaii will be studied. Many immigrant groups havc come to the islands: Japnesc, chine.^, Filipinos, Tongans, Samoans, Portuguese,mainland Americans, and others. The interaction of these groups with native Polynesians yields a high degree of cultural diversity. We will learn about the exploitation and racial tensions that exist, as well as ways in which diversity is appreciated and celebrated. The cost for the course is $1,995.00, and it can be taken for religion or crosscultural credit. We will visit the islands of Oahu, Hawaii, and Maui, traveling via buses, vans, and planes. Our accommodations will vary, including a camp in the mountains, another camp on the beach, and several tourist-level hotels. Grades will be based on degree of involvement, the quality of contribution to the discussions and a journal. Upper division credit will require a special project which will involve a presentation to the group. Distribution: Religion Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; for upper division credit, one course in college level religion, East Asian culture or introductory sociology or anthropology* The Theology of Marriage REL 343-40070 Instructors: Curt Paulson, Cathy Paulson Marriage has been described in terms of a free fall, a decision which we often make with a portion of our brain and all of our heart. This course will take nothing from the heart, whether you are married or not, but it will increase your sureness and the possibility for meaning/intimacy in your life with a significant other. Within the context of Christian teachings, many theories, with particular attention given to the work of C. G. Jung, will be studied and applied to the marital relationship and secondarily to the family. There will be lectures, discussion, and visiting resource persons. Evaluation will be based on class participation, and an examination. Two books will be required. Prerequisites: REL 111or 221 or permission of instructor. Distribution: Religion (Only one interim course may be used to meet religion requirements.) Time: I Room: Old Main 10 C J q t'b West Afrzcan Religion and Culture ' I i REL 241-40072 I! L d Instructor: Brad Holt Off thebeaten track of American tourists, this journey will focus on meeting African people, observing their religious rituals, music and art, and pondering their history. We will converse with urban and rural Africans of different faiths, different levels of education, in different climates. After visiting the collections of African art in London, we will journey to Nigeria, an English-speaking nation, and the most populous of all African states. There we will encounter the three basic religious traditions of Africa: African Traditional Religions, Christianity, and Islam. Each will bring intriguing surprises, as they reflect African culture in ways different from what can be found in the U.S.A. First we will visit Ibadan, largest traditional African city and metropolis of the Yoruba people. We will